Donate
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Grammar Search
"asya" has 4 results
asya: masculine genitive singular stem: ayam
asya: neuter genitive singular stem: ayam
asya: Gerund (-ya) √as
asya: second person singular present imperative class 4 parasmaipada √as
Amarakosha Search
24 results
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
aurasaḥ2.6.28MasculineSingularurasyaḥ
bāhlīkam3.3.9NeuterSingularaśvasyakhuraḥ
ciram2.4.1MasculineSingularcirasya, ciram, cireṇa, cirāt, cirāya, cirarātrāya
dyāvāpṛthivyauFeminineDualrodasī, divaspṛthivyau, rodasyau, dyāvābhūmī
kāmukī2.6.9FeminineSingularvṛṣasyantī
kaṇiśam2.9.21NeuterSingularsasyamañjarī
kiṃśāruḥ2.9.21MasculineSingularsasyaśūkam
kṣattā3.3.69MasculineSingularasarvagocaraḥ, kakṣāntaraḥ, nṛpasya(śuddhāntaḥ)
mandaḥ2.10.18MasculineSingularalasaḥ, a‍nuṣṇaḥ, ‍tundaparimṛjaḥ, ālasyaḥ, śītakaḥ
ojaḥ3.3.241NeuterSingularvṛddhaḥ, praśasyaḥ
patram3.3.187NeuterSingularmukhāgram(śūkarasya), kroḍam, halam
pauṣaḥMasculineSingularsahasyaḥ, taiṣaḥpausha
phalamNeuterSingularsasyam
phālgunaḥMasculineSingulartapasyaḥ, phālgunikaḥphalguna
pīḍā1.9.3FeminineSingularamānasyam, prasūtijam, kaṣṭam, bādhā, kṛcchram, vyathā, ābhīlam, duḥkhammental halu
pūjyaḥ3.3.158MasculineSingularyasyayojñātastatraśabdādikam
sālaḥ2.2.44MasculineSingularsasyasaṃvaraḥ, sarjaḥ, kārṣyaḥ, aśvakarṇakaḥ
śīrṣaṇyaḥ2.6.99MasculineSingularśirasyaḥ
upalā3.3.207FeminineSingularsasyam, hetukṛtam
viṣayaḥ3.3.160MasculineSingularupasthaḥ, rahasyaḥ
nabhasyaḥ1.4.17MasculineSingularprauṣṭhapadaḥ, bhādraḥ, bhādrapadaḥfoggy, misty
vayasyaḥ2.8.10MasculineSingularsavayā, snigdhaḥ
rahasyam2.8.21MasculineSingular
payasya2.9.52MasculineSingular
Monier-Williams Search
610 results for asya
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
asyagran. the point of a knife, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asyahatya(or -ha-tya-) gaRa anuśatikādi- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asyahatya(See āsyahātya-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asyaheti View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asyaheti(See /asyahaitika-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asyandamāna(or a-spand-) mfn. not gliding away View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asyasiind. sword against sword View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asyavāmīyan. the hymn beginning with the words asy/a vām/asya- () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhihasyamfn. ridiculous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimanasyaNom. A1. (Opt. -manasy/eta-) "to have the mind directed towards", be pleased with, like View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābhiśasyan. (fr. abhi-śas-), a sin or offence through which one becomes disgraced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavasyandto drive (on a carriage) towards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādaśasyaNom. P. (imperative 2. sg. -daśasya-,2. plural syata-) to honour, be favourable to (accusative) ; (Potential 2. sg. syes-) to present any one with (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adasyaNom. P. adasyati-, to become that. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āgamarahasyan. Name (also title or epithet) of work (confer, compare -208) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agnirahasyan. "mystery of agni-", title of the tenth book of the śatapatha-brāhmaṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agnirahasyakāṇḍan. Name (also title or epithet) of the 10th (or 12th) book of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āhanasyan. unchasteness, lasciviousness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āhanasyan. lascivious words, obscenity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akasyavidmfn. not attending to anything, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālasyan. idleness, sloth, want of energy etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālasyamfn. idle, slothful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālasyavatmfn. idle, lazy, slothful, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amānasya equals āmanasya- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmanasyaand āmānasya- n. (fr. a-manas-), pain, suffering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmikṣāpayasyan. a kind of prātar-doha- (quod vide), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmnāyarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anāhanasyamfn. āhanasyā
anaujasyan. want of vigour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anavasyatmfn. unceasing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anavasyatSee an-avasāna-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anenasyan. freedom from fault, sin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āñjasyan. (āt-, ena-) ablative instrumental case immediately, unhesitatingly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuptasasyamfn. fallow, meadow (ground, etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apāpavasyasa(/a-pāpa--) n. not a wrong order, no disorder (see pāpa-vasyas/a-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apasyaNom. P. (subjunctive sy/āt-) to be active View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apasyamf(s/ī-)n. watery, melting, dispersing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apasya apasy/u- See apas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apayasyamfn. without coagulated milk, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aprajasyan. childlessness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apraśasyamfn. not praiseworthy. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arakṣasyamfn. free from evil spirits View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārasyan. (fr. a-rasa- ), insipidity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārasyan. want of flavour or spirit. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardharcaśasyamfn. to be recited in hemistichs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardharcasya(for - ṛc-), n. recitation by half-verses, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhasaṃjātasasyamf(ā-)n. having its crops half grown View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asāmañjasyan. incorrectness commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asāmañjasyan. impropriety, unbecomingness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asasyamf(ā-)n. not grown with corn, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśravasyaNom. P. (fr. 2. śravas-), to approach with haste, hasten towards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvasyaNom. P. syati-, to wish for the stallion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśvasya ind.p. taking heart or confidence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsyavairasyan. bad taste in the mouth, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atapasyamfn. one who neglects tapas- or the practice of ascetic austerities View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atapasyamfn. an irreligious character. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātharvaṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aticirasyaind. for a very long time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atrasyatmfn. not trembling, W. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atrasyatnot having a flaw (as a gem), . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aujasyamfn. conducive to or increasing vitality or energy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aujasyan. vigour, energy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aurasyamfn. belonging to or produced from the breast (as a sound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aurasyamfn. produced by one's self, own, legitimate (see 1. aurasa-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aurjasyan. (fr. ūrjas-), a particular style of composition, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
auśanasyamfn. originating from uśanas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avasyaNom. P. (parasmE-pada dative case sg. m. avasyate-) to seek favour or assistance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avasyaNom. P. See 1. /avas-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avasyandA1. (parasmE-pada -syandamāna-) to flow or trickle down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avasyandanan. (gaRa gahādi- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avasyanditan. (in rhetoric) attributing to one's own words a sense not originally meant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avidasyamfn. not ceasing, permanent, inexhaustible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayaśasyamfn. equals ayaśas-kara- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādharahasyan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahusasyamfn. rich in grain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahusasyam. Name of a village View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bauddhadhikkārarahasyan. Name of Comm. on it. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhagavadgītārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāgavatarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhairavīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhairavīrahasyavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhārgavakalpavallīcakravidyārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāṭṭarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāvarahasyasāmānyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhuvaneśvarīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhuvaneśvarīvarivasyārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmarahasyasaṃhitāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmavaivartarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmavarcasyamf(ā-)n. conferring sanctity or sacred knowledge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāmasyam. patronymic fr. camas/a- gaRa gargādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
canasyaNom. (imperative 2. dual number sy/atam-) to delight in (accusative), enjoy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caṇḍīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caurasyakulan. a gang of thieves , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chandasyamfn. () taking the form of hymns, metrical, relating to or fit for hymns View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chandasyamfn. made or done according to one's wish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cidambararahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cirasya(asya-) genitive case ind. after a long time, late, at last (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cirasyaind. for a long time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhyasyaNom. jati- idem or '+ Nom. yati- equals dhīya- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daśasyaNom. (fr. śas-= Latin decus; confer, compare dāś-and y/aśas-) y/ati- (Impv. y/ā-, ya-;p. y/at-), to render service, serve, worship, favour, oblige (with accusative) ; to accord, do favour to (dative case)
dāsasyakulan. low people, the mob View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daurmanasyan. dejectedness, melancholy, despair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daurvacasyan. evil speech View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dāyarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devarahasyan. divine mystery (see -guhya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devasyatvakamfn. containing the words devasyatvā- (as an adhyāya- or anuvāka-) gaRa goṣad-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanasyakam. Asteracantha Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmitāvacchedakarahasyan. Name of work
dhāṭīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhāturahasyan. Name of work on gramm. roots. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghaniśvasyaind. sighing or having sighed deeply View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghasasyam. "having long fruit", Diospyros Embryopteris View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dravasyaNom. P. yati- (fr. dravas-[ dru-?] gaRa kaṇḍv-ādi-), to harass one's self, toil, serve. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durasyaNom. P. y/ati-, to wish to hurt or injure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durgāmṛtarahasyan. (gām-) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duvasyaNom. P. y/ati-, to honour, worship, celebrate, reward ; give as a reward, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvitīyacakravartilakṣaṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvitīyasvalakṣaṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekāntarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
enasyamfn. produced by sin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
enasyamfn. counted a sin or crime, wicked, sinful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gāyatrīrahasyan. Name of work on the gāyatrī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gopālarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grasyamfn. devourable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haribhaktirahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
havanasyadmfn. hastening to an invocation or challenge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hetvābhāsarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
irasyaNom. P. irasy/ati-, to show enmity to, be angry or envious ; ([ confer, compare Latin ira,irasci.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iyasya (anomalous Intensive of yas-) A1. iyasyate-, to relax, weaken ; to vanish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātavedasyamfn. equals sa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātiśasyafor -sasya- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātisasyan. equals -kośa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālikārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇādarahasyasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaularahasyan. "esoteric doctrine of the kaula-s", Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kauṣītakirahasyan. idem or 'f. idem or 'n. = ', ' , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kauṣītakirahasyabrāhmaṇan. idem or 'n. idem or 'f. idem or 'n. = ', ', ' commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kautukarahasyan. Name of a comedy. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kavirahasyan. "secret of the learned", Name of a collection of roots by halāyudha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kavitārahasyan. "the secret of style", Name of work on rhetoric View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kevalānvayinrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kokilārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣamasya equals kṣāmāsya- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣīrasyaNom. P. syati-, to long for milk or for the breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣaṇāvādarahasyan. Name of work (by mathurā-nātha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laukikabhānavādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lavaṇasyaNom. P. yati-, to desire salt, long for salt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
līlāvatīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅgakāraṇatāpūrvapakṣarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅgakāraṇatāsiddhāntarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅgopahitalaiṅgikabhānanirāsarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhvasya P. syati-, to long for honey or anything sweet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māhācamasyam. patronymic fr. mahā-camasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvākyarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makhasyaNom. P. sy/ati-, te-, to be cheerful or sprightly ([ see ]) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manasyaNom. P. A1. sy/ati-, te- (gaRa kaṇḍv-ādi-), to have in mind, intend ; to think, reflect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānasyam. patronymic fr. manas- gaRa gargādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānavasyaNom. P. (only p. sy/at-), to act like men ("to wish for men") . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantrarahasyaprakāśikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantriṇīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mātaṃgīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mīmāṃsāsūtrarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mithyātvavādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhavairasyan. a bad taste in the mouth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktivādarahasyan. muktivāda
mūlasasyan. an esculent root View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasyamfn. foggy, misty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasyam. Name of a month in the rainy season (equals bhādra-,August-September) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasyam. of a son of manu- svārociṣa- or of the 3rd manu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasyam. of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhonabhasyatvan. the state of the rainy months nabhas- and nabhasya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nadasyaNom. A1. śyate- to roar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
namasyaNom. P. yati- (Epic also te-), to pay homage, worship, be humble or deferential (parasmE-pada syat-; ind.p. sya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
namasyamfn. deserving or paying homage, venerable or humble View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nasyamfn. belonging to or being in the nose (as-breath) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nasyan. the hairs in the nose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nasyan. a sternutatory, errhine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nasyabhairavam. (scilicet rasa-) a particular medicament, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nasyakarmann. the application of a sternutatory View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nasyavidhim. "rules about sternutatories", Name of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navasasyan. the first fruits of the year's harvest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navyamatarahasyan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nidrālasya(drāl-) n. sleepiness, long sleeping View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niḥśvasyaind. having breathed out or sighed, sighing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirālasyamfn. not slothful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirasyamfn. to be expelled or driven out View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirasyaind. having cast or thrown out, having rejected or expelled etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛmaṇasyaNom. A1. syate-, to be kind to men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyasyamfn. to be laid down or deposited or delivered or appointed to (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyasyaind. having laid down or deposited etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyalīlāvatīprakāśarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyalīlāvatīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyamīmāṃsārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ojasyamfn. vigorous, powerful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pacchaschaḥśasyan. the recitation by pāda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmapādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paiṅginpaiṅgirahasyabrāhmaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paiṭhīnasyam. patronymic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pājasyan. the region of the belly (of an animal) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pājasyan. the flanks, side View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pakṣahomasamasyavidhānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pakṣatārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pampasyaNom. P. syati-, to feel pain gaRa kaṇḍv-ādi- (varia lectio pap-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
panasyaNom. A1. sy/ate- (P. sy/ati- ), to excite admiration or praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcamīvarivasyārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāñcarātrarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcaśasyaSee -sasya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcasasyan. sg. 5 species of grain (viz. dhānya-, mudga-, tila-, yava-, and śveta-sarṣapa- or māṣa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
papasya varia lectio for pampasya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parādevīrahasyatantran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramarahasyan. the deepest mystery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramarahasyajapasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramarahasyasaṃhitāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramarahasyavādam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parāmarśagrantharahasyan. Name of work
parāmarśapūrvapakṣarahasyan. Name of work
parāmarśarahasyan. Name of work
parāmarśasiddhāntarahasyan. Name of work
parārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārasyakulīnamfn. equals parasya kuls sādhuh- gaRa pratijanādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paribhāṣārahasyan. Name of work
pariprasyandA1. -sy/andate- (Aorist P. -/asiṣyadat-), to flow forth or round View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariśiṣṭaprakāśasyasāramañjarīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pātañjalarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
payasyamfn. made of milk (as butter, cheese etc.). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
payasyam. a cat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
payasyam. Name of a son of aṅgiras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
payasyam. Name of several plants (Gynandropsis Pentaphylla equals kākolī-, kuṭumbinī-, dugdhikā-etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
payasyaNom. P. syati-, to flow, become liquid, (gaRa kaṇḍv-ādi-) ; A1. syate- equals next Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pittasyandam. a bilious form of ophthalmia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradyumnarahasyan. " pradyumna-'s secret"Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāgabhāvavicārarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prākṛtarahasyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāmāṇyavādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśasyamfn. to be praised, praiseworthy, excellent, eminent etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśasyamfn. to be called happy, to be congratulated (see śaṃsya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśasyaind. having praised or commended View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśasyatāf. excellence, eminence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśnarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasyandP. A1. -syandati-, te- (often wrong reading for -spand-), to flow forth, run away, dart, fly ; to drive off (in a carriage) : Causal -syandayati-, to make flow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasyandam. flowing forth, trickling out View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasyandanan. idem or 'm. flowing forth, trickling out ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasyandanan. exudation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasyandinmfn. oozing forth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasyandinmfn. shedding (tears) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasyandinm. a shower of rain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratijñālakṣaṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiṣṭhārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiyogijñānasyahetutvakhaṇḍanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyakṣaparicchedarahasyan. pratyakṣapariccheda
pratyenasyan. the nearest heirship to (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāveśikasyan. the being accessible, accessibility (only a-prāv-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyaścittarahasyan. Name of work
prāyasyamfn. prevalent, predominant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyavayasyam. a dear friend View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvapakṣagrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvapakṣarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvasasyan. earliest-sown grain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūtinasyan. a disease of the nose causing offensive breath (wrong reading pūta-n-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rābhasyan. (fr. rabhasa-) velocity, impetuosity, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rābhasyan. delight, joy, pleasure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rādhārahasyakāvyan. Name of poems. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāghavarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raghupatirahasyadīpikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyamfn. secret, private, clandestine, concealed, mysterious etc. (syāni romāṇi-,hair on the private parts ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyan. a secret, any secret doctrine or mystery, any subtle or recondite point, mystical or esoteric teaching etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyan. an upaniṣad- (See sa-r-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyan. full or abridged Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyabhedam. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyabhedanan. the disclosure of a secret or mystery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyabrāhmaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyachalākṣaran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyadhārinmfn. one who is in possession of a secret or mystery, initiated into a secret rite or mystery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyadhāriṇīf. a confidante View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyagānan. equals ūhya-g- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyamind. in secret, secretly, privately View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyamañjarīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyamātṛkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyanavanītan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyanikṣepam. one who is entrusted with (literally"the deposit of") a secret View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyapadavīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyapuraścaraṇavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyarakṣāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyasaṃdeśavivaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyasaṃrakṣaṇan. the keeping of a secret View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyaṣoḍaśīṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyātirahasyapuraścaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayan. the three categories of rāmānuja- and his school (defining the universe as consisting of īśvara-, cit- and a-cit- see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayacudāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayaculukam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayakārikāvyākhyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayamīmāṃsāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayārtham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayasārasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayavyākhyārtham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyavibhedam. equals -bheda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyavidmfn. one who knows (the texts called) rahasya-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyavratan. "mystical vow", the mystic science of obtaining command over magical weapons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rajasyaNom. P. syati-, to become dust, be scattered as dust [ confer, compare Gothic riqizja.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rajasyamfn. dusty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rajasyamfn. having the quality rajas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rakṣasyamf(ā-)n. useful for (keeping off) rākṣasa-s, anti-demoniacal (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ramalarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ramalarahasyasārasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmarahasyan. Name of an upaniṣad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmāyaṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasarahasyan. Name of medical wks. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasyamfn. juicy, tasty, savoury, palatable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasyan. blood (supposed to be produced from chyle) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasyamānamfn. being tasted or perceived ( rasyamānatā -tā- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasyamānatāf. rasyamāna
ratirahasyan. "mysteries of love", Name of an erotic work by kokkoka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratirahasyadīpikāf. Name of another work (prob. a commentator or commentary on the former). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnakośamatarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnakośavādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retasyamf(ā-)n. conveying seed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdalakṣaṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdālokarahasyan. Name of Comm. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdānityatārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdaparicchedarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdaparicchedarahasyepūrvavādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdāprāmāṇyarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdarahasyan. Name of two philosophy works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdārtharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sacanasyaNom. A1. yate-, to treat tenderly, cherish, foster View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sacasyaNom. A1. sy/ate-, to receive assistance or care View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sacchandasyamfn. idem or '(s/a--) mfn. equals prec. ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadasyam. "present in the sacrificial enclosure", an assessor, spectator, member of an assembly (at a sacrifice), a superintending priest, the seventeenth priest (whose duties according to to the kuṣītakin-s, are merely to look on and correct mistakes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadasyam. a person belonging to a learned court-circle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhāraṇapūrvapakṣarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhāraṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahacārarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahacārigrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasyamfn. mighty, strong View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasyam. the month pauṣa- (December-January) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasyacandram. the wintry moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaktivādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmañjasyan. (fr. sam-añjasa-) fitness, propriety, equity, justice (Bombay edition) Scholiast or Commentator (a-s- )
sāmānyābhāvarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmānyalakṣaṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmānyaniruktigrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samasyamfn. to be thrown or put together or compounded or combined View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samasyamfn. to be made entire or complete View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavedarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samayarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambandharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śambhurahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambhūyasyaNom. P. syati- gaRa kaṇḍv-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdaśasyaNom. P. -daśasyati-, to remit, pardon (a sin) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmmanasyan. (fr. sam-manas-) concord, harmony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmmanasyan. plural charms to secure harmony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃnamasyaNom. P. syati-, to show respect or honour, worship View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśayakāraṇārthāpattipūrvapakṣarahasyan. Name of nyāya- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśayakāraṇārthāpattirahasyan. Name of nyāya- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśayānumitirahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśayapakṣatārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃskārapaddhatirahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvyavasyamfn. ( so-) to be decided upon or decreed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saprayogarahasyamfn. possessing secret spells for (their) use (said of magical weapons which are not wielded manually but by repetition of spells) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarahasyamfn. along with the secret or mystical doctrine (id est with the upaniṣad-s ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarahasyamfn. possessing anything secret or mystical View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saralasyandam. equals -drava- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarasyamfn. relating to ponds or lakes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārasyan. (fr. prec.) a cry, shout, call etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārasyan. abundance of water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaratsasyan. autumnal corn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvasampannasasyamf(ā-)n. having grain or corn provided everywhere View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvasasya(ibc.) all kinds of grain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvasasyamf(ā-)n. yielding all kinds of grain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvasasyabhūf. a field yielding all kinds of grain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvasasyavatmfn. (equals -sasya- mfn.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvasvarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saśasyamfn. wrong reading for -sasya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasasyamf(ā-)n. grown with corn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śasyamfn. (for 2.See) to be recited or treated as a śastra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śasyamfn. to be praised or celebrated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śasyamfn. to be wished, desirable, excellent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śasyan. recitation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śasyan. good quality, merit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śasyamfn. to be cut down or slaughtered or killed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śasyan. corn, grain (more correctly sasya- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyan. (of unknown derivation;also written śasya-; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) corn, grain, fruit, a crop of corn (also plural) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyam. (perhaps incorrect for śasya-) a sort of precious stone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyan. a weapon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyan. virtue, merit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyad equals -sr/ut-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyahanmfn. destroying crops View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyahanm. Name of an evil demon (the son of duḥsaha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyahantṛm. equals prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śasyakan. powder (equals cūrṇa-) (Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śasyakan. varia lectio for sasyaka- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyakamfn. possessed of good qualities, perfect in its kind, on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyakam. a sword View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyakam. n. a kind of precious stone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyakreṇīf. buying corn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyakṣetran. a corn-field View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyamālinmfn. "corn-wreathed", abounding in corn or crops (as the earth) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyamañjarīf. an ear of corn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyamārinm. "corn-destroying", a kind of rat or large mouse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyapālam. a field-guarder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyapradamfn. yielding corn, fertile View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyapravṛddhif. the growth of corn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyapūrṇamfn. full of or grown with corn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyarakṣāf. guarding the fields View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyarakṣakam. equals -pāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyaśālinmfn. equals -pūrṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyasaṃvara m. Vatica or Shorea Robusta View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyasaṃvaraṇam. Vatica or Shorea Robusta View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyaśīrṣakan. equals -mañjarī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyaśulikan. an awn of grain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyavatmfn. bearing a rich crop View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyavedam. the science of agriculture View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satpratipakṣagrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satpratipakṣapūrvapakṣagrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satpratipakṣasiddhāntarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saumanasyamfn. causing gladness or cheerfulness of mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saumanasyam. Name of a son of yajñabāhu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saumanasyan. satisfaction of mind, gladness, cheerfulness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saumanasyan. right understanding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saumanasyan. an offering of flowers placed in the hands of the priest at a śrāddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saumanasyan. Name of a varṣa- in plakṣa-dvīpa- (ruled by saumanasya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saumanasyavatmfn. cheerful, glad View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saurasyan. well-flavouredness, tastiness, savouriness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saurasyan. used in explaining sauśāmya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savyabhicāragrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savyabhicārasiddhāntagrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhāntalakṣaṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhāntarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃhavyāghralakṣaṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃhavyāghrarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śirasyaNom. P. yati- equals śira icchati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śirasyamfn. equals śira iva- gaRa śākhādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śirasyamfn. belonging to or being on the head (equals śīrṣaṇya-) Va1rtt. 2 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śirasyam. "the hair of the head", or"clean hair" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivatattvarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smṛtirahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smṛtisaṃskārarahasyan. Name of work
snātavasyamfn. to be put on after an ablution View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śravaṇasyam. a proper N. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śravasyaNom. P. y/ati- (only pr. p. y/at-), to wish to praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śravasyan. fame, glory, renown View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śravasyan. a glorious deed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śravasyaNom. P. y/ati-, to be swift, hasten, fly along ; to snatch up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śravasyamfn. swift, rapid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
srotasyamfn. flowing in streams View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
srotasyam. a thief. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
srotasyam. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrutaprakāśikācāryakṛtarahasyatrayan. Name of vedānta- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukarahasyan. Name of an upaniṣad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śulbarahasyaprakāśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumakhasyaNom. A1. yate- (only pr. p. y/amāna-), to be very joyous, make merry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumanasyaNom. A1. y/ate- (only pr. p. y/amāna-), to be kind or gracious or favourable ; to be in good spirits or cheerful or comfortable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryasiddhāntarahasyan. Name of Comm. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
susasyamf(/ā-)n. well grown with corn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svapasyamfn. active, industrious (said of indra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svapasyaNom. A1. y/ate-, to work well, be active or industrious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svaprakāśarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svārasyan. naturalness, self-evidence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svatvarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvovasyasamfn. equals prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyāmalārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyāmārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tantasya Intensive taṃs- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tapasyaNom. syati- () to undergo religious austerities (t/ap-) (A1. see 2. tapasya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tapasyamf(ā-)n. (fr. t/apas-) produced by heat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tapasyamf(ā-)n. belonging to austerity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tapasyam. () the second month of the season intervening between winter and spring (equals phālguna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tapasyam. arjuna- (equals phālguna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tapasyam. Name of a son of manu- tāmasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tapasyan. the flower of Jasminum multiflorum or pubescens View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tapasyan. devout austerity (?, sye-taken as 1. sg. A1.of 1. tapasya-by ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāpasyan. ascetism View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tarkarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tarkarahasyadīpikāf. another Name of guṇākara-'s ṣaḍ-darśana-samuccaya-ṭīkā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tattvavādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tavasyan. strength, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tejasyamfn. splendid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tirasyaNom. P. syati-, to disappear gaRa kaṇḍv-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trāsadasyavam. patronymic fr. trasa-dasyu- (v/a-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trāsadasyavan. Name of a sāman-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripājasyamfn. having 3 flanks, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tvacasyamfn. being in the skin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tvarāyasyaNom. P. to hurry gaRa kaṇḍv-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayataḥsasyamfn. yielding a crop in both seasons (as a field) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udasya ind.p. having thrown or cast up etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udavasya ind.p. concluding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūdhasyamf(ā-)n. milking, giving milk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūdhasyamf(ā-)n. coming from the udder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūdhasyan. milk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upānasyakam. Name of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upanyasya ind.p. having put down etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasamasya ind.p. placing or putting upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasamasyaadding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasaṃśasya ind.p. having recited in addition, adding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
urasyamfn. pectoral, belonging to or coming from the chest, requiring (exertion of) the chest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
urasyamfn. produced from one's self, belonging to one's self (as a child) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
urasyam. the female breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
urasyam. (in grammar) Name of the h- and visarga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
urasyaNom. P. urasyati-, to be strong-chested, be strong View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrdhvasasyamf(ā-)n. having high spikes of corn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uṣasyamfn. sacred to the dawn () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uṣasyaNom. (fr. uṣas- gaRa kaṇḍv-ādi- [not in ]) P. uṣasyati-, to grow light, dawn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vacasya(fr. 1. vacas-) Nom. A1. syate- to be audible, to murmur (said of the sound of the trickling soma-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vacasyamfn. worthy of mention, praise. worthy, celebrated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidyarahasyapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaikṛtarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaimanasyan. (fr. vi-manas-) dejection, depression, melancholy (also plural) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaimanasyan. sickness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vairasyan. insipidity, bad taste View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vairasyan. disagreeableness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vairasyan. repugnance, disgust of (genitive case locative case,or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiśasyan. an abstr. noun fr. viśasi- gaRa brāhmanādi- () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiśasyan. wrong reading for vaiṣamya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vājapeyarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varcasyamfn. bestowing vital power or vigour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varcasyamfn. relating to varcas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varcasyamfn. acting on the excrement, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varivasyaNom. P. sy/ati-, to grant room or space, give relief. concede, permit ; to show favour, wait upon, cherish, tend (parasmE-pada syamāna- equals varivacyita- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varivasyārahasyan. Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṣaphalarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsudevarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasyamfn. to be put on (See snāta-v-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasyaiṣṭif. (fr. vasyas-+ iṣṭi-) seeking or desire for the better id est for welfare View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasyasmfn. equals v/asīyas-, better, more excellent or glorious, wealthier or richer than (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasyasn. increasing wealth or prosperity, welfare View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasyasetc. See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasyasaSee pāpa-- and śvo-v-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasyaṣṭif. (for prec.) attaining to welfare (in a formula) .
vayasyamfn. being of an age or of the same age, contemporary etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vayasyam. a contemporary, associate, companion, friend (often used in familiar address) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vayasyam. (scilicet iṣṭakā-) Name of 19 bricks used for building the sacrificial altar (so called from the word vayas-in the formula of consecration) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vayasyabhāvam. () the condition of being a contemporary, companionship, friendship. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vayasyakam. a contemporary, friend View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vayasyakatvan. companionship, friendship, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vayasyatvan. () the condition of being a contemporary, companionship, friendship. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntarahasyan. "secret doctrine of the vedānta-", Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntarahasyadīpikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntarahasyavettṛm. a knower of the secret doctrine of the vedānta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasudhārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasyamantakam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedarahasyan. "secret doctrine of the veda-", Name of the upaniṣad-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasārarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veganāśyanāśakabhāvārtharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidasyaSee a-vidasy/a-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhānarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijayārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vinyasyamfn. to be put or placed upon (upari-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viralasasyayutamfn. scantily furnished with grain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viruddhagranthapūrvapakṣarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viruddhagrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viruddhasiddhāntagrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣayalaukikapratyakṣakāryakāraṇabhāvarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣayatārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśeṣāvasyakaniryuktif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśeṣavyāptirahasyan. viśeṣavyāpti
viśiṣṭavaiśiṣṭyabodharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśiṣṭavaiśiṣṭyabodhavicārarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇubhaktirahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇurahasyan. Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇutattvarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇutattvarahasyakhaṇḍanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visrasyamfn. to be loosened or untied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivāhasiddhāntarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛndāvanarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛṣasyaNom. P. yati-, to desire the male, be in heat (said of human beings and animals) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛṣasyantīf. an amorous or lustful woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛṣasyantīf. a cow in heat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyadhikaraṇadharmāvacchinnābhāvarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāhanasyamf(ā-)n. extremely lewd or obscene View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāhanasyaSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāptigrahopāyarahasyan. vyāptigraha
vyāptipañcakarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāptipūrvapakṣarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāptivādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāptyanugamarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyatirekipūrvapakṣarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyatirekirahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyatirekisiddhāntarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyutpattirahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyutpattivādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yantrarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yarādevīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yaśasyamfn. conferring fame or renown, famous, creditable, glorious etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yaśasyamfn. honoured, celebrated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yaśasyamfn. stately, decent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yasyamfn. to be endeavoured etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yasyamfn. to be killed ( yasyatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yasyatvan. yasya
yavaśasya(for -sasya-) n. a species of corn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogyānupalabdhirahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogyatāgrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogyatāpūrvapakṣarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogyatārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yugorasyam. Name of a particular array of troops View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
73 results
adasyati अदस्यति Den. P. To become that P.VIII.2.8.
anaujasyam अनौजस्यम् Want of vigour, energy, or strength; S. D. thus defines it; दौर्गत्याद्यैरनौजस्यं दैन्यं मलिनतादिकृत्.
apasya अपस्य a. [अपसि कर्मणि साधुः यत्] Ved. Active, fit for an act, skilful in doing any thing (साधुकर्मकारिन्); सिध्मा यद् वनधितिरपस्यात् Rv.1.121.7; Yv.1.7; flowing, watery. -स्या 1 Activity यादृशिमन् धायि तमपस्यया विदद् Rv.5.44.8. -2 Water. -3 A sort of brick used in preparing the sacrificial altar.
apasyati अपस्यति Den. P. To be active.
apasya अपस्य स्यु &c. See under अपस्
abhihasya अभिहस्य a. Ved. Ridiculous.
amānasyam अमानस्यम् Pain (मानसे साधु न भवति).
ayaśasya अयशस्य a. Infamous, ignominious.
āmānasyam आमानस्यम् [अमानस-ष्यञ्] Pain, sorrow.
ārasyam आरस्यम् [अरसस्य भावः ष्यञ्] Insipidity, tastelessness.
ālasya आलस्य a. Idle, slothful, apathetic. -स्यम् [अलसस्य भावः, ष्यञ्] 1 Idleness, sloth, want of energy; प्रमादालस्य- निद्राभिः Bg.14.8. शक्तस्य चाप्यनुत्साहः कर्मस्वालस्यमुच्यते Suśr.; आलस्यं हि मनुष्याणां शरीरस्थो महारिपुः Bh.2.86. आलस्य 'want of energy' is regarded as one of the 33 subordinate feelings (व्यभिचारि भाव; for example:- न तथा भूषयत्यङ्गं न तथा भाषते सखीम् । जृम्भते मुहुरासीना बाला गर्भभरालसा S. D.183.
irasyati इरस्यति Ved. 1 To behave insolently, be angry. -2 (With dat.) To be ill-affected towards.
udavasya उदवस्य a. Last, final, concluding; उदवस्यः सहर्त्विग्भिः सस्नाववभृथं ततः Bhāg.4.7.56.
udasya उदस्य p. p. 1 Thrown or cast up, raised, erected. -2 Turned out, expelled. -3 Removed, scattered. -4 Shamed, humbled, humiliated. -5 Come out, bulged out; परिभ्रमद्गात्र उदस्तलोचनः Bhāg.3.19.26.
urasya उरस्य a. [उरस्-यत्] 1 Being in the breast. -2 Pectoral. -3 Requiring an effort of the chest (as any exertion). -4 Legitimate (a son or daughter); born from a married couple of the same tribe or caste. -5 Excellent. -स्यः 1 A son. -2 The female breast; Bṛi. S.
urasyati उरस्यति Den. P. To be strong.
uṣasya उषस्य a. Sacred to the dawn Vāj.24.4.
enasya एनस्य a. 1 Caused by crime. -2 Sinful, wicked, wrong; यदि जाग्रद् यदि स्वपन्नेन एनस्योकरम् Rv.6.115.2.
aujasya औजस्य a. Conducive to vigour or energy. -स्यम् Strength, vigour of life, energy.
audhasyam औधस्यम् Milk (produced from the udder); R.2.66. v.1.
aurasya औरस्य = औरस q. v.
auṣasya औषस्य a. Sacred to Uṣas or the dawn.
kṣīrasyati क्षीरस्यति Den. P. To desire milk; क्षीरस्यति माणवकः Mbh. on P.VII.1.51.
canasyati चनस्यति Den. P. 1 To like. -2 To eat. -3 To delight in; पुरुभुजा चनस्यतम् Rv.1.3.1.
chandasya छन्दस्य a. Ved. 1 Fit for hymns, metrical. -2 Made at will.
tapasya तपस्य a. Produced by heat. -स्यः 1 The month of Phālguna; Bhāg.12.11.4. -2 An epithet of Arjuna. -स्या Religious austerity, penance; (also m. and n.); अथास्य बुद्धिरभवत्तपस्ये भवतर्षभ Mb.13.1.13.
tapasyati तपस्यति Den. P. To practise penance; सुरासुरगुरुः सो$त्र सपत्नीकस्तपस्यति Ś7.9,12; R.13.41;15.49; Bk.18.21; स्थाणुं तपस्यन्तमधित्यकायाम् Ku.3.17.
tavasya तवस्य a. 1 Increasing strength (as an oblation). -स्यम् strength; तस्मै तवस्यमनु दायि सत्रा Rv.2.2.8.
tāpasyam तापस्यम् Asceticism; तापस्ये मे मनस्तात वर्तते कुरुनन्दन Mb.15.3.56.
tirasyati तिरस्यति Den. P. To disappear.
duvasyati दुवस्यति Den. P. 1 To honour, worship. -2 To reward; दुवस्यत दम्यं जातवेदसम् Rv.3.2.8.
daurmanasyam दौर्मनस्यम् 1 Evil disposition. -2 Mental pain, affliction, dejection, sorrow. -3 Despair; तेषां कृते मे विश्वासो दौर्मनस्यं च जायते Devi Bhāg.
dravasyati द्रवस्यति Den. P. 1 To trouble or afflict oneself. -2 To serve or wait upon a person.
nabhasya नभस्य a. Vapoury, foggy. -स्यः 1 N. of the month Bhādrapada (corresponding to August-September); अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54;12.29;17.41; Bhāg. 12.11.38. -2 N. of one of the sons of स्वारोचिष मनु.
namasyati नमस्यति Den. P. 1 To bow down to, pay homage to, worship; नमस्यामो देवान् ननु हतविधेस्ते$पि वशगाः Bh.2.94. -2 To act humbly towards.
namasya नमस्य a. 1 Entitled to obeisance, revered, respectable, adorable; ब्रह्मन्नतिथिनर्मस्यः Kaṭh. Up.; ब्राह्मणा मे महाभागा नमस्याः पुरुषर्षभाः Mb.12.59.19. -2 Respectful, humble. -स्या Worship, adoration, reverence, obeisance; प्रियायास्मै धाम्ने प्रविहितनमस्यो$स्मि भवते Mahimna.28.
nasya नस्य a. [नासिकायै हितं तत्र भवं वा यत् नसादेशः] Nasal. -स्यम् 1 The hairs in the nose. -2 A sternutatory; कुरुते मूढ एवं हि यः श्रेयो नाधिगच्छति । धूपैरञ्जनयोगैश्च नस्यकर्मभि- रेव च ॥ Mb.12.14.34. -स्या 1 The nose. -2 The string through the nose of an animal; नस्यागृहीतो$पि धुवन्विषाण- योर्युगम् Śi.12.1.
panasyati पनस्यति Den. P. To be admirable.
payasya पयस्य a. 1 Milky, made of milk. -2 Watery. -स्यः A cat. -स्या Curds. पयस्यति payasyati पयायते payāyatē पयस्यति पयायते Den, P. To flow, to act like milk; कामं मदीक्षामयकामधेनोः पयायतामभ्युदयस्त्वदीयः N.14.79.
pājasyam पाजस्यम् 1 The region of the belly (of an animal), पृथिवी पाजस्यम् Bṛi. Up.1.1.1. -2 the flanks, side.
pārasyakulīna पारस्यकुलीन a. Born in the family of another (as an adopted son).
praśasya प्रशस्य a. (Compar. श्रेयस् or ज्यायस्, superl. श्रेष्ठ or ज्येष्ठ) Praiseworthy, commendable, excellent.
prasyand प्रस्यन्द् 1 Ā. 1 To flow forth, exude. -2 To move rapidly, fly away, run. प्रस्यन्दः prasyandḥ न्दनम् ndanam प्रस्यन्दः न्दनम् Flowing forth, exudation; trickling out, oozing.
prasyandin प्रस्यन्दिन् a. Shedding tears. -m. A shower of rain.
manasyati मनस्यति Den. P. 1 To intend, design. -2 To think, reflect.
yaśasya यशस्य a. [यशसे हितं यत्] 1 Leading to glory or distinction; आयुष्यं प्राङ्मुखो भुङ्क्ते यशस्यं दक्षिणामुखः Ms.2.52. -2 Renowned, famous; glorious; धन्यं यशस्यमायुष्यं स्वर्ग्यं वातिथिपूजनम् Ms.3.16. -स्था N. of a plant (जीवन्ती). यशस्यति yaśasyati यशस्काम्यति yaśaskāmyati यशस्यति यशस्काम्यति Den. P. To long for fame.
rajasyati रजस्यति Den. P. To be scattered as dust.
rasya रस्य a. Juicy, savoury, sapid, palatable; रस्याः स्निग्धाः स्थिरा हृद्या आहाराः सात्त्विकप्रियाः Bg.17.8. -स्यम् Blood.
rahasya रहस्य a. [रहसि-भवः यत्] 1 Secret, private, clandestine; रहस्यं च प्रकाशं च यद् वृत्तं तस्य धीमतः (कथय) Rām.1. 2.33; रोमाणि च रहस्यानि सर्वाण्येव विवर्जयेत् Ms.4.144. -2 Mysterious. -स्यम् 1 A secret (fig. also); स्वयं रहस्यभेदः कृतः V.2. -2 A mystic spell or incantation, the mystery (of a missile); सरहस्यानि जृम्भकास्त्राणि U.1. -3 The mystery or secret of conduct, mystery; रहस्यं साधूना- मनुपधि विशुद्धं विजयते U.2.2; सरहस्यो धनुर्वेदः Bhāg.1.7. 44. -4 A secret or esoteric teaching, a mystic doctrine; भक्तो$सि मे सखा चेति रहस्यं ह्येतदुत्तमम् Bg.4.3; साङ्गोपाङ्गोपनिषदः सरहस्यः प्रदीयताम् Rām.1.55.16. -5 An upaniṣad; चतुर्भ्यः सरहस्येभ्यो वेदेभ्यो ह्यधिकं यदा Mb.1.1.272; Ms.2. 165. -स्यम् ind. Secretely, privately; अनभिख्यातदोषस्तु रहस्यं व्रतमाचरेत् Y.3.3 (where it may be taken as an adj. also). -Comp. -आख्यायिन् a. telling a secret; रहस्याख्यायीव स्वनसि मृदु कर्णान्तिकचरः Ś.1.23. -त्रयम् the three categories of Rāmānuja school -ईश्वर, चित् and अचित् composing the universe. -भेदः, विभेदः disclosure of a secret or mystery. -व्रतम् 1 a secret vow or penance. -2 the mystic science of obtaining command over magical weapons.
rāmasyam रामस्यम् 1 Delight, joy. -3 Impetuosity. -3 Violence, force.
lavaṇasyati लवणस्यति Den P. To wish for salt; भूधरभवशिला- लेहायेहाचणो लवणस्यति तुरगसमजः N.19.18.
vayasya वयस्य a. [वयसा तुल्यः यत्] 1 Being of the same age. -2 Contemporary. -स्यः A friend, companion, any associate (usually of the same age). -स्या A female companion or friend, a woman's confidante.
varivasyati वरिवस्यति Den. P. To show favour; cherish; Bk.
vasyas वस्यस् 1 Better. -2 Wealthier, richer; श्रेयान् वस्यसो- $सानि स्वाहा T. Up.1.4.3.
vṛṣasyati वृषस्यति Den. P. 1 To long for a bull. -2 To long for sexual intercourse.
vṛṣasyanti वृषस्यन्ति 1 A woman longing for sexual intercourse (with acc. of male); रघुनन्दनं वृषस्यन्ती शूर्पणखा प्राप्ता Mv. 5; इति रामो वृषस्यन्तीं वृषस्कन्धः शशास ताम् R.12.34; Bk. 4.3. -2 A libidinous or lascivious woman. -3 A cow in heat.
vaimanasyam वैमनस्यम् 1 Distraction of mind, mental depression, sorrow, sadness; Ś.6. -2 Sickness. वैमातृकः vaimātṛkḥ वैमात्रः vaimātrḥ वैमात्रकः vaimātrakḥ वैमात्रेयः vaimātrēyḥ वैमातृकः वैमात्रः वैमात्रकः वैमात्रेयः A stepmother's son; येन वैश्रवणो भ्राता वैमात्राः कारणान्तरे Rām.3.48.4. वैमात्रा vaimātrā वैमात्री vaimātrī वैमात्रेयी vaimātrēyī वैमात्रा वैमात्री वैमात्रेयी A stepmother's daughter.
śasyam शस्यम् [शस्-यत्] 1 Corn or grain in general; दुदोह गां स यज्ञाय शस्याय मघवा दिवम् R.1.26. -2 The produce or fruit of a plant or tree; शस्यं क्षेत्रगतं प्राहुः सतुषं धान्यमुच्यते; see तण्डुल also. -3 A merit. -Comp. -क्षेत्रम् a corn-field. -भक्षक a. granivorous. -मञ्जरी 1 an ear of corn. -2 a fruit-stalk. -मालिन् a. crowned with harvests. -शालिन्, -संपन्न a. abounding in corn. -शूकम् a beard of corn. -संपद् f. abundance of corn. -सम्ब(म्व)रः the Śāla tree.
śirasya शिरस्य a. [शिरसि भवः यत्] Belonging to, or being on, the head. -स्यः Clean hair; तत्पाणिजाग्रमृदुकृष्टशिरस्यभारा Rām. ch.5.77.
śravasyam श्रवस्यम् Fame, glory, renown.
śravasyati श्रवस्यति Den. P. 1 To wish for fame or glory. -2 To long for a sacrifice or oblation.
sadasyaḥ सदस्यः [सदसि साधु वसति वा यत्] 1 Any person present at or belonging to an assembly, a member of an assembly (an assessor, a juror &c.); सदस्याग्न्यार्हणार्हं वै विमृशन्तः सभासदः Bhāg.1.74.18. -2 An assistant at a sacrifice, a superintending or assisting priest; ऋषी- णामार्त्विज्यं शरणद सदस्याः सुरगणाः Śiva-mahimna 21; सदस्यै- रनुज्ञातः Ś.3.
sarahasya सरहस्य a. 1 Mystical, magical. -2 Having or attended with mystical teaching or doctrine; तयोः किल सरहस्यानि जृम्भकास्त्राण्याजन्मसिद्धानि U.2. -3 With Upaniṣads; सकल्पं सरहस्यं च तमाचार्यं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.14,165.
saśasya सशस्य a. Having or yielding corn. -स्या A variety of sun-flower.
sasyam सस्यम् [सस्-यत् Uṇ.4.119] 1 Corn, grain; (एतानि) सस्यैः पूर्णे जठरपिठरे प्राणिनां संभवन्ति Pt.5.97; see शस्य also. -2 Fruit or produce of any plant. -3 A weapon. -4 A good quality, merit. -Comp. -अद्, भक्षक a. granivorous. -इष्टिः f. a sacrifice made on the ripening of new grain; Ms.4.27. -पालः a. field-guarder. -प्रद a. fertile; क्षेम्यां सस्यप्रदां नित्यं पशुवृद्धिकरीमपि Ms.7.212. -मञ्जरी an ear of corn. -मारिन् a. destructive of grain. (-m.) a kind of rat or mouse. -मालिन् a. abounding in corn. -वेदः the science of agriculture. -शूकम् an awn of grain. -संवरः the Sāla tree.
sasyaka सस्यक a. Possessed of good qualities, meritorious. -कः 1 A sword. -2 A weapon. -3 A kind of precious stone . -4 The inner part of a cocoanut; L. D. B.
sahasyaḥ सहस्यः The month called Pauṣa; सहस्यरात्रीरुदवास- तत्परा Ku.5.26; इति विभाति विभावितशीतले सहसहस्यसहस्यथ मैथिली Rām. ch.4.84.
sāmañjasyam सामञ्जस्यम् 1 Fitness, consistency, propriety; cf. असमञ्जस. -2 Accuracy, correctness; एकस्यां हि चितौ षष्ठी- शब्दो न सामञ्जस्येन स्यात् ŚB. on MS.4.4.14.
sārasyam सारस्यम् Abundance of water.
saumanasyam सौमनस्यम् 1 Satisfaction of mind, pleasure, delight; संतानश्रवणाद्भ्रातुः सौमित्रिः सौमनस्यवान् R.15.14;17.4; Pt. 5.97. -2 A particular offering of flowers made to a Brāhmaṇa at a Śrāddha. -3 A flower; रत्नोदधारौषधि- सौमनस्यवनस्रजो वेणुभुजाङ्घ्रिपाङ्घेः Bhāg.3.8.24. a. causing cheerfulness of mind; Bhāg.4.12.45.
saurasyam सौरस्यम् Tastiness, savouriness.
srotasyaḥ स्रोतस्यः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 A thief. स्रोतस्वती srōtasvatī स्रोतस्विनी srōtasvinī स्रोतस्वती स्रोतस्विनी A river.
svārasyam स्वारस्यम् 1 Possessing natural flavour or excellence. -2 Elegance, fitness. -3 Naturalness, self-evidence.
Macdonell Vedic Search
7 results
asya a-syá, G. of prn. root a, of this, ii. 33, 9; x. 129, 6; 168, 2; unaccented, asya his, of him, its, of it, i. 35, 7; 154, 5; 160, 3; ii. 12, 13; 35, 2. 6. 8. 11; iv. 50, 2; vi. 54, 3; vii. 86, 1; viii. 48, 12; x. 34, 4. 6; 90, 33. 4. 6. 122. 15; 129, 7; 135, 7; 168, 1.
asyai a-syái, D. f. of prn. root a, to that, ii. 33, 5.
asyant ás-yant, pr. pt. scattering, x. 168, 1 [as throw].
duvasya duvas-ya, den. present with (inst.), x. 14, 1 [dúvas, n. gift].
namasya namas-yá, den. adore, ii. 33, 8 [námas homage].
namasya namas-ya, a. adorable, iii. 59, 4.
vasyas vás-yas, acc. adv. for greater welfare, viii. 48, 9 [cpv. of vásu good].
Macdonell Search
46 results
aticirasya ad. (g.) for a very long time.
anālasya n. assiduity.
apasya den. P. be active.
amīmāṃsasya fp. not to be called in question.
ālasya n. idleness, sloth, indolence: -nibandhana, a. due to indolence; -vakana, n. argument of sloth.
irasya den. P. grudge; envy (d.).
uṣasya a. sacred to Ushas.
kurahasya n. base secret; -râgan, m. bad king; -râgya, n. bad rule.
canasya den. P. rejoice in (ac.): pp. kanasita, welcome! (voc.); gentle -(with N. of Brâhman, or, according to some, with that of a Kshatriya or Vaisya).
tapasya a. produced from heat; m. N. of a month (February-March); â, f. religious austerity.
tapasya den. P. castigate oneself, mortify the flesh.
daurmanasya n. dejection, sadness.
namasya den. P. adore, do homage to, bless (ac.). sam, id.
nabhasya a. misty; m. Bhâdra, the second rainy month (August-September).
duvasya den. P. honour, reward.
navasasya n. new grain: -½ishti, f. offering of first-fruits.
nasya a. being in the nose, nasal; n. substance provocative of sneezing, sternuta tory: -karman, n. employment of a sternu tatory.
nyasya fp. to be laid down; to be appointed to (lc.).
payasya a. made from milk; âtilda;, f. clotted milk, curds.
prasyanda m. trickling or welling forth; -syandana, n. id.; exudation; -syánd in, a. oozing forth; --°ree;, shedding (tears); m. shower of rain.
manasya den. (V.) have in one's mind; think.
yaśasya a. leading to fame, glori ous; honoured; (yásas)-vat, a. (V.) beau tiful, splendid, magnificent; glorious; accept able: -î, f. N.; -vín, a. beautiful, splendid, magnificent; famous, renowned, illustrious (gnly. of persons).
rahasya a. secret (with români, hair on the private parts); n. secret; mys tery, mystic doctrine; Upanishad: -m, ad. in secret; -dhârin, a. being in possession of or entrusted with a secret: n-î, f.confidante; -nikshepa, m. entrusted secret; -bheda, m.: -na, n. disclosure of a secret; -samrakshana, n. keeping of a secret.
rasya fp. that may be tasted; savoury.
retasya a. presiding over semen.
varivasya den. P. grant free space, vouchsafe (RV.); wait upon, cherish, tend (C.): -mâna, pr. pt. with ps. mg. cherished.
vayasya a. being of (an=) the same age; m. contemporary, friend (often as a term of address): â, f. woman's female contemporary or friend, confidential atten dant: (a)-ka, m. contemporary, friend.
vasyas cpv. (V.) better, more ex cellent; more illustrious, wealthier, than (ab.); n. increasing wealth or prosperity.
vṛṣasya den. P. long for the male, desire sexual intercourse.
vedarahasya n. secret doctrine of the Veda, the Upanishads; -râsi, m. the entire Veda; -vâkya, n. statement of the Veda; -vâda, m. id.; talk about the Veda, theological discussion; -vâdin, a. able to talk about or conversant with the Vedas; -vikrayin, a. selling=teaching the Veda for money; -vit-tama, spv. most learned in the Veda; -vit-tva, n. knowledge of the Veda; -víd, a. knowing the Veda; -vidyâ, f. know ledge of the Veda: -vid, a. versed in Vedic learning, -vrata-snâta, pp. having completed one's Vedic and scientific studies and one's vows; -vidvas, pt. knowing the Veda; -viplâvaka, a. propagating the Veda; -ve da½a&ndot;ga-tattva-gña, a. knowing the Vedas and the Vedâ&ndot;gas thoroughly; -vedâ&ndot;ga pâraga, a. thoroughly conversant with the Vedas and Vedâ&ndot;gas; -vyâsa, m. arranger of the Veda; -vrata, n.observance pre scribed during Vedic study; a. having taken the Vedic vow; -sabda, m. the word Veda; statement of the Veda; -sâkhâ, f. Vedic branch or school; -sâstra, n. sg. doctrine of the Veda: pl. the Veda and othercanonical works: -purâna, n. pl. id. and the Purânas; -sruti, f. Vedic scriptures.
vaimanasya n. [vimanas] dejec tion, depression, melancholy.
vairasya n. [virasa] insipidness, bad taste; repugnance, disgust, of (g., lc., --°ree;).
vaiśasya incorr. for vaishamya.
śravasya a) n. (RV.) praise, re nown; glorious deed; b) a. swift (steed; RV.); -y&asharp;, in. ad. swiftly (RV.); -yú, a. 1. praising (RV.); 2. swift, nimble (V.).
śravasya den. a) only pt. -yát, praising (V.); b) -yá, P. (V.) hasten, be swift; snatch up (ac.).
saṃvyavasya fp. [√ sâ] to be de cided; -vyavaharana, n. agreeing or getting on together in ordinary life; -vyavahâra, m. intercourse, with (in.); occupation with, ad diction to (--°ree;); business transactions; term generally understood: -vat, m. business man; -vyâna, n. wrapper, cloth, upper garment.
sacasya den. Â. [fr. *sakas, n.: √ sak] be cherished (RV.1).
sacanasya den. Â. treat tenderly, cherish (RV.1).
sadasya a. belonging to or being in the sacrificial shed; m. member of a (sacri ficial) assembly; assistant at a sacrificial session (occupying the Sadas and only look ing on during the rites).
sarahasya a. together with the mysteries, i. e. the Upanishads; -râga, a. tinged, slightly discoloured; reddened; charming, lovely; filled with love, impas sioned: -m, ad. passionately: -tâ, f. redden ed condition, redness; -râga-ka, a. together with the king; (sá)-râti, a. giving equal gifts, equally favourable (V.); -râshtra, a. with the kingdoms.
sasya n. crop; corn, grain; fruit, produce (often incorrectly spelt sasya): -kshe tra, n. corn-field; -pâla, m. field-watcher; -mâlin, a. wreathed with corn or crops (earth); -rakshaka, m. field-watcher; -rakshâ, f. guarding the fields; -vat, a. bearing a rich crop (field); -½âkara-vat, a. bearing abun dance of corn; -½âvâpa, m. sowing of crops.
sahasya a. mighty, strong (V.); m. N. of the second winter month (=Pausha).
sāmañjasya n. [samañgasa] cor rectness.
sāṃmanasya n. [sam-manas] concord (AV.).
śasya incorr. for sasya.
svapasya den. Â. work well, be active.
Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance
46 results0 results1634 results
asya made jaritar indraḥ somasya matsat śś.8.25.1.
asya made jaritar indro 'pāṃ vegam airayat śś.8.25.1.
asya made jaritar indro 'pinvad apito 'jinvad ajuvaḥ śś.8.25.1.
asya made jaritar indro vṛtram ahan śś.8.25.1.
asya made jaritar indro vy antarikṣam atirad ā sūryaṃ divy airayat śś.8.25.1.
asya made jaritar indro 'him ahan śś.8.25.1. Cf. asya made ahim.
asya made puru varpāṃsi vidvān RV.6.44.14a; Aś.6.4.10. P: asya made puru varpāṃsi śś.9.12.4.
asya made svaryaṃ dā ṛtāya RV.1.121.4a.
asya madhvaḥ pibata mādayadhvam RV.7.38.8c; VS.9.18c; 21.11c; TS.1.7.8.2c; 4.7.12.2c; MS.1.11.2c: 162.13; KS.13.14c; śB.5.1.5.24c.
asya mandāno madhvo vajrahastaḥ RV.2.19.2a.
asya me dyāvāpṛthivī ṛtāyataḥ RV.2.32.1a. P: asya me dyāvāpṛthivī Aś.7.7.3. Cf. BṛhD.4.86.
asya medhasya somyasya sobhare RV.8.19.2c; SV.2.1038c.
asya yajñasyarddhyai mahyaṃ saṃnatyai TS.7.5.13.1; Apś.20.9.5.
asya yajñasya sukratum RV.1.12.1c; 8.19.3c; AVś.20.101.1c; SV.1.3c,112c; 2.140c,763c; MS.4.10.2c: 145.4; KS.20.14c; GB.1.2.23c; śB.1.4.1.35; TB.3.5.2.3c.
asya yajñasyāgura udṛcam aśīya Aś.4.2.8,9; śś.5.3.7 (bis); Mś.1.4.2.6 (bis). Cf. āgura udṛcam.
asya yajñasyodṛci svāhā (śś. yajñasyodṛcam) AVś.6.48.1--3; śś.6.8.10. Cf. āsya yajñasyo-.
asya yāmāso bṛhato na vagnūn RV.10.3.4a.
asya raṇvā svasyeva puṣṭiḥ RV.2.4.4a.
asya rātau sutaṃ piba SV.1.223c. See imaṃ rātaṃ.
asya rāyas tvam agne rathīr asi RV.6.48.9c; SV.1.41c; 2.973c.
asya lokaḥ sutāvataḥ VS.35.1c; śB.13.8.2.3c.
asya vardhayatā rayim AVP.1.24.4d. Cf. imaṃ vardhayatā, and yajñam imaṃ va-.
asya vāmasya nihitaṃ padaṃ veḥ RV.1.164.7b; AVś.9.9.5b.
asya vāmasya palitasya hotuḥ RV.1.164.1a; AVś.9.9.1a; ā.1.5.3.7; 5.3.2.14; śś.18.22.7; N.4.26a. P: asya vāmasya Kauś.18.25. Cf. BṛhD.4.32 (B). Designated as asya-vāmīya (sc. sūkta) VāDh.26.6; MDh.11.251; VAtDh.2.5; VHDh.5.129,156,166,376,442,449; 6.44,439; Rvidh.1.26.2; BṛhD.4.31; as palita CūlikāU.11; as salilaṃ vaiśvadevam śś.18.22.7.
asya vāsā u arciṣā RV.5.17.3a.
asya vijñānam anu saṃ rabhadhvam TS.5.7.4.4c.
asya vijñānāya bahudhā nidhīyate TB.2.5.1.3b.
asya viśvasya bhuvanasya rājā RV.10.168.2d. Cf. ahaṃ etc., eko etc., tena etc., patir viśvasya, mūrdhnā etc., and somo etc.
asya vīrasya barhiṣi RV.1.86.4a.
asya vṛṣṇo vyodane RV.8.63.9a.
asya vo hy avasā RV.9.98.8a.
asya vratāni nādhṛṣe RV.9.53.3a; SV.2.1066a.
asya vrateṣv api soma iṣyate RV.9.69.1d.
asya vrate sajoṣasaḥ RV.9.102.5a.
asya śāsur ubhayāsaḥ sacante RV.1.60.2a.
asya śuṣmāso dadṛśānapaveḥ RV.10.3.6a.
asya śravo nadyaḥ sapta bibhrati RV.1.102.2a; TB.2.8.9.2a.
asya śriyam upasaṃyāta sarve AVś.6.73.1c.
asya śriye samidhānasya vṛṣṇaḥ RV.4.5.15a.
asya śreṣṭhā subhagasya saṃdṛk RV.4.1.6a.
asya śroṣantv ā bhuvaḥ RV.1.86.5a.
asya śloko divīyate pṛthivyām RV.1.190.4a.
asya sanīḍā asurasya yonau RV.10.31.6c.
asya sutasya AVP.2.7.3c. See next.
asya sutasya svar (SV. svā3r) na (Aś.śś. ṇa) AVś.2.5.2c; SV.2.303c; Aś.6.3.1c; śś.9.5.2c. See prec.
asya suvānasya mandinas tritasya RV.2.11.20a.
asya somasya pītaye RV.1.22.1c; 23.2c; 4.49.5c; 5.71.3c; 6.59.10d; 8.76.6c; 94.10c--12c; TS.1.4.7.1c; TB.2.4.3.13c; N.12.4c.
asya stutiṃ jaritur bhikṣamāṇāḥ RV.10.31.5c.
asya stuṣe mahimaghasya rādhaḥ RV.1.122.8a.
asya stotur maghavan kāmam ā pṛṇa RV.1.57.5b; AVś.20.15.5b.
asya stotre dhiṣaṇā yat ta ānaje RV.1.102.1b; VS.33.29b; TB.2.7.13.4b.
asya stomasya subhage ni bodha AVś.19.49.5c; AVP.14.8.5c.
asya stomebhir auśija ṛjiśvā RV.10.99.11a.
asya stome maghonaḥ RV.5.16.3a.
asya snuṣā śvaśurasya praśiṣṭim TB.2.4.6.12c. See mama snuṣā.
asya spaśo na ni miṣanti bhūrṇayaḥ RV.9.73.4c; Apś.16.18.7c. See tasya etc.
asya haviṣas tmanā yaja VS.6.11; TS.1.3.8.2; KS.3.6; śB.3.8.1.13. See tmanāsya haviṣo.
asya haviṣo (Apś. haviṣo ghṛtasya) vīhi svāhā MS.1.8.6: 123.2; Apś.6.14.12. See under asya ghṛtasya.
asya havyasya tṛpyatām TB.2.4.8.4b,4c.
asya havyasyendrāgnī KS.35.5d.
asya hi svayaśastaraḥ RV.5.17.2a.
asya hi svayaśastaram RV.5.82.2a; śś.10.3.12; 8.12; Apś.6.22.1a.
asya hotuḥ pradiśy (AVś. praśiṣy) ṛtasya vāci RV.10.110.11c; AVś.5.12.11c; VS.29.36c; MS.4.13.5c: 205.6; KS.16.20c; TB.3.6.3.4c; N.8.21c.
asya kurmo (RVKh. kulmo) harivo medinaṃ tvā RVKh.10.128.1d; TS.4.7.14.4d; TB.2.4.3.3d. See under asmākaṃ kṛṇmo.
asya kratvā mahiṣā trī śatāni RV.5.29.7b.
asya kratvā yaśasvataḥ RV.8.102.8c; SV.2.297c.
asya kratvā vicetasaḥ RV.5.17.4a.
asya kratvā sacate apradṛpitaḥ RV.1.145.2d.
asya kratvā samidhānasya majmanā RV.1.143.2c.
asya kratvāhanyo yo asti RV.1.190.3c.
asya kṣatraṃ śriyaṃ mahīm AVś.6.54.1c.
asya ghā vīra īvataḥ RV.4.14.5a.
asya ghṛtasya haviṣo juṣāṇo vīhi svāhā MS.1.10.2: 141.8. See asya haviṣo, and juṣāṇo asya.
asya cakṣasā pari pāty ukṣā RV.9.89.3d.
asya ca dātuḥ Kauś.90.7,12,16; 92.26,29.
asya te sakhye vayam RV.9.61.29a; 66.14a. See yasya etc.
asya tritaḥ kratunā vavre antaḥ RV.10.8.7a. Cf. BṛhD.6.148.
asya trito nv ojasā vṛdhānaḥ RV.10.99.6c.
asya tvaṃ dadataḥ soma rājan AVP.1.46.1a.
asya tveṣā ajarā asya bhānavaḥ RV.1.143.3a.
asya devasya mīḍhuṣo vayāḥ RV.7.40.5a.
asya devasya saṃsady anīke RV.7.4.3a.
asya devāḥ pradiśi jyotir astu AVś.1.9.2a. See asmai devāḥ pradiśaj.
asya patiḥ syāṃ sugavaḥ suvīraḥ RV.1.116.25b; KS.17.18b.
asya patmann aruṣīr aśvabudhnāḥ RV.10.8.3c.
asya pātaṃ dhiyeṣitā RV.3.12.1c; SV.2.19c; VS.7.31c; TS.1.4.15.1c; MS.1.3.17c: 36.13; KS.4.7c; AB.2.37.17c; śB.4.3.1.24c.
asya pāre nirṛthasya ApMB.1.6.14a (ApG.2.6.3).
asya piba kṣumataḥ prasthitasya RV.10.116.2a.
asya pibatam aśvinā RV.8.5.14a; AB.1.22.5; Aś.4.7.4. P: asya pibatam śś.5.10.21. Cf. ubhā pibatam.
asya piba yasya jajñāna indra RV.6.40.2a; Aś.6.4.10.
asya pītā (SV. pītvā) svarvidaḥ RV.9.108.2b; SV.2.43b.
asya pītvā madānām RV.8.92.6a; 9.23.7a.
asya pītvā śatakrato RV.1.4.8a; AVś.20.68.8a.
asya pītvā svarvidaḥ see asya pītā.
asya pra jātavedasaḥ RV.10.188.2a.
asya prajāvati gṛhe RV.8.31.4a.
asya pratnām anu dyutam RV.9.54.1a; SV.2.105a; VS.3.16a; TS.1.5.5.1a; 7.1; MS.1.5.1a: 66.2; 1.5.5: 73.18; 1.5.6: 74.6; KS.6.9a; 7.4,5; JB.1.93,119; śB.2.3.4.15a; JG.2.9. P: asya pratnām śś.2.11.2; Kś.4.12.3.
asya prāṇād apānatī (MS.AVś.6.31.2b, apānataḥ) RV.10.189.2b; AVś.6.31.2b; 20.48.5b; SV.2.727b; ArS.5.5b; VS.3.7b; TS.1.5.3.1a; MS.1.6.1b: 85.13; KS.7.13a; śB.2.1.4.29b.
asya priyasya śarmaṇi RV.5.64.3c.
asya priyāsaḥ sakhye syāma RV.4.17.9d.
asya priyo jaritā yasya śarman RV.4.17.19c.
asya preṣā hemanā pūyamānaḥ RV.9.97.1a; SV.1.526a; 2.749a. P: asya preṣā Svidh.1.3.8.
asya made ahim indro jaghāna RV.2.15.1d. Cf. asya made jaritar indro 'him.
asya made jaritar indra iha śravad iha somasya matsat śś.8.25.1.
asya made jaritar indra iha śravad upa giri (!) ṣṭhāt śś.8.25.1.
asya made jaritar indra ud āryaṃ varṇam atirad ava dāsaṃ varṇam ahan śś.8.25.1.
asya made jaritar indra ud dyām astabhnād aprathayat pṛthivīm śś.8.25.1.
asya made jaritar indra ṛṣyāṃ iva pamphaṇataḥ parvatān prakupitāṃ aramṇāt śś.8.25.1.
asyai janatāyai śraiṣṭhyāya Apś.5.24.4. See asyā janatāyāḥ.
asyai nāryā upastare (ApMB. -stire) AVś.14.2.21b; ApMB.1.8.1b.
asyai putrāya vettave AVP.5.11.4d.
asyai pṛthivyai yad yajñiyam TB.3.7.10.2d; Apś.14.31.8d.
asyai prajāṃ jaradaṣṭiṃ sṛjasva AVP.3.39.2b.
asyai pratiṣṭhāyai VS.2.25; śB.1.9.3.12; Kś.3.8.14.
asyai pratiṣṭhāyai mā chitsi śś.1.5.9.
asyai prāṇaḥ saṃcarati śś.17.12.1a.
asyai bhavatu bheṣajī AVP.6.7.3d.
asyai me putrakāmāyai RVKh.10.184.1c; ApMB.1.12.7c; MG.2.18.4c.
asyai rayiṃ sarvavīraṃ ni yacha AVś.11.1.3d,11d. Cf. asme rayiṃ etc.
asyai viśe pavate (KA. pinvasva) KA.2.136; Apś.12.15.8. Cf. next.
asyai viśe mahyaṃ jyaiṣṭhyāya pipīhi MS.4.9.9: 129.9. See mahyaṃ jyaiṣṭhyāya, and cf. prec.
asyai śālāyai śarma yachantu devāḥ AVP.7.6.4c.
asyai saṃ datta vīryam RV.10.97.19d,21d; VS.12.93d,94d. See asmai saṃ.
asyai svāhā KBU.2.3 (sexies).
asyanto ye ca dhāvatha AVś.6.66.2b.
akūpārasya dāvane (SV. dāvanaḥ) # RV.5.39.2d; SV.2.523d; JB.3.203d; N.4.18.
akruddhasya yotsyamānasya # TA.1.4.2a.
akṣiduḥkhotthitasyaiva # TA.1.4.1a.
agastyasya tryāyuṣam # śG.1.28.9c; SMB.1.6.8c; MG.1.1.24c; VārG.4.20c.
agastyasya nadbhyaḥ # RV.10.60.6a. Cf. BṛhD.7.97.
agastyasya putrāsaḥ # AVP.9.7.7c.
agastyasya brahmaṇā # AVś.2.32.3c; 5.23.10c; AVP.2.14.5c.
agohyasya yad asastanā gṛhe # RV.1.161.11c; N.11.16.
agninājyasya vyantu vaujhak # śB.2.2.3.19. See under agna ājyasya.
agnipītasya (soma deva te matividaḥ) # Apś.13.14.14. Vikāra of indrapītasya, or narāśaṃsapītasya Apś.12.24.7 ff. Cf. TS.3.2.5.2.
aghaśaṃsasya kasya cit # RV.1.42.4b.
aghasya tvā dhārayā vidhyāmi # TA.4.38.1.
aghasya yad bhinado rakṣa eṣat # RV.10.89.14b.
acetānasya mā patho vi dukṣaḥ # RV.7.4.7d; N.3.2d.
achidrasya dadhanvataḥ # RV.6.48.18b.
achinnasya te deva soma dakṣasya rāyaspoṣasya suvīryasyābhigrahītāraḥ syāma # MS.1.3.12: 34.7. P: achinnasya te deva soma Mś.2.4.1.9. See next two.
achinnasya te deva soma suvīryasya rāyaspoṣasya daditāraḥ syāma # VS.7.14; KS.4.4; śB.4.2.1.22. P: achinnasya N.9.10.14. See prec. and next.
achinnasya te rayipate suvīryasya rāyaspoṣasya daditāraḥ syāma # TS.3.2.3.1. See prec. two.
ajasya nābhāv (MS.KS. nābhā) adhy ekam arpitam # RV.10.82.6c; VS.17.30c; TS.4.6.2.3c; MS.2.10.3c: 134.15; KS.18.1c.
ajasya petvasya ca # AVś.4.4.8b.
ajasya rūpe kim api svid ekam # RV.1.164.6d; AVś.9.9.7d.
ajuryasya madintamaṃ yam īmahe # RV.8.13.23c.
aṭṇārasya paraḥ putraḥ # śB.13.5.4.4a. See āhṇārasya.
atharṣabhasya ye vājāḥ # AVś.4.4.8c. See ya ṛṣabhasya.
athaitasya haviṣo vīhi svāhā # AVś.19.52.5d; AVP.1.30.5d; Kauś.92.31d.
adabdhasya vratasya ye # RV.7.66.6b; SV.2.703b; JB.3.208b.
adabdhasya svadhāvataḥ # RV.8.44.20a; KS.40.14a.
adabdhasya svayaśaso virapśinaḥ # RV.10.75.9d.
adābhyasya manmabhiḥ # RV.8.7.15c.
adāśūṣṭarasya vedaḥ # RV.8.81.7c.
adevasya śūśuvānasya māyāḥ # RV.10.111.6b.
adhāyāmutesumudasya (?) # JG.2.7 (corrupt).
adhvarasya vicarṣaṇiḥ # RV.3.11.1b; KS.2.15b.
anamīvasya śuṣmiṇaḥ # RV.3.16.3d; VS.11.83b; TS.4.2.3.1b; 5.2.2.1; KS.16.10b; 19.12; MS.2.10.1b: 132.5; PB.1.8.7b; śB.6.6.4.7; TB.3.11.4.1b; AG.1.16.5b; śG.1.27.7b; JG.1.10b; Kauś.106.7d; ApMB.2.15.15b; PrāṇāgU.1b.
analasya (analasas ?) te priyo 'sāny asau # HG.1.5.13.
anājñātājñātakṛtasya (sc. enaso 'vayajanam asi) # Vait.23.12. See anyakṛtasya, and cf. enasa-enaso.
anānatasya śavasaḥ # RV.8.68.4b; SV.1.364b; N.12.21b.
anāhanasyaṃ vasanaṃ cariṣṇu (PG. jariṣṇuḥ; HG.ApMB. jariṣṇu) # śG.2.1.30c; PG.2.2.10c (crit. notes; Speijer, Jātakarma, p. 22); HG.1.4.6c; ApMB.2.2.11c; VārG.5.9c.
anupadasyam annādyam āpnavāni # śś.4.8.6.
antarikṣasamantasya te vāyur upaśrotā # BDh.2.8.14.12. See antarikṣaṃ samaṃ.
antarikṣasya tvā dātrā prāśnāmi # Mś.1.3.3.16. Cf. Vait.3.16.
antarikṣasya tvā divas tvā diśāṃ tvā nākasya tvā pṛṣṭhe bradhnasya tvā viṣṭape sādayāmi # TA.6.7.3.
antarikṣasya tvā draviṇe sādayāmi # TS.4.4.7.1; MS.2.13.18: 165.2; KS.39.9.
antarikṣasya tvā sānāv avagūhāmi (KS. -kṣasya sānūpeṣa) # TS.1.3.6.2; KS.3.3; 26.6; Apś.7.11.9. See divaḥ sānūpeṣa.
antarikṣasya dhartrīṃ viṣṭambhanīṃ diśāṃ bhuvanasyādhipatnīm (VS.KS.śB. diśām adhipatnīṃ bhuvanānām) # VS.14.5; MS.2.8.1: 107.5; KS.17.1; śB.8.2.1.10. See viṣṭambhanī.
antarikṣasya bhāgo 'si # Apś.3.3.11.
antarikṣasya mahato vimāne # AVP.2.61.3d.
antarikṣasya yāny asi # TS.4.4.6.2; KS.22.5; Apś.17.1.18.
antarikṣasya sānūpeṣa # see antarikṣasya tvā sānāv.
antarikṣasya havir asi (VS.śB. asi svāhā) # VS.6.19; TS.1.3.10.2; MS.1.2.17: 27.5; KS.3.7; śB.3.8.3.32.
antaryāmasya pātram asi # TS.3.1.6.2.
andhasya cin nāsatyā kṛśasya cit # RV.10.39.3c.
annasya ghṛtam eva rasas tejaḥ saṃpatkāmo juhomi svāhā # SMB.2.6.15. Ps: annasya ghṛtam eva GG.4.9.5; annasya KhG.4.3.11.
annasya pataye namaḥ # see annānāṃ pataye.
annasya pātram uta sarpiṣo vā # AVP.5.28.5b.
annasya bhūmā puruṣasya bhūmā # AVś.5.28.3c; AVP.2.59.1c; 11.14.8a.
annasya mā tejasā svargaṃ lokaṃ gamaya # JB.1.40.
annasya rāṣṭrir asi rāṣṭris te bhūyāsam # SMB.2.8.9. P: annasya rāṣṭrir asi GG.4.10.12; KhG.4.4.12.
anyakṛtasyainaso 'vayajanam asi svāhā (Apśṃś. omit svāhā) # Tā.10.59; Apś.13.17.9; Mś.2.5.4.8; MahānU.18.1. See anājñātājñātakṛtasya, and cf. enasa-enaso.
anyavratasya (TA. anyadvra-) saścima (RV. saścire; TA. saścimaḥ) # RV.5.20.2d; VS.38.20b; MS.4.9.10: 131.6b; śB.14.3.1.19; TA.4.11.4b.
anyasya cittam abhi saṃcareṇyam # RV.1.170.1c; N.1.6c.
anyasya patnī vidhavā yathāsat # AVP.2.61.4d.
aparāhṇasya tejasā sarvam annasya prāśiṣam # Kauś.22.4.
apaścādaghvānnasya (MSṃś.Apś. apaścāddaghvānnaṃ) bhūyāsam # AVś.19.55.5; MS.3.9.4: 120.17; Apś.7.28.2; Mś.1.8.6.22.
apaskambhasya bāhvoḥ # AVP.5.8.3c; 11.2.4b.
apaskambhasya śalyāt # AVś.4.6.4c.
apasthānasya kṛtyā yāḥ # AVP.1.58.1c.
abhikrandasya yā ropīḥ # AVP.13.3.8c.
abhiyuktasya pradhane # AVP.2.25.2a.
abhyañjanasya yad varcaḥ # AVP.4.10.8c.
amartyasya bhuvanasya bhūnā # RV.10.149.3b; śB.10.2.2.3.
amartyasya martyāsu vikṣu # RV.10.79.1b.
amitrasya nidhir hitaḥ # RV.10.186.3b.
amitrasya vyathayā manyum indra # RV.6.25.2b; MS.4.14.12b: 235.3; TB.2.8.3.3b.
amitrasya śiro jahi # Mś.9.2.5.10d. See next.
amṛtasya deva dhāraṇo bhūyāsam # TA.7.4.1d; TU.1.4.1d.
amṛtasya dhārā bahudhā dohamānam # TB.3.12.3.4c.
amṛtasya nidhir hitaḥ # RV.10.186.3b; JB.3.266b; TB.2.4.1.8b; TA.4.42.2b; KA.1.218Ab. See under amṛtaṃ nihitaṃ.
amṛtasya pūrṇāṃ tām u kalāṃ vicakṣate # TA.3.11.5c.
amṛtasya prāṇaṃ yajñam etam # TA.3.11.3c.
amṛtasya śriyaṃ mahīm # ā.5.3.2.2d.
ambhasya pāre bhuvanasya madhye # TA.10.1.1a; MahānU.1.1a. Cf. ViDh.56.25; VHDh.5.378; 6.88; 7.301; 8.7.
ayājyasya ca yājanam # BDh.3.6.5b; ViDh.48.22d. Cf. prec.
aradhrasya radhraturo babhūva # RV.6.18.4d.
arasasya śarkoṭasya # AVś.7.56.5a; AVP.1.48.1a; Kauś.139.8.
aruṣasya duhitarā virūpe # RV.6.49.3a.
arkasya jyotis sad (comm. tad) id āsa jyeṣṭham # TB.2.5.8.12c.
arkasya devāḥ parame vyoman (JB. viyoman) # JB.2.88b; śB.8.6.2.19a.
arkasya bodhi haviṣo havīmabhiḥ # RV.1.131.6b; AVś.20.72.3b.
arkasya yonim āsadam # RV.9.25.6c; 50.4c; SV.1.472c; 2.426c,558c. See ṛtasya etc.
arthasya karmaṇo mithaḥ # Kauś.119.2b. See yajñasya kriyate.
arbhasya tṛpradaṃśinaḥ # AVś.7.56.3c.
alasya vyañjanasya # AVP.11.2.12a.
alāyyasya paraśur nanāśa # RV.9.67.30a.
avaṭasya # see avatasya.
avatasya (SV. avaṭasya) visarjane # RV.8.72.11c; SV.2.953c.
avatsārasya spṛṇavāma raṇvabhiḥ # RV.5.44.10c.
avasthasya kladīvataḥ # AVś.7.90.3c.
avasyate stuvate kṛṣṇiyāya # RV.1.116.23a.
avasyava ūrjaṃ vardhayantaḥ # RV.2.11.13b.
avasyave tvā vātāya svāhā # VS.38.7; MS.4.9.8: 128.8; śB.14.2.2.5; TA.4.9.1.
avasyave yo varivaḥ kṛṇoti # RV.4.50.9c; AB.8.26.12.
avasyave śatruhaṇe svāhā # AVP.7.20.6a.
avasyavo dhīmahi praśastim # RV.2.11.12c.
avasyavo na vayunāni takṣuḥ # RV.2.19.8b.
avasyavo vṛṣaṇaṃ vajradakṣiṇam # RV.1.101.1c; SV.1.380c.
aśnasya cic chiśnathāt pūrvyāṇi # RV.2.20.5d; 6.4.3d.
aśrāntasya tvā manasā # AVś.19.25.1a.
aśvakrandasya vaṇḍasya # AVP.8.7.2a.
aśvatthasya nudāmahe (AVP. nudāmasi) # AVś.3.6.8d; AVP.3.3.8d.
aśvatthasyārohasya # AVP.12.5.3a.
aśvamedhasya dānāḥ # RV.5.27.5c.
aśvasya ṛśyasya # AVP.4.5.6a. Cf. aśvasyāśvatarasya.
aśvasya krande (and krandye) etc. # see aśvasya vāje.
aśvasya tvā vṛṣṇaḥ śaknā dhūpayāmi devayajane pṛthivyāḥ # VS.37.9 (ter); śB.14.1.2.20. P: aśvasya tvā Kś.26.1.23.
aśvasya bradhnaṃ puruṣasya māyum (AVP. māyām) # AVś.19.49.4c; AVP.14.8.4c.
aśvasya vājinas tvaci # VS.23.37c; TS.5.2.11.1c; MS.3.12.21c: 167.8; KSA.10.5c.
aśvasya vāje (KS. krande; TB. krandye) puruṣasya māyau # AVś.6.38.4b; KS.36.15b; TB.2.7.7.1b.
aśvasya vāraḥ paruṣasya vāraḥ # AVś.10.4.2b.
aśvasya vāro gośaphaś ca te # AVś.20.129.18.
aśvasya śīrṣṇā pra yad īm uvāca # RV.1.116.12d; śB.14.1.1.25d; 5.5.16d; BṛhU.2.5.16d. See next.
aśvasya śīrṣṇā sumatim avocat # KA.1.226d; 3.226. See prec.
aśvasyāśvatarasya # AVś.4.4.8a. Cf. aśvasya ṛśyasya.
aśvinakṛtasya te sarasvatikṛtasyendreṇa sutrāmṇā kṛtasya, upahūta upahūtasya bhakṣayāmi # VS.20.35.
aśvyasya tmanā rathyasya puṣṭeḥ # RV.4.41.10a.
aṣṭendrasya ṣaḍ yamasya # AVś.8.9.23a.
asitasya gṛhebhyaḥ # AVś.6.137.1d.
asitasya te (AVP. omits te) brahmaṇā # AVś.1.14.4a; AVP.1.15.4a.
asitasya taimātasya # AVś.5.13.6a; AVP.1.44.1a; 8.2.4a. Cf. Kauś.29.9.
asitasya brahmaṇā # see prec. but one.
asitasya vidradhasya # AVP.1.90.1a; 8.7.8a. Cf. vidradhasya balāsasya.
asthijasya kilāsasya # AVś.1.23.4a; AVP.1.16.4a; TB.2.4.4.2a.
asmatkṛtasyainaso 'vayajanam asi (Tā. adds svāhā) # PB.1.6.10; Tā.10.59.
aharjātasya yan nāma # AVś.3.14.1c; 5.28.12c; AVP.2.13.4c; 2.59.11c.
ahiṃsānasya saścire # RV.5.64.3d.
ahutasya hutasya ca # KS.35.5b,5d; JB.1.353b; PB.9.9.8b; TB.3.7.8.3b,3d; śś.13.12.7c; Kś.25.12.1b; Apś.14.30.2b,2d.
ākāyyasya dāvane purukṣoḥ # RV.4.29.5d.
ākāśasyaiṣa ākāśaḥ # SMB.2.4.13a. Cf. GG.4.5.34; KhG.4.1.18.
āgrayaṇasya pātram asi # TS.3.1.6.3.
ājuhvānasya mīḍhuṣaḥ # RV.7.16.3b; TS.4.4.4.5b; KS.39.15b.
ājuhvānasya sarpiṣaḥ # RV.1.127.1g; AVś.20.67.3g; SV.1.465g; 2.1163g; VS.15.47g; TS.4.4.4.8g; MS.2.13.8g: 158.6; KS.26.11g; 39.15g.
ājyasya kūlyā upa tān kṣarantu # HG.2.11.1c. Cf. medasaḥ kulyā, and ghṛtasya kulyā.
ājyasya parameṣṭhin # AVś.1.7.2a; AVP.4.4.2a.
ājyasya svāhā # VS.28.11; MS.4.13.5: 205.2; TB.3.6.2.2; Aś.3.4.3. P: ājyasya śś.5.18.2.
āñjanasya madughasya (AVP. madhu-) # AVś.6.102.3a; AVP.2.77.3a.
ātmakṛtasyainaso 'vayajanam asi (TāṃahānU.Aś.BDh. asi svāhā) # VS.8.13; Tā.10.59; MahānU.18.1; Aś.6.12.3; śś.8.9.1; Apś.13.17.9; Mś.2.5.4.8; BDh.4.3.6. P: ātmakṛtasya Vait.23.12.
ātmendrasya bhavasi dhāsir uttamaḥ # RV.9.85.3b.
ādityavadgaṇasya soma deva te matividas tṛtīyasya savanasya jagatīchandasa indrapītasya narāśaṃsapītasya pitṛpītasya madhumata upahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi (Mś. savanasya jagacchandaso 'gnihuta indrapītasya) # TS.3.2.5.3; Mś.2.5.1.33. P: ādityavadgaṇasya (followed by fragments ... narāśaṃsapītasya ... indrapītasya ...) Apś.12.24.7,9. Cf. under tasya ta.
ādityasya nṛcakṣasaḥ # AVś.13.2.1c.
ādityasya mā saṃkāśaḥ (sc. avatām) # Vait.11.16. ūha of nakṣatrāṇāṃ mā etc.
ādityasya vratam upakṣiyantaḥ (TB. upakṣyantaḥ) # RV.3.59.3c; MS.4.10.2c: 146.16; TB.2.8.7.5c.
ādhrasya cit pramatir ucyase pitā # RV.1.31.14c.
ānuṣṭubhasya chandaso 'gneḥ pakṣeṇāgneḥ pakṣam upadadhāmi # MS.2.8.11: 115.16. See ānuṣṭubhena chandasā chandasāgneḥ, and ānuṣṭubhena chandasā mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ.
ānuṣṭubhasya haviṣo havir yat # RV.10.181.1b; ArS.2.5b.
ānūnasya mahi śravaḥ # RV.8.55 (Vāl.7).5b.
āmanasya deva ye paśavaḥ samanasas tān ahaṃ kāmaye hṛdā te māṃ kāmayantāṃ hṛdā tān mā āmanasas kṛdhi svāhā # MS.2.3.2: 28.21.
āmanasya devā (MS. -va) yā (MS. yāḥ; KS. yās) striyaḥ samanasas tā (KS. samanaso yā) ahaṃ kāmaye hṛdā tā māṃ kāmayantāṃ hṛdā tā ma (MS. mā) āmanasas kṛdhi svāhā # TS.2.3.9.2; MS.2.3.2: 28.19; KS.12.2.
āmanasya devā (MS. -va) ye putrāḥ samanasas tān (KS. putrāso ye paśavas samanaso yān) ahaṃ kāmaye hṛdā te māṃ kāmayantāṃ hṛdā tān ma (MS. mā) āmanasas kṛdhi svāhā # MS.2.3.2: 28.18; KS.12.2.
āmanasya devā (MSṃś. -va) ye sajātāḥ (TS. sajātāḥ kumārāḥ) samanasas tān (KS. samanaso yān) ahaṃ kāmaye hṛdā te māṃ kāmayantāṃ hṛdā tān ma (MS. mā) āmanasas kṛdhi svāhā # TS.2.3.9.1; MS.2.3.2: 28.16; KS.12.2. Ps: āmanasya deva ye sajātāḥ samanasaḥ Mś.5.2.1.16; āmanasya devāḥ TS.2.3.9.3; KS.12.2.
āmenyasya rajaso yad abhra ā # RV.5.48.1c. Fragment: abhra āṃ apaḥ N.5.5.
ārogasya sthāne svatejasā bhāni # TA.1.16.1.
āvikṣitasya kāmapreḥ # AB.8.21.14c. See next.
āviṣkṛtasya dūṣaṇam # Apś.21.20.3c.
āśvaghnasya vāvṛdhe sūnṛtābhiḥ # RV.10.61.21d.
āśvamedhasya rohitā # RV.8.68.15c.
āsaṅgasya svanadrathaḥ # RV.8.1.32d.
āsurasya ca hastinaḥ # AVś.3.22.4d; AVP.3.18.5b.
āsurasya mukhasyāgne # AVP.2.63.2a.
āhṇārasya parasyādaḥ # śś.16.9.13a. See aṭṇārasya.
iṭasya te vi cṛtāmi # AVś.9.3.18a; Kauś.66.24.
inasya trātur avṛkasya mīḍhuṣaḥ # RV.1.155.4b.
inasya yaḥ sadane garbham ādadhe # RV.9.77.4c.
indrapītasya # Apś.12.24.9. Fragment of ādityavadgaṇasya TS.3.2.5.3.
indrapītasya prajāpatibhakṣitasya madhumata upahūta upahūtasya bhakṣayāmi # VS.38.28.
indrasya ṛbhukṣā varuṇasya vibhvā # RV.4.33.9d.
indrasya kartā svapastamo bhūt # RV.4.17.4b.
indrasya karma yad ahiṃ vivṛścat # RV.3.33.7b.
indrasya karma sukṛtā purūṇi # RV.3.30.13d; 32.8a; 34.6b; AVś.20.11.6b.
indrasya kāmadughā stha # Aś.6.12.4.
indrasya kāmam akṣaran # RV.9.8.1b; SV.2.528b; JB.3.206.
indrasya kukṣir asi somadhānaḥ # AVś.7.111.1a. P: indrasya kukṣiḥ Vait.17.9; Kauś.24.19.
indrasya kroḍaḥ (VSK. krolaḥ) # VS.25.8; VSK.27.11; TS.5.7.16.1; MS.3.15.7: 179.11; KSA.13.6.
indrasya gṛhā vasumanto varūthinas tān ahaṃ sumanasaḥ pra padye # ApMB.2.15.13 (ApG.7.17.7). See next, next but two, and next but three.
indrasya gṛhāḥ śivā vasumanto (PG. gṛhā vasumanto) varūthinas tān ahaṃ pra padye saha jāyayā saha prajayā saha paśubhiḥ saha rāyas poṣeṇa saha yan me kiṃ cāsti tena (PG. pra padye saha prajayā paśubhiḥ saha) # śG.3.4.10; PG.3.4.18. See prec., next but one, and next but two.
indrasya gṛho 'si # AVP.6.11.6; 6.12.2. See trayodaśo māsa.
indrasya gṛho 'si taṃ tvā pra padye taṃ tvā pra viśāmi sarvaguḥ sarvapūruṣaḥ sarvātmā sarvatanūḥ saha yan me 'sti tena # AVś.5.6.11. See next, indrasya gṛhā, and indrasya gṛhāḥ.
indrasya gṛho 'si taṃ tvā pra padye saguḥ sāśvaḥ saha yan me asti tena # TB.2.4.2.4; TA.4.42.2. See prec., indrasya gṛhā, and indrasya gṛhāḥ.
indrasya goṣṭham api dhāva vidvān # AVP.5.28.3b; Vait.10.17b.
indrasya gaur amṛgaḥ # VS.24.32; MS.3.14.13: 175.4.
indrasya graho 'sy agṛhīto grāhyaḥ (Apś. grāhyo devānām) # KS.35.10; Apś.14.26.1.
indrasya gharmo atithiḥ # TS.1.6.12.2d; MS.4.12.2d: 181.16; KS.8.16d; TA.1.8.8d; Aś.4.7.4d; śś.5.10.32d.
indrasya ca tvā kṣatrasya caujasā juhomy ojodām # MS.4.7.3: 96.7. P: indrasya ca tvā kṣatrasya caujasā juhomi Mś.7.2.2.21.
indrasya carṣaṇīdhṛtaḥ (MS. -ṇīsahaḥ) # RV.3.37.4c; AVś.20.19.4c; MS.4.12.3c: 184.6. Cf. mitrasya etc.
indrasya caṣālam asi # MS.1.2.14: 23.13; 3.9.3: 117.13; Mś.1.8.2.13.
indrasya cāyuṣe 'vapat # VSK.3.9.5b; MG.1.21.6b. See under agner indrasya etc.
indrasya cā rabhāmahe # RV.6.57.5c.
indrasya cāvapac chiraḥ # śG.1.28.15d.
indrasya chadir asi viśvajanasya chāyā # VS.5.28; śB.3.6.1.22. P: indrasya chadiḥ Kś.8.6.10.
indrasya jaṭharam asi # Apś.12.19.5; Mś.2.3.7.1. P: indrasya TS.3.2.3.2; Apś.12.18.20.
indrasya jātasya pra papāta nābhiḥ # AVP.3.39.6a.
indrasya tatra bāhū # AVś.6.99.2c.
indrasya tanvaṃ (TS. tanuvaṃ) priyām # TS.7.4.20.1b; KSA.4.9b. See priyām indrasya.
indrasya tigmam āyudham # AVP.7.11.8c.
indrasya tu yathendrāṇī # RVKh.10.85.4a.
indrasya tṛtīyā # VS.25.4; MS.3.15.5: 179.3.
indrasya te adhaspadam # AVP.7.18.7c. Cf. indra sa te.
indrasya te vīryakṛto bāhū upāvaharāmi # TB.2.7.15.6. P: indrasya te vīryakṛtaḥ Apś.22.28.14. See indrasya vāṃ.
indrasya trātur ahaṃ devayajyayā trāto bhūyāsam # Apś.4.10.1.
indrasya triṣṭub iha bhāgo ahnaḥ # RV.10.130.5b.
indrasya tvaṃ tava vayaṃ sakhāyaḥ # RV.9.97.43d.
indrasya tvā (sc. vratapate vratenādadhe) # Kś.4.9.3. Vikāra of amuṣya tvā etc. See indrasya tvā marutvato, and indrasya tvendriyeṇa.
indrasya tvā cakṣuṣā paśyāmi # AVP.9.21.11.
indrasya tvā jaṭhare sādayāmi (Aś. dadhāmi; GB.Kauś. sādayāmi varuṇasyodare) # VSK.2.3.7; KB.6.14; GB.2.1.2; Aś.1.13.1; śś.4.7.14; Lś.4.11.14; Apś.3.19.7; 20.1; Kauś.65.14. See brahmaṇendrasya, and cf. next.
indrasya tvā jaṭhare sādayāmīti # AVP.9.21.11. Cf. prec.
indrasya tvā bāhubhyām udyache # TS.1.1.2.2; MS.1.1.2: 2.3; 4.1.2: 4.1; KS.1.2; 31.1; TB.3.2.2.8; Apś.1.4.15; Mś.1.1.1.47.
indrasya tvā bhāgaṃ somenā tanacmi (VSK. tanakmi) # VS.1.4; VSK.1.2.4; KS.1.3; 31.2; śB.1.7.1.19. P: indrasya tvā Kś.4.2.33. See indrāya tvā bhāgaṃ, and somena tvātanacmī-.
indrasya tvā marutvato vratenādadhe # MS.1.6.1: 86.8; 1.6.2: 87.4; 1.6.5: 94.15; KS.8.4. P: indrasya tvā Mś.1.5.3.14. See under indrasya tvā.
indrasya tvā vajreṇābhi tiṣṭhāmi (ApMB. vajreṇa ni dadhāmy asau) # PG.3.15.3; ApMB.2.21.31 (ApG.8.22.1). See next.
indrasya tvā vajreṇābhy upa viśāmi # HG.1.12.4. See prec.
indrasya tvā varmaṇā pari dhāpayāmaḥ # AVś.19.46.4a; AVP.4.23.4a.
indrasya tvā sāmrājyenābhi ṣiñcāmi # VSK.10.5.8; TS.5.6.3.3; TB.1.3.8.3. P: indrasya Apś.17.19.8. Cf. under indraṃ sām-, and next but three.
indrasya tvāsyena prāśnāmi # AVP.9.21.11.
indrasya tvā hastābhyām ā rabhe # AVP.9.21.11.
indrasya tvendriyeṇa vratapate vratenādadhāmi # TB.1.1.4.8; Apś.5.11.7. See under indrasya tvā.
indrasya tvendriyeṇaujase balāyābhi ṣiñcāmi # MS.3.11.8: 151.14. Cf. prec. but three.
indrasya tvaujasā sādayāmi # VS.13.14; MS.2.7.15: 98.4; KS.16.15; śB.7.4.1.42; Apś.16.22.5; Mś.6.1.7.6. P: indrasya tvā Kś.17.4.13.
indrasya dūtīr iṣitā carāmi # RV.10.108.2a.
indrasya dhṛṣitaṃ sahaḥ # ā.5.2.1.3d. See next but one.
indrasya dhruvo 'si (TS.Apś. dhruvam asi) # VS.5.30; TS.1.3.1.2; 6.2.10.7; MS.1.2.11: 21.6; KS.2.12; 25.10; śB.3.6.1.25; Apś.11.10.15; Mś.2.2.3.29.
indrasya nādhṛṣe śavaḥ # AVś.6.33.2d. See prec. but one.
indrasya nāma gṛhṇantaḥ # AVś.19.35.1a; AVP.11.4.1a.
indrasya niṣkāṣaḥ # MS.1.10.1: 140.15. See niṣkāṣo.
indrasya nu vīryāṇi pra vocam (AVś. nu prā vocaṃ vīryāṇi) # RV.1.32.1a; AVś.2.5.5a; AVP.12.12.1a; ArS.3.2a; MS.4.14.13a: 237.7; AB.3.24.10; 5.17.1; KB.15.4; 20.4; 24.2; TB.2.5.4.1a; ā.5.2.2.3; N.7.2,3. P: indrasya nu vīryāṇi TB.2.8.4.3; Aś.5.15.22; 8.6.12; 9.8.21 (comm.); śś.7.20.8; 10.13.14; 18.19.2 (comm.); Svidh.3.6.5. Cf. BṛhD.3.104. Designated as hairaṇyastūpīya (sc. sūkta) śś.10.13.14,15; 18.19.2; Rvidh.1.18.1. Cf. indrasya vocaṃ.
indrasya nu sukṛtaṃ daivyaṃ sahaḥ # RV.10.100.6a.
indrasya nṛmṇaṃ stha # AVś.10.5.1--6.
indrasya pariṣūtam asi # KS.1.2; 31.1.
indrasya pātha upehi # KS.1.12. See indrasya priyaṃ.
indrasya prathamo rathaḥ # AVś.10.4.1a; Kauś.139.8. P: indrasya prathamaḥ Kauś.32.20.
indrasya prāṇas sa te prāṇaṃ dadātu yasya prāṇas tasmai te svāhā # KS.11.7. P: indrasya prāṇaḥ KS.11.8. See next.
indrasya prāṇo 'si # TS.2.3.10.1; 11.3; MS.2.3.4: 30.18; Mś.5.2.2.5. See prec.
indrasya priyam amṛtam apāyi # RV.6.44.16b.
indrasya priyaṃ pātha upehi (and pātho apīhi) # TS.3.3.3.1,3. See indrasya pātha.
indrasya balaṃ stha # AVś.10.5.1--6.
indrasya balāya svāhā # TS.1.8.15.2; KS.15.8. See indrasyendriyāya, and indrasyaujase.
indrasya bāhur asi dakṣiṇaḥ sahasrabhṛṣṭiḥ śatatejāḥ # VS.1.24; TS.1.1.9.1; MS.1.1.10: 5.12; KS.1.9; 31.8; śB.1.2.4.6; TB.3.2.9.1. Ps: indrasya bāhur asi dakṣiṇaḥ TS.1.1.11.1; MS.1.1.12: 7.11; TB.3.3.6.9; Apś.2.1.1; indrasya bāhur asi Mś.1.2.4.7; 1.2.6.8; indrasya bāhuḥ Kś.2.6.13. Fragment: sahasrabhṛṣṭiḥ śatatejāḥ MS.4.1.10: 12.14.
indrasya bāhur asi dakṣiṇo viśvasyāriṣṭyai (KS. dakṣiṇo yajamānasya paridhiḥ) # VS.2.3; KS.1.11; śB.1.3.4.3.
indrasya bāhū sthavirau vṛṣāṇau (SV. yuvānau) # AVś.19.13.1a; AVP.7.4.1a; SV.2.1219a; GB.2.1.18. First stanza of the apratiratha-hymn in the Atharvan version: see under apratiratha, and āśuḥ śiśāno.
indrasya bāhvor bhūyiṣṭham ojaḥ # RV.8.96.3b.
indrasya bṛhaspates tvā sāmrājyenābhi ṣiñcāmi # TS.1.7.10.3. Cf. under indraṃ sām-, and bṛhaspateṣ ṭvā.
indrasya brahmacāry asi # śB.11.5.4.2; PG.2.2.20.
indrasya bhadrikā vīrut # AVP.8.7.11c.
indrasya bhāga ṛtayuḥ śatāyuḥ # TB.2.4.5.1b.
indrasya bhāgam ṛtviyam # RV.10.179.1b; AVś.7.72.1b.
indrasya bhāga stha # AVś.10.5.8. Cf. next but one.
indrasya bhāgaḥ suvite dadhātana # Apś.7.17.2a. See indrāya bhāgaṃ pari.
indrasya bhāgo 'si # VS.14.24; TS.4.3.9.1; 5.3.4.2; MS.2.8.5: 109.9; KS.17.4; 21.1; śB.8.4.2.4; Mś.6.2.1.24. P: indrasya bhāgaḥ Kś.17.10.14. Cf. prec. but one.
indrasya manmahe śaśvad id asya manmahe # AVś.4.24.1a. See indrasya manve prathamasya, and indrasya manve śaśvad.
indrasya manyave jālmāḥ # AVś.12.4.51c.
indrasya manve prathamasya pracetasaḥ # TS.4.7.15.1a; MS.3.16.5a: 190.10; KS.22.15a. See next, and indrasya manmahe.
indrasya manve śaśvad yasya manvire # AVP.4.39.1a. See prec., and indrasya manmahe.
indrasya muṣṭir asi vīḍayasva # RV.6.47.30d; AVś.6.126.2d; AVP.15.11.10d; VS.29.56d; TS.4.6.6.7d; MS.3.16.3d: 187.11; KSA.6.1d.
indrasya muṣṭir marutām anīkam # AVP.15.12.4b. See under indrasyaujo marutām.
indrasya yanti jaṭharaṃ supeśasaḥ # RV.9.81.1b.
indrasya yantu prasave visṛṣṭāḥ # RV.8.100.12d.
indrasya yasya sumakhaṃ saho mahi # RV.10.50.1c; VS.33.23c; N.11.9c.
indrasya yāḥ prasave sasrur āpaḥ # RV.10.111.8b.
indrasya yā mahī dṛṣat # AVś.2.31.1a; AVP.2.15.1a. P: indrasya yā mahī Kauś.27.14.
indrasya yāhi niṣkṛtam # RV.9.64.15b; SV.2.193b.
indrasya yāhi prasave manojavāḥ # AVś.6.92.1b. See indrasyeva dakṣiṇaḥ.
indrasya yujyaḥ sakhā # RV.1.22.19c; AVś.6.51.1c; 7.26.6c; SV.2.1021c; VS.6.4c; 10.31c; 13.33c; 19.3c (bis); TS.1.3.6.2c; 8.21.1c; MS.1.2.14c: 23.19; 2.3.8c: 36.2; 3.11.7c (bis): 150.7,9; KS.3.3c; 12.9c; 16.16c; TB.2.6.1.2c,3c; śB.3.7.1.17c; 5.5.4.22c; 7.5.1.25c; 12.7.3.9c,10c.
indrasya yuñjate dhiyaḥ # TB.2.5.3.2c.
indrasya yonir asi # VS.4.10; TS.1.2.2.2; 6.1.3.7; MS.1.2.2: 11.5; 2.6.11: 70.11; 4.4.5: 55.5; KS.2.3; 15.7; 23.4; śB.3.2.1.29; Apś.10.9.17; Mś.2.1.2.10; 9.1.3.24. P: indrasya yoniḥ Kś.7.3.31.
indrasya yonir asi janadhāḥ # Apś.18.16.9. Cf. MS.2.6.11: 70.11; 4.4.5: 55.5.
indrasya rantyaṃ bṛhat # AVś.6.33.1c; ArS.1.3c; ā.5.2.1.2; śś.18.3.2c.
indrasya rādhaḥ prayataṃ puru tmanā # TB.2.5.8.12a.
indrasya rūpaṃ varuṇo bhiṣajyan # VS.19.80d; MS.3.11.9d: 153.2; KS.38.3d; TB.2.6.4.1d.
indrasya rūpaṃ śatamānam āyuḥ # VS.19.93c; MS.3.11.9c: 154.14; KS.38.3c; TB.2.6.4.6c.
indrasya rūpam ṛṣabho balāya # VS.19.91a; MS.3.11.9a: 154.8; KS.38.3a; TB.2.6.4.5a.
indrasya rūpam ṛṣabho vasānaḥ # AVś.9.4.7c.
indrasya va indriyāvato devatābhir gṛhṇāmi # KS.39.1; Apś.16.32.7.
indrasya va indriyeṇābhi ṣiñcet # AVś.16.1.9.
indrasya vacasā vayam # AVś.6.85.2a; Kauś.6.17a.
indrasya vacasā hata # AVś.5.8.4b. Cf. indrasyaujasā.
indrasya vajra āyaso nimiślaḥ # RV.8.96.3a.
indrasya vajraṃ haviṣā rathaṃ yaja # RV.6.47.27d; AVś.6.125.2d; AVP.15.11.6d; VS.29.53d; TS.4.6.6.6d; MS.3.16.3d: 186.10; KSA.6.1d.
indrasya vajraḥ śnathitā hiraṇyayaḥ # RV.1.57.2d; AVś.20.15.2d.
indrasya vajrāt tīkṣṇīyāṃsaḥ (AVP. tekṣṇī-) # AVś.3.19.4c; AVP.3.19.3c.
indrasya vajrād abibhed abhiśnathaḥ # RV.10.138.5c.
indrasya vajro apa hantu rakṣasaḥ # AVś.2.3.6b; AVP.1.3.4a.
indrasya vajro marutām anīkam # RV.6.47.28a; AVP.15.11.7a; VS.29.54a; TS.4.6.6.6a; MS.3.16.3a: 186.11; KSA.6.1a. See under indrasyaujo marutām.
indrasya vajro vapuṣo vapuṣṭaraḥ (SV. -ṭamaḥ) # RV.9.77.1b; SV.1.556b.
indrasya vajro vṛṣabho vibhūvasuḥ # RV.9.72.7c.
indrasya vajro 'si # VS.10.21,28; śB.5.4.3.4; 4.15--19; Apś.17.9.5; 18.3.1; 14.10; 17.1,10; 18.14; HG.1.11.7. P: indrasya vajraḥ Kś.15.7.11.
indrasya vajro 'si vājasāḥ (MSṃś. vājasaniḥ) # VS.9.5; MS.2.6.11: 70.14; 4.4.5: 55.11; KS.15.8; śB.5.1.4.3; Mś.9.1.3.25. P: indrasya vajraḥ Kś.14.3.1.
indrasya vajro 'si vārtraghnaḥ # TS.1.7.7.1; 8.12.2; 15.1; 16.2; MS.2.6.9: 69.8; 4.4.3: 53.9; KS.15.7; TB.1.3.5.2; 7.6.8; 9.1; 10.5; Mś.9.1.3.12; ApMB.2.9.5. Cf. indrasya vārtraghnam.
indrasya vajro 'si vārtraghnas tanūpā naḥ pratispaśaḥ # TS.5.7.3.1; Apś.17.9.6.
indrasya varūtham asi # AVś.5.6.14; AVP.6.11.6; 6.12.2; KS.38.14; Apś.16.18.8.
indrasya vardhata priyaḥ # RV.10.25.10b.
indrasya varmāsi # AVś.5.6.13; AVP.6.11.6; 6.12.2; KS.38.14; Apś.16.18.8.
indrasya vāṃ vīryakṛto bāhū abhyupāvaharāmi (VSK. vāṃ bāhū vīryakṛtā upā-) # VS.10.25; VSK.11.7.5; śB.5.4.3.27. P: indrasya vām Kś.15.6.34. See indrasya te.
indrasya vāyuṃ sakhyāya vardhayan # SV.2.172d. See next but one.
indrasya vāyor abhi vītim arṣa # RV.9.97.25b.
indrasya vāyoḥ sakhyāya kartave # RV.9.86.20d. See prec. but one.
indrasya vārtraghnam asi # VS.10.8; śB.5.3.5.27. P: indrasya vārtraghnam Kś.15.5.17. Cf. indrasya vajro 'si vārtraghnaḥ.
indrasya vīryaṃ stha # AVś.10.5.1--6.
indrasya vṛtraghno vanve # AVś.6.82.1c.
indrasya vṛṣṇo varuṇasya rājñaḥ # RV.10.103.9a; AVś.19.13.10a; AVP.7.4.10a; SV.2.1207a; VS.17.41a; TS.4.6.4.3a; MS.2.10.4a: 136.8; KS.18.5a. P: indrasya vṛṣṇaḥ MS.4.14.13: 237.1.
indrasya vaimṛdhasyāhaṃ devayajyayāsapatno (Apś. adds vīryavān) bhūyāsam # Apś.4.10.1; Mś.1.4.2.6. See indrasyāhaṃ vi-.
indrasya vocaṃ pra kṛtāni vīryā # RV.2.21.3d. Cf. indrasya nu vīryāṇi.
indrasya vo balavato balena manyuṃ vi nayāmasi # AVP.2.68.2.
indrasya śatrur vardhasva svāhā # JB.2.155. See under indraśatrur vardhasva svāhā.
indrasya śardho maruto ya āsan # RV.3.32.4b.
indrasya śarmāsi # AVś.5.6.12; AVP.6.11.6; 6.12.2; KS.38.14; Apś.16.18.8.
indrasya śuco varuṇasya yāḥ śucaḥ # AVP.2.36.4c.
indrasya śuṣmam īrayann apasyubhiḥ # RV.9.76.2c; SV.2.579c. Cf. aindraḥ śuṣmo.
indrasya sakhyam amṛtatvam aśyām (RV. ānaśa) # RV.10.62.1b; TB.3.7.6.14d; Apś.4.8.4d.
indrasya sakhyam āviśan # RV.9.56.2c.
indrasya sakhyam ṛbhavaḥ sam ānaśuḥ # RV.3.60.3a.
indrasya sakhyaṃ pavate vivevidat # RV.9.86.9c.
indrasya sado 'si # TS.1.3.1.2; Apś.11.10.9.
indrasya samiṣo mahīḥ # RV.8.50 (Vāl.2).2b; AVś.20.51.4b.
indrasya saha stha # AVś.10.5.1--6.
indrasya sūno śavaso napātaḥ # RV.4.37.4c.
indrasya soma jaṭhare sam akṣaraḥ # RV.9.85.5d.
indrasya somaṃ jaṭhare yad āduhuḥ # RV.9.72.2b.
indrasya soma pavamāna ūrmiṇā # RV.9.76.3a; SV.2.580a.
indrasya soma rādhase # RV.9.8.3a; 60.4a; SV.2.530a.
indrasya syūr asi # VS.5.30; TS.1.3.1.2; 6.2.10.7; MS.1.2.11: 21.6; KS.2.12; 25.10; śB.3.6.1.25; Apś.11.10.15; Mś.2.2.3.28.
indrasya havyair jaṭharaṃ pṛṇānaḥ # VS.20.45c; MS.3.11.1c: 140.15; KS.38.6c; TB.2.6.8.4c.
indrasya hārdi somadhānam ā viśa # RV.9.70.9b; 108.16a.
indrasya hārdy āviśan # RV.9.60.3c.
indrasya hārdy (AVś. hārdim) āviśan manīṣibhiḥ (AVś. manīṣayā) # RV.9.86.19d; AVś.18.4.58d; SV.1.559d; 2.171d.
indrasyaikādaśī # VS.25.4,5; TS.5.7.21.1; MS.3.15.4: 179.2; 3.15.5: 179.5; KSA.13.11. Cf. indrāṇyā ekā-.
indrasyaujasā hata # AVP.7.18.5b. Cf. indrasya vacasā hata.
indrasyaujase svāhā # MS.2.6.12: 71.13; 4.4.6: 57.2. See under indrasya balāya.
indrasyaujaso bhiyasā jihāti # RV.5.32.9d.
indrasyauja stha # AVś.10.5.1--6; VS.37.6; śB.14.1.2.12; Kś.26.1.8. P: indrasyaujaḥ Kauś.49.3.
indrasyaujo marutām anīkam # AVś.6.125.3a; GB.1.2.21; Vait.6.8. See indrasya muṣṭir marutām, and indrasya vajro marutām.
indrasyaujo varuṇasya bāhū # AVś.9.4.8a.
indrasyaujo 'si # KA.1.12; 2.12. See next.
indrasyaujo 'si prajāpate retaḥ # MS.4.9.1: 121.5. P: indrasyaujo 'si Apś.15.2.1; Mś.4.1.11. See prec.
indropānasyakehamanaso (Mś. aindro-) veśān kuru sumanasaḥ sajātān svāhā # Apś.3.10.2; Mś.1.3.5.14.
imasya pāhy andhasaḥ # RV.8.13.21b.
iṣṭasya duriṣṭasya (read sviṣṭasya duriṣṭasya ?) # Mś.3.5.7a.
iṣṭasya madhye aditir ni dhātu naḥ # RV.10.11.2c; AVś.18.1.19c.
iṣṭasya sadane sīdāmi # Kauś.3.7; 137.39.
iṣṭāpūrtasya ṣoḍaśam # AVś.3.29.1b.
ījānasya ny avartayan (Mś. nivartayan) # TB.1.5.5.6b; Apś.8.21.1b; Mś.1.7.8.8d.
ījānasya prayajyavaḥ # RV.6.48.20d.
īḍānāyāvasyave # RV.2.6.6a.
īḍyasya vṛṣṇo bṛhataḥ svāsaḥ # RV.10.3.4c.
īśānasya devasya patnīṃ tarpayāmi # BDh.2.5.9.6.
īśānasya devasya patnyai svāhā # HG.2.8.7; ApMB.2.18.24 (ApG.7.20.4).
īśānasya devasya sutaṃ tarpayāmi # BDh.2.5.9.6.
ukhyasya ketuṃ prathamaṃ juṣāṇau (KS. -ṇā; TS. purastāt) # VS.14.1c; TS.4.3.4.1c; MS.2.8.1c: 106.8; KS.17.1c; śB.8.2.1.4.
ugrasya cid damitā vīḍuharṣiṇaḥ # RV.2.23.11d.
ugrasya cin manyave nā namante # RV.10.34.8c.
ugrasya cettuḥ saṃmanasaḥ sajātāḥ # AVś.6.73.1d.
ugrasya devasya patnīṃ tarpayāmi # BDh.2.5.9.6.
ugrasya devasya patnyai svāhā # HG.2.8.7; ApMB.2.18.27 (ApG.7.20.4).
ugrasya devasya sutaṃ tarpayāmi # BDh.2.5.9.6.
ugrasya manyor ud imaṃ nayāmi # AVś.1.10.1d; AVP.1.9.1d.
ugrasya yūna (MS. yūnaḥ) sthavirasya ghṛṣveḥ # RV.3.46.1b; MS.4.14.14b: 238.7.
ugrasya sakhye tava # RV.8.4.7b; SV.2.955b.
utānyasya arātyā vṛko hi ṣaḥ # RV.9.79.3b.
utāmṛtasya tvaṃ vettha # AVś.4.9.3c. See prec.
utārasasya vṛkṣasya # AVś.4.6.6c; AVP.5.8.5c.
utāruṣasya vi ṣyanti dhārāḥ # RV.1.85.5c.
utāvamasya puruhūta bodhi # RV.6.21.5d.
utpāraṇasya yo veda # AVś.5.30.12c; AVP.9.14.2c.
utsasya madhye nihitaṃ padaṃ veḥ # RV.10.5.1d.
udagrābhasya namayan vadhasnaiḥ (SV. vadhasnum) # RV.9.97.15b; SV.2.158b.
udumbarasya śākhayā cakṣuṣā (AVP.15.23.4c, vicakṣuṣā) # AVP.15.23.3c,4c.
uparṣabhasya etc. # see upa ṛṣabhasya etc.
upastutasya vandate vṛṣā vāk # RV.10.115.8b.
urukramasya sa hi bandhur itthā # RV.1.154.5c; MS.4.12.1c: 179.5; TB.2.4.6.2c.
uruśaṃsasya varuṇa praṇetaḥ # RV.2.28.3b.
uluṅgulasya yo gṛhaḥ # AVP.15.18.6c.
ulūkhalasya budhnena # AVP.15.18.3b.
ṛgvedasya pṛthivī sthānam # GB.1.5.25a.
ṛṇaṃcayasya prayatā maghāni # RV.5.30.12c.
ṛtasya garbhaḥ (MS. dhāman; KS. dhāma) prathamā vyūṣuṣī # TS.4.3.11.5a; MS.2.13.10a: 160.12; KS.39.10a; PG.3.3.5a.
ṛtasya garbhaṃ januṣā (TB. haviṣā) pipartana # RV.1.156.3b; TB.2.4.3.9b.
ṛtasya garbho nihito yamā paraḥ # RV.9.68.5b.
ṛtasya gopā adhi etc. # see ṛtasya gopāv.
ṛtasya gopā na dabhāya sukratuḥ # RV.9.73.8a.
ṛtasya gopāv (MS. gopā) adhi tiṣṭhato ratham # RV.5.63.1a; MS.4.14.12a: 234.5.
ṛtasya goptrī tapasaḥ parasvī (ApMB.JG. paraspī; MG.VārG. -sas tarutrī) # SMB.1.6.28a; ApMB.2.2.10a (ApG.4.10.11); MG.1.22.7a; JG.1.12a; VārG.5.7a. P: ṛtasya goptrī GG.2.10.37.
ṛtasya jihvā pavate madhu priyam # RV.9.75.2a; SV.2.51a.
ṛtasya jyotiṣas patim # AVś.6.36.1b; SV.2.1058b; VS.26.6b; TS.1.5.11.1b; MS.4.11.1b: 160.11; KS.4.16b; Aś.8.10.3b; śś.3.3.5b.
ṛtasya jyotiṣas patī # RV.1.23.5b; SV.2.144b.
ṛtasya tantuṃ vitataṃ vivṛtya (VS. vicṛtya; AVś.AVP. dṛśe kam) # AVś.2.1.5b; AVP.2.6.5b; VS.32.12c; TA.10.1.4c; MahānU.2.6c.
ṛtasya tantuṃ manasā mimānaḥ # AVś.13.3.19c.
ṛtasya tantur vitataḥ pavitra ā # RV.9.73.9a. P: ṛtasya tantur vitataḥ VHDh.8.35.
ṛtasya te sadasīḍe antaḥ # RV.3.55.12c.
ṛtasya tvā jyotiṣe (Mś. -ṣe gṛhṇāmi) # TS.3.3.5.2,5; Mś.7.2.6.5.
ṛtasya tvā deva stoma pade viṣṇor dhāmani vimuñcāmi # PB.1.6.5. P: ṛtasya tvā Lś.2.11.1.
ṛtasya tvā devahaviḥ pāśena pratimuñcāmi (KS. pratimuñcāmy amuṣmai juṣṭam; TS.Apś. pāśenārabhe) # VS.6.8; TS.1.3.8.1; MS.1.2.15: 24.11; KS.3.5; 26.8; śB.3.7.4.1; Apś.7.13.8. Ps: ṛtasya tvā devahaviḥ pāśena Mś.1.8.3.5; ṛtasya tvā Kś.6.3.27. See devasya tvā savituḥ ... hastābhyām ṛtasya.
ṛtasya tvā mātrāyai gṛhṇāmi # Mś.7.2.6.5.
ṛtasya tvā vidharmaṇe (Mś. -ṇe gṛhṇāmi) # TS.3.3.5.2,4; Mś.7.2.6.5.
ṛtasya tvā vibhūmane # TS.3.3.5.1,4.
ṛtasya tvā vyomane (Mś. -vyomne gṛhṇāmi) # TS.3.3.5.1,4; Mś.7.2.6.5.
ṛtasya tvā satyāya (Mś. -ya gṛhṇāmi) # TS.3.3.5.2,4; Mś.7.2.6.5.
ṛtasya tvā sadasi kṣemayantam # RV.3.7.2c.
ṛtasya tv enam āmutaḥ # MS.4.14.17d: 244.5. See ṛtasyartena mām.
ṛtasya dṛḍhā dharuṇāni santi # RV.4.23.9a.
ṛtasya devā anu vratā guḥ # RV.1.65.3a.
ṛtasya devīḥ sadaso budhānāḥ # RV.4.51.8c.
ṛtasya dvārau (PBḷś. dvārau stho) mā mā saṃtāptam # VS.5.33; PB.1.5.1; śś.6.12.13; Lś.2.3.9. Ps: ṛtasya dvārau sthaḥ Lś.2.4.1; ṛtasya dvārau Kś.9.8.20.
ṛtasya dharmann amṛtasya cāruṇaḥ # RV.9.110.4b; SV.2.858b.
ṛtasya dhāman (and dhāma) prathāmā etc. # see ṛtasya garbhaḥ etc.
ṛtasya dhāman raṇayanta devāḥ # RV.4.7.7b.
ṛtasya dhāma vi mime purūṇi # RV.10.124.3b.
ṛtasya dhāmno amṛtasya yoneḥ # TS.4.2.7.2b. See ṛtasya yoniṃ mahiṣasya, ghṛtasya dhārāṃ mahiṣasya, and yajñasya yonau.
ṛtasya dhārā anu tṛndhi pūrvīḥ # RV.5.12.2b.
ṛtasya dhārāḥ sudughā duhānāḥ # RV.7.43.4b.
ṛtasya dhītibhir dame # RV.9.111.2c; SV.2.942c.
ṛtasya dhītim ṛṣiṣāḍ avīvaśat # RV.9.76.4b.
ṛtasya dhītiṃ brahmaṇo manīṣām # RV.9.97.34b; SV.1.525b; 2.209b; JB.3.46b; N.14.14b.
ṛtasya dhītir vṛjināni hanti # RV.4.23.8b; N.10.41b.
ṛtasya dhenā anayanta sasrutaḥ # RV.1.141.1d.
ṛtasya naḥ patayo mṛḍayantu # RV.4.57.2d; TS.1.1.14.3d; KS.4.15d; 30.4d; Mś.7.2.6.7d; ApMB.2.18.48d; N.10.16d.
ṛtasya naḥ pathā naya # RV.10.133.6c.
ṛtasya nābhāv adhi (AVś. abhi) saṃ punāmi (AVś. punāti) # RV.10.13.3d; AVś.18.3.40d.
ṛtasya nābhir amṛtaṃ vi jāyate # RV.9.74.4b.
ṛtasya nāvam āruhad rajiṣṭhām # RV.9.89.2b.
ṛtasya patnīm avase huvema (AVś. havāmahe) # AVś.7.6.2b; VS.21.5b; TS.1.5.11.5b; KS.30.4b,5b; MS.4.10.1b: 144.10; Aś.2.1.29b; śś.2.2.14b.
ṛtasya pathā namasā miyedhaḥ # RV.10.70.2c.
ṛtasya pathā namasā vivāset # RV.10.31.2b.
ṛtasya pathā namasā haviṣmatā # RV.1.128.2b.
ṛtasya pathā paryehi # Apś.3.19.6; Mś.5.2.15.15.
ṛtasya pathā preta candradakṣiṇāḥ # VS.7.45; VSK.9.2.6; TS.1.4.43.2; 6.6.1.3; MS.1.3.37: 43.16; KS.4.9; 28.4; śB.4.3.4.16. P: ṛtasya pathā preta MS.4.8.2: 108.16; Mś.2.4.5.13.
ṛtasya pathā saramā vidad gāḥ # RV.5.45.8d.
ṛtasya pathi vedhā apāyi # RV.6.44.8a.
ṛtasya pathyā anu (VSK. upa) # RV.3.12.7c; SV.2.927c,1044c; VS.6.12; VSK.6.3.1.
ṛtasya padaṃ kavayo ni pānti # RV.10.5.2c. Cf. next but one.
ṛtasya pade adhi dīdyānam # RV.4.5.9c.
ṛtasya pade kavayo ni pānti # RV.10.177.2d; TA.3.11.4d,5d,11d; JUB.3.36.1d. Cf. prec. but one.
ṛtasya panthā asi devānāṃ chāyāmṛtasya nāma # TS.7.1.20.1; KSA.1.11.
ṛtasya panthāṃ na taranti duṣkṛtaḥ # RV.9.73.6d; AVP.6.11.3d.
ṛtasya panthām anu tisra āguḥ # AVś.8.9.13a; TS.4.3.11.1a; MS.2.13.10a: 160.5; KS.39.10a; ApMB.2.20.32a (ApG.8.22.5).
ṛtasya panthām anu paśya sādhu # AVś.18.4.3a.
ṛtasya panthām anvetavā u # RV.7.44.5b.
ṛtasya panthām anv eti sādhu # RV.1.124.3c; 5.80.4c.
ṛtasya panthām anv eti hotā # see next but one.
ṛtasya panthām anv emi sādhuyā # RV.10.66.13b.
ṛtasya panthām anv emi (Apś. eti) hotā # Aś.1.3.25; Apś.24.12.7d.
ṛtasya panthām anv eṣi vidvān # AVś.17.1.16d.
ṛtasya pastyasado adabdhān # RV.6.51.9b.
ṛtasya prathamā dvāḥ # AVś.9.3.22d.
ṛtasya preṣā ṛtasya dhītiḥ # RV.1.68.5a.
ṛtasya budhna uṣasām iṣaṇyan # RV.3.61.7a.
ṛtasya bodhy ṛtacit svādhīḥ # RV.4.3.4b.
ṛtasya brahma prathamota jajñe # TB.2.4.7.10c. See bhūtānāṃ brahmā.
ṛtasya bhāge yajamānam ābhajat # RV.1.156.5d.
ṛtasya manye manasā javiṣṭhā # RV.4.2.3b.
ṛtasya māne adhi yā dhruvāṇi # AVP.1.101.1c.
ṛtasya mā pradiśo vardhayanti # RV.8.100.4c.
ṛtasya mitrāvaruṇā pathā vām # RV.7.65.3c.
ṛtasya yā abhirakṣanti gopāḥ # RV.1.163.5d; VS.29.16d; TS.4.6.7.2d; KS.40.6d.
ṛtasya yāti pathibhiḥ kanikradat # RV.9.86.33b.
ṛtasya yāḥ sadane kośe aṅgdhve # RV.10.100.10b.
ṛtasya yoge vanuṣaḥ # RV.3.27.11b.
ṛtasya yoge vi ṣyadhvam ūdhaḥ # RV.10.30.11c; N.6.22c.
ṛtasya yonayo 'mṛtasya dhāma # RVKh.9.67.15a.
ṛtasya yonā iha etc. # see ṛtasya yonāv etc.
ṛtasya yonā kṣayataḥ samokasā # RV.10.65.8b.
ṛtasya yonā garbhe sujātam # RV.1.65.4b.
ṛtasya yonā mahiṣā aheṣata # RV.9.86.25d. Cf. ṛtasya yonau mahiṣā.
ṛtasya yonāv aśayad damūnāḥ # RV.3.1.11c.
ṛtasya yonā vighṛte madantī # RV.3.54.6b.
ṛtasya yonāv (VSKṃS.KSA. yonā) iha sādayāmi # VS.29.6d; VSK.31.6d; TS.5.1.11.3d; MS.3.16.2d: 184.9; KSA.6.2d.
ṛtasya yonā vṛṣabhasya nīḍe # RV.4.1.12b.
ṛtasya yonā sadane punarbhuvaḥ # RV.9.72.6d.
ṛtasya yonā sam aranta nābhayaḥ # RV.9.73.1b.
ṛtasya yoniṃ vimṛśanta āsate # RV.10.65.7b.
ṛtasya yonim āsadaḥ # RV.5.21.4d.
ṛtasya yonim āsadam # RV.3.62.13c; 9.8.3c; 64.22c; TS.1.3.4.2d. See arkasya etc., and devānāṃ etc.
ṛtasya yoniṃ mahiṣasya dhārām # VS.12.105b; KS.16.14b; śB.7.3.1.23. See under ṛtasya dhāmno.
ṛtasya yonir amṛtaṃ vijāyate # KS.35.6b.
ṛtasya yonau tanvo juṣanta # RV.10.8.3d.
ṛtasya yonau mahiṣā agṛbhṇan (TS.KS.ApMB. ahinvan) # TS.4.2.2.2d; MS.2.7.9d: 86.10; KS.16.9d; ApMB.2.11.23d. See apām upasthe mahiṣā avardhan, and cf. apām upasthe mahiṣā agṛbhṇata, and ṛtasya yonā mahiṣā.
ṛtasya yonau sukṛtasya loke # RV.10.85.24c; AVś.14.1.19c; Kś.3.8.2c. Cf. uruṃ lokaṃ sugam, and dhātuś ca yonau.
ṛtasya yoṣā na mināti dhāma # RV.1.123.9c.
ṛtasya raśmim anuyachamānā # RV.1.123.13a.
ṛtasya raśmim ā dade # RV.5.7.3d; TS.2.1.11.3d; MS.4.12.4d: 187.12.
ṛtasyartam asi # TS.7.1.20.1; KSA.1.11.
ṛtasyartena mām uta (TA. ita) # TB.3.7.12.1d; TA.2.3.1d. See ṛtasya tv enam.
ṛtasyartena muñcata # AVś.6.114.1d; TB.2.4.4.8d.
ṛtasyartenādityāḥ # AVś.6.114.2a; TB.2.4.4.8a.
ṛtasyardhyāsam adya makhasya śiraḥ # KA.1.9--13; 2.9. See ṛdhyāsam adya makhasya, and makhasya te 'dya.
ṛtasya vakṣi pathibhī rajiṣṭhaiḥ # MS.4.13.7d: 208.11; KS.18.21d; TB.3.6.11.3d; N.8.19d.
ṛtasya vā keśinā yogyābhiḥ # RV.3.6.6a.
ṛtasya vār asi kṣayam # RV.1.132.3c.
ṛtasya vā vanuṣe pūrvyāya # RV.4.44.3c; AVś.20.143.3c.
ṛtasya vā sadasi trāsīthāṃ naḥ # RV.5.41.1c; MS.4.14.10c: 231.10.
ṛtasya vṛṣṇe asurāya manma # RV.5.12.1b.
ṛtasya vo rathyaḥ pūtadakṣān # RV.6.51.9a.
ṛtasya śuci darśatam anīkam # RV.6.51.1c.
ṛtasya śuṣmas turayā u gavyuḥ # RV.4.23.10b.
ṛtasya śṛṅgam urviyā vi paprathe # RV.8.86.5b.
ṛtasya śloko badhirā tatarda # RV.4.23.8c; N.10.41c. Cf. BṛhD.2.43.
ṛtasya sadane sīdāmi # PB.1.2.2; Kauś.3.7; 137.39. P: ṛtasya sadane Lś.1.9.17.
ṛtasya sadma vi carāmi vidvān # RV.3.55.14c.
ṛtasya sānāv adhi cakramāṇāḥ # RV.10.123.3c.
ṛtasya sānāv adhi viṣṭapi bhrāṭ # RV.10.123.2c.
ṛtasya sā payasāpinvateḍā # RV.3.55.13c.
ṛtasya sāman raṇayanta devāḥ # RV.1.147.1d.
ṛtasya sāman saram ārapantī # VS.22.2d; TS.4.1.2.1d; 7.1.11.1d; MS.3.12.1d: 159.14; KSA.1.2d; TB.3.8.3.4.
ṛtasya hi dhenavo vāvaśānāḥ # RV.1.73.6a.
ṛtasya hi prasitir dyaur uru vyacaḥ # RV.10.92.4a.
ṛtasya hi vartanayaḥ sujātam # RV.10.5.4a.
ṛtasya hi śurudhaḥ santi pūrvīḥ # RV.4.23.8a; Aś.9.7.36; N.6.16; 10.41a. P: ṛtasya hi śurudhaḥ śś.14.16.10.
ṛtasya hi sadaso dhītir adyaut # RV.10.111.2a.
ṛṣabhasya vaśeva # AVś.7.113.2d.
ṛṣvavīrasya bṛhataḥ patir bhūḥ # RV.1.52.13b.
ekasya cit tyajasaṃ martyasya # RV.10.10.3b; AVś.18.1.3b.
ekasya cin me vibhv astv ojaḥ # RV.1.165.10a; MS.4.11.3a: 169.10; KS.9.18a; Aś.9.5.16.
ekasya śruṣṭau yad dha codam āvitha # RV.2.13.9b.
etasya tvaṃ prajanaya # GB.2.6.8. Cf. etaṃ tvaṃ prajanaya.
etasya tvaṃ pratiṣṭhāṃ kalpaya # AB.6.29.5; GB.2.6.8.
etasya tvaṃ prāṇān kalpaya # AB.6.27.14; GB.2.6.8.
etasya vittād # VS.6.2; śB.3.7.1.9. See tasya vittāt.
endrasya kukṣā pavate madintamaḥ # RV.9.80.3a.
endrasya jaṭhare (SV. jaṭharaṃ) viśa # RV.9.66.15c; SV.2.559.
endrasya pītaye viśa # RV.9.65.14c.
endrasya hārdi kalaśeṣu sīdati # RV.9.84.4d.
evāvadasya yajatasya sadhreḥ # RV.5.44.10b.
evonmattasya te mune # AVP.5.17.4c.
aindropānasyakehamanaso etc. # see indro-.
audumbarasya tejasā # AVś.19.31.3c; AVP.10.5.3c.
auṣasyai svāhā # Kauś.101.2.
karśaphasya (AVP. karṣa-) viśaphasya # AVś.3.9.1a; AVP.3.7.2a. P: karśaphasya Kauś.43.1.
kaśyapasya gayasya ca # AVś.1.14.4b; AVP.1.15.4b.
kaśyapasya cakṣur asi # AVś.4.20.7a; AVP.8.6.6a.
kaśyapasya jyotiṣā varcasā ca # AVś.17.1.27b,28b.
kaśyapasya tryāyuṣam # AVś.5.28.7b; AVP.2.59.5b; VS.3.62b; VSK.3.9.4a; śG.1.28.9b; SMB.1.6.8b; ApMB.2.7.2b; HG.1.9.6b; MG.1.1.24b. Cf. KālāgU.1. See jamadagnes etc.
kaśyapasya pratisaraḥ # AVP.2.64.3a.
kaśyapasya vībarheṇa (AVP. vivṛheṇa) # AVś.2.33.7d; AVP.4.7.8c.
kaśyapasya sthāne svatejasā bhāni # TA.1.16.1.
kaśyapasya svarvidaḥ # SV.1.361a.
kasya kratvā marutaḥ kasya varpasā # RV.1.39.1c.
kasya dhvasrā bhavathaḥ kasya vā narā # RV.10.40.3c.
kasya nūnaṃ katamasyāmṛtānām # RV.1.24.1a; AB.7.16.3; śś.15.22. Cf. Rvidh.1.17.9; BṛhD.3.98.
kasya nūnaṃ parīṇasaḥ (SV. parīṇasi) # RV.8.84.7a; SV.1.34a.
kasya brahmacāry asi (ApMB. asy asau) # AG.1.20.8; PG.2.2.19; ApMB.2.3.29 (ApG.4.11.2); MG.1.22.5.
kasya brahmāṇi jujuṣur yuvānaḥ # RV.1.165.2a; MS.4.11.3a: 168.8; KS.9.18a.
kasya brahmāṇi raṇyathaḥ # RV.5.74.3c.
kasya mātrā na vidyate # VS.23.47d; Aś.10.9.2d; śś.16.5.1d.
kasya yuktasyāsya srakvāt # AVP.13.8.4d.
kasya vṛṣā sute sacā # RV.8.93.20a; TB.2.4.5.1a; 7.13.1a. P: kasya vṛṣā Apś.22.27.15.
kasya svit putra iha vaktvāni # RV.6.9.2c.
kasya svit savanaṃ vṛṣā # RV.8.64.8a.
kānītasya surādhasaḥ # RV.8.46.24b.
kābavasya viṣkandhasya # AVP.1.58.4a.
kāmasya tṛptim ānandam # TB.2.4.6.5c.
kāmasya tvā sannamā apidadhāmi # KS.37.13.
kāmasya brahmacaryasyāsau (read brahmacāry asy asau ?) # śG.2.4.2.
kāmasya yatrāptāḥ kāmāḥ # RV.9.113.11c.
kāmasyendrasya varuṇasya rājñaḥ # AVś.9.2.6a. See somasyendrasya.
kālmāṣeyasya carkṛdhi # AVP.5.34.8c.
kīnāśasya śramāt svedāt # AVP.11.10.9c.
kuruṅgasya diviṣṭiṣu # RV.8.4.19b; N.6.22.
kuvitsasya pra hi vrajam # RV.6.45.24a; AVś.20.78.3a; SV.2.1018a.
kuṣṭhasya naladasya ca # AVś.6.102.3b; AVP.2.77.3b.
kṛtasya kāryasya ca # AVś.3.24.5c; AVP.5.30.5d.
kṛṣṇasya stuvato narā # RV.8.85.4b.
keśenaikasya devasya # AVP.5.38.8c.
kauśikasya yathā satī # RVKh.10.85.5c.
krandenāśvasya vājinaḥ # AVP.13.4.7c.
krayasya rūpaṃ somasya # VS.19.13c.
krāṇasya svasminn añjasi # RV.1.132.2c.
kṣatrasya jarāyv asi # VS.10.8; śB.5.3.5.21. P: kṣatrasya Kś.15.5.15.
kṣatrasya tvā paraspāya brahmaṇas tanvaṃ pāhi # VS.38.19; śB.14.3.1.9. P: kṣatrasya tvā Kś.26.7.6. Cf. brahmaṇas tvā pa-.
kṣatrasya tvaujase yantrāya dhartrāya gṛhṇāmi # TS.1.6.1.2.
kṣatrasya nābhir asi # VS.10.8; 20.1; TS.1.8.16.1; MS.2.6.9: 69.3; 4.4.3: 52.12; KS.15.7; 38.4; śB.5.3.5.23; 12.8.3.8; TB.1.7.10.2; 2.6.5.1; Apś.18.18.6; Mś.9.1.3.9.
kṣatrasya yonim ā sīda # VS.10.26; śB.5.4.4.4.
kṣatrasya yonir asi # VS.10.8,26; 20.1; TS.1.7.9.1; 8.12.2; 16.1; MS.2.6.9: 69.3; 4.4.3: 52.12; KS.15.7; 38.4; śB.5.3.5.22; 4.4.3; 12.8.3.8; TB.1.7.6.4; 10.2; 2.6.5.1; Apś.18.5.8; 14.1; Mś.9.1.3.8. P: kṣatrasya yoniḥ Kś.15.7.2; 19.4.7.
kṣatrasya rājā varuṇo 'dhirājaḥ # TB.3.1.2.7a.
kṣayadvīrasya tava rudra mīḍhvaḥ # RV.1.114.3b; KS.40.11b; Apś.17.22.1b.
kṣayasya vṛktabarhiṣaḥ # RV.5.9.2b.
kṣīrasya codakasya ca # AVś.1.15.4b; AVP.1.24.2b.
kṣetrasya pataye namaḥ # MS.2.9.3: 122.12. See kṣetrāṇāṃ etc.
kṣetrasya pataye svāhā # TS.1.8.13.3; MS.2.6.11: 70.9; KS.15.7.
kṣetrasya patinā vayam # RV.4.57.1a; TS.1.1.14.2a; MS.4.11.1a: 160.3; KS.4.15a; Aś.9.11.14; AG.2.10.4; ApMB.2.18.47a (ApG.7.20.16); N.10.15a. P: kṣetrasya patinā śś.15.8.15; śG.4.13.5; Rvidh.2.14.4. Cf. BṛhD.5.7.
kṣetrasya patiṃ prativeśam īmahe # RV.10.66.13c.
kṣetrasya patir madhumān no astu # RV.4.57.3c; AVś.20.143.8c; MS.4.11.1c: 160.6.
kṣetrasya pate madhumantam ūrmim # RV.4.57.2a; TS.1.1.14.3a; KS.4.15a; 30.4a (bis); Aś.9.11.15; Mś.7.2.6.7a; ApMB.2.18.48a (ApG.7.20.16); N.10.16a. P: kṣetrasya pate HG.2.9.11.
kṣetrasya patnī adhi no bruvāthaḥ (TS. brūyātam; KS. adhi vocataṃ naḥ) # TS.4.7.15.6b; MS.3.16.5b: 192.3; KS.22.15b.
kṣetrasya patnī suhavā no astu # AVP.10.6.11b.
kṣetrasya patny urugāyo 'dbhutaḥ (AVP. adbhutaḥ) # AVś.2.12.1b; AVP.2.5.1b.
kṣetrasya sātā tanayasya jinvathaḥ # RV.1.112.22b.
kṣemasya ca prayujaś ca tvam īśiṣe śacīpate # RV.8.37.5a.
kṣemasya patnī bṛhatī suvāsāḥ # PG.3.4.4a.
gandharvasya dhruve pade # RV.1.22.14c.
gandharvasya praty āsnā rihanti # AVś.7.73.3d; Aś.4.7.4d; śś.5.10.23d.
gandharvasya viśvāvasor mukham asi # śG.1.19.2.
garuḍasya jātamātreṇa # RVKh.1.191.3a.
gāyatrasya chandaso 'gneḥ śīrṣṇāgneḥ śirā upa dadhāmi # MS.2.8.11: 115.10. See gāyatreṇa chandasāgninā.
gāyatrasya prabharmaṇi # RV.1.79.7b; SV.2.874b.
gāyatrasya samidhas tisra āhuḥ # RV.1.164.25c; AVś.9.10.3c.
gṛtsasya dhīrās tavaso vi vo made # RV.10.25.5c.
gṛtsasya pākas tavaso manīṣām # RV.10.28.5b.
gṛhasya budhna āsīnāḥ # AVś.2.14.4c; AVP.5.1.4c.
gairikṣitasya kratubhir nu saśce # RV.5.33.8d.
godhūmasya tilasya ca # AVP.9.11.12b.
gopājihvasya tasthuṣo virūpā # RV.3.38.9c.
gaurasya yaḥ payasaḥ pītim ānaśe # RV.10.100.2c.
gharmasya tanvau gāya # Kś.26.4.10.
gharmasya yaja # MS.4.9.9: 129.3; śB.14.2.2.15; TA.5.8.2; śś.5.10.17; Kś.26.6.3; Apś.15.10.11; Mś.4.3.25.
gharmasya vratena tapasā yaśasyavaḥ (AVP. -tena yaśasā tapasyayā) # AVś.4.11.6d; AVP.3.25.6d.
gharmasyaikā savitaikāṃ ni yachati (MS.KS. yachate; PG. yachatu) # TS.4.3.11.5d; MS.2.13.10d: 160.13; KS.39.10d; PG.3.3.5d.
ghṛtasya kulyā upa # VS.6.12; VSK.6.3.1. See next, and cf. under ājyasya kulyā.
ghṛtasya kulyām anu saha prajayā saha rāyas poṣeṇa (MS. anu saha rāyas poṣeṇa) # TS.1.3.8.2; 6.3.8.4; MS.1.2.16: 26.5; 3.10.1: 128.6; KS.3.6; 9.4; śB.3.8.2.3. See under prec.
ghṛtasya jūtiḥ samānā sadeva (AVP. jūtiḥ samanā sadevāḥ) # AVś.19.58.1a; AVP.1.110.1a. Designated as paippalāda-mantrāḥ at the close of Atharva-pariśiṣṭa 8; cf. Hatfield, JAOS. xiv, p. clix.
ghṛtasya dhārayā suśevaṃ kalpayāmi (Apś. -mi te) # TB.3.7.5.3b; Apś.2.10.6b; Mś.1.2.6.19b.
ghṛtasya dhārā abhi cākaśīmi # RV.4.58.5c; AVP.8.13.5c; VS.13.38c; 17.93c; TS.4.2.9.6c; MS.2.7.17c: 101.13; KS.16.16c; 40.7c; śB.7.5.2.11; Tā.10.40c; Apś.17.18.1c.
ghṛtasya dhārā abhi tat pavante # RV.4.58.9d; AVP.8.13.9d; VS.17.97d; KS.40.7d; Apś.17.18.1d.
ghṛtasya dhārā aruṣo na vājī # RV.4.58.7c; AVP.8.13.7c; VS.17.95c; KS.40.7c; Apś.17.18.1c.
ghṛtasya dhārā iha yā varṣanti # Kauś.94.14a.
ghṛtasya dhārā upa yanti viśvataḥ # RV.1.125.4d; TS.1.8.22.5d; MS.4.11.2d: 165.6; KS.11.12d.
ghṛtasya dhārā madhumat pavante (AVś. pavantām) # RV.4.58.10d; AVś.7.82.1d; AVP.8.13.10d; VS.17.98d; KS.40.7d; Apś.17.18.1d.
ghṛtasya dhārām amṛtasya panthām # TS.2.3.10.2a; 11.3; KS.11.7a; Apś.19.24.4. See ghṛtasya panthām.
ghṛtasya dhārām amṛtena saṃbhṛtām # AVś.3.12.8b.
ghṛtasya dhārā mitrāvaruṇā # AVP.2.73.2a.
ghṛtasya dhārāṃ mahiṣasya yonim # MS.2.7.14b: 95.8. See under ṛtasya dhāmno.
ghṛtasya dhārāḥ samidho nasanta # RV.4.58.8c; AVP.8.13.8c; VS.17.96c; KS.40.7c; Apś.17.18.1c; N.7.17c.
ghṛtasya nāma guhyaṃ yad asti # RV.4.58.1c; AVP.8.13.1c; VS.17.89c; MS.1.6.2c: 87.14; KS.40.7c; TA.10.10.2c; Apś.5.17.4c; MahānU.9.12c.
ghṛtasya nirṇig anu vartate vām # RV.5.62.4c.
ghṛtasya panthām amṛtasya nābhim # MS.2.3.4a: 31.3. See ghṛtasya dhārām amṛtasya.
ghṛtasya yaja # KB.16.5; śB.4.4.2.4; śś.8.4.1,3; Kś.10.6.10; Apś.13.13.21; Mś.2.5.2.2,4.
ghṛtasya yonau sravathe madhūnām # RV.3.1.7b.
ghṛtasya vibhrāṣṭim anu vaṣṭi śociṣā # RV.1.127.1f; AVś.20.67.3f; VS.15.47f; KS.26.11f; 39.15f. See next.
ghṛtasya vibhrāṣṭim anu śukraśociṣaḥ # SV.1.465f; 2.1163f; TS.4.4.4.8f; MS.2.13.8f: 158.5. See prec.
ghṛtasya stokaṃ sakṛd ahna āśnām # RV.10.95.16c; śB.11.5.1.10c.
ghorasya sato viṣuṇasya cāruḥ # RV.4.6.6b; TS.4.3.13.1b.
cakṣurmantrasya durhārdaḥ # AVś.2.7.5c; 19.45.1c; AVP.15.4.1c.
cittasya mātā suhavā no astu # AVś.19.4.2b. See yajñasya mātā.
janamejayasya yajñānte # Mahābh.1.58.25c. See janmejayasya.
janasya gopā ajaniṣṭa jāgṛviḥ # RV.5.11.1a; SV.2.257a; VS.15.27a; TS.4.4.4.2a; MS.2.13.7a: 156.2; KS.39.14a; JB.3.62 (in fragments); KB.21.2; PB.12.8.1. P: janasya gopāḥ Aś.4.13.7; 7.7.4; śś.6.4.11; 11.7.12; Apś.17.10.6; Mś.1.5.1.24; 6.2.2.21.
janasya rātiṃ vanate sudānuḥ # RV.6.38.1d.
janitendrasya janitota viṣṇoḥ # RV.9.96.5d; SV.1.527d; 2.293d; JB.3.80d; N.14.12d.
janmejayasya (most mss. janam-) yajñānte # RVKh.1.191.5c. See janamejayasya etc.
jāgatasya chandaso 'gneḥ puchenāgneḥ pucham upa dadhāmi # MS.2.8.11: 115.14. See jāgatena chandasā chandasāgneḥ, and jāgatena chandasā savitrā.
jātasya ca jāyamānasya ca kṣām # RV.1.96.7b.
jātasya ca yac cāpi ca vardhato me # RVKh.9.67.7c.
jātasya puruṣād adhi # AVś.19.6.16d; AVP.9.5.14d.
jātūṣṭhirasya pra vayaḥ sahasvataḥ # RV.2.13.11c.
jihīḍānasya rīradhaḥ # RV.1.25.2b.
juṣṭatarasya kuvid aṅga vedat # RV.8.96.11d.
jehamānasya svanayan niyudbhiḥ # RV.10.3.6b.
jyeṣṭhasya tvāṅgirasasya # AVP.5.30.9a.
jyeṣṭhasya dharmaṃ dyukṣor anīke # SV.1.537b. See next.
jyeṣṭhasya vā dharmaṇi kṣor anīke # RV.9.97.22b. See prec.
jyotiṣīmatasya sthāne svatejasā bhāni # TA.1.16.1.
tatrāmṛtasya cakṣaṇam # AVś.5.4.3c; 6.95.1c; 19.39.6c--8c; AVP.7.10.6c--8c. Cf. yatrāmṛtasya.
tatrāmṛtasya cetanam # RV.1.170.4c.
tatrāmṛtasya puṣyam # AVś.5.4.4c; 6.95.2c.
tatrāmṛtasya rohaṇam # AVP.15.15.4c.
tanūjasya ca yat tvaci # AVś.1.23.4b; AVP.1.16.4b; TB.2.4.4.2b.
tapurjambhasya sudyuto gaṇaśriyaḥ # RV.8.23.4c.
tapyamānasya manaso 'dhi jajñiṣe # AVś.19.56.5d; AVP.3.8.5d.
tardasya maśakādyāḥ # AVP.1.59.2b.
tasya ṛksāmāny apsarasa iṣṭayo (MS. apsarasaḥ stavā) nāma # VS.18.43; MS.2.12.2: 145.8; śB.9.4.1.12. See tasyark-.
tasya ṛṣabhasyāṅgāni # AVś.9.4.11c.
tasya karta nibhañjanam # AVś.20.131.2.
tasya kāmaṃ vi vidhyata # AVP.1.37.3f,5f.
tasya kṣayaḥ pṛthur ā sādhur etu # RV.5.12.6c.
tasya gādham aśīmahi # RVKh.7.55.3d.
tasya guptaye daṃpatī saṃ śrayethām # AVś.6.122.3d; 12.3.7d. See tasmai go-.
tasya gṛhṇīta yat kṛtam # AVP.8.18.10c.
tasya goṣṭhaṃ vitāvata # AVP.10.1.5b.
tasya cakrā bhuvanāni viśvā # AVś.19.53.1d; AVP.11.8.1d.
tasya cakṣur vaiśvavyacasam # VS.13.56; TS.4.3.2.2; MS.2.7.19: 104.6; KS.16.19; śB.8.1.2.2.
tasya jyeṣṭhaṃ mahimānaṃ vahantīḥ # RV.2.35.9c; TS.2.5.12.1c; MS.4.12.4c: 188.4.
tasya ta idam un mṛje # TS.3.2.3.1,3.
tasya ta inda indriyāvata indrapītasya sarvagaṇaḥ sarvagaṇasyopahūta upahūtasya bhakṣayāmi # KS.35.11.
tasya ta indav indrapītasya madhumata upahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # TB.3.7.10.6; Apś.14.29.2. Cf. indav indrapītasya, tasya ta indav indriyāvato, and tasya ta indreṇa.
tasya ta indav indrapītasyendriyāvato 'nuṣṭupchandaso harivataḥ sarvagaṇasya (Kś. -endriyāvato gāyatrachandasaḥ [also triṣṭupchandasaḥ, jagacchandasaḥ] sarvagaṇasya; PB.9.9.11, -endriyāvataḥ sarvagaṇasya) sarvagaṇa upahūta upahūtasya (Kś. -gaṇa upahūtasyopahūto) bhakṣayāmi # Kś.25.12.6,7; PB.1.6.1; 9.9.11. Cf. indav indrapītasya, and Vait.19.6.
tasya ta indav indrapītasyendriyāvato madhumato madhumataḥ sarvagaṇasya sarvagaṇa upahūtasyopahūtaṃ (read -pahuto ?) bhakṣayāmi # Mś.3.6.15.
tasya ta indav indrapītasyopahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # śś.13.12.10.
tasya ta indav indriyāvato madhumato vicakṣaṇasyopahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # JB.1.351. Cf. under tasya ta indav indrapītasya.
tasya ta indrapītasya triṣṭupchandasa upahūtasyopahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # Aś.5.13.6.
tasya ta indrapītasyānuṣṭupchandasa upahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # Aś.6.3.22.
tasya ta indreṇa pītasya madhumata upahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # TA.4.21.1. Cf. tasya ta indav indrapītasya.
tasya ta iṣasya tveṣasya nṛmṇasya vratasya dakṣasya bhakṣīya svasya cāraṇasya ca śūdrasya cāryasya ca (Apś. nṛmṇasya yahvasya vratasya svasya vāraṇasya śūdrasya cāryasya ca bhukṣiṣīya) # MS.4.6.6: 88.20; Apś.13.16.8.
tasya ta iṣṭasya vītasya draviṇeha bhakṣīya # TS.5.6.8.6. Cf. tasya na iṣṭasya, tasya mā yajñasyeṣṭasya, and tasya meṣṭasya.
tasya ta upahūtasyopahūto (MS. tā upahūtā upahūtasya) bhakṣayāmi # MS.4.9.13: 134.9; Vait.25.14.
tasya ta upahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi gāyatreṇa (traiṣṭubhena etc.) chandasā tejasā brāhmaṇavarcasena # Vait.19.16,17. Cf. tasya ta indav indrapītasyendriyāvato.
tasya ta ṛcaś ca yajūṃṣi ca sāmāni ca # KA.1.221; 3.221.
tasya tā upa# see prec. but two.
tasya tārkṣyaś cāriṣṭanemiś ca senānīgrāmaṇyau (TS. senāni-) # VS.15.18; TS.4.4.3.2; MS.2.8.10: 115.6; KS.17.9; śB.8.6.1.19.
tasya tṛmpatam ahāhāhuhū svāhā # śś.4.10.1d. See tena tṛpyatam.
tasya te antakaḥ pitā # Kauś.135.9b.
tasya te 'kṣīyamāṇasya nirvapāmi (TB.Apś. add devayajyāyai) # TS.1.1.10.2; TB.3.3.3.5; Apś.2.6.1. See next.
tasya te 'kṣīyamāṇasya pinvamānasya pinvamānaṃ nirvapāmi # KS.1.10; Mś.1.2.3.25. See prec.
tasya te dattāṃ yasya (and yayoḥ) prāṇo 'si svāhā # TS.2.3.10.1.
tasya te dadatu yeṣāṃ prāṇo 'si svāhā # TS.2.3.10.1.
tasya te dadātu yasya prāṇo 'si svāhā # TS.2.3.10.1.
tasya te deva someṣṭayajuṣa stutastomasya śastokthasya harivantaṃ grahaṃ gṛhṇāmi # TS.1.4.28.1. See stutastomasya.
tasya te dyaur mahimā nakṣatrāṇi rūpam ādityas te tejaḥ # TS.7.5.16.1; KSA.5.11. Cf. next but one.
tasya te dhanur hṛdayaṃ mana iṣavaś cakṣur visargas taṃ tvā tathā veda # śś.4.20.1.
tasya te 'ntarikṣaṃ mahimāpo vayāṃsi rūpaṃ vāyuṣ ṭe tejaḥ # KSA.5.12. Cf. prec. but one.
tasya te padvad dhavirdhānam # MS.4.9.11: 131.11; TA.4.11.5.
tasya te pavitrapate pavitreṇa yajñaṃ śakeyam # MS.3.6.3: 63.1.
tasya te pavitrapate pavitreṇa yasmai kaṃ (VS.śB. -pate pavitrapūtasya yatkāmaḥ) pune # VS.4.4; TS.1.2.1.2; 6.1.1.9; MS.1.2.1: 10.10; KS.2.1; 23.1; śB.3.1.3.23. Ps: tasya te pavitrapate pavitreṇa Mś.2.1.1.41; tasya te pavitrapate Apś.10.7.13.
tasya te pṛthivī mahimauṣadhayo vanaspatayo rūpam agnis te tejaḥ # TS.7.5.17.1; KSA.5.13.
tasya te bhaktivāṃsaḥ syāma (MS.KS. bhaktivāno bhūyāsma) # AVś.6.79.3d; MS.1.5.3: 70.5; 1.5.10: 79.6; KS.7.3. See tasya te vayaṃ bhū-, and tasyās te bhakṣivāṇaḥ.
tasya te bhakṣīya # TS.1.6.1.2; 3.2.3.1,3; Apś.6.25.10. Cf. tasya te 'śīya.
tasya te māsāś cārdhamāsāś ca ṛtavaḥ parivatsarāḥ # MS.4.9.18: 135.9. See next.
tasya te māsāś cārdhamāsāś ca kalpantām # TA.4.19.1. See prec.
tasya te mṛtyupītasyāmṛtavataḥ svagākṛtasya madhumata upahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # TB.3.10.8.2.
tasya te ya ūnaṃ yo 'kṛtaṃ yo 'tiriktam adarśat tasya prāṇenāpyāyasva svāhā # Lś.2.1.10.
tasya te rasam ā dade # AVP.6.15.4d.
tasya te rātau yaśasaḥ syāma # AVś.6.39.2d.
tasya te vayaṃ svadhayā madema # TS.5.7.24.1d; KSA.5.16d.
tasya te vayaṃ bhūyiṣṭhabhājo bhūyāsma # Apś.6.25.10. See under tasya te bhakti-.
tasya te vasantaḥ śiraḥ # MS.4.9.18: 135.8; TB.3.10.4.1; TA.4.19.1.
tasya te vājino vayam # RV.9.65.9a.
tasya te vājipītasyopahūtasyopahūto (Lś. -pītasyopahūta upahūtasya) bhakṣayāmi # Aś.2.16.19; Lś.4.12.16. See next two, and vājy ahaṃ.
tasya te vājipītasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # Vait.8.16. See under prec.
tasya te vājibhir bhakṣaṃkṛtasya vājibhiḥ sutasya vājipītasya vājinasyopahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # Apś.8.3.16. P: tasya te vājibhir bhakṣaṃkṛtasya Apś.8.7.10. See under prec. but one.
tasya te śarmann upadadyamāne # RV.6.49.13c.
tasya te 'śīya # ApMB.2.10.16 (ApG.5.13.18). Cf. tasya te bhakṣīya, and tan me 'śīya.
tasya trātā bhavasi tasya sakhā # RV.4.4.10c; TS.1.2.14.4c; MS.4.11.5c: 173.13; KS.6.11c.
tasya trīṇi prati śṛṇīhy agrā # RV.10.87.10b; AVś.8.3.10b.
tasya tvaṃ napād asi # AVP.4.17.3b.
tasya tvam asi niṣkṛtiḥ (AVP. bheṣajī) # AVś.5.5.4c; AVP.6.4.3c.
tasya tvaṃ pittam āsitha # AVś.1.24.1b; AVP.1.26.1b.
tasya tvaṃ prāṇenā pyāyasva # AVś.7.81.5b.
tasya tvaṣṭā vidadhad rūpam eti # VS.31.17c; MS.2.7.15c: 96.16; KS.39.2c; TA.3.13.1c; Apś.16.29.2c.
tasya dakṣiṇā apsarasa stavā nāma (TS. apsarasa stavāḥ; MS. apsarasā eṣṭayo nāma) # VS.18.42; TS.3.4.7.1; MS.2.12.2: 145.6; KS.18.14; śB.9.4.1.11.
tasya devasya kruddhasyaitad āgaḥ # AVś.13.3.1e,2c--4c,5d,6e,7d,8c,9d--12d,13e,14e,15d,16e,17d,18e,19e,20c,21e,22c,23e,24d,25e.
tasya devasya praśiṣā carāmaḥ # AVś.6.133.1c. See yasya devasya praśiṣā.
tasya devā asan vaśe # VS.31.21d; TA.3.13.2d.
tasya devāḥ pṛthivī dyaur utāpaḥ # RV.10.88.2c.
tasya devāḥ pra tirantv āyuḥ # AVP.11.5.9c.
tasya devāḥ prasavaṃ yanti sarve # MS.4.14.14c: 239.8; TB.3.1.2.8c.
tasya devā devahūtiṃ juṣantām # AVP.15.6.7c.
tasya doham aśīmahi (KS. aśīya; Aś. aśīya te) # VS.38.28b; MS.4.9.13e: 134.8; KS.5.2; TB.3.7.9.4; śB.14.3.1.31; TA.4.21.1; Aś.5.13.6a; śś.7.16.8f.
tasya dyumāṃ asad rathaḥ # RV.8.31.3a. Cf. BṛhD.6.73 (B).
tasya dyumnitamaṃ yaśaḥ # RV.8.19.6b.
tasya dhīrāḥ parijānanti yonim # TA.3.13.2c. See tasya yoniṃ.
tasya na iṣṭasya prītasya draviṇehāgameḥ # VS.18.56. Cf. under tasya ta iṣṭasya.
tasya nakṣatrāṇy apsaraso bekurayo nāma (TS. apsaraso bekurayaḥ) # VS.18.40; TS.3.4.7.1; MS.2.12.2: 145.4; KS.18.14; śB.9.4.1.9.
tasya nas tvaṃ bhuvaspate # AVś.10.5.45c; AVP.1.63.1c.
tasya nākṣas tapyate bhūribhāraḥ # RV.1.164.13c; AVś.9.9.11c.
tasya nāma mahad yaśaḥ # TA.10.1.2d; MahānU.1.10d. See yasya etc.
tasya nāmnā vṛścāmi (Mś. vṛścāvo) yo 'smān (Mś. asmān) dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # Apś.11.15.1 (ter); Mś.2.3.7.2 (ter).
tasya no dehi sūrya # RVKh.1.50.2d; TB.3.7.6.22d; Apś.4.15.1d.
tasya no dhehi jīvase # AVś.11.4.9d; SV.2.1192c; Kauś.117.4c. See tato etc.
tasya no dhehi tvam asi pracetāḥ # AVP.2.68.6b.
tasya no rāsva # MS.1.5.3: 70.5; 1.5.10: 79.6; KS.7.3; Apś.6.25.10. See next, and tasya me rāsva.
tasya no rāsva tasya no dhehi (Aś. dāḥ) # AVś.6.79.3c; Aś.1.7.8d. See under prec., and cf. sa no rāsvājyānim.
tasya no veda ā bhara # RV.8.45.15c.
tasya paktā mucyatāṃ kilbiṣebhyaḥ # AVP.9.22.1b.
tasya patman dakṣuṣaḥ kṛṣṇajaṃhasaḥ # RV.1.141.7c.
tasya pade prathamaṃ jyotir ādade # Vait.6.1c.
tasya parṇāni lomāni # śB.14.6.9.30c; BṛhU.3.9.30c.
tasya pātāraṃ sacatāṃ purīṣam # AVP.1.13.4a.
tasya pūṣā prasave (TS. prasavaṃ) yāti vidvān (TS.KS. devaḥ) # RV.10.139.1c; VS.17.58c; TS.4.6.3.3c; MS.2.10.5c: 137.4; 3.3.8: 41.1; KS.18.3c; śB.9.2.3.12.
tasya pṛṣṭhe sīdatu jātavedāḥ # Mś.1.5.2.13c.
tasya prakṛtilīnasya # TA.10.10.3c; MahānU.10.8c.
tasya prajā apsaraso bhīruvaḥ (MS. bhīravo nāma) # TS.3.4.7.3; MS.2.12.2: 145.9.
tasya praśnaṃ tvaṃ jahi # AVP.2.16.5a. See next but two, and imām asya prāśaṃ.
tasya prāṇān saṃ bṛhat tasya prāṇān vi vṛha # AVP.3.25.14.
tasya prāṇo bhauvāyanaḥ # VS.13.54; TS.4.3.2.1; MS.2.7.19: 103.15; KS.16.19; śB.8.1.1.5.
tasya prāśaṃ tvaṃ jahi # AVś.2.27.7a. See under prec. but two.
tasya preṣo dīdiyus tam imā ṛcaḥ # RV.1.36.11c.
tasya phalāni tapasā nudantu # RVKh.5.87.6c.
tasya bhakṣam aśīmahi # MS.4.9.13: 134.8; TB.3.7.9.5; TA.4.21.1.
tasya bhakṣīya varcasaḥ # AVP.2.34.1d--3d.
tasya bhagena varcasā # AVś.3.22.6c.
tasya bharmaṇe bhuvanāya devāḥ # RV.10.88.1c; N.7.25c.
tasya bhājayateha naḥ # RV.10.9.2b; AVś.1.5.2b; SV.2.1188b; VS.11.51b; 36.15b; TS.4.1.5.1b; 5.6.1.4b; 7.4.19.4b; MS.2.7.5b: 79.18; 4.9.27b: 139.5; KS.16.4b; 35.3b; TA.4.42.4b; 10.1.12b; KA.1.219Ab; ApMB.2.7.14b. Cf. tasyāgne bhājayeha.
tasya bhūtaṃ bhavyaṃ vaśe # AVś.9.10.24.
tasya bhrātā madhyamo asty aśnaḥ # RV.1.164.1b; AVś.9.9.1b; N.4.26b.
tasya madhye mahān agniḥ # TA.10.11.2a; MahānU.11.10a.
tasya madhye vahniśikhāḥ # TA.10.11.2c; MahānU.11.11c; MahāU.3c; Vāsū.3c.
tasya mano devaṃ yajñena rādhyāsam # TB.3.7.9.7; Apś.9.16.7.
tasya mano vaiśvakarmaṇam # VS.13.55; TS.4.3.2.1; MS.2.7.19: 104.3; KS.16.19; śB.8.1.1.8.
tasya marīcayo 'psarasa āyuvo nāma (TS. 'psarasa āyuvaḥ) # VS.18.39; TS.3.4.7.1; MS.2.12.2: 145.3; KS.18.14; śB.9.4.1.8.
tasya maruto 'psarasā ojo nāma # MS.2.12.2: 145.7.
tasya mā yajñasya vasor vasumato vasv ihāgachatu (Apś. vasv āgachatu) # MS.1.4.1: 48.7; Apś.4.13.8. See tasya yajñasya.
tasya mā yajñasyeṣṭasya vītasya draviṇehāgamyāt # MS.1.4.1: 48.6. See tasya meṣṭasya, tasya yajñasyeṣṭasya, and cf. under tasya ta iṣṭasya.
tasya māśīd yātudhāno nṛcakṣaḥ # RV.10.87.17b; AVś.8.3.17b.
tasya māśīr avatu vardhatām # Aś.3.13.15. See tato mā yajñasyāśīr.
tasya mṛtyuś (KS. mṛtyoś; TB. mṛtyau) carati rājasūyam # AVś.4.8.1c; TB.2.7.15.2c; KS.37.9c; TB.2.7.15.2c. See sa te mṛtyuś etc.
tasya me 'gnir upadraṣṭā # TB.3.7.5.4; Apś.4.9.6. See agnir upadraṣṭā, and tasya me 'yam.
tasya me tanvo bahudhā niviṣṭāḥ # RV.10.51.4c.
tasya me dattam aśvinā # AVP.8.20.11d; 10.6.13d.
tasya me 'yam agnir upadraṣṭā # AB.7.24.3. See agnir upadraṣṭā, and tasya me 'gnir.
tasya me rāsva # TS.3.2.3.1,3. See under tasya no rāsva.
tasya me vitta # KS.4.14.
tasya meṣṭasya vītasya draviṇam ā gamyāt (KS. draviṇehāgamyāḥ; Apś. draviṇehāgameḥ) # TS.3.2.6.1; KS.25.7 (quater); Apś.4.12.10. See under tasya mā yajñasyeṣṭasya.
tasya moccheṣi kiṃ cana # AVP.12.6.4d.
tasya yajñasya vasor vasumato vasu māgachatu # KS.5.4; 32.4. See tasya mā yajñasya.
tasya yajñasyeṣṭasya sviṣṭasya draviṇaṃ māgachatu # KS.5.4; 32.4. See under tasya mā yajñasyeṣṭasya.
tasya yad āhuḥ pippalaṃ svādv agre # AVś.9.9.21c. See tasyed āhuḥ.
tasya yoniṃ paripaśyanti dhīrāḥ # VS.31.19c. See tasya dhīrāḥ.
tasya rathagṛtsaś (MS. -kṛtsnaś; KS. -kṛtsaś) ca rathaujāś ca senānīgrāmaṇyau (TS. senāni-) # VS.15.15; TS.4.4.3.1; MS.2.8.10: 114.13; KS.17.9; śB.8.6.1.16.
tasya rathaprotaś (TS. rathe-) cāsamarathaś ca senānīgrāmaṇyau (TS. senāni-) # VS.15.17; TS.4.4.3.1; MS.2.8.10: 114.20; KS.17.9; śB.8.6.1.18.
tasya rathasvanaś ca rathecitraś ca senānīgrāmaṇyau (TS. senāni-) # VS.15.16; TS.4.4.3.1; MS.2.8.10: 114.16; KS.17.9; śB.8.6.1.17.
tasya ratheprotaś etc. # see tasya rathaprotaś.
tasyarksāmāny apsaraso vahnayaḥ (KS. apsarasa eṣṭayo nāma) # TS.3.4.7.2; KS.18.14. See tasya ṛk-.
tasya lokaḥ sa u loka eva # śB.14.7.2.17d; BṛhU.4.4.17d.
tasya vajraḥ krandati smat svarṣāḥ # RV.1.100.13a.
tasya vayaṃ sumatau yajñiyasya # RV.3.1.21c; 59.4c; 6.47.13a; 10.131.7a; AVś.7.92.1c; 20.125.7a; VS.20.52a; TS.1.7.13.5a; MS.4.12.5a: 191.6; 4.14.12c: 235.10; KS.8.16a; TB.2.8.4.1c; 7.5c. P: tasya vayam KS.17.18; Mś.5.2.4.43. See teṣāṃ vayaṃ sumatau, and tvayā vayaṃ sumatau.
tasya vayaṃ heḍasi māpi bhūma # AVś.7.20.3c. See tasyai etc.
tasya vayaṃ prasave yāma urvīḥ # RV.3.33.6d; N.2.26d.
tasya vāṃ syāma sanitāra ājeḥ # RV.4.41.11d.
tasya vā tvaṃ mana ichā sa vā tava # RV.10.10.14c; AVś.18.1.16c; N.11.34c.
tasya vittāt (MS. vitsva) # TS.1.3.6.1; MS.1.2.14: 23.12; KS.3.3. See etasya vittāt.
tasya vidyuto 'psaraso rucaḥ # TS.3.4.7.2.
tasya viśvam apsaraso bhuvaḥ # TS.3.4.7.2.
tasya vṛścāmi te mūlam # AVś.13.1.56c,57c. Cf. vṛścāmi tasyāhaṃ.
tasya venīr anu vratam # RV.8.41.3d.
tasya veśaḥ kariṣyathaḥ # AVP.15.21.1d.
tasya vrataṃ rakṣataṃ pātam aṃhasaḥ # RV.1.93.8c; TB.2.8.7.9c.
tasya vratāni na minanti dhīrāḥ # RV.7.31.11c; SV.2.1144c.
tasya vratāni bhūripoṣiṇo vayam # RV.3.3.9c.
tasya vratāny anu vaś carāmasi # RV.8.25.16c.
tasya vratāny uśmasi # RV.1.22.6c.
tasya śmaśānād adhi loṣṭa ābhṛtaḥ # AVP.5.36.6d.
tasya śrotraṃ sauvam # VS.13.57; TS.4.3.2.2; MS.2.7.19: 104.9; KS.16.19; śB.8.1.2.5.
tasya sarpasya sarpatvam # RVKh.7.55.7c.
tasya sarpāpa bhadraṃ te # RVKh.1.191.7c.
tasya sarvasyāṃhasaḥ # MS.1.10.2g: 142.3.
tasya sādhvīr iṣavo yābhir asyati # RV.2.24.8c.
tasya sumnam aśīmahi # TB.2.5.1.3c; 3.7.9.5; TA.4.21.1.
tasya senajic ca suṣenaś ca senānīgrāmaṇyau (TS. senāni-) # VS.15.19; TS.4.4.3.2; MS.2.8.10: 115.3; KS.17.9; śB.8.6.1.20.
tasya soma pra tira dīrgham āyuḥ # AVP.1.46.1d,2a.
tasya snāhi tanū adhi # AVP.7.5.10d.
tasya spaśo (AVP. syaśo) na ni miṣanti bhūrṇayaḥ # AVś.5.6.3c; AVP.6.11.4c; KS.38.14c. See asya etc.
tasya sma prāvitā bhava # RV.1.12.8c; SV.2.195c.
tasya syaśo etc. # see tasya spaśo etc.
tasya hāsi kanīnikā # AVś.4.20.3b; AVP.8.6.3b.
tasya hāsnāsy ukṣitā (AVP. ukṣatā) # AVś.5.5.8d; AVP.6.4.8d.
tasya hotā bhavasi yāsi dūtyam # RV.10.91.11c.
tasyādityasya prasavaṃ manāmahe # MS.4.14.14c (bis): 239.10,14.
tasyāmṛtatvasya no dhehi # HG.2.3.8c.
tasyai jīvema śaradaḥ śataṃ vayam # JG.2.1b.
tasyai ta enā haviṣā vidhema # MS.4.12.1e: 179.11; KS.35.12c; MG.2.8.4d. Cf. under tasmai ta indo.
tasyaitad agram ā dade # AVP.9.11.8c.
tasyai (TS. tasyās) te devi haviṣā vidhema # TS.3.3.11.5d; MS.4.12.6d: 195.9; KS.13.16d; Aś.1.10.8d; śś.9.28.3d; N.11.33d. Cf. under tasmai ta indo.
tasyai te devīṣṭake # MS.2.7.15c: 98.16; KS.16.16c. See tasyās etc.
tasyai te namo astu devi # AVś.1.13.4d.
tasyai te svāhā # VS.32.16; MS.1.2.7: 17.7; 4.9.10 (ter): 130.12,13,15; KS.2.8.
tasyai tvaṃ harasā tapan # MS.2.7.8c: 86.2. See tasyās etc.
tasyai namo yatamasyāṃ diśītaḥ # AVś.11.2.12d,27c (here text, erroneously, tasyai for tasmai). Cf. tābhyāṃ namo.
tasyai prajāṃ draviṇaṃ ceha dhehi # AVś.18.3.1d; TA.6.1.3d.
tasyai prajāpatir ajuhot svādhiṣṭhānā ceti svādhicaraṇa ceti # AVP.13.9.1.
tasyai prati pra vartaya # AVP.10.1.8c.
tasyai prastuhi # MS.4.2.4 (quater): 26.6--10; Apś.12.17.13.
tasyai balāsapatnyai # AVP.6.8.8c.
tasyai me 'varuddhyai # MS.4.2.4 (quater): 26.6--10; Apś.12.17.13.
tasyai vayaṃ heḍasi māpi bhūma # TS.3.3.11.4c. See tasya etc.
tasyaiva syāt etc. # see tasyaivātmā etc.
tasyai vāṅ mātyā (TS. mātī) # VS.13.58; TS.4.3.2.3; śB.8.1.2.8. See tasyā etc.
tasyai vāce nihave juhomi # SMB.2.6.9e.
tasyaivātmā (śB.BṛhU. tasyaiva syāt) padavit taṃ viditvā # śB.14.7.2.28c; TB.3.12.9.8c; BṛhU.4.4.28c; BDh.2.6.11.30c.
tasyai viśpatnyai haviḥ # RV.2.32.7c; AVś.7.46.2c; TS.3.1.11.4c; MS.4.12.6c: 195.7; KS.13.16c.
tasyaiṣa māruto gaṇaḥ # AVś.13.4.8a.
tasyai stuhi # Apś.12.17.13.
tasyai svāhā # KS.7.14 (ter).
tasyai hiraṇyakeśyai # AVś.5.7.9c; AVP.7.19.3c,4c.
tasyai hiraṇyadrāpaye # AVś.5.7.10c.
tasyai hiraṇyavakṣase # AVś.12.1.26c.
tasyauṣadhayo 'psaraso mudo (MS.KS. mudā; TS. 'psarasa ūrjo) nāma # VS.18.38; TS.3.4.7.1; MS.2.12.2: 145.1; KS.18.14; śB.9.4.1.7.
tigmajambhasya mīḍhuṣaḥ # RV.4.15.5c.
tilasya tilapiñjyā # AVś.2.8.3c.
tiṣṭhamānasya tadvidaḥ # śB.14.6.9.34e; BṛhU.3.9.34e.
tīvrāntasya bahulamadhyamasya # AVP.7.6.7b.
tugrasya sūnum ūhathū rajobhiḥ # RV.6.62.6b.
turasya karmāṇi navya ukthaiḥ # RV.1.61.13b; AVś.20.35.13b.
tuvidyumnasya tuvirādhaso nṝn # RV.4.21.2b.
tuvidyumnasya yujyā vṛṇīmahe # RV.8.90.2c; AVś.20.104.4c; SV.2.843c.
tṛṇaskandasya nu viśaḥ # RV.1.172.3a.
tṛtīyasya savanasya ṛbhumato vibhumato vājavato bṛhaspatimato (Mś. -vato) viśvadevyāvatas tīvrā3ṃ (Mś. tīvraṃ) āśīrvata indrāya somān prasthitān preṣya # Kś.10.5.9; Mś.2.5.1.32. See next.
tṛtīyasya savanasyarbhumato vibhumataḥ prabhumato vājavataḥ savitṛvato bṛhaspativato viśvadevyāvatas tīvrāṃ āśīrvata indrāya somān # Apś.13.12.2. See prec.
tṛtīyasya savanasyendrāya puroḍāśānām # Apś.13.11.6; Mś.2.5.1.28.
tṛtīyasyai divo gāyatriyā soma ābhṛtaḥ somapīthāya saṃnayituṃ vakalam antaram ādade # TB.3.7.4.1; Apś.1.6.8.
tejiṣṭhayātithigvasya vartanī # RV.1.53.8b; AVś.20.21.8b.
tenāmṛtasya bhakṣam # AVś.13.2.15c.
tenāmṛtasya mūlena # TA.6.10.2c.
tokasya sātā tanūnām # RV.9.66.18b.
tokasya sātau tanayasya bhūreḥ # RV.2.30.5c.
tyasya cin mahato nir mṛgasya # RV.5.32.3a.
tritasya nāma janayan madhu kṣarad (SV. kṣaran) # RV.9.86.20c; SV.2.172c.
triṣadhasthasya jāvataḥ # RV.8.94.5c; SV.2.1136c.
tredhāmṛtasya cakṣaṇam # AVś.5.28.7c; AVP.2.59.5c. See trīṇy amṛtasya.
traiṣṭubhasya chandaso 'gneḥ pakṣeṇāgneḥ pakṣam upadadhāmi # MS.2.8.11: 115.12. See traiṣṭubhena chandasā chandasā-, and traiṣṭubhena chandasendreṇa.
tvāṣṭrasya cid viśvarūpasya gonām # RV.10.8.9c.
tvāṣṭrasya cin niḥ sasṛje trito gāḥ # RV.10.8.8d.
dakṣasya cin mahinā mṛḍatā naḥ # RV.7.60.10d.
dakṣasya janmann aditer upasthe # RV.10.5.7b.
dakṣasya tava vṛtrahan # RV.5.38.4b.
dakṣasya pitaraṃ tanā # RV.3.27.9c; SV.2.829c.
dakṣasya pūrbhir adbhutā # RV.5.66.4b.
dakṣasya vādite janmani vrate # RV.10.64.5a; N.11.23a. Cf. BṛhD.7.104.
dakṣasya sādhoḥ # RV.4.10.2c; SV.2.1128c; VS.15.45c; TS.4.4.4.7c; MS.2.13.8c: 157.17; KS.24.14c.
dakṣasya svena manyunā # RV.1.139.2c.
dadhigharmasya yaja # śB.14.3.1.10; śś.7.16.4; Kś.10.1.24; Mś.4.5.5.
daśasyataṃ no vṛṣaṇāv abhiṣṭau # RV.1.158.1b.
daśasyanta uśijaḥ śaṃsam āyoḥ # RV.5.3.4d. Cf. namasyanta etc.
daśasyantā manave pūrvyaṃ divi # RV.8.22.6a.
daśasyantāmṛtāya (ApMB. daśasyantvāmṛtāya) kam # RV.8.31.9b; ApMB.1.11.11b.
daśasyantā śayave pipyathur gām # RV.6.62.7c.
daśasyantīr varivasyantu śubhrāḥ # RV.5.42.12d.
daśasyanto divyāḥ pārthivāsaḥ # RV.6.50.11c.
daśasyanto no maruto mṛḍantu # RV.7.56.17a.
daśasyantvāmṛtāya etc. # see daśasyantāmṛtāya.
dasmasya cārutamam asti daṃsaḥ # RV.1.62.6b.
dasmasya vasu ratha ā # RV.5.17.4b.
dānenāṅgasya brāhmaṇaḥ # AB.8.22.7d.
dāvasya dahataḥ pṛthak # AVś.7.45.2b.
dāsasya cid vṛṣaśiprasya māyāḥ # RV.7.99.4c.
dāsasya vā maghavann āryasya vā # RV.10.102.3c.
dinasya vā maghavan saṃbhṛtasya vā # RV.8.78.10c.
divodāsasya satpatiḥ # RV.6.16.19c; KS.20.14c.
divyasya suparṇasya # AVś.4.20.3a. See divyasya suparṇasya.
divyasyaikā dhanurārtniḥ # TA.1.5.1a.
dīrghāyutvasya heśiṣe # RVKh.1.50.2c; TB.3.7.6.22c; Apś.4.15.1c.
duvasyata damyaṃ jātavedasam # RV.3.2.8b.
duvasyanti svasāro ahrayāṇam # RV.1.62.10d.
duvasyave (TA. duvasvate) tvā vātāya svāhā # MS.4.9.8: 128.9; TA.4.9.1.
dūtasya rebhataḥ sadā # RV.8.44.20b; KS.40.14b.
dṛḍhasya cid gomato vi vrajasya # RV.6.62.11c.
dṛḍhasya cin martānām ajuṣṭau # RV.1.63.5b.
devakṛtasyainaso 'vayajanam asi (TāṃahānU.Aś.Vait.BDh. asi svāhā) # VS.8.13; TS.3.2.5.7; PB.1.6.10; Tā.10.59; MahānU.18.1; Aś.6.12.3; śś.8.9.1; Vait.23.12; Apś.13.17.9; Mś.2.5.4.8; BDh.4.3.6. P: devakṛtasya Lś.2.11.14; Kś.10.8.6; GDh.25.10; 27.7; VyāsaDh.3.29. Designated as devakṛtam ViDh.56.4; VāDh.28.11; BDh.4.3.8; as śākala-homīya-mantrāḥ MDh.11.201,257.
devasya citratamā martyeṣu # RV.4.1.6b.
devasya cetato mahīm # VS.22.11a.
devasya te savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ hastaṃ gṛhṇāmy (VārG. adds aham) asau # SMB.1.6.18; GG.2.10.26; VārG.5.19; 14.13. P: devasya te KhG.2.4.13. See devasya tvā etc.
devasya trātur avri bhagasya # RV.4.55.5b.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasava upa naye 'sau # ApMB.2.3.24 (ApG.4.10.12). See devasya tvā savituḥ prasave ... hastābhyām upa, and cf. ārṣeyaṃ tvā.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasava ṛṣibhyas tvārṣeyebhyas tvaikarṣaye tvā juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi # Kauś.67.27.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ rakṣaso vadhaṃ juhomi # TS.1.8.7.2. P: devasya tvā prasave TB.1.7.1.9. Fragmentary: devasya tvā ... rakṣaso vadhaṃ juhomi Apś.18.9.17.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ saṃvapāmi # VS.1.21; TB.3.2.8.1; śB.1.2.2.1. P: devasya tvā Kś.2.5.10. See saṃ vapāmi, devasya vaḥ etc., and cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ saṃvapāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ ... hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā bhaiṣajyena etc. # see next but three.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇa bṛhaspatiṃ sāmrājyāyābhiṣiñcāmi # MS.1.11.4: 165.7; 3.4.3: 47.8. P: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave Mś.6.2.5.30. Fragment: bṛhaspatiṃ sāmrājyāya, with ūhas indraṃ sāmrājyāya and agniṃ sāmrājyāya (q.v.) Mś.6.2.5.31. See next, and devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai vāco yantur yantreṇā-.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇemam amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putraṃ bṛhaspates (KS.40.9, putram agnes) sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi (KS.14.2, -ṣiñcāmīndrasya sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi) # KS.14.2,8; 40.9. See under prec.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai tvā vāco yantur yantreṇa bṛhaspates tvā sāmrājyena brahmaṇābhiṣiñcāmi # JB.2.130. See under prec. but one.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai (KS. -tyā) bhaiṣajyena vīryāyānnādyāyābhiṣiñcāmi # VS.20.3; KS.38.4; TB.2.6.5.2.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai vāco yantur yantriye (VSK. vāco yan turye turyaṃ) dadhāmi # VS.9.30; VSK.10.5.8; śB.5.2.2.13. P: devasya tvā Kś.14.5.24.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai vāco yantur yantreṇāgneḥ (TS. yantreṇāgnes tvā) sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi # VS.18.37; TS.1.7.10.3; śB.9.3.4.17. Fragmentary: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave (Apś. devasya tvā) ... agnes tvā sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi TS.5.6.3.2; TB.1.3.8.2,3; Apś.17.19.8. P: devasya tvā Kś.18.5.9. See under devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇa.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ hastaṃ gṛhṇāmy asau # AG.1.20.4; MG.1.10.15; 22.5. See devasya te.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ gāyatreṇa chandasā dade 'ṅgirasvat # TS.4.1.1.3. P: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave TS.5.1.1.4. See devasya tvā ... hastābhyām ā dade.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ gāyatreṇa chandasā rātrim iṣṭakām upadadhe # Apś.16.11.4.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prasūto brāhmaṇebhyo nir vapāmi # AVP.5.40.1.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prokṣāmi # JG.1.1. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ saṃvapāmi # KS.1.8 (cf. 31.7); Apś.1.24.1. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ saṃvapāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # VS.1.10; śB.1.1.2.17. P: devasya tvā Kś.2.3.20.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ nir vapāmi # TS.1.1.4.2; KS.1.4 (cf. 31.3); TB.3.2.4.5; Kauś.2.1. Fragmentary: devasya tvā ... agnaye juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi Apś.1.17.12. Cf. agnīṣomābhyāṃ (juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi).
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭam adhivapāmi # Apś.1.21.5. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyām adhi vapāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye tvā vaiśvānarāya traiṣṭubhena chandasāhar upadadhe (and vaiśvānarāyānuṣṭubhena chandasā rātrīm) upadadhe # KS.38.12. See next.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye tvā vaiśvānarāyāhar (also with vikāra, rātrīm for ahar) upadadhe # Mś.6.1.4.22. See prec.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye vo juṣṭān (Apś. juṣṭaṃ) nirvapāmi (KS. agnaye juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi) # MS.1.1.5: 3.3; 4.1.5: 6.18; KS.1.5 (cf. 31.4); Apś.1.19.1. See devasya vaḥ etc., and cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ prokṣāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnīṣomābhyāṃ juṣṭaṃ ni yunajmi (VSK. yunagmi; VS.1.10, juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi) # VS.6.9; 10.1; VSK.6.2.3; śB.3.7.4.3. P: devasya tvā Kś.6.3.28.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnes tejasā sūryasya varcasendrasyendriyeṇābhi ṣiñcāmi # AB.8.7.5,7,9. P: devasya tvā AB.8.13.2; 18.1.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām adhi vapāmi # TS.1.1.6.1; TB.3.2.6.3. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭam adhivapāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām aśvinor bhaiṣajyena tejase brahmavarcasāyābhi ṣiñcāmi # VS.20.3; KS.38.4; TB.2.6.5.2; Apś.19.9.13.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ā dade # VS.1.24; 5.22,26; 6.1,30; 11.9; 22.1; 37.1; 38.1; VSK.2.3.4,5; TS.1.3.1.1; 7.1.11.1; MS.1.1.9: 5.11; 1.2.10: 19.14; 1.2.15: 24.10; 1.3.3: 30.12; 2.7.1: 74.12; 3.11.8: 151.6; 4.1.2: 2.12; 4.1.4: 6.6; 4.1.10: 12.13; 4.9.1: 120.5; 4.9.7: 127.4; KS.1.2,9; 2.9,11,12; 3.3,5,10; 16.1; 27.1; KSA.1.2; śB.1.2.4.4; 3.5.4.4; 6.1.4; 7.1.1; 9.4.3; 6.3.1.38; 14.1.2.7; TB.3.2.9.1; TA.4.2.1; 8.1; 5.7.1; Kauś.137.18. The same formula without ā dade (understood): TS.2.6.4.1; 6.2.10.1; 4.4.1; MS.3.8.8: 105.17; 4.5.4: 68.8; TB.3.2.2.1; 8.3.2; TA.5.2.5. Ps: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave KS.25.9,10; 26.5,8; 31.1,8; Apś.1.3.2; 19.3; 2.1.1; 6.7.1; 7.4.2; 11.3; 10.23.2; 11.11.2; 12.9.2; 11.7; 15.1.3; 16.1.7; 20.3.3; Mś.1.1.1.23,34; 1.2.4.6; 1.8.2.1; 1.8.3.4; 2.2.3.1; 2.3.3.1; 5.2.11.24; 6.1.1.8,23; devasya tvā Lś.2.7.13; Kś.2.6.13; 6.2.8; 9.4.5; 16.2.8; 20.1.27; 26.1.3; 5.1; Apś.1.20.4 (comm.); Mś.4.1.8; HG.1.27.1; BDh.4.5.12; ParDh.11.33; BṛhPDh.7.28. See ā dade devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ gāyatreṇa and devasya vas savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ādadhe, and cf. devebhyas tvā savituḥ.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ā dade dviṣato vadhāya # ApMB.2.9.5 (ApG.5.12.11). Cf. TS.2.6.4.1.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām indravantaṃ tvā sādayāmi # KS.40.6.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām indrasyendriyeṇa śriyai yaśase balāyābhi (VS.KS. -yeṇa balāya śriyai yaśase 'bhi) ṣiñcāmi # VS.20.3; KS.38.4; TB.2.6.5.3. Cf. indrasyendriyeṇa balāya.
devasya tvā savituḥ (KS. devasya savituḥ) prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām indrasyaujasā rakṣohāsi svāhā # MS.2.6.3: 65.2; KS.15.2. P: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave Mś.9.1.1.23.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām upa nayāmy asau (HG. naye 'sau) # śG.2.2.12; HG.1.5.8. See under devasya tvā savituḥ prasava upa.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām upāṃśor vīryeṇa juhomi # VS.9.38; śB.5.2.4.17. P: devasya tvā Kś.15.2.6.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ṛtasya tvā devahaviḥ pāśenārabhe (MS. pāśena pratimuñcāmi) # TS.6.3.6.2; MS.3.9.6: 124.1. See ṛtasya tvā devahaviḥ.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ pitṛbhyaḥ pitāmahebhyaḥ prapitāmahebhyo vo juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi # HG.2.14.3.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe (VS.KS.śB. sadhasthād) agniṃ (TS. 'gniṃ) purīṣyam aṅgirasvat khanāmi # VS.11.28; TS.4.1.3.1; MS.2.7.2: 76.12; KS.16.3; śB.6.4.1.1. Ps: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave TS.5.1.4.1; Apś.16.3.2; devasya tvā Kś.16.2.22.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prati gṛhṇāmi # VS.2.11; VSK.2.3.4; TS.2.6.8.6; MS.1.9.4: 133.13; KS.9.9 (sexies); KB.6.14; PB.1.8.1; JB.1.73; śB.1.7.4.13; TA.3.10.1; Aś.1.13.1; śś.4.7.5 (cf. 4.21.7); Apś.14.11.2; AG.1.24.15. P: devasya tvā Lś.4.11.11; Kś.2.2.18; Kauś.91.3; PG.1.3.17; HG.1.11.7; JG.1.19. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ prasūtaḥ praśiṣā pratigṛhṇāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prasūta ā rabhe # AVś.19.51.2.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prasūtaḥ praśiṣā paristṛṇāmi # Kauś.2.21.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prasūtaḥ praśiṣā pratigṛhṇāmi # GB.2.1.2; Vait.3.9. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ prati gṛhṇāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prohāmi # JB.1.78.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ barhir devasadanaṃ dāmi (Apś. -nam ā rabhe) # MS.1.1.2: 1.8; 4.1.2: 3.8; Apś.1.3.11.
devasya tvā (sc. savituḥ etc.) brahmaṇe (also brahmaṇe juṣṭaṃ) prāṇāya (also apānāya, vyānāya) juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi # Apś.5.5.2.
devasya devīr upa yanti niṣkṛtam # RV.9.69.4b; SV.2.722b; JB.3.298b.
devasya draviṇasyavaḥ # RV.5.13.2c; SV.2.755c; MS.4.10.2c: 145.13; KS.20.14c; Apś.17.7.4c.
devasya paśya kāvyam # AVś.10.8.32c.
devasya paśya kāvyaṃ mahitvā # RV.10.55.5c; AVś.9.10.9c; SV.1.325c; 2.1132c; MS.4.9.12c: 133.11; TA.4.20.1c; KA.1.198.14c; N.14.18c.
devasya bhargaḥ sahaso yato jani # RV.1.141.1b.
devasya martyasya ca # RV.2.7.2b.
devasya marmṛjataś cāru cakṣuḥ # RV.4.2.19d.
devasya yanty ūtayo (KS. yantūtayo) vi vājāḥ # RV.3.14.6b; KS.6.10b.
devasya vayaṃ savituḥ prasave satyasavanasya bṛhaspater vājino vājajito vājaṃ jeṣma # MS.1.11.1: 162.5; 1.11.7: 168.15; KS.13.14; Mś.7.1.2.31. P: devasya vayaṃ savituḥ prasave satyasavanasya KS.14.7. See devasyāhaṃ etc.
devasya vayaṃ savituḥ savīmani # RV.6.71.2a; N.6.7.
devasya vayaṃ savituḥ save satya# see devasyāhaṃ savituḥ etc.
devasya vaḥ savituḥ prasave madhumatīḥ sādayāmi # KS.39.1 (sexies); Apś.16.32.5; 33.1 (quinq.).
devasya vaḥ savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ saṃ vapāmi # MS.1.1.9: 4.16; 4.1.9: 10.16. P: devasya vaḥ savituḥ prasave Mś.1.2.1.31; 1.2.3.10. See devasya tvā etc.
devasya vaḥ savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ... agnaye vo juṣṭān nirvapāmi # MS.1.1.5: 3.3; 4.1.5: 6.18. See under devasya tvā etc.
devasya vas savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ādadhe # KA.1.2. P: devasya vas savituḥ prasave KA.2.2. See under devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ā dade.
devasya vā maruto martyasya vā # RV.6.48.20c.
devasya ślokaṃ savitur manāmahe # RV.7.82.10d.
devasya savituḥ prasave bṛhaspataye stuta # KS.17.7; 34.17; 37.17; GB.2.2.10. See next, and savitṛprasūtā bṛhaspataye.
devasya savituḥ prasave bṛhaspatiprasūtā (KS. -sūtāḥ) # MS.4.9.2: 123.5; KS.34.18 (bis). See under prec.
devasya savituḥ prasave 'śvinor etc. # see devasya tvā savituḥ etc.
devasya savituḥ prasave satyasavaso (KS. -savasya) varṣiṣṭhaṃ nākaṃ ruheyam # MS.1.11.1: 162.5; 1.11.7: 168.11; KS.13.14; Mś.7.1.2.26. P: devasya savituḥ prasave satyasavasya KS.14.7. See under next but three.
devasya savitur bhāgo 'si (AVś. bhāga stha) # AVś.10.5.14; VS.14.25; TS.4.3.9.2; 5.3.4.4; KS.17.4; 21.1; śB.8.4.2.10. See savitur bhāgo.
devasya savitur matim # VS.22.14a.
devasya savitur vayam # RV.3.62.11a.
devasya savituḥ savaṃ (read save) svargaṃ lokaṃ varṣiṣṭhaṃ nākaṃ roheyam # GB.2.5.8. See prec. but three, next but two, and several items under devasyāhaṃ.
devasya savituḥ savam # SV.1.435b. See next.
devasya savituḥ save # RV.5.82.6b; AVś.6.23.3a; AVP.7.5.11b; VS.11.2b; 20.11d; TS.1.1.9.3a; 4.1.1.1b; MS.2.7.1b: 73.10; 3.11.8d: 151.8; KS.15.11b; 38.4d; śB.6.3.1.14; 12.8.3.29; TB.2.6.5.7d; 3.2.9.8; 7.7.14e; Aś.9.9.8b; śś.16.17.6b; Vait.27.9b; Apś.2.2.7; 6.23.1b; 11.5.1; Mś.1.2.4.18a; Kauś.3.2d; HG.2.17.4d; śvetU.2.2b. See prec.
devasya savituḥ save svargaṃ varṣiṣṭhaṃ nākaṃ ruheyaṃ pṛṣṭhāt pṛthivyā aham # Vait.27.6. See under prec. but two.
devasya sūno sahaso naśanta # RV.7.1.22d.
devasya heḍo (VSK.KA. helo) 'va yāsisīṣṭhāḥ # RV.4.1.4b; VS.21.3b; VSK.23.3b; TS.2.5.12.3b; MS.4.10.4b: 153.12; 4.14.17b: 246.9; KS.34.19b; KA.1.198.29b; ApMB.1.4.14b.
dyāṃpātasya gavakasya # AVP.8.7.3a.
dyumnasya prāsahā rayim # RV.5.23.1b; TS.1.3.14.6b.
dyusamantasya ta ādityo 'nukhyātā # BDh.2.8.14.12. See dyauḥ samā.
dvādaśasya māsa uttame 'han # JB.2.438a.
dhanasya sātāv asmāṃ aviḍḍhi # RV.6.44.9d.
dharmasya goptājani # AB.8.12.5; 17.5.
dhruvasya kṣitam asi # TA.2.19.1.
dhruvasya pātram asi # TS.3.1.6.3.
dhruvasya sataḥ pari yanti (JB. paryanti) ketavaḥ # RV.9.86.6b; SV.2.237b; JB.3.58b.
naḍasya vīraṇasya ca # AVP.9.7.12b.
nadasya karṇais turayanta āśubhiḥ # RV.2.34.3b.
nadasya nāde pari pātu me (AVś. no) manaḥ # RV.10.11.2b; AVś.18.1.19b.
nadasya mā rudhataḥ kāma āgan # RV.1.179.4a; N.5.2. Cf. BṛhD.1.53.
namasyata havyadātiṃ svadhvaram # RV.3.2.8a.
namasyanta upavocanta bhṛgavaḥ # RV.1.127.7b.
namasyanta uśijaḥ śaṃsam āyoḥ # RV.4.6.11d. Cf. daśasyanta etc.
namasyantas tvā haviṣā vidhema # AVś.1.12.2b.
namasyanti dhiyeṣitāḥ # RV.3.62.12c.
namasyantīr upa ca yanti saṃ ca # RV.9.95.3c; SV.1.544c.
namasyantīr jānate garbham asmin # RV.3.57.3b.
namasyanto diva ā pṛṣṭham asthuḥ # RV.1.115.3c; MS.4.10.2c: 147.4; TB.2.8.7.1c.
narāśaṃsapītasya deva soma te matividaḥ (Vait. te nṛbhiḥ ṣṭutasya matividaḥ) # AB.7.34.1; Vait.20.7.
narāśaṃsapītasya soma deva te matividaḥ prātaḥsavanasya gāyatrachandasaḥ pitṛpītasya (Mś.2.4.6.15, mativido mādhyaṃdinasya savanasya triṣṭupchandasaḥ; Mś.2.5.1.50, matividas tṛtīyasya savanasya jagacchandasaḥ) # Mś.2.4.2.32; 2.4.6.15; 2.5.1.50. P: narāśaṃsapītasya Mś.2.4.2.42.
narāśaṃsasya mahimānam eṣām # RV.7.2.2a; VS.29.27a; MS.4.13.3a: 201.12; KS.37.4a; TB.3.6.3.1a; N.8.7a.
narāśaṃsasya yā gṛhe # AVP.2.20.1c.
navasya soma te vayam # TB.2.4.8.2a.
nākasya pṛṣṭham abhisaṃvasānaḥ # TA.10.2.1c.
nākasya pṛṣṭham āruhya # TA.10.1.13c; MahānU.5.3c.
nākasya pṛṣṭhād divam ut patiṣyan # AVś.18.4.14b.
nākasya pṛṣṭhāyābhiṣektāram # TB.3.4.1.8.
nākasya pṛṣṭhe adhi tiṣṭhati śritaḥ # RV.1.125.5a.
nākasya pṛṣṭhe adhi dīdhyānāḥ # AVś.18.2.47d.
nākasya pṛṣṭhe adhi rocane divaḥ # TS.3.5.5.3b.
nākasya pṛṣṭhe adhi viṣṭapi śritāḥ # AVś.18.4.4b.
nākasya pṛṣṭhe adhi saptaraśmau # AVś.9.5.15d. Cf. nāke tiṣṭhantam.
nākasya pṛṣṭhe dadivāṃsaṃ dadhāti # AVś.9.5.10b.
nākasya pṛṣṭhe parame vyoman # TB.3.7.6.5d; Apś.4.5.5d.
nākasya pṛṣṭhe mahato mahīyān # TA.10.1.1b; MahānU.1.1b.
nākasya pṛṣṭhe (Vaitṃś. pṛṣṭhe svarge loke) yajamāno astu # Vait.2.1; Kś.2.2.8b; Apś.3.19.1b; Mś.5.2.15.10b; 5.2.16.14b.
nākasya pṛṣṭhe sam iṣā madema # AVś.7.80.1d; AVP.1.102.2d. See uttame nāka.
nākasya pṛṣṭhe svarge etc. # see prec. but one.
nānyasya mano vaśam anv iyāya # TB.3.12.3.3b.
nāputrasya loko 'stīti # AB.7.13.12a; śś.15.17a.
nābhākasya praśastibhiḥ # RV.8.41.2c; N.10.5c.
nāśraddadhānasya havir juṣante # Kauś.73.18b.
nijasya nihito mayā # HG.1.15.6d.
nityasya rāyaḥ patayaḥ syāma # RV.4.41.10b; 7.4.7b; N.3.2b.
nirundhānasya yācitām # AVś.12.4.36d.
niṣṭuvānasya pātaya # see ni stuvā-.
nṛmṇasya mahnā sa janāsa (MS. janāsā) indraḥ # RV.2.12.1d; AVś.20.34.1d; AVP.12.14.1d; TS.1.7.13.2d; MS.4.12.3d: 186.5; KS.8.16d; N.10.10d.
naigūrasya svasaḥ # AVP.10.1.3b.
nyasya śarīraṃ bhindhy uta bhindhy asthi # AVP.1.87.1d. The word nyasya perhaps belongs to the preceding pāda.
paktaudanasya sukṛtām etu lokam # AVś.11.1.17d. Cf. imaṃ paktvā.
pañcaviṃśasya stomasya tisṛṣv ardhatṛtīyāsv ardhatrayodaśāsu vā pariśiṣṭāsu prathamaṃ pratihāraṃ prabrūtāt # ā.5.1.5.1.
paṭarasya sthāne svatejasā bhāni # TA.1.16.1.
pataṃgasya sthāne svatejasā bhāni # TA.1.16.1.
pariprasyandate sutaḥ # RV.9.101.2b; SV.2.48b; JB.1.163b.
pariṣkṛtasya rasina iyam āsutiḥ # RV.8.1.26c; SV.2.743c.
pariṣvañjalyasya ca # AVś.9.3.5b.
parīvāpasya godhūmāḥ # VS.19.22b.
parjanyasya maruta udadhiṃ sānv ā hata # AVP.5.15.7c.
parjanyasya vidyut # TA.3.9.2.
parvatasya vṛṣabhasyādhi pṛṣṭhe # AVś.12.2.41c.
pavamānasya jaṅghnataḥ (SV.JB.PB. jighn-) # RV.9.66.25a; SV.2.660a; JB.3.245; PB.15.3.1,2.
pavamānasya te kave # RV.9.66.10a; SV.2.7a; JB.1.104; 2.180,186; 3.11; PB.18.8.15.
pavamānasya te rasaḥ # RV.9.61.17a; SV.2.241a; JB.3.60.
pavamānasya te vayam # RV.9.61.4a; SV.2.137a.
pavamānasya dūḍhyā # RV.9.53.3b; SV.2.1066b.
pavamānasya marutaḥ # RV.9.51.3c; 64.24c; SV.2.428c,576c; JB.3.143c,209c.
pavamānasya viśvavit # RV.9.64.7a; SV.2.308a; JB.3.85; PB.13.1.6.
pavamānasya śuṣmiṇaḥ # RV.9.41.3b; SV.2.244b; JB.3.60b.
pavitrasya prasravaṇeṣu vṛtrahan # RV.8.33.1c; AVś.20.52.1c; 57.14c; SV.1.261c; 2.214c.
pāṅktasya chandaso 'gneḥ (KS. pāṅktena chandasāgneḥ) pṛṣṭhenāgneḥ pṛṣṭham upadadhāmi # MS.2.8.11: 116.1; KS.22.5. Cf. next.
pāñcajanyasya bahudhā yam indhate # AVś.4.23.1b; AVP.4.33.1b. See yaṃ pāñca-.
pārāvatasya rātiṣu # RV.8.34.18a.
pārthivasya jagatas tveṣasaṃdṛk # RV.6.22.9b; AVś.20.36.9b.
pārthivasya rase devāḥ # AVś.2.29.1a. P: pārthivasya Kauś.27.9; 54.18.
pārthivasyaika (Mś. erroneously, -syaiva) id vaśī # KS.38.12b; TA.6.5.2b; Apś.16.6.4b; Mś.6.1.2.26b.
pāvamānasya tvā stomena gāyatrasya vartanyopāṃśos tvā vīryeṇot sṛje # MS.2.3.4: 31.5; 2.3.5: 32.21. P: pāvamānasya Mś.5.2.2.6. See pāvamānena.
pāśadyumnasya vāyatasya somāt # RV.7.33.2c.
pitṛkṛtasyainaso 'vayajanam asi (TāṃahānU.Aś.BDh. asi svāhā) # VS.8.13; TS.3.2.5.7; PB.1.6.10; Tā.10.59; MahānU.18.1; Aś.6.12.3; śś.8.9.1; Apś.13.17.9; Mś.2.5.4.8; BDh.4.3.6. P: pitṛkṛtasya Vait.23.12.
pītāpītasya somasya # KS.35.5c; JB.1.353c; PB.9.9.8c; Kś.25.12.1c; Mś.3.6.13b.
pīyūṣasya kṣīrasya sarpiṣaḥ # AVP.5.15.1a.
putrasya pāthaḥ padam advayāvinaḥ # RV.1.159.3d.
putrasya śavaso mahaḥ # RV.8.90.2d; AVś.20.104.4d; SV.2.843d.
punānasya prabhūvasoḥ # RV.9.35.6c. Cf. punānāya prabhū-.
punānasya saṃyato yanti raṃhayaḥ # RV.9.86.47b.
puraṃdarasya gīrbhir ā vivāse # RV.7.6.2c.
purumāyasya ririce mahitvam # RV.6.21.2d.
puruvīrasya nṛvataḥ purukṣoḥ # RV.6.22.3b; AVś.20.36.3b.
puruścandrasya tvam indra vasvaḥ # RV.6.36.4b.
puruṣasya vidma sahasrākṣasya # TA.10.1.5a. See tat puruṣāya (cf. note on the TA. passage).
puruṣasya vi bhejire # AVś.11.8.31b.
puruṣasya sayāvari # TA.6.1.2a (bis).
puruṣṭutasya kati cit paripriyaḥ # RV.9.72.1d.
puruṣṭutasya dhāmabhiḥ (MS. nā-) # RV.3.37.4a; AVś.20.19.4a; MS.4.12.3a: 184.5; Vait.32.3.
puroḍāśasya juṣatāṃ havir naḥ # MS.4.14.12b: 235.13; 4.14.13b: 236.8; TB.2.8.3.7b; 4.1b.
puṣṭasya vā puṣṭapatir babhūvitha # AVP.5.27.4b.
pūrtasya sadane sīdāmi # Kauś.3.7; 137.39.
pūrvasya yat te adrivaḥ # ā.4.8a; Mahānāmnyaḥ 8a.
pūrvasya yoniṃ pitur ā viveśa # RV.5.47.3b; VS.17.60b; TS.4.6.3.4b; MS.2.10.5b: 137.14; KS.18.3b; śB.9.2.3.18.
pūrvāhṇasya tejasāgram annasya prāśiṣam # Kauś.22.2.
pṛkṣasya vṛṣṇo aruṣasya nū sahaḥ # RV.6.8.1a; AB.4.32.8; KB.20.3; 21.3; 22.2. P: pṛkṣasya vṛṣṇaḥ Aś.7.4.13; 7.8; śś.10.3.15; Svidh.1.4.17. See prakṣasya.
pṛthivīsamantasya te 'gnir upadraṣṭā # BDh.2.8.14.12. See next.
paidvasya manmahe vayam # AVś.10.4.11a.
prakṣasya vṛṣṇo aruṣasya nū mahaḥ # ArS.3.8a. See pṛkṣasya.
prasarsrāṇasya nahuṣasya śeṣaḥ # RV.5.12.6d.
praskaṇvasya pratirann āyur jīvase # RV.1.44.6c.
praskaṇvasya śrudhī havam # RV.1.45.3d; N.3.17d.
prasyandi tvaca utpaṭaḥ # śB.14.6.9.31b; BṛhU.3.9.31b.
prāṇasya ca me prāṇo bhūyāt # TA.3.7.3.
prāṇasya tvā paraspāyai (MS. paraspāya; KA. paraspāṃ) cakṣuṣas tanuvaḥ (MS. tanvas; KA. tanvaṃ) pāhi # MS.4.9.10: 131.2; TA.4.11.3; KA.3.183. Ps: prāṇasya tvā paraspāyai TA.5.9.2; Apś.15.14.1; prāṇasya tvā Mś.4.4.13.
prāṇasya panthā amṛto (MS. -taṃ) grahābhyām # VS.19.90b; MS.3.11.9b: 154.6; KS.38.3b; TB.2.6.4.5b.
prāṇasya prāṇam uta cakṣuṣaś cakṣuḥ # śB.14.7.2.21a; BṛhU.4.4.21a.
prāṇasya brahmacāry asi (ApMB. asmi; HG. abhūr asau) # AG.1.20.8; HG.1.6.3; ApMB.2.3.30 (ApG.4.11.2); MG.1.22.5.
prāṇasya vidvān samare na dhīraḥ # TS.3.2.8.2b; MS.2.3.8b: 36.18. See yajñasya etc.
prāṇāhasya tṛṇasya ca # AVś.9.3.4b.
prāyaṇīyasya tokmāni # VS.19.13b.
priyosriyasya vṛṣabhasya retinaḥ # RV.10.40.11c.
prendrasya vocaṃ prathamā kṛtāni # RV.7.98.5a; AVś.20.87.5a.
prehāmṛtasya yachatām # AVś.6.121.3c; TA.2.6.1c.
bastasya puruṣasya ca # AVP.4.5.6b.
bibhyasyanto 'vavāśire (read vavāśire) # N.1.10c.
bṛhaspatisutasya ta (MS. tā; omitted in KS., with hiatus between -sutasya and inda) indo (KSṃS. inda) indriyāvataḥ patnīvantaṃ (KS. -vato) grahaṃ gṛhṇāmi (KS. graham ṛdhyāsam; MS. grahaṃ rādhyāsam) # TS.1.4.27.1; MS.1.3.29: 40.3; KS.4.11. Ps: bṛhaspatisutasya tā inda indriyāvataḥ MS.4.7.4: 97.10; bṛhaspatisutasya ta indriyāva (iti !) TS.6.5.8.3; KS.28.8; bṛhaspatiprasutasya te Apś.13.14.7; bṛhaspatisutasya te Mś.2.5.2.10. See next.
bṛhaspatisutasya deva soma ta indor (VSK. inda) indriyāvataḥ patnīvato grahāṃ ṛdhyāsam # VS.8.9; VSK.8.6.1; śB.4.4.2.12. P: bṛhaspatisutasya Kś.10.6.16. See prec.
bradhnasya viṣṭapaṃ catustriṃśaḥ # VS.14.23; TS.4.3.8.1; 5.3.3.5; MS.2.8.4: 109.7; KS.17.4; 20.13; śB.8.4.1.23.
bradhnasya viṣṭapam agamam # TB.3.7.7.4; Apś.10.9.4.
bradhnasya viṣṭapāya pātranirṇegam (VS. viṣṭapāyābhiṣektāram) # VS.30.12; TB.3.4.1.8.
brahmajyasya kṣitir hi sā # AVś.12.5.16b.
brahmajyasya prati muñca pāśān # AVś.13.3.1h,2f--4f,5g,6h,7g,8f,9g--12g,13h,14h,15g,16h,17g,18h,19h,20f,21h,22f,23h,24g,25h.
brahmaṇendrasya tvā jaṭhare dadhuḥ # Mś.5.2.15.18. See indrasya tvā jaṭhare.
brahmaudanasya vihitā vedir agre # AVś.11.1.23b.
brāhmaṇasya kilbiṣe nāthitasya # AVP.8.15.8c.
brāhmaṇasya tṛptim anu tṛpyāmi # GG.1.9.3.
brāhmaṇasya nijagmima # AVP.9.23.1b.
bhagabhaktasya te vayam # RV.1.24.5a. Cf. BṛhD.3.98.
bhagasya tanvo bale # AVś.2.29.1b.
bhagasya dhārām avase pratīmaḥ # AVP.5.31.8d; 7.15.9c.
bhagasya nāvam ā roha # AVś.2.36.5a; AVP.2.21.5a. P: bhagasya nāvam Kauś.34.16.
bhagasya rājñaḥ sumatiṃ gamema # AVP.10.6.1a.
bhagasya rātim īmahe # RV.3.62.11c.
bhagasya sumatāv asat # AVś.14.2.15d,21d. See iyaṃ bhagasya.
bhagasya svasā varuṇasya jāmiḥ # RV.1.123.5a.
bhagasya hy anaḍvāhau # AVP.8.11.3a.
bhajerathasya satpatim # RV.10.60.2c.
bhadrapāpasya nidhanaṃ titikṣuḥ # AVś.12.1.48b.
bhadrasya kartā rocamānā āgāt # MS.4.14.14d: 239.16.
bhadrasya vidvāṃ avase huve vaḥ # RV.2.29.1d.
bharatasyaiṣa dauḥṣanteḥ # AB.8.23.4a.
bharadvājasya matayas ta īśatām # AVP.3.37.6c.
bharadvājasya mantreṇa # SMB.2.7.2a.
bhavasya kaṇṭhyam # VS.39.9.
bhavasya devasya patnīṃ tarpayāmi # BDh.2.5.9.6. Cf. next.
bhavasya devasya patnyai svāhā # ApMB.2.18.22 (ApG.7.20.4); HG.2.8.7. Cf. prec.
bhavasya devasya sutaṃ tarpayāmi # BDh.2.5.9.6.
bhāradvājasya saṃskṛtā # JB.2.270b.
bhāradvājasya hantāram # JB.2.270c.
bhīmasya devasya patnīṃ tarpayāmi # BDh.2.5.9.6. Cf. next.
bhīmasya devasya patnyai svāhā # ApMB.2.18.28 (ApG.7.20.4); HG.2.8.7. Cf. prec.
bhīmasya devasya sutaṃ tarpayāmi # BDh.2.5.9.6.
bhīmasya vṛṣṇo jaṭharād abhiśvasaḥ # RV.10.92.8c.
bhuvanasya goptā # TA.10.1.14b. See bhavye bhuvanasya.
bhuvanasya pata idaṃ haviḥ # TA.6.1.2.
bhuvanasya pataye (MS. pataye 'dhipataye) svāhā # VS.9.20; 18.28; 22.32; MS.1.11.3: 164.2; KS.14.1; śB.5.2.1.2. Fragment: pataye 'dhipataye Mś.6.2.5.26.
bhuvanasya pate yasya ta upari gṛhā iha ca sa no rāsvājyāniṃ rāyas poṣaṃ suvīryaṃ saṃvatsarīṇāṃ svastim # TS.3.4.7.2. P: bhuvanasya pate TS.3.4.8.5; 5.4.9.3; Apś.17.20.3,5. Cf. sa no bhuvanasya pate.
bhuvanasya pate vayam # RV.9.31.6b.
bhuvanasya pitaraṃ gīrbhir ābhiḥ # RV.6.49.10a. Cf. BṛhD.5.116.
bhūtasya jātaḥ patir eka āsīt # RV.10.121.1b; AVś.4.2.7b; AVP.4.1.1b; VS.13.4b; 23.1b; 25.10b; VSK.29.33b; TS.4.1.8.3b; 2.8.2b; MS.2.7.15b: 96.13; 2.13.23b: 168.5; 3.12.16b: 165.1; KS.16.15b; 40.1b; KSA.5.11b; śB.7.4.1.19; N.10.23b. See bhūtānāṃ etc.
bhūtasya naḥ patayo mṛḍayantu # AVś.10.1.22b.
bhūtasya pataye yaje # AVś.3.10.9d,10d; AVP.1.105.4d.
bhūtasya patir iha śarma yachāt # AVP.2.73.2d.
bhedasya cic chardhato vinda randhim # RV.7.18.18b.
bhrājasya sthāne svatejasā bhāni # TA.1.16.1.
bhrātendrasya sakhā mama # RV.6.55.5c.
maṃhiṣṭhasya prabhṛtasya svadhāvaḥ # RV.1.147.2b; VS.12.42b; TS.4.2.3.4b; MS.2.7.10b: 88.15; KS.16.10b; śB.6.8.2.9.
makṣūtamasya rātiṣu # RV.8.19.12b.
makhasya te taviṣasya pra jūtim # RV.3.34.2a; AVś.20.11.2a.
makhasya te 'dya śiro rādhyāsaṃ devayajane pṛthivyāḥ # VS.37.5; śB.14.1.2.11. See under ṛtasyardhyāsam.
makhasya tvā śīrṣṇe # VS.37.3,4,5,6 (ter),7 (ter),8 (sexies),9 (sexies),10 (ter); MS.4.9.1 (quater): 121.2,3,5,6; śB.14.1.2.9--11,13,14,17,19--21,25; TA.4.2.3 (bis),4,5; 5.2.7; KA.1.9--13; Apś.15.1.10. P: makhasya tvā Mś.4.1.10.
makhasya mā yaśo 'ryāt # TS.3.2.4.1.
makhasya rāsnāsi # MS.4.9.1: 121.8; TA.4.2.6; KA.1.21; 2.21; Apś.15.3.3; Mś.4.1.18.
makhasya śiro 'si # VS.11.57; 37.8 (ter); TS.1.1.8.1; 12.1; 4.1.5.3; 5.1.6.3; MS.2.7.6: 80.13; 3.1.7: 8.16; 4.1.9: 11.5; 4.9.1: 121.7; KS.1.8; 16.5; 19.6; 31.7; śB.6.5.2.1,2; TB.3.2.8.3; 3.7.11; TA.4.2.5; 5.3.2; KA.1.15; 2.15; Apś.1.24.5; 2.14.12; 15.2.14; 16.4.4; Mś.1.2.3.16; --4.1.15; 6.1.2.5. P: makhasya śiraḥ Kś.16.3.23; 26.1.17.
maghasya medhyātithe # RV.8.1.30d.
madintamasya dhārayā # RV.9.62.22c; SV.2.411c.
madhyaṃdinasya tejasā madhyam annasya prāśiṣam # Kauś.22.3.
manuṣyakṛtasyainaso 'vayajanam asi (TāṃahānU.Aś.BDh. asi svāhā) # VS.8.13; TS.3.2.5.7; PB.1.6.10; Tā.10.59; MahānU.18.1; Aś.6.12.3; śś.8.9.1; Apś.13.17.9; Mś.2.5.4.8; BDh.4.3.6. P: manuṣyakṛtasya Vait.23.12.
mandrasya kaver divyasya vahneḥ # RV.6.39.1a.
mandrasya rūpaṃ vividur manīṣiṇaḥ # RV.9.68.6a.
marutstotrasya vṛjanasya gopāḥ # RV.1.101.11a.
martasya tanuhi sthiram # RV.10.134.2b; SV.2.442b.
martasya devī jarayanty āyuḥ # RV.1.92.10d.
martasya devy avasaḥ # RV.9.58.2b; SV.2.408b.
mahaṛṣabhasya (AVP. maharṣa-) nadato nabhasvataḥ # AVś.4.15.1c,5c; AVP.5.7.1c.
maharṣabhasya etc. # see mahaṛṣabhasya etc.
mahādevasya dhīmahi # TA.10.1.5b. See sahasrākṣasya mahā-.
mahādevasya putrābhyām # śś.4.20.1c.
mahādevasya yakṛt # VS.39.9.
mahādhanasya puruhūta saṃsṛji # RV.10.84.6d; AVś.4.31.6d; AVP.4.12.6d.
mahāvīrasya nagnahuḥ # VS.19.14b.
mahivratasya mīḍhuṣaḥ # AVś.13.2.1d.
mahendrasya (sc. ahaṃ devayajyayānnādo bhūyāsam) # Apś.4.9.13.
mādhyaṃdinasya savanasya dadhnaḥ # RV.10.179.3c; AVś.7.72.3c.
mādhyaṃdinasya savanasya dhānāḥ # RV.3.52.5a; Aś.5.4.3. P: mādhyaṃdinasya savanasya śś.7.17.1.
mādhyaṃdinasya savanasya niṣkevalyasya bhāgasya śukravato madhuścuta (Kś.10.2.3, manthīvata) indrāya somān prasthitān preṣya (Apś. śukravato manthivato madhuścuta indrāya somān; Mś. savanasya śukravato manthivato niṣkevalyasya bhāgasyendrāya somān prasthitān preṣya) # Kś.10.2.2,3; Apś.13.4.14; Mś.2.4.4.26.
mādhyaṃdinasya savanasya vṛtrahann anedya # RV.8.37.1d,2c,3c,4c,5c,6c.
mādhyaṃdinasya savanasyendrāya puroḍāśānām # Apś.13.4.8; Mś.2.4.4.22.
mānasya patni (AVP. patnī) śaraṇā syonā # AVś.3.12.5a; AVP.3.20.5a. See mā naḥ sapatnaḥ.
mānasya patni haviṣo juṣasva # AVP.7.6.7a.
mānasya patnī śaraṇā syonā # see mānasya patni etc.
mānasya sūnuḥ sahasāne agnau # RV.1.189.8b.
māndāryasya mānyasya kāroḥ # RV.1.165.15b; 166.15b; 167.11b; 168.10b; VS.34.48b; MS.4.11.3b: 170.7; KS.9.18b.
mitrasya garbho varuṇasya nābhiḥ # RV.6.47.28b; AVś.6.125.3b; AVP.15.11.7b; VS.29.54b; TS.4.6.6.6b; MS.3.16.3b: 186.11; KSA.6.1b.
mitrasya cakṣur dharuṇaṃ (VārG. dharaṇaṃ) balīyaḥ (HG. dharīyaḥ) # śG.2.1.30a; PG.2.2.10a (crit. notes; see Speijer, Jātakarma, p. 22); HG.1.4.6a; ApMB.2.2.11a (ApG.4.10.11); VārG.5.9a.
mitrasya cakṣuṣā samīkṣāmahe # VS.36.18. Cf. mitrasya vaś cakṣuṣā sam-.
mitrasya ca dakṣiṇāḥ # AVP.2.85.4b.
mitrasya ca praśastibhiḥ # RV.5.9.6b.
mitrasya carṣaṇīdhṛtaḥ # RV.3.59.6a; VS.11.62a; TS.3.4.11.5a; 4.1.6.3a; MS.1.5.4a: 70.17; 1.5.11: 79.15; 2.7.6a: 81.17; 3.1.8: 10.14; 4.9.1a: 121.17; KS.16.6a; 19.7; 23.12a; śB.6.5.4.10; TA.4.3.2a; KA.1.26a,218Fa,218Ga; 2.26; Aś.7.5.9; śś.3.17.12; 9.26.3 (comm.); Apś.6.18.1; Mś.4.1.23; 6.1.2.18; BDh.2.4.7.11. P: mitrasya Kś.16.4.15. Cf. indrasya etc.
mitrasya tā varuṇasya vratāni # RV.3.55.6c.
mitrasya tṛtīyā # VS.25.5.
mitrasya tvā cakṣuṣā pratīkṣe (KAṃś. cakṣuṣānvīkṣe; Lś.Aś.8.4.18, cakṣuṣā prati paśyāmi; TS.KSṭB.KA.Apś. cakṣuṣā prekṣe) # VSK.2.3.4; TS.1.1.4.1; KS.1.4; 31.3; KB.6.14; TB.3.2.4.5; KA.1.218E (bis); Aś.1.13.1; 8.14.18; śś.4.7.4; Lś.4.11.10; Kś.2.2.15; Apś.1.17.9; 3.19.5; Mś.5.2.15.15; AG.1.24.14. P: mitrasya tvā PG.1.3.16. Cf. mitrasya vaś etc. Designated as maitryaḥ (sc. ṛcaḥ) BDh.2.10.18.21.
mitrasya navamī # TS.5.7.21.1; KSA.13.11.
mitrasya bhāgo 'si # VS.14.24; TS.4.3.9.1; 5.3.4.2; MS.2.8.5: 109.12; KS.17.4; 21.1; śB.8.4.2.6; Mś.6.2.1.24. P: mitrasya bhāgaḥ Kś.17.10.12.
mitrasya mā cakṣuṣā sarvāṇi bhūtāni samīkṣantām # VS.36.18.
mitrasya mā cakṣuṣekṣadhvam # VS.5.34. P: mitrasya mā Kś.9.8.23.
mitrasya yāyāṃ pathā # RV.5.64.3b.
mitrasya varuṇasya ca # AVś.6.85.2b; Kauś.6.17b.
mitrasya vaś cakṣuṣānuvīkṣe # Aś.8.14.18. See next, and cf. mitrasya tvā etc.
mitrasya vaś cakṣuṣā prekṣe # MS.1.1.5: 3.2; 4.1.5: 6.16; Mś.1.2.1.29. See prec., and cf. mitrasya tvā.
mitrasya vaś cakṣuṣāvekṣe # MS.1.1.7: 4.6; 4.1.7: 9.13; Mś.1.2.2.31. Cf. adabdhena vaś etc.
mitrasya vaś cakṣuṣā samīkṣadhvam (and samīkṣāmahe) # MS.4.9.27: 140.7. P: mitrasya Mś.4.3.42. Cf. mitrasya cakṣuṣā.
mitrasya vratā varuṇasya dīrghaśrut # RV.8.25.17c.
mitrasya vrate varuṇasya devāḥ # RV.10.36.13b; MS.4.14.11b: 232.8; TB.2.8.6.4b.
mitrasya śraddhā # TA.3.9.2.
mitrasya hi pratūrvataḥ # RV.5.65.4c.
mukhasya tvā dyumnāya surabhyāsyatvāya prāśnāmi # śś.1.12.5.
mukhasya praticakṣaṇāt # AVP.8.10.9d.
mṛgasya ghoṣaṃ mahiṣasya hi gman # RV.10.123.4b.
mṛgasya sṛtam (HG. śṛtam) akṣṇayā # ApMB.1.13.6c; HG.1.16.17c.
maitrāvaruṇasya camasādhvaryav (Mś. -ya) ādrava (śB.Kś. ehi) # TS.6.4.3.3; śB.3.9.3.16; Kś.9.3.3; Apś.12.5.2; Mś.2.3.2.9.
yajamānasya no gṛhe devaiḥ (MS.KS. omit devaiḥ) saṃskṛtam # TS.1.2.9.1; MS.1.2.6: 15.16; KS.2.7; 24.7.
yajamānasya paridhir asy agnir iḍa (MS. paridhir asīḍa) īḍitaḥ (VSK. agnir ila īlitaḥ) # VS.2.3 (ter); VSK.2.1.4 (bis); MS.1.1.12: 7.12; śB.1.3.4.2,3,4. See next.
yajamānasya paridhir iḍa īḍitaḥ # TS.1.1.11.1 (bis),2; MS.1.1.12 (bis): 7.10,11; KS.1.11. See prec.
yajamānasya paśupā asi # KS.1.1.
yajamānasya paśūn pāhi # VS.1.1; TS.1.1.1.1; MS.1.1.1: 1.4; 4.1.1: 2.8; KS.1.1; śB.1.7.1.8; TB.3.2.1.5; Apś.1.2.10; Mś.1.1.1.22. P: yajamānasya paśūn Kś.4.2.11.
yajamānasya pratiranty āyuḥ # AVP.14.5.1d.
yajamānasya prāṇāpānau pātam # Kś.3.4.25.
yajamānasya vijitaṃ sarvaṃ samaitu # Vait.37.13.
yajamānasya satpate # RV.8.12.18b; AVś.20.111.3b.
yajamānasya sunvataḥ # RV.6.54.6b; 60.15b.
yajamānasya svastyayany asi # TS.1.2.9.1; 6.1.11.5.
yajñasya kāmyaḥ priyaḥ # TB.2.4.6.7d.
yajñasya ketuḥ pavate svadhvaraḥ # RV.9.86.7a.
yajñasya ketuṃ janayanta devāḥ # RV.6.7.2d; SV.2.492d.
yajñasya ketum aruṣaṃ yajadhyai # RV.6.49.2d.
yajñasya ketum indhate # RV.6.2.3b.
yajñasya ketuṃ prathamaṃ purastāt # RV.3.29.5c.
yajñasya ketuṃ prathamaṃ (JB. -maḥ) purohitam # RV.5.11.2a; 10.122.4a; SV.2.259a; TS.4.4.4.3a; KS.39.14a; JB.3.62--63 (in fragments: yajñasya ketum, prathamaḥ purohitam).
yajñasya ketur arhaṇā # RV.1.127.6e.
yajñasya ketur bṛhatī vi bhāhi # RV.1.113.19b.
yajñasya ketur manmasādhano veḥ # RV.1.96.6b.
yajñasya kriyate mithu # ṣB.1.6.19b; TB.3.7.11.5b; Apś.3.12.1b. See arthasya karmaṇo.
yajñasya gopā uta rakṣitāraḥ # KS.1.12c.
yajñasya ghoṣad asi # TS.1.1.2.1; TB.3.2.2.2; Apś.1.3.3. See goṣad.
yajñasya cakṣuḥ prabhṛtir mukhaṃ ca # AVś.2.35.5a; 19.58.5a; AVP.1.81.1a. P: yajñasya cakṣuḥ Kauś.3.16.
yajñasya jihvām avidāma guhyām (MS. -yam) # RV.10.53.3b; TS.1.3.14.2b; MS.4.11.1b: 162.6; KS.2.15b.
yajñasya jūtyā vṛṇe # RV.3.12.3b; SV.2.21b.
yajñasya te yajñapate sūktoktau # MS.1.3.39c: 45.10. See under yajñasya tvā yajñapate.
yajñasya te vidathā prabravīmi # VS.23.58c.
yajñasya tvā pramayābhimayā parimayonmayā (Apś. pratimayā) parigṛhṇāmi # MS.1.4.11: 60.9; Apś.4.5.4; 9.13.6. P: yajñasya tvā pramayābhimayā Mś.1.4.1.14. See next two.
yajñasya tvā pramayābhimayonmayā pratimayā parigṛhṇāmi # KS.5.4; 32.4. See prec. and next.
yajñasya tvā pramayonmayābhimayā pratimayā # Aś.3.13.15. See prec. two.
yajñasya tvā yajñapate saha # KS.4.13c; 29.3. See yajñasya te yajñapate, and next.
yajñasya tvā yajñapate sūktoktau (TS. havirbhiḥ) # VS.8.25c; TS.1.4.45.2c; śB.4.4.5.20. See yajñasya te yajñapate, and prec.
yajñasya tvā vidathā pṛcham atra # VS.23.57c.
yajñasya tvā saṃtatim anusaṃtanomi # TB.3.7.4.17; Apś.1.13.15; 6.5.5.
yajñasya tvā saṃtatyai stṛṇāmi (śś. nayāmi) # TB.3.2.4.1; śś.2.6.12; Apś.1.15.4; 12.18.7; Mś.1.2.1.19.
yajñasya devam ṛtvijam # RV.1.1.1b; ArS.3.4b; TS.4.3.13.3b; MS.4.10.5b: 155.1; KS.2.14b; GB.1.1.29b; N.7.15b.
yajñasya doho vitataḥ purutrā # VS.8.62a; śś.13.12.13a. P: yajñasya dohaḥ Kś.25.6.7.
yajñasya dhāma paramaṃ guhā yat (JB. guhāyām, but read perhaps as RV.) # RV.10.181.2b; JB.1.277a.
yajñasya dhāma prathamaṃ mananta # RV.10.67.2d; AVś.20.91.2d.
yajñasya dhūrṣu sadman # RV.10.105.9b.
yajñasya nidhipo 'si (PG. nidhipā asi) # AG.1.22.21b; PG.2.4.2b. See vedasya nidhigopo 'si, and vedānāṃ nidhipo asi.
yajñasya netā prathamasya pāyoḥ # RV.3.15.4c.
yajñasya netrī śucayadbhir arkaiḥ # RV.4.56.2a.
yajñasya no viriṣṭaṃ saṃdhehi # GB.1.1.14.
yajñasya pakṣāv ṛṣayaḥ kalpayantaḥ # AVś.8.9.14b. See next.
yajñasya pakṣāv (MS.KS. -ṣā) ṛṣayo bhavantī # TS.4.3.11.2b; MS.2.13.10b: 160.7; KS.39.10b. See prec.
yajñasya paṅktiḥ # TA.3.9.2.
yajñasya pathā suvitā nayantīḥ # TS.1.4.43.2; 6.6.1.3.
yajñasya pade sthaḥ # TS.4.1.5.3; 5.1.6.3; MS.4.9.1: 121.7; TA.4.2.6; 5.3.3; KA.1.16; 2.16; Apś.15.2.14; 16.4.4; Mś.4.1.16.
yajñasya paprir amṛtā svargā # AVP.5.31.9b; 7.15.10b.
yajñasya pātha upasamitam # TS.1.1.13.2; TB.3.3.9.6; Apś.3.7.12; Mś.1.3.4.26.
yajñasya peśaḥ sudughe payasvatī # RV.2.3.6d.
yajñasya pramābhimonmā pratimā vedyāṃ kriyamāṇāyām # KS.34.14.
yajñasya prāvitā bhava # RV.3.21.3d; MS.4.13.5d: 204.13; KS.16.21d; AB.2.12.13d; TB.3.6.7.2d.
yajñasya mātā (SMB. mātaraṃ) suhavā me astu # TB.2.5.3.2b; SMB.2.6.9b. See cittasya mātā.
yajñasya mātrāṃ vi mimīta u tvaḥ # RV.10.71.11d; N.1.8d.
yajñasya mātrām abhikalpamānā # AVP.12.10.7d.
yajñasya mithunaṃ pannejanīṣu # KS.34.15.
yajñasya-yajñasya ketuṃ ruśantam # RV.10.1.5b; TB.2.4.3.6b.
yajñasya yuktau dhuryā (TB.Apś. -yāv) abhūtām (MS. -thām) # MS.1.4.3b: 51.4; KS.5.4b; TB.3.7.5.11b; Apś.3.9.10b.
yajñasya yonim abhisaṃbabhūvuḥ # KS.39.2b; Apś.16.29.1b.
yajñasya yonau mahiṣasya dhāman # AVP.15.2.8b. See under ṛtasya dhāmno.
yajñasyarddhim anu saṃtiṣṭhasva # TB.3.7.6.20; Tā.10.77; Apś.4.12.10.
yajñasya vaya uttiran # AVś.6.36.2c; Aś.8.9.7c; śś.10.11.9c. See yajñasya svar.
yajñasya vā niśitiṃ voditiṃ vā # RV.6.15.11c.
yajñasya vidvān paruṣaś cikitvān # RV.10.53.1b; Apś.24.13.3b.
yajñasya vidvān samaye na dhīraḥ # AVś.2.35.3b; AVP.1.88.2b. See prāṇasya etc.
yajñasya vṛddhim anu vardha # ApMB.2.10.8.
yajñasya vo rathyaṃ viśpatiṃ viśām # RV.10.92.1a; AB.4.32.6; KB.19.9; 22.2. Ps: yajñasya vo rathyam Aś.7.4.12; yajñasya vaḥ śś.10.3.14. Cf. BṛhD.7.146.
yajñasya śāke parame vyoman # RV.5.15.2b.
yajñasya śiraḥ pratidhāsyāmaḥ # śB.14.1.3.2.
yajñasya śiraḥ pratidhehi # śB.14.1.3.2.
yajñasya saṃtatir asi # TB.3.2.4.1; 7.4.17; śś.2.6.12; Apś.1.13.15; 15.4; 6.5.5; 12.18.7; Mś.1.2.1.19.
yajñasya saṃtatir vasatīvarīṣu prahriyamāṇāsu # KS.34.15.
yajñasya sapta dhāmabhir adha priyam # RV.9.102.2c; SV.2.364c.
yajñasya sahaso yaho # RV.8.84.5b; SV.2.900b.
yajñasya sādhanaṃ girā # RV.8.23.9b.
yajñasya svar uttiran # SV.2.1059b. See yajñasya vaya.
yajñasya hi stha ṛtvijā (TB.Apś. ṛtviyau; JB. ṛtvijā iti, without saṃdhi) # RV.8.38.1a; SV.2.423a; KS.35.5a; JB.3.142; PB.13.8.5; TB.3.7.8.3a; Aś.7.2.4; śś.12.1.5; Apś.14.30.2a. P: yajñasya hi stha Aś.7.5.17.
yatrāmṛtasya cakṣaṇam # RV.1.13.5c. Cf. tatrāmṛtasya etc.
yatrendrasya ṛṣabhasya (KS. meṣasya) haviṣaḥ priyā dhāmāni # VS.21.46; KS.18.21.
yatrendrasya sutrāmṇaḥ priyā dhāmāni # VS.21.46.
yathāpuṇyasya karmaṇaḥ # TA.1.8.6b.
yathāśvasya yathā śunaḥ # AVP.2.81.4b.
yamasya gacha sādanam # AVP.2.5.8c. See ayā yamasya.
yamasya jātam amṛtaṃ yajāmahe # RV.1.83.5d; AVś.20.25.5d.
yamasya trayodaśī # VS.25.4; MS.3.15.4: 179.2.
yamasya dūtaḥ prahita eṣa eti (TA. prahito bhavasya cobhayoḥ) # MS.4.9.19d: 136.2; TA.4.29.1d.
yamasya dūtaś ca vāg vidhāvati # MS.4.9.19b: 136.1. See next.
yamasya dūtaḥ śvapād vidhāvasi # TA.4.29.1b. See prec.
yamasya dūtau carato janāṃ (TA. 'vaśāṃ) anu # RV.10.14.12b; AVś.18.2.13b; AVP.10.9.10b; TA.6.3.2b.
yamasya panthām anuvetā purāṇam # Apś.1.10.6b.
yamasya pāṭūraḥ (KSA. pāṭoraḥ) # TS.5.7.21.1; KSA.13.11.
yamasya balinā carāmi # TB.3.7.9.8b; Apś.13.22.5b. See yamasya yena, and yena yamasya.
yamasya bhāga stha # AVś.10.5.12.
yamasya mātā paryuhyamānā # RV.10.17.1c; AVś.18.1.53c; N.12.11c.
yamasya mā yamyaṃ kāma āgan # RV.10.10.7a; AVś.18.1.8a.
yamasya yena balinā carāmi # AVś.6.117.1b. See under yamasya balinā.
yamasya yonau śakunaṃ bhuraṇyum # RV.10.123.6d; AVś.18.3.66d; SV.1.320d; 2.1196d; TB.2.5.8.5d; TA.6.3.1d.
yamasya yo manavate sumantu # RV.10.12.6c; AVś.18.1.34c.
yamasya yau pathirakṣī śvānau # AVś.8.1.9b.
yamasya lokād adhy ā babhūvitha # AVś.19.56.1a; AVP.3.8.1a. Designated as paippalādamantrāḥ at the close of Atharva-pariśiṣṭa 8; cf. Hatfield, JAOS. xiv, p. clix.
yamasya loke adhirajjur āyat (TA. āya; MS. loke nidhir ajarāya) # AVś.6.118.2d; MS.4.14.17d: 245.14; TA.2.4.1d.
yamasya loke parame vyoman # AVP.11.5.4d.
yamasya samid asi # MS.1.5.2: 67.16; 1.5.8: 76.15; KS.6.9; Apś.6.16.12. P: yamasya KS.7.6. See pitṝṇāṃ samid.
yavasya te palālyā # AVś.2.8.3b.
yavasya manthaṃ papivān # AVP.9.9.3c.
yavasya mahimā mahān # AVP.9.9.3b.
yavasyaitat palālinaḥ # AVP.9.11.12a.
yaviṣṭhasya brahmaṇā jātavedasaḥ # AVP.12.19.1d.
yaśastamasya mīḍhuṣaḥ # RV.2.8.1c.
yasya kṛṇmo (VSṭSṃS.KS.śB. kurmo) havir gṛhe (VSṃS.KS.śB. -mo gṛhe haviḥ) # AVś.6.5.3a; 7.76.5d; VS.17.52a; TS.4.6.3.1a; MS.2.10.4a: 135.7; KS.18.3a; śB.9.2.2.7.
yasya kratur vidathyo na samrāṭ # RV.4.21.2c.
yasya krūram asacanta duṣkṛtaḥ # AVś.19.56.5a. See vy asya krūram.
yasya kṣayāya jinvatha # RV.10.9.3b; AVś.1.5.3b; SV.2.1189b; VS.11.52b; 36.16b; TS.4.1.5.1b; 5.6.1.4b; 7.4.19.4b; MS.2.7.5b: 80.1; 4.9.27b: 139.7; KS.16.4b; 35.3b; TA.4.42.4b; 10.1.12b; KA.1.219Bb; ApMB.2.7.15b.
yasya gā antar aśmanaḥ # RV.6.43.3a.
yasya gāvāv aruṣā sūyavasyū # RV.6.27.7a.
yasya gṛha ādāyeta # AVP.12.10.3a.
yasya goṣu vaśā syāt # AVP.12.10.5d.
yasya grāmā yasya viśve rathāsaḥ # RV.2.12.7b; AVś.20.34.7b; AVP.12.14.7b.
yasya grāvāṇaḥ pravadanti nṛmṇe # AVP.4.39.2b. See yasmai grāvāṇaḥ.
yasya grāvāṇo ajuṣadhvam adhvaram # RV.10.94.10d.
yasya catasraḥ pradiśaḥ # AVś.10.7.16a.
yasya chāyāmṛtaṃ yasya mṛtyuḥ # RV.10.121.2c; AVś.4.2.2c; AVP.4.1.2c; VS.25.13c; TS.4.1.8.4c; 7.5.17.1c; MS.2.13.23c: 168.10; KS.40.1c; NṛpU.2.4c.
yasya jātaṃ janamānaṃ ca kevalam # TS.4.7.15.1b; MS.3.16.5b: 190.8; KS.22.15b. See yaj jātaṃ janitavyaṃ.
yasya jīram adhvaryavaś caranti # RV.5.31.12d.
yasya jujoṣo adhvaram # RV.4.9.6b.
yasya juṣṭiṃ sominaḥ kāmayante # AVś.4.24.5a; AVP.4.39.5a.
yasya ta indraḥ pibād yasya marutaḥ # SV.2.447a. See yasya na.
yasya takmā kāsikā hetir ekam # AVś.11.2.22a.
yasya tarema tarasā śataṃ himāḥ # RV.5.54.15d.
yasya tīvrasutaṃ madam # RV.6.43.2a.
yasya te agne anye agnayaḥ # RV.8.19.33a.
yasya te dyumnavat payaḥ # RV.9.66.30a.
yasya te nāmāmanmahi # VS.7.29; VSK.9.1.4; śB.4.5.6.4.
yasya te nū cid ādiśam # RV.8.93.11a.
yasya te 'nnaṃ na kṣīyate # Kauś.135.9a.
yasya te pītvā vṛṣabho vṛṣāyate # RV.9.108.2a; SV.2.43a.
yasya te pūṣan sakhye vipanyavaḥ # RV.1.138.3a.
yasya te prathamavāsyaṃ harāmaḥ # ApMB.2.6.15a (ApG.4.11.26); HG.1.7.17a. See yasya te vāsaḥ, and yasya devāsaḥ.
yasya te madyaṃ rasam # RV.9.65.15a.
yasya te mahinā mahaḥ # RV.8.68.3a; SV.2.1123a.
yasya te vāsaḥ prathamavāsyaṃ harāmaḥ # AVś.2.13.5a. P: yasya te vāsaḥ Kauś.54.9. See under yasya te pra-.
yasya te viśvamānuṣaḥ (SV.JB. viśvam ānuṣak) # RV.8.45.42a; AVś.20.43.3a; SV.2.421a; JB.3.141a.
yasya te viśvā āśā apsarasaḥ plīyā nāma sa na idaṃ brahma kṣatraṃ pātu # MS.2.12.2: 145.11.
yasya te viśvā bhuvanāni ketunā # RV.10.37.9a.
yasya te sakhye vayam # SV.2.129a. See asya etc.
yasya te sapta sindhavaḥ # RV.8.69.12b; AVś.20.92.9b; MS.4.7.8b: 104.11; N.5.27b.
yasya te svādu sakhyam # RV.8.68.11a.
yasya tyac chambaraṃ made # RV.6.43.1a; SV.1.392a; ā.5.2.5.2.
yasya tyat te mahimānaṃ madeṣu # RV.10.112.4a.
yasya tyan mahitvam # RV.10.26.2a.
yasya trayastriṃśad devāḥ # AVś.10.7.13a,23a,27a.
yasya trayā gatam anuprayanti # AVP.1.78.4a; Kauś.82.13a.
yasya trasanti śavasaḥ # RV.6.14.4c.
yasya trito vy ojasā # RV.1.187.1c; AVP.6.16.1c; VS.34.7c; KS.40.8c; N.9.25c.
yasya tridhātv avṛtam # RV.8.102.14a; SV.2.921a; KS.40.14a.
yasya trī pūrṇā madhunā padāni # RV.1.154.4a.
yasya tvaṃ sakhyam āvaraḥ (SVṭS. āvitha) # RV.8.19.30c; SV.1.108c; 2.1172c; TS.3.2.11.1c; KS.12.14c.
yasya tvam agne adhvaraṃ jujoṣaḥ # RV.4.2.10a.
yasya tvam avitā bhuvaḥ # RV.7.32.11b.
yasya tvam indra stomeṣu cākanaḥ # RV.8.52 (Vāl.4).4a.
yasya tvam ūrdhvo adhvarāya tiṣṭhasi # RV.8.19.10a.
yasya divam ati mahnā pṛthivyāḥ # RV.6.21.2c.
yasya dūtaḥ prahita eṣa etat # RV.10.165.4c; MG.2.17.1c.
yasya dūto asi kṣaye # RV.1.74.4a.
yasya deva dadhiṣe pūrvapeyam # RV.7.92.1d; VS.7.7d; TS.1.4.4.1d; 3.4.2.1d; MS.1.3.6d: 32.10; śB.4.1.3.18d. See yato deva etc.
yasya devasya praśiṣā carāmi # AVP.5.33.1c. See tasya devasya praśiṣā.
yasya devasya sumatau # AVP.1.103.3a.
yasya devā akalpanta # AVś.11.3.21a.
yasya devā anusaṃyanti cetaḥ # TB.3.1.1.7b.
yasya devā gachatho vītho adhvaram # RV.7.82.7c.
yasya devā devatā saṃbabhūvuḥ # AVś.19.4.4c.
yasya devāsaḥ prathamavāsyaṃ harāmi # AVP.15.6.9a. See under yasya te prathamavāsyaṃ.
yasya devair āsado barhir agne # RV.7.11.2c; TB.3.6.8.2c.
yasya dyāvāpṛthivī pauṃsyaṃ mahat # RV.1.101.3a.
yasya dyāvo na vicaranti mānuṣā (SV. -ṣam) # RV.1.51.1c; SV.1.376c.
yasya dyaur urvī pṛthivī ca mahī # AVś.4.2.4a. See yena dyaur ugrā.
yasya dvārā manuṣ (SV. -nuḥ) pitā # RV.8.63.1c; SV.1.355c.
yasya dvitā vidhartari # RV.8.70.2b; AVś.20.92.17b; 105.5b; SV.2.284b; JB.3.75b.
yasya dvibarhaso bṛhat # RV.8.15.2a; AVś.20.61.5a; 62.9a.
yasya dharman svar enīḥ # RV.10.20.2c.
yasya dhāma śravase nāmendriyam # RV.1.57.3c; AVś.20.15.3c.
yasya na indraḥ pibād yasya marutaḥ # RV.9.108.14a. See yasya ta.
yasya nāma mahad yaśaḥ # VS.32.3b. See tasya etc.
yasya neśe yajñapatir na yajñaḥ # AVś.4.11.5a; AVP.3.25.4a.
yasya pītvā madaḥ # śś.6.7.10a.
yasya pratiṣṭhorv antarikṣam # TB.3.12.3.3a.
yasya pratihitāyāḥ saṃviśantaḥ # AVP.5.22.5a.
yasya pratīkam āhutaṃ ghṛtena # RV.7.8.1b; SV.1.70b.
yasya prayāṃsi parṣatha # RV.1.86.7c.
yasya prayāṇam anv anya id yayuḥ # RV.5.81.3a; VS.11.6a; TS.4.1.1.2a; MS.2.7.1a: 74.4; KS.15.11a; śB.6.3.1.18.
yasya prasvādaso giraḥ # RV.10.33.6a. Cf. BṛhD.7.36.
yasya priye mamatur yajñiyasya # RV.3.32.7c.
yasya brahma mukham āhuḥ # AVś.10.7.19a.
yasya brahma vardhanaṃ yasya somaḥ # RV.2.12.14c; AVś.20.34.15c; AVP.12.15.5c.
yasya brahmāṇaḥ sicam ārabhante # AVP.15.6.7a.
yasya brahmāṇi sukratū avāthaḥ # RV.7.61.2c.
yasya bhānti ketavo yasya raśmayaḥ (TB. bhānti raśmayo yasya ketavaḥ) # MS.4.14.14a: 239.9; TB.3.1.1.1a.
yasya bhīmaḥ pratīkāśaḥ # AVś.9.8.6a.
yasya bhūmiḥ pramā # AVś.10.7.32a.
yasya made apa gotrā vavartha # RV.3.43.7d.
yasya made cyāvayasi pra kṛṣṭīḥ # RV.3.43.7c.
yasya mandāno andhasaḥ # RV.6.43.4a.
yasya mā puruṣāḥ śatam # RV.5.27.5a.
yasya mā harito rathe # RV.10.33.5a.
yasya yava prasarpasi # AVP.9.9.1a. See yasyāñjana, and yasyauṣadhīḥ.
yasya yoge duhitā jāyate divaḥ # RV.10.39.12c.
yasya yoniṃ patireto gṛbhāya (HG. prati reto gṛhāṇa) # śG.1.19.12a; HG.1.25.1a. See vy asya yoniṃ.
yasya rūpaṃ bibhrad imām avindat # TB.1.2.1.3a; Apś.5.1.7a.
yasya lokā ime trayaḥ # AVś.10.6.31c.
yasya varṇaṃ madhuścutam # RV.9.65.8a.
yasya vaśāsa ṛṣabhāsa ukṣaṇaḥ # AVś.4.24.4a; AVP.4.39.4a.
yasya vātaḥ prāṇāpānau # AVś.10.7.34a.
yasya vā yūyaṃ prati vājino naraḥ # RV.8.20.16a.
yasya vāyor iva dravat # RV.6.45.32a.
yasya vāryamaṇā bhagaḥ # RV.9.108.14b; SV.2.447b.
yasya viśvāni hastayoḥ # RV.1.176.3a; 6.45.8a.
yasya viśve himavanto mahitvā # AVś.4.2.5a; AVP.4.1.6a. See yasyeme viśve, and yasyeme himavanto.
yasya vīryaṃ prathamasyānubuddham (AVP. -baddham) # AVś.4.24.6b; AVP.4.39.6b.
yasya vrata upa# see next but two.
yasya vrata oṣadhīr viśvarūpāḥ # RV.5.83.5c.
yasya vrataṃ na mīyate # RV.2.8.3c.
yasya vratam (AVś. -ta) upatiṣṭhanta (MS. -tā) āpaḥ # RVKh.7.96.1b; AVś.7.40.1b; TS.3.1.11.3b; MS.4.10.1b: 142.13; KS.19.14a; Aś.3.8.1b; śś.6.11.8b.
yasya vrataṃ (KS. -te) paśavo yanti sarve # RVKh.7.96.1a; AVś.7.40.1a; TS.3.1.11.3a; MS.4.10.1a: 142.13; KS.19.14b; Aś.3.8.1a; śś.6.11.8a. P: yasya vratam Vait.8.2.
yasya vrate puṣṭipatir niviṣṭaḥ # RVKh.7.96.1c; AVś.7.40.1c; TS.3.1.11.3c; MS.4.10.1c: 142.14; KS.19.14c; Aś.3.8.1c; 6.11.8c.
yasya vrate pṛthivī nannamīti # RV.5.83.5a. P: yasya vrate śś.3.13.4.
yasya vrate varuṇo yasya sūryaḥ # RV.1.101.3b.
yasya vrate śaphavaj jarbhurīti # RV.5.83.5b.
yasya śakro bhrātaraṃ nāta īṣate # RV.5.34.4b.
yasya śarmann upa viśve janāsaḥ # RV.7.6.6a.
yasya śaśvat papivāṃ indra śatrūn # RV.10.112.5a.
yasya śiro vaiśvānaraḥ # AVś.10.7.18a.
yasya śuṣkāt sindhavaḥ # RVKh.7.55.3c.
yasya śuṣmād rodasī abhyasetām # RV.2.12.1c; AVś.20.34.1c; AVP.12.14.1c; TS.1.7.13.2c; MS.4.12.3c: 186.5; KS.8.16c; N.3.21; 10.10c.
yasya śravāṃsi tūrvatha # RV.8.74.10c.
yasya śravo rodasī antar urvī # RV.7.18.24a.
yasya śrutarvā bṛhan # RV.8.74.4c. See ya sma.
yasya śvetā vicakṣaṇā # RV.8.41.9a.
yasya saṃsthe na vṛṇvate # RV.1.5.4a; AVś.20.69.2a. P: yasya saṃsthe śś.9.16.2.
yasya samudraṃ rasayā sahāhuḥ # RV.10.121.4b; VS.25.12b; TS.4.1.8.4b. See samudraṃ yasya, and samudre yasya.
yasya sarvam idaṃ vaśe # AVś.11.4.1b.
yasya sūryaś cakṣuḥ # AVś.10.7.33a.
yasya stha tam atta # AVś.2.24.1--8; AVP.2.42.1--5; 2.91.1--5.
yasya svādiṣṭhā sumatiḥ pitur yathā # RV.8.86.4c.
yasya harī aśvatarau # NīlarU.25c.
yasya hetoḥ pracyavate # AVś.9.8.3a.
yasyendrasya sindhavaḥ saścati vratam # RV.1.101.3c.
yasyai (VSK. yasyās) te yajñiyo garbhaḥ # VS.8.29a; VSK.9.5.2a; śB.4.5.2.10. P: yasyai te Kś.25.10.9; PG.1.16.1.
yasyai bahvīs tanuvo vītapṛṣṭhāḥ # TB.1.4.8.2b. See under yasyā āśās.
yasyai (VSK. yasyā) yonir hiraṇyayī # VS.8.29b; VSK.9.5.2b; śB.4.5.2.10. See under atho yonir.
yasyai vijātāyāṃ manaḥ # ApMB.2.14.2d; HG.2.3.7d.
yasyauṣadhīḥ (AVP. -ṣadhayaḥ) prasarpatha # RV.10.97.12a; AVP.11.7.2a; VS.12.86a. See under yasya yava.
yātudhānasya rakṣasaḥ # RV.10.87.25c; SV.1.95c.
yātudhānasya somapa # AVś.1.8.3a; AVP.4.4.9a.
yudhmasya te vṛṣabhasya svarājaḥ # RV.3.46.1a; MS.4.14.14a: 238.7; AB.5.5.2; KB.22.8; śś.18.19.6. P: yudhmasya te Aś.7.11.28; 8.12.22; śś.10.5.20; 12.3.7.
yuvādattasya dhiṣṇyā # RV.8.26.12a.
yuvānītasya sūribhiḥ # RV.8.26.12b.
yuṣmādattasya maruto vicetasaḥ # RV.5.54.13a.
yuṣmādattasya vāyati # RV.8.47.6b.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"asya" has 175 results
urasyaproduced at the breast; confer, compareकेचिदेता उरस्या R.Pr.I.18, explained by the commentator as केचिदाचार्याः एतौ हकारविसर्जनीयौ उरःस्थाने इच्छन्ति ।
aurasyaproduced from the chest. See औरस.
kātantrarahasyaa work on the Kātantra Sūtras ascribed to Ramānātha Vidyāvācaspati of the sixteenth century A. D.
prākṛtasarvasyaa treatise on the grammar of Prakrta Languages attributed to Markandeya
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntarahasyaname of a commentary on the Siddhantakaumudi by Nilakantha.
śabdārtharahasyaa grammatical work on the interpretation of words by Ramanatha Vidyavacaspati.
śirasyaproduced at the top of the orifice, cerebral.
uvaṭaalso उव्वट or ऊअट a reputed Kaāśmirian scholar and writer who was the son of Vajrata. He wrote many learned commentaries, some of which are known as Bhasyas. Some of his important works are Ṛkprātiśākhyabhāṣya, Vājasaneyī prātiśākhyabhāṣya, Vājasaneyīsamhitābhāṣya, Vedārthadīpika et cetera, and others
guṇa(1)degree of a vowel; vocalic degree, the second out of the three degrees of a vowel viz. primary degree, guna degree and vrddhi degree exempli gratia, for example इ, ए and ऐ or उ, ओ and औ. अ is given as a guna of अ; but regarding अ also,three degrees can be stated अ, अ and आ. In the Pratisakhya and Nirukta ए is called गुण or even गुणागम but no definiti6n is given ; confer, compare गुणागमादेतनभावि चेतन R.Pr.XI.6;शेवम् इति विभीषितगुणः। शेवमित्यपि भवति Nir.X.17: (2) the properties of phonetic elements or letters such as श्वास,नाद et cetera, and others: confer, compareṚgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) Ch.XIII : (3) secondary, subordinate;confer, compare शेषः,अङ्गं, गुणः इति समानार्थाः Durgācārya's commentary on the Nirukta.on Nirukta of Yāska.I.12: (4) properties residing in a substance just as whiteness, et cetera, and others in a garment which are different from the substance ( द्रव्य ). The word गुण is explained by quotations from ancient grammarians in the Maha bhasya as सत्वे निविशतेsपैति पृथग्जातिषु दृश्यते । अाघेयश्चाक्रियाजश्च सोSसत्त्वप्रकृतिर्गुणः ॥ अपर आह । उपैत्यन्यज्जहात्यन्यद् दृष्टो द्रव्यान्तरेष्वपि। वाचकः सर्वलिङ्गानां द्रव्यादन्यो गुणः स्मृतः ; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.44;cf also शब्दस्पर्शरूपरसगन्धा गुणास्ततोन्यद् द्रव्यम् ,M.Bh.on V.1.119 (5) properties of letters like उदात्तत्व, अनुदात्तत्व, स्वरितत्व, ह्र्स्वत्व, दीर्घत्व, प्लुतत्व, अानुनासिक्य et cetera, and others; confer, compare भेदकत्वाद् गुणस्य । आनुनासिक्यं नाम गुणः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1.. Vart, 13: (6) determinant cf भवति बहुव्रीहौ तद्गुणसंविज्ञानमपि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.27; (7) technical term in Panini's grarnmar standing for the vowels अ, ए and ओ, confer, compare अदेङ्गुणः P.I.1.2. For the various shades of the meaning of the word गुण, see Mahabhasya on V.1.119. " गुणशब्दोयं बह्वर्थः । अस्त्येव समेष्ववयवेषु वर्तते ।...... चर्चागुणांश्च ।
guṇavacanaliterally expressing quality; words expressing quality such as शुक्ल, नील, et cetera, and others; confer, compare गुणवचनब्राह्मणादिभ्यः कर्मणि च P.V. 1.124. See page 369 Vyākarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D.E. Society edition, Poona.
goṇikāputraa grammarian whose wiew in connection with the correctness of the expressions नेताश्वस्य स्त्रुघ्नं and नेताश्वस्य स्त्रुघ्नस्य is given by the Mahabhasyakara in the words 'both expressions are justified' ( उभयथा गेणिकापुत्रः ). Nagesa has observed that गेोणिकापुत्र is nobody else but the Mahabhasyakara himself; confer, compare गोणिकापुत्रः भाष्यकार इत्याहुः । NageSa's Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on Mahabhasyapradipa on P. I. 4.5I.
gonardīyaliterally inhabitant of Gonarda which was the name of a district. in the province of Oudh in the days of the Mahabhasyakara according to some scholars. Others believe that Gonarda was the name of the district named Gonda at present The expression गोनर्दीय अाह occurs four times in the Mahabhasya where it refers to a scholar of grammar in Patafijali's time; cf M.Bh. on I. 1.21 ; I. 1.29; III. I.92; VII. 2.101. As Kaiyata paraphrases the words गेानर्दीयस्त्वाह as भाष्यकारस्त्वाह, scholars say that गेीनर्दीय was the name taken by the Mahabhasyakara himself who was a resident of Gonarda. Hari Diksita, however, holds that गोनर्दीय was the term used for the author of the . Varttikas; confer, compare Brhacchabdaratna.
ṅaña short term or Pratyahara standing for the letters ङ्, ण्, न् , झ् , and भू , casually mentioned in the Mahabhasya; confer, compare एतदप्यस्तु ञकारेण ङञो ह्र्स्वादचि ङञुण्नित्यमिति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Mahesvara Sutras 8, 9.
carcā(1)splitting up of a word into its component parts, which is generalty shown in the Padaptha by अवग्रहं (S). The word, hence means पदपाठ or recital by showing separately the constitutent words of the Samhita or the running text of the Veda. The word is used almost in the same sense in the Mahabhasya in respect of showing the words of a sutra separately; confer, compare न केवलानि चर्चापदानि व्याख्यानं वृद्धिः आत् ऐजिति । किं तर्हि । उदाहरणं प्रत्युदाहरणं वाक्याध्याहारः इत्येतत्समुदितं व्याख्यानं भवति M.Bh. on Mahesvara Sutra 1 Wart. 6l ; (2) a repeated word; confer, compare इतिकरणात् पुरतो यत् पुनः पदवचनं तत् चर्चाशब्देनोच्यते. Uvvata on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.20; (3) a discussion or a debate where consideration is given to each single word; confer, compare प्रर्यायशब्दानां लाघवगौरवचर्चा नाद्रियते Par. Sek. Pari. 115.
cādia class of words headed by च which are termed निपात by Panini e gच,वा,ह, एवम् नूनम्, चेत्, माङ् et cetera, and others; confer, compare चादयोSसत्वे. P. I.4.57. For the meaning of the word असत्त्व see p.370 Vyakaranamahabhasya. Vol. VII. published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
cāndraname of a treatise on grammar written by Candra, who is believed to have been the same as Candragomin. The Grammar is based upon that of Panini, but it does not treat Vedic forms and accents. See the word चन्द्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. For details see pp. 375376 Patanjali Mahabhasya. Vol. VII, D.E. Society's Edition.
cārāyaṇaan ancient grammarian referred to by Patanjali in the Mahabhasya as a scholar who had a line of pupils named after him; confer, compare कम्बलचारायणीयाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I. 1.73
ciccandrikāname of a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara written by Vishnu Shastri Bhat, in reply to the treatise named दूषकरदोद्भेदः See विष्णुशास्त्रिन्. For details see pp. 39, 40 of Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. published by the D.E. Society, Poona.
cūrṇia gloss on the Sutras of Panini referred to by Itsing and Sripatidatta, Some scholars believe that Patanjali's Mahabhasya is referred to here by the word चूर्णि, as it fully discusses all the knotty points. Others believe that चूर्णि,stands for the Vrtti of चुल्लिभाट्टि. In Jain Religious Literature there are some brief comments on the Sutras which are called चूर्णि and there possibly was a similar चूर्णि on the sutras of Panini.
cekīyitathe sign य ( यङ् of Panini ) of the frequentative or intensive. The word is mostly used in the Katantra Grammar works confer, compare धातोर्यशब्दश्चेक्रीयितं क्रियासमभिहारे, Kat. III. 2. 14. The word चेक्रीयित is used in the Mahabhasya in the sense of यङन्त where Kaiyata remarks थडः पूर्वाचार्यसंज्ञा चेकीयितमिति confer, compare प्रदीप on M.Bh. on P. IV.1.78 Vartika. The word चेकीयितान्त means यङन्त in Panini’s terminology meaning a secondary root derived from the primary root in the sense of intensity. The word चर्करीतान्त is used for the frequentative bases in which य, the sign of the frequentative, is omittedition See चर्करीत।
chāyāa learned commentary on Nagesa's Mahabhasyapradipoddyota written by his pupil बाळंभट्ट (possibly the same as, or the son of, वैद्यनाथ पायगुण्डे) who lived in the eighteenth century.
jayādityaone of the famous joint authors ( जयादित्य and वामन ) of the well-known gloss ( वृत्ति ) on the Sutras of Panini, popularly called काशिकावृत्ति. As the काशिकावृत्ति is mentioned by It-sing, who has also mentioned Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya, as a grammer treatise Written some 40 years before his visit, the time of काशिकावृत्ति is fixed as the middle of the 7th century A.D. Some scholars believe that जयादित्य was the same as जयापीड a king of Kasmira and बामन was his minister. For details, see pp. 386388 of the Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII published by the D.E. Society, Poona. See काशिका.
jahatsvārthā( वृत्ति )a composite expression where the constituent members give up their individual sense. In compound words such as राजपुरुष in the sentence राजपुरुषमानय the word राजन् gives up its sense in as much as he, the king,is not brought; पुरुष also gives up its sense as every man is not brought. It is of course to be noted that although the sense is given up by cach word, it is not completely given up: cf जहदप्यसेो स्वार्थ नात्यन्ताय जहाति; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.1. Vart. 2. For detailed explanation see Mahabhasya on P. II. I. I. Vart. 2.
jātigenus; class;universal;the notion of generality which is present in the several individual objects of the same kindeclinable The biggest or widest notion of the universal or genus is सत्ता which, according to the grammarians, exists in every object or substance, and hence, it is the denotation or denoted sense of every substantive or Pratipadika, although on many an occasion vyakti or an individual object is required for daily affairs and is actually referred to in ordinary talks. In the Mahabhasya a learned discussion is held regarding whether जाति is the denotation or व्यक्ति is the denotation. The word जाति is defined in the Mahabhasya as follows:आकृतिग्रहणा जातिर्लिङ्गानां च न सर्वभाक् । सकृदाख्यातनिर्गाह्या गोत्रं च चरणैः सह ॥ अपर आह । ग्रादुभीवविनाशाभ्यां सत्त्वस्य युगपद्गुणैः । असर्वलिङ्गां बह्वर्थो तां जातिं कवयो विदुः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV. 1.63. For details see Bhartphari's Vakyapadiya.
jātipakṣathe view that जाति, or genus only, is the denotation of every word. The view was first advocated by Vajapyayana which was later on held by many, the Mimamsakas being the chief supporters of the view. See Mahabhasya on P. I. 2.64. See Par. Sek. Pari. 40.
jusbhāvathe transformation of झि into जुस् ; the substitution of जुस् for झि. The term is often used in the Mahabhasya; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.57, I.1.63, III.1.43 et cetera, and others See जुस्.
ṭhitmarked with the mute letter ठ्. There is no affix or word marked with mute ठ् (at the end) in Panini's grammar, but to avoid certain technical difficulties, the Mahabhasyakara has proposed mute ठ् instead of 'ट् in the' case of the affix इट् of the first person. singular. perf Atm. and ऊठ् prescribed as Samprasarana substitute by P. VI. 4.132 e: g. प्रष्ठौहः, प्रष्ठौहा; confer, compare M.Bh. on III.4.79 and VI.4.19.
tatpuruṣaname of an important kind of compound words similar to the compound word तत्पुरुष id est, that is ( तस्य पुरुषः ), and hence chosen as the name of such compounds by ancient grammarians before Panini. Panini has not defined the term with a view to including such compounds as would be covered by the definition. He has mentioned the term तत्पुरुष in II.1.22 as Adhikara and on its strength directed that all compounds mentioned or prescribed thereafter upto Sutra II.2.22 be called तत्पुरुष. No definite number of the sub-divisions of तत्पुरुष is given;but from the nature of compounds included in the तत्पुरुष-अधिकार, the sub-divisions विभक्तितत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.1.24 to 48, समानाधिकरणतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II.1.49 to 72 (called by the name कर्मधारय; acc.to P.I. 2. 42), संख्यातत्पुरुष (called द्विगु by P.II.1.52), अवयत्रतत्पुरुष or एकदेशितत्पुरुषं confer, compare P.II.2.1-3, ब्यधिकरणतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II 2.5, नञ्तत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.2.6, उपपदतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II.2.19, प्रादितत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.2 18 and णमुल्तत्पुरुष confer, compareP.II.2.20 are found mentioned in the commentary literature on standard classical works. Besides these, a peculiar tatpurusa compound mentioned by'Panini in II.1.72, is popularly called मयूरव्यंसकादिसमास. Panini has defined only two out of these varieties viz. द्विगु as संख्यापूर्वो द्विगुः P.II. 1.23, and कर्मधारय as तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P. I.2.42. The Mahabhasyakara has described तत्पुरुष as उत्तरपदार्थप्रधानस्तत्पुरुषः: confer, compare M.Bh. on II.1.6, II.1.20, II.1.49, et cetera, and others, and as a consequence it follows that the gender of the tatpurusa compound word is that of the last member of the compound; confer, compare परवल्लिङ द्वन्द्वतत्पुरुषयोः P. II.4. 26; cf also तत्पुरुषश्चापि कः परवल्लिङं प्रयोजयति । यः पूर्वपदार्थप्रधानः एकदेशिसमासः अर्धपिप्पलीति । यो ह्युत्तरपदार्थप्रधानो दैवकृतं तस्य परवल्लिङ्गम्, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.4.26. Sometimes, the compound gets a gender different from that of the last word; confer, compare P.II.4.19-31, The tatpurusa compound is optional as generally all compounds are, depending as they do upon the desire of the speaker. Some tatpurusa compounds such as the प्रादितत्पुरुष or उपपदतत्पुरुष are called नित्य and hence their constitutent words, with the case affixes applied to them, are not noticed separately; confer, compare P.II.2.18,19, In some cases अ as a compound-ending ( समासान्त ) is added: exempli gratia, for example राजघुरा, नान्दीपुरम् ; confer, compare P. V.4.74; in some cases अच् ( अ ) is added: confer, compare P.V-4 75 o 87: while in some other cases टच् ( अ ) is added, the mute letter ट् signifying the addition of ङीप् ( ई) in the feminine gender; confer, compareP.V.4. 91-1 12. For details See p.p. 270-273 Mahabhasya Vol.VII published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
tadantavidhia peculiar feature in the interpretation of the rules of Panini, laid down by the author of the Sutras himself by virtue of which an adjectival word, qualifying its principal word, does not denote itself, but something ending with it also; confer, compare येन विधिस्तदन्तस्य P.I.1.72.This feature is principally noticed in the case of general words or adhikaras which are put in a particular rule, but which Occur in a large number of subsequent rules; for instance, the word प्रातिपदिकात्, put in P.IV.1.1, is valid in every rule upto the end of chapter V and the words अतः, उतः, यञः et cetera, and others mean अदन्ताद् , उदन्तात् , यञन्तात् et cetera, and others Similarly the words धातोः (P.III.1.91) and अङ्गस्य (P.VI. 4.1 ) occurring in a number of subsequent rules have the adjectival words to them, which are mentioned in subsequent rules, denoting not only those words,but words ending with them. In a large number of cases this feature of तदन्तविधि is not desirable, as it, goes against arriving at the desired forms, and exceptions deduced from Panini's rules are laid down by the Varttikakara and later grammarians; confer, compare Par. Sek. Pari. 16,23, 31 : also Mahabhasya on P.I.1.72.
tadguṇasaṃvijñānaliterally connection with what is denoted by the constituent members; the word refers to a kind of Bahuvrihi compound where the object denoted by the compound includes also what is denoted by the constituent members of the compound; e g. the compound word सर्वादि in the rule सर्वादीनि सर्वनामानि includes the word सर्व among the words विश्व, उभय and others, which alone form the अन्यपदार्थ or the external thing and not merely the external object as mentioned in Panini's rule अनेकमन्यमपदार्थे (P.II. 2. 24): confer, compare भवति बहुर्वीहौ तद्गुणसंविज्ञानमपि । तद्यथा । चित्रवाससमानय। लोहितोष्णीषा ऋत्विजः प्रचरन्ति । तद्गुण आनीयते तद्गुणाश्च प्रचरन्ति M.Bh. on I.1.27. For details confer, compare Mahabhasya on P.1.1.27 as also Par. Sek. Pari. 77.
tantraa word frequently used in the Mahabhasya in the sense of 'intended ' or विवक्षित. The word is used always in the neuter gender like प्रमाणम्; confer, compare तन्त्रं तरनिर्देशः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.33, II. 2.34, नात्र निर्देशस्तन्त्रम् On P. I. 2.39, III.3.38, III. 4.21,IV.1.92 et cetera, and others The word is also explained in the sense of 'impor. tant'.
tṛtīyāsamāsacalled also तृतीयातत्पुरुषसमास as prescribed by P. II. I. 30-35; exempli gratia, for example तृतीयासमासे P.I. 1.30 and the Mahabhasya thereon.
taittirīyaprātiśākhyacalled also कृष्णयजुःप्रातिशाख्य and hence representing possibly all the different branches or Sakhas of the कृष्णयजुर्वेद, which is not attributed definitely to a particular author but is supposed to have been revised from time to time and taught by various acaryas who were the followers of the Taittiriya Sakha.The work is divided into two main parts, each of which is further divided into twelve sections called adhyayas, and discusses the various topics such as letters and their properties, accents, euphonic changes and the like, just as the other Pratisakhya works. It is believed that Vararuci, Mahiseya and Atreya wrote Bhasyas on the Taittiriya Pratisakhya, but at present, only two important commentary works on it are available(a) the 'Tribhasyaratna', based upon the three Bhasyas mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. as the title shows, written by Somayarya and (b) the 'Vaidikabharana' written by Gopalayajvan. For details see Introduction to 'Taittiriya Pratisakhya' edition Govt Oriental Library Series, Mysore.
trikaliterally triad; a term used in the Mahabhasya in connection with the Vibhakti affixes id est, that is case endings and personal endings which are in groups of three; confer, compare त्रिकं पुनर्विभक्तिसंज्ञम् M.Bh. on P.I.1,38: confer, compare also कस्यचिदेव त्रिकस्य प्रथमसंज्ञा स्यात् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). om P.I.4.101 ; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.2.23, V.1.52, V.1.58.
tribhāṣyaratnaname of a commentary on the Taittiriya Pratisakhya written by Somayarya. The commentary is said to have been based on the three Bhasya works attributed to the three ancient Vedic scholarsVararuci, Mahiseya and Atreya.
trimuni(1)the famous three ancient grammarians Panini (the author of the Sutras), Katyayana (the author of the Varttikas), and Patanjali (the author of the Mahabhasya;) (2) the grammar of Panini, called so, being the contribution of the reputed triad of Grammarians.
traikālyaall the three times, past, present and future; confer, compare त्रयः काला: समाहृताः त्रिकालम्, त्रिकालमेव त्रैकाल्यम् । स्वार्थे ष्यञ् Uvvatabhasya on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. I5.
dāruṇyaexplained by the commentators on the Pratisakhya works as दृढत्व (firmness) or कठिनता (hardness,) and given as a characteristic of the acute or उदात्त tone; confer, compare अायामो दारुण्यमणुता खस्येत्युच्चैःकराणि शब्दस्य, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXII.9, quoted in the Mahabhasya on P.I. 2.29, where दारुण्य is explained as स्वरस्य दारुणता रूक्षता ।
drutāone of the three Vrttis or styles of utterance mentioned in the Pratisakhya works and quoted in the Mahabhasya; confer, compareतित्रो वृत्तीरुपदिशन्ति वाचो विलम्बितां मध्यमां च दुतां च । अभ्यासार्थे दुतां वृत्तिं प्रयोगार्थे तु मध्यमाम् । शिष्याणामुपदेशार्थे कुर्याद् वृत्ति विलम्बिताम् । Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII. 18, 19; confer, compare ये हि द्रुतायां वृत्तौ वर्णास्त्रिभागाधिकास्ते मध्यमायां, ये मध्यमायां वर्णास्त्रिभागाधिकास्ते विलाम्बितायाम् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.70, Vart. 4. The utterance of a letter takes ，1/3 rd time more in the मध्यमवृत्ति than in the द्रुतवृत्ति, while in the विलम्बितवृत्ति it takes 1/3 rd more than in the मध्यमवृत्ति. In short, the utterance of the same letter takes in the three vrttis, Druta, Vilambita and Madhyama the quantity of time in the proportion of 9:12:16 respectively.
dvanddhaname of a compound, formed of two or more words used in the same case, showing their collection together; confer, compare चार्थे द्वन्द्वः P. II.2.29. Out of the four meanings of the indeclinable च, viz. समुच्चय अन्वाचय, इतरेतरयोग and समाहार, the dvandva compound is sanctioned in the last two senses only called इतरेतरद्वन्द्व (as in प्लक्षन्यग्रोधौ et cetera, and others) and समाहारद्वन्द्व (as in वाक्त्वचम् et cetera, and others) respectively For details see Mahabhasya on II.2.29. The dvandva compound takes place only when the speaker intends mentioning the several objects together id est, that is when there is, in short, सहविवक्षा orयुगपदधिकरणवचनता; confer, compare अनुस्यूतेव मेदाभ्यां एका प्रख्योपजायते । यस्यां सहविवक्षां तामाहुर्द्वन्द्वैकशेषयोः । Sr. Pr. II. The gender of a word in the द्वन्द्वसमास is that of the last word in the case of the इतरेतरद्वन्द्व, while it is the neuter gender in the case of the समाहारद्वन्द्व.
dvikarmakaa term used in connection with roots governing two objects or two words in the accusative case, exempli gratia, for example दुह् in, गां दोग्धि पयः; the term कर्म according to the strict definition of the term कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म or अाप्यं कर्म applies to one of the two, which is called the प्रधानकर्म or the direct object, the other one, which, in fact, is related to the verbal activity by relation of any other karaka or instrument is taken as karmakaraka and hence put in the accusative case. For details see Mahabhasya and Kasika on P.I.4.51. Some roots in their causal formation govern two objects out of which one object is the actual one while the other is the subject of the primitive root. exempli gratia, for example गमयति माणवकं ग्रामम्; बोधयति माणवकं धर्मम्; cf Kas on P.I.4.52. See for details Mahabhasya on P. I. 4.52.
dvirvacanasee द्वित्व and द्विरुक्ति; the word is very frequently used in the Mahabhasya instead of द्वित्व. confer, compare M Bh on I. 1. Ahnika 1, I. 1.7, 10, 57, 59. et cetera, and others et cetera, and others
dvyaca word possessed of two vowels in it; dissyllabic words; the word is frequently used in Panini's Astadhyayi and Patanjali's Mahabhasya, Kasika Vrtti and other works on Panini's grammar.
dhātua root; the basic word of a verbal form,defined by the Bhasyakara as क्रियावचनो धातुः or even as भाववचने धातु:, a word denoting a verbal activity. Panini has not defined the term as such, but he has given a long list of roots under ten groups, named dasagani, which includes about 2200 roots which can be called primary roots as contrasted with secondary roots. The secondary roots can be divided into two main groups ( l ) roots derived from roots ( धातुजधातवः ) and (2) roots derived from nouns ( नामधातवः ). The roots derived from roots can further be classified into three main subdivisions : (a) causative roots or णिजन्त, (b) desiderative roots or सन्नन्त, (c) intensive roots or यङन्त and यङ्लुगन्त: while roots derived from nouns or denominative roots can further be divided into क्यजन्त, काम्यजन्त, क्यङन्त, क्यषन्त, णिङन्त, क्विबन्त and the miscellaneous ones ( प्रकीर्ण ) as derived from nouns like कण्डू( कण्ड्वादि ) by the application of the affix यक् or from nouns like सत्य,वेद, पाश, मुण्ड,मिश्र, et cetera, and others by the application of the affix णिच्. Besides these, there are a few roots formed by the application of the affix अाय and ईय (ईयङ्). All these roots can further be classified into Parasmaipadin or Parasmaibhasa, Atmanepadin or Atmanebhasa and Ubhayapadin. Roots possessed of a mute grave ( अनुदात्त ) vowel or of the mute consonant ङ् added to the root in the Dhatupatha or ending in the affixes यड्, क्यङ् et cetera, and others as also roots in the passive voice are termed Atmanepadin: while roots ending with the affix णिच् as also roots possessed of a mute circumflex vowel or a mute consonant ञ़़् applied to them are termed Ubhayapadin. All the rest are termed Parasmaipadin. There are some other mute letters or syllables applied by Panini to the roots in his Dhatupatha for specific purposes; exempli gratia, for example ए at the end to signify prohibition of vrddhi to the penultimate अ in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अकखीत् confer, compare P. VII.2.5; इर् to signify the optional substitution of अ or अङ् for the affix च्लि of the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अभिदत्, अभैत्सीत् ; confer, compare P.III. 1.57; उ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) before क्त्वा exempli gratia, for example शमित्वा, शान्त्वा; confer, compare P.VII. 2. 56; ऊ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) exempli gratia, for example गोप्ता, गेीपिता, confer, compare P.VII.2.44; अा to signify the prohibition of the augment इट् in the case of the past passive voice. participle. exempli gratia, for example क्ष्विण्णः, स्विन्नः, confer, compare P. VII.2.16; इ to signify the addition of a nasal after the last vowel e. g. निन्दति from निदि, confer, compare P. VII.1.58: ऋ to signify the prohibition of ह्रस्व to the penultimate long vowel before णिच्, e. g. अशशासत्, confer, compare P.VII. 4.2;लृ to signify the substitution of अङ् for च्लि in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अगमत् confer, compare P. III.1.55: ओ to signify the substitution of न् for त् of the past passive voice.participle. exempli gratia, for example लग्नः, अापीनः, सूनः, दून: et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VIII. 2.45. Besides these,the mute syllables ञि, टु and डु are prefixed for specific purposes; confer, compare P. III.2.187, III.3.89 and III. 3.88. The term धातु is a sufficiently old one which is taken by Panini from ancient grammarians and which is found used in the Nirukta and the Pratisakhya works, signifying the 'elemental (radical)base' for nouns which are all derivable from roots according to the writers of the Nirukta works and the grammarian Siktaayana; confer, compare नाम च धातुजमाह निरुक्ते व्याकरणे शकटस्य च तोकम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.3.1. Some scholars have divided roots into six categories; confer, compare तत्र धातवः षोढा (a) परिपठिताः भूवादयः, (b) अपरिपठता अान्दोलयत्यादयः, (c) परिपठितापरिपठिताः ( सूत्रपठिताः ) स्कुस्कम्भस्तम्भेत्यादयः, (d) प्रत्ययधातवः सनाद्यन्ताः, (e) नामघातवः कण्ड्वादयः, (f) प्रत्ययनामधातवः होडगल्भक्ली. बप्रभृतयः; cf Sringara Prak. I. For details see M.Bh. on P.I.3.I as also pp 255, 256 Vol. VII Vyakarana-Mahabhasya published by the D.E. Society, Poona.
dhātvartheliterally meaning of a root, the verbal activity, named क्रिया or भावः . confer, compare धात्वर्थः क्रिया; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.2. 84, III.2.115. The verbal activity is described generally to be made up of a series of continuous subordinate activities carried on by the different karakas or agents and instruments of verbal activity helping the process of the main activity. When the process of the verbal activity is complete, the completed activity is looked upon as a substantive or dravya and a word denoting it, such as पाक,or याग does not get conjugational affixes, but it is regularly declined like a noun.Just as स्वार्थ, द्रब्य, लिङ्ग, संख्या, and कारक are given as प्रातिपदिकार्थ, in the same manner क्रिया, काल, पुरुष, वचन or संख्या, and कारक are given as धात्वर्थ, as they are shown by a verbal form, although strictly speaking verbal activity (क्रियorभाव) alone is the sense of a root, as stated in the Mahbhasya. For details see Vaiyak.Bh.Sara, where it is said that fruit ( फल) and effort ( ब्यापार ) are expressed by a root, confer, compare फलव्यापारयोर्धातुः. The five senses given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. are in fact conveyed not by a root, but by a verb or अाख्यात or तिडन्त.
dhṛta or dhṛtapracayaa kind of original grave vowel turned into a circumflex one which is called प्रचय unless followed by another acute or circumflex vowel. The Taittiriya Pratisakhya has mentioned seven varieties of this 'pracaya' out of which धृतप्रचय or धृत is one. For details see Bhasya on धृतः प्रचयः कौण्डिन्यस्य, T.Pr.XVIII.3.
dhvanitasuggested, as opposed to उक्त expressed; the word is found frequently used in the Paribhasendusekhara and other works in connection with such dictums as are not actually made, but indicated in the Mahabhasya.
nañsamāsaa compound with न (नञ् ) as its first member; the term is found used in the Mahabhasya for both the नञ्तत्पुरुष as well as the नञ्बहुव्रीहि compounds; confer, compare M.Bh. on P.I.4.1 Vart. 19, also on P. II.1.1.
navāhnikīname given to the first nine Ahnikas or lessons of the Mahabhasya which are written in explanation of only the first pada of the first Adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi and which contain almost all the important theories, statements and problems newly introduced by Patanjali.
navyamataa term used for the differentiation in views and explanations held by the comparatively new school of Bhattoji Diksita, as contrasted with those held by Kasikakara and Kaiyata; the term is sometimes applied to the differences of opinion expressed by Nagesabhatta in contrast with Bhagttoji Diksita. For details see p.p. 23-24 Vol.VII of the Patanjala Mahabhasya edition D.E. Society, Poona.
nāgeśathe most reputed modern scholar of Panini's grammar, who was well-versed in other Sastras also, who lived in Benares in the latter half of the seventeenth and the first half of the eighteenth century. He wrote many masterly commentaries known by the words शेखर and उद्द्योत on the authoritative old works in the different Sastras, the total list of his small and big works together well nigh exceeding a hundredition He was a bright pupil of Hari Diksita, the grandson of Bhattoji Diksita. He was a renowned teacher also, and many of the famous scholars of grammar in Benares and outside at present are his spiritual descendants. He was a Maharastriya Brahmana of Tasgaon in Satara District, who received his education in Benares. For some years he stayed under the patronage of Rama, the king of Sringibera at his time. He was very clever in leading debates in the various Sastras and won the title of Sabhapati. Out of his numerous works, the Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on Kaiyata's Mahabhasyapradipa, the Laghusabdendusekhara on the Siddhanta Kaumudi and the Paribhasendusekhara are quite wellknown and studied by every one who wishes to get proficiency in Panini's grammar. For details see pp. 21-24 and 401-403, Vol. VII of the Patanjala Mahabhasya edition D. E. Society, Poona.
nāvyavadhānanecessary intervention; confer, compare येन नाव्यवधानं तेन व्यवहितेपि वचनप्रामाण्यात्, a statement which is looked upon as a general statement of the ' nature of Paribhasa occurring in the Mahabhasya on P. VII. 2.3.
nityānandaparvatīyaa scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who wrote glosses on the Mahabhasyapradipa, on the Laghusabdendusekhara and on the Paribhasendusekhara. He was a resident of Benares where he coached many pupils in Sanskrit Grammar. He lived in the first half of the nineteenth century.
nipātadyotakatvathe view that the nipatas and the upasargas too, as contrasted with nouns,pronouns and other indeclinables, only indicate the sense and do not denote it; this view, as grammarians say, was implied in the Mahabhasya and was prominently given in the Vakyapadiya by Bhartrhari which was followed by almost all later grammarians. See निपात.
nirdeśamention, actual statement; the word is often used in the Mahabhasya in sentences like स तथा निर्देशः कर्तव्यः, निर्देशं कुरुते et cetera, and others; confer, compare also V.Pr. I. 36;confer, compare also the maxim तस्मिन्निति निर्दिष्टे पूर्वस्य P. I.1.66 and Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 134; confer, compare also अवश्यं कयाचिद्विभक्त्या केनचिद्वचनेन निर्देशः कर्तव्यः M.Bh. on P. I. 2. 39 Vart. 1. Sometimes the mention or exhibition made by a word shows the particular type of word; confer, compare Durghata Vrtti on P. I. 2. 6 and VII. 4. 73 as also Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 3. 11 and V. 2. 20.
niṣedhanegation; prohibition; cf निषेधपञ्चसूत्रीयं स्वरार्था Bhasavrtti on P. II. 2.16; confer, compare निषेधाश्च बलीयांसः Par. Sek. Pari. 112. The word प्रतिषेध is used frequently in this sense in old grammar works such as the Mahabhasya, the word निषेध being comparatively a modern one.
nīlakaṇṭhamakhinnephew of Appaya Diksita who has written a commentary on Kaiyata's Mahabhasyapradipa.
paraṃkāryatvaor परंकार्यत्वपक्ष the view that the subsequent संज्ञा or technical term should be preferred to the prior one, when both happen to apply simultaneously to a word. The word is frequently used in the Mahaabhaasya as referring to the reading आ काडारात् परं कार्यम् which is believed to have been an alternative reading to the reading अा कडारादेका संज्ञा;confer, compare ननु च यस्यापि परंकार्यत्वं तेनापि परग्रहणं कर्तव्यम्; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.4.1; also भवेदेकसंज्ञाधिकारे सिद्धम् | परंकार्यत्वे तु न सिद्ध्यति: M.Bh. on II. 1.20, II.2.24.
paribhāṣāan authoritative statement or dictum, helping (1) the correct interpretation of the rules (sūtras) of grammar, or (2) the removal of conflict between two rules which occur simultaneously in the process of the formation of words, (पदसिद्धि), or (3) the formation of correct words. Various definitions of the word परिभाषा are given by commentators, the prominent ones beingपरितो व्यापृतां भाषां परिभाषां प्रचक्षते(न्यास);or, परितो भाष्यते या सा परिभाषा प्रकीर्तिता. The word is also defined as विधौ नियामकरिणी परिभाषा ( दुर्गसिंहवृत्ति ). परिभाषा can also be briefiy defined as the convention of a standard author. Purusottamadeva applies the word परिभाषा to the maxims of standard writers, confer, compare परिभाषा हिं न पाणिनीयानि वचनानि; Puru. Pari. 119; while Haribhaskara at the end of his treatise परिभाषाभास्कर, states that Vyaadi was the first writer on Paribhaasas. The rules तस्मिन्निति निर्दिष्टे पूर्वस्य, तस्मादित्युत्तरस्य and others are in fact Paribhaasa rules laid down by Panini. For the difference between परिभाषा and अधिकार, see Mahabhasya on II.1.1. Many times the writers of Sutras lay down certain conventions for the proper interpretation of their rules, to which additions are made in course of time according to necessities that arise, by commentators. In the different systems of grammar there are different collections of Paribhasas. In Panini's system, apart from commentaries thereon, there are independent collections of Paribhasas by Vyadi, Bhojadeva, Purusottamadeva, Siradeva, Nilakantha, Haribhaskara, Nagesa and a few others. There are independent collections of Paribhasas in the Katantra, Candra, Sakatayana,Jainendra and Hemacandra systems of grammar. It is a noticeable fact that many Paribhasas are common, with their wordings quite similar or sometimes identical in the different systemanuscript. Generally the collections of Paribhasas have got scholiums or commentaries by recognised grammarians, which in their turn have sometimes other glosses or commentaries upon them. The Paribhaasendusekhara of Nagesa is an authoritative work of an outstanding merit in the system of Paninis Grammar, which is commented upon by more than twenty five scholars during the last two or three centuries. The total number of Paribhasas in the diferent systems of grammar may wellnigh exceed 500. See परिभाषासंग्रह.
parokṣāliterally behind the eyes; remote; । the term is found used by ancient grammarians and also referred to in the Mahaabhaasya as referring to the perfect tense called लिट् in Paanini's grammar: confer, compare ज्ञापकात्परोक्षायां ( लिटि ) न भविष्यति । M.Bh. on P. I. 2.28: confer, compare also न व्यथते: परोक्षायाम् Kaat. III.4.21.
paryāya(l)serial order or succession as opposed to simultaniety ; the word is used in grammar in connection with a rule which, as the objector for the sake of argument, would like to hold and would apply by succession with respect to the rule in conflict, either before it or after it id est, that is alternatively; confer, compare पर्यायः प्रसज्येत often found used in the Mahabhaasya as for example on I.4.1 et cetera, and others: confer, compare also तृजादयः पर्यायेण भवन्ति M.Bh. on P. I. 4.2. Vaart. 3; ( 2 ) alternative word,. synonym; confer, compare अभिज्ञावचने लृट् । वचनग्रहणं पर्यायार्थम् । अभिजानासि स्मरसि बुध्यसे चेतयसे इति । Kaas. on P. III.2.112.
paspaśācalled also पस्पशाह्निक; name given to the first or introductory chapter ( अाह्निक ) of the Maahabhaasya of Patanjali. The word occurs first in the SiSupaalavadha of Maagha. The word is derived from पस्पश् , the frequentative base of स्पर्श to touch or to see (ancient use). Possibly it may be explained as derived from स्पश् with अप; cf . शब्दबिद्येव नो भाति राजनीतिरपस्पशा Sis.II.112. Mallinatha has understood the word पस्पश m. and explained it as introduction to a Saastra treatise; confer, compare पस्पशः शास्त्रारम्भसमर्थक उपेद्वातसंदर्भग्रन्थः । Mallinaatha on SiS. II.112.
pāṇinithe illustrious ancient grammarian of India who is wellknown by his magnum opus, the Astaka or Astaadhyaayi which has maintained its position as a unique work on Sanskrit grammar unparalleled upto the present day by any other work on grammar, not only of the Sanskrit language, but ofany other language, classical as well as spoken. His mighty intelligence grasped, studied and digested not only the niceties of accentuation and formation of Vedic words, scattered in the vast Vedic Literature of his time, but those of classical words in the classical literature and the spoken Sanskrit language of his time in all its different aspects and shades, noticeable in the various provinces and districts of the vast country. The result of his careful study of the Vedic Literature and close observation ofeminine.the classical Sanskrit, which was a spoken language in his days, was the production of the wonderful and monumental work, the Astaadhyaayi,which gives an authoritative description of the Sanskrit language, to have a complete exposition of which,several life times have to be spent,in spite of several commentaries upon it, written from time to time by several distinguished scholars. The work is a linguist's and not a language teacher's. Some Western scholars have described it as a wonderful specimen of human intelligence,or as a notable manifestation of human intelligence. Very little is known unfortunately about his native place,parentage or personal history. The account given about these in the Kathaasaritsaagara and other books is only legendary and hence, it has very little historical value. The internal evidence, supplied by his work shows that he lived in the sixth or the seventh century B. C., if not earlier, in the north western province of India of those days. Jinendrabuddhi, the author of the Kaasikavivaranapanjikaa or Nyasa, has stated that the word शलातुर् mentioned by him in his sUtra ( IV. 3.94 ) refers to his native place and the word शालातुरीय derived by him from the word शलातुर by that sUtra was, in fact his own name, based upon the name of the town which formed his native placcusative case. Paanini has shown in his work his close knowledge of, and familiarity with, the names of towns, villages, districts, rivers and mountains in and near Vaahika, the north-western Punjab of the present day, and it is very likely that he was educated at the ancient University of Taksasilaa. Apart from the authors of the Pratisaakhya works, which in a way could be styled as grammar works, there were scholars of grammar as such, who preceded him and out of whom he has mentioned ten viz., Apisali, Saakataayana, Gaargya, Saakalya, Kaasyapa, Bharadwaja, Gaalava, Caakravarmana Senaka and Sphotaayana. The grammarian Indra has not been mentioned by Paanini, although tradition says that he was the first grammarian of the Sanskrit language. It is very likely that Paanini had no grammar work of Indra before him, but at the same time it can be said that the works of some grammarians , mentioned by Panini such as Saakaatyana, Apisali, Gaargya and others had been based on the work of Indra. The mention of several ganas as also the exhaustive enumeration of all the two thousand and two hundred roots in the Dhaatupaatha can very well testify to the existence of systematic grammatical works before Paarnini of which he has made a thorough study and a careful use in the composition of his Ganapaatha and Dhaatupatha. His exhaustive grammar of a rich language like Sanskrit has not only remained superb in spite of several other grammars of the language written subsequently, but its careful study is felt as a supreme necessity by scholars of philology and linguistics of the present day for doing any real work in the vast field of linguistic research. For details see pp.151154 Vol. VII of Paatanjala Mahaabhsya, D. E. Society's Edition.
pāṇinisūtracalled also by the name अष्टक or पाणिनीय-अष्टक; name given to the SUtras of Paanini comprising eight adhyaayaas or books. The total number of SUtras as commented upon by the writers of the Kasika and the Siddhaantakaumudi is 3983. As nine sUtras out of these are described as Vaarttikas and two as Ganasutras by Patanjali, it is evident that there were 3972 SUtras in the Astaka of Paanini according to Patanjali. A verse current among Vaiyakarana schools states the number to be 3996; confer, compare त्रीणि सूत्रसहस्राणि तथा नव शतानि च । षण्णवतिश्च सूत्राणां पाणिनिः कृतवान् स्वयम् । The traditional recital by Veda Scholars who look upon the Astadhyayi as a Vedaanga, consists of 3983 Sutras which are accepted and commented upon by all later grammarians and commentators. The SUtras of Paanini, which mainly aim at the correct formation of words, discuss declension, conjugation, euphonic changes, verbal derivatives, noun derivatives and accents. For details see Vol.VII, Vyaakarana Mahaabhaasya, D. E. Society's edition pp. 152-162.
pāṇinisūtravārtikaname given to the collection of explanatory pithy notes of the type of SUtras written. mainly by Kaatyaayana. The Varttikas are generally written in the style of the SUtras, but sometimes they are written in Verse also. The total number of Varttikas is well-nigh a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. 5000, including Varttikas in Verse.There are three kinds of Varttikas; confer, compareउक्तानुक्तदुरुक्तानां चिन्ता यत्र प्रवर्तते । तं ग्रन्थं वार्तिकं प्राहुर्वार्तिकज्ञा मनीषिणः । Naagesa appears to have divided Varttikas into two classes as shown by his definition 'सूत्रेऽ नुक्तदुरुक्तचिन्ताकरत्वं वार्तिकत्वम् '. If this definition be followed, many of the Vaarttikas given in the Maahibhaasya as explaining and commenting upon the Sutras will not strictly be termed as Vaarttikaas, and their total number which is given as exceeding 5000, will be reduced to about 1400 or so. There are some manuscript copies which give this reduced number, and it may be said that only these Vārttikas were written by Kātyāyana while the others were added by learned grammarians after Kātyāyana. In the Mahābhāșya there are seen more than 5000 statements of the type of Vārttikas out of which Dr. Kielhorn has marked about 4200 as Vārttikas. At some places the Mahābhāșyakāra has quoted the names of the authors of some Vārttikas or their schools, in words such as क्रोष्ट्रीयाः पठन्ति, भारद्वाजीयाः पठन्ति, सौनागाः पठन्ति. et cetera, and others Many of the Vārttikas given in the Mahābhāșya are not seen in the Kāśikāvŗtti, while some more are seen in the Kāśikā-vŗtti, which, evidently are composed by scholars who flourished after Patańjali, as they have not been noticed by the Mahābhāșyakāra. It is very difficult to show separately the statements of the Bhāșyakāra popularly named 'ișțis' from the Vārttikas of Kātyāyana and others. For details see Vol. VII Mahābhāșya, D.E. Society's edition pp. 193-224.
puṣkaraṇaa popular term used for the treatise on grammar by an ancient grammarian Apisali. confer, compare अापिशलं पुष्करणम् Kas on P. IV. 3. 15. It was called Puskarana probably because it was very extensive and widely read before Panini. For the reading दुष्करण for पुष्करण, and other details see Mahabhasya Vol. VII. pp. 132-133, D. E. Society's edition.
pūrvavidhi(1)an operation or karya or the anterior confer, compare P. I. 1.57: cf also Mahabhasya on P. I. 1.57 cf also एकादेशः पूर्वविधौ स्थानिवत् M.Bh. on I.2.4 Vart. 2 and II. 4.62 Vart. 4; (2) an operation or a rule cited earlier in the order of sutras; confer, compare पूविधिमुत्तरो विधिर्वाधते M. Bh on P 1. 1.44 Vart. 13.
pūrvavipratiṣedhaconflict of two rules where the preceding rule supersedes the latter rule, as the arrival at the correct form requires it. Generally the dictum is that a subsequent rule should supersede the preceding one; cf विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् P. I. 4. 2; but sometimes the previous rule has to supersede the subsequent one in spite of the dictum विप्रतिषेधे परम्. The author of the Mahabhasya has brought these cases of the पूर्वविप्रतिषेध, which are, in fact, numerous, under the rule विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् by taking the word पर in the sense of इष्ट 'what is desired '?; confer, compare इष्टवाची परशब्दः । विप्रतिषेधे परं यदिष्टं तद्भवतीति l Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.3; I.2, 5: I. 4.2: II.1.69, IV.1.85et cetera, and others confer, comparealso पूर्वविप्रतिषेधो नाम अयं र्विप्रतिषेधे परमित्यत्र परशब्दस्य इष्टवाचित्वाल्लब्धः सूत्रार्थः परिभाषारुपेण पाठ्यते Puru. Pari 108; for details see page 217 Vol. VII Mahabhasya D. E. Society's edition.
pūrvasūtraliterally previous rule: a rule cited erlier in a treatise. The word is however, frequently used in the Mahabhasya in the sense of 'a rule laid down by an earlier grammarian': confer, compareवर्ण वाहुः पूर्वसूत्रे M. Bh, Ahnika 1, पूर्वसूत्रे गोत्रस्य वृद्धमिति संज्ञा क्रियते M. Bh on I. 2.68; confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.IV.1.14 Vart. 3, VI.I. 163 Vart. 1, VII.1.18, VIII. 4.7.
prakīrṇakāṇḍaname given to the third Kanda or book of Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya where miscellaneous topics are treatedition The third Kanda consists of 14 sections called by the name Samuddesa. For details see pp. 381-382 Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's edition.
prakrama(l)the place of articulation, the place of the production of sound, such as throat, chest, palate and the like; confer, compare प्रक्रम्यन्ते अस्मिन्वर्णा इति प्रक्रमः स्थानमुच्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Pradipa on सिद्धं तु समानप्रक्रमवचनात् P.I.2.30 Vart.2; (2) recital of Veda, described as क्रमपाठ confer, compare उभयथा च प्रक्रमे दोषो भवति M.Bh.on P. VIII. 4.28 confer, compare also "अष्टसु प्रक्रमेषु दोषो भवति"quoted in the Mahabhasya on P.VI. 1.172; (3) regularity in the position of words, regular order of words.
pratyāhārāhnikaname given to the second Ahnika of the Mahabhasya which explains the Siva Sutras अइउण्, ऋऌक् , et cetera, and others, and hence naturally discusses the Pratyaharas.
pradīpapopular name of the famous commentary on the Mahabhasya of Patanjali written by the reputed grammarian Kaiyata in the eleventh century A. D. The cornmentary is a very scholarly and critical one and really does justice to the well-known compliment given to it, viz. that the Pradipa has kept the Mahabhasya alive which otherwise would have remained unintelligible and consequently become lost. The commentary प्रदीप is based on the commentary महाभाष्यदीपिका,or प्रदीपिका written by Bhartrhari, which is available at present only in a fragmentary form. The Pradipa is to this day looked upon as the single commentary on the Mahabhasya in spite of the presence of a few other commentaries on it which are all thrown into the back-ground by it.
pradīpakāraKaiyatabhatta, the author of the fatmous commentary प्रदीप on the Mahabhasya, which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
prabhā(1)name of a commentary on the Sabdakaustubha by Raghavendracarya Gajendragadkar; (2) name of a commentary on Kaiyata's Mahabhasyapradipa.
prayojanaobject, motive or purpose in undertaking a particular thing; the word is used although rarely, in the sense of a cause also; confer, compare इमान्यस्य प्रयोजनानि अध्येयं व्याकरणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1. For the advantages of the study of Vyakarana, see Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1. See also Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII pp.226,227, D.E. Society's edition.
prāgdeśadistricts of the east especially districts to the east of Ayodhya and Pataliputra, such as Magadha, Vanga and others; nothing can definitely be said as to which districts were called Eastern by Panini and his followers Katyayana and Patanjali. A Varttika given in the Kasika but not traceable in the Mahabhasya defines Pragdesa as districts situated to the east of शरावती (probably the modern river Ravi or a river near that river ): confer, compare प्रागुदञ्चौ विभजते हंसः क्षीरोदके यथा । विदुषां शब्दसिद्ध्यर्थे सा नः पातु शरावती ॥ Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on एङ् प्राचां देशे P. I. 1.75. There is a reading सरस्वती in some manuscript copies and सरस्वती is a wellknown river in the Punjab near Kuruksetra, which disappears in the sandy desert to the south: a reading इरावती is also found and इरावती may stand for the river Ravi. शरावती in Burma is simply out of consideration. For details see Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. pp. 202-204 and 141-142 D. E. Society's Edition.
prācīnamatathe view or doctrine of the former or rather older grammarians. The word is used in many commentary books and the meaning of the word is to be decided according to the context. For example in the works of Ramacandra, the author of the Prakriyakaumudi and his followers, the word refers to the view given by the writers of the Kasikavrtti and the commentaries thereon in the works of Bhattoji and his pupils, it refers to the writer of the Prakriyakaumudi in addition to the writers of the Kasika, while in the works of Nagesa it refers to the writings of Bhattoji and his pupils. For details see Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. V1I pp. 23-24 D. E. Society's Edition.
prācyāvaiyākaraṇaan eastern grammarian; the term प्राच्य (eastern) being a relative term, the east is to be taken with respect to the place in the context. The word प्राचां occurs many times in Panini's Sutras and the term प्राक् may refer to countries east of the river शरावती or सरस्वती in the Punjab. See प्राग्देश a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. प्राचां is understood by some commentators as referring to time, in which case, the word may refer to ancient grammarians आपिशलि, शाकटायन, इन्द्र and others who lived before Panini; confer, compare प्राचीनवैयाकरणतन्त्रे वाचनिकानि ...Par. Sek. Pari. 1. The word प्राचीन is, of course, mostly used in the sense of ancient, rather than the word प्राच्. For specific peculiarities of the eastern grammarians see pp. 148-149 Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's Edition.
prāṇapaṇāa gloss on the Mahabhasya of Patanjali, written by the famous easterm grammarian Purusottamadeva of the 12th century A. D., of which only a fragment of a few pages is available. As the legend goes, the name प्राणपणा was given to the gloss as it was accompanied by an oath on the part of the author that his life was at stake if he did even the slightest injustice to the author of the Mahabhasya.
prātiśākhyaa work on Vedic grammar of a specific nature, which is concerned mainly with the changes, euphonic and others, in the Pada text of the Samhita as compared with the running text, the Samhita itselfeminine. The Pratisakhya works are neither concerned with the sense of words, nor with their division into bases and affixes, nor with their etymology. They contain, more or less,Vedic passages arranged from the point of view of Samdhi. In the Rk Pratisakhya, available to-day, topics of metre, recital, phonetics and the like are introduced, but it appears that originally the Rk Pratisakhya, just like the Atharva Pratisakhya, was concerned with euphonic changes, the other subjects being introduced later on. The word प्रातिशाख्य shows that there were such treatises for everyone of the several Sakhas or branches of each Veda many of which later on disappeared as the number of the followers of those branches dwindledition Out of the remaining ones also, many were combined with others of the same Veda. At present, only five or six Pratisakhyas are available which are the surviving representatives of the ancient ones - the Rk Pratisakhya by Saunaka, the Taittiriya Pratisakhya, the Vajasaneyi PratiSakhya by Katyayana, the Atharva Pratisakhya and the Rk Tantra by Sakatayana, which is practically a Pratisakhya of the Sama Veda. The word पार्षद or पारिषद was also used for the Pratisakhyas as they were the outcome of the discussions of learned scholars in Vedic assemblies; cf परिषदि भवं पार्षदम्. Although the Pratisakhya works in nature, are preliminary to works on grammar, it appears that the existing Pratisakhyas, which are the revised and enlarged editions of the old ones, are written after Panini's grammar, each one of the present Prtisakhyas representing, of course, several ancient Pratisakhyas, which were written before Panini. Uvvata, a learned scholar of the twelfth century has written a brief commentary on the Rk Pratisakhya and another one on the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya. The Taittiriya PratiSakhya has got two commentaries -one by Somayarya, called Tribhasyaratna and the other called Vaidikabharana written by Gopalayajvan. There is a commentary by Ananta bhatta on the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya. These commentaries are called Bhasyas also.
plākṣian ancient writer of a Pratisakhya work quoted in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya.See प्लाक्षायण a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The words प्लाक्षि and प्लाक्षायण as also प्लाक्षी ( feminine ) occur in the Mahabhasya also, but not in the Ganapatha of Panini.
balīyastvarelative superiority in strength possessed by rules of grammar or by operations based on rules of grammar. This Superiority is decided generally on any one or more of the four recognised criteria such as परत्व, नित्यत्व, अन्तरङ्गत्व and अपवादत्व. The phrase अन्तरङ्गबलीयस्त्वात् very frequently occurs in the varttikas and in the Mahabhasya; confer, compare M.Bh. on P. III. 1.67, VI.i.17, 85 Vart. 15, VI. 4.62 and VII.1.1.
bahuvrīhiprakṛtisvarathe accent peculiar to, or specifically mentioned in the case of the Bahuvrihi compound viz. the retention of its own accents by the first member, in spite of the general rule that a compound word has the last vowel accented acute id est, that is उदात्त. confer, compare बहुव्रीहौ प्रकृत्या पूर्वपदम्. P. VI. 2.1. The expression बहुव्रीहिस्वर in this very sense is used in the Mahabhasya confer, compare बहुव्रीहिस्वरं शास्ति समासान्तविधेः सुकृत् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI. 2.1.
bālaṃbhaṭṭa( बाळंभट्ट )surnamed Payagunda or Payagunde, who has written a commentary on the commentary Mitaksara on the याज्ञवल्क्यस्मृति. Some scholars say that he was also a great grammarian and identical with वैद्यनाथ पायगुंडे who has written the commentary काशिका or गदा on the Paribhasendusekhara, the Cidasthimala on the Laghusabdendusekhara and commentaries on the Vaiyakaranabhusana,Sabdakaustubha and Bhasyapradipoddyota. Other scholars believe that Balambhatta was the son of Vaidyanatha and that he wrote only the commentary on Mitaksara called Balambhatti after him. (2) There was also a comparatively modern grammarian of Tanjore who has written small grammar works बालबोधिनी and बालरञ्जनी.
bhartṛharia very distinguished Grammarian who lived in the seventh century A. D. He was a senior contemporary of the authors of the Kasika, who have mentioned his famous work viz. The Vakyapadiya in the Kasika. confer, compare शब्दार्थसंबन्धोयं प्रकरणम् | वाक्यपदीयम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.3.88. His Vyakarana work "the Vakyapadiya" has occupied a very prominent position in Grammatical Literature. The work is divided into three sections known by the name 'Kanda' and it has discussed so thoroughly the problem of the relation of word to its sense that subsequent grammarians have looked upon his view as an authority. The work is well-known for expounding also the Philosophy of Grammar. His another work " the Mahabhasya-Dipika " is a scholarly commentary on Patanjali's Mahabhasya. The Commentary is not published as yet, and its solitary manuscript is very carelessly written. Nothing is known about the birth-place or nationality of Bhartrhari. It is also doubtful whether he was the same person as king Bhartrhari who wrote the 'Satakatraya'.
bhavat( भवन्त् )ancient term for the present tense found in the Brhaddevata and other works, The term 'vartamana' for the present tense was also equally common. The word is found in the Mahabhasya, the Unadisutravrtti of Ujjvaladatta and in the Grammar of Jainendra confer, compare P.II.3.1 Vart 11, Unadi III. 50 Jain Vyak. I.1.471.
bhāraddhājīyascholars and grammarians belonging to or following the Bharadwaja School of Grammar whose views are often quoted in the Mahabhasya; भारद्वाजीयाः पठन्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.20 Vart. 1, I.1.56 Vart.11 : I.2.22 Vart.3; I.3.67 Vart. 4, III.1.38 Vart. 1, III 1.48 Vart. 3; III 1.89 Vart. 1, IV.1.79, VI.4. 47 and VI.4.155.
mahābhāṣyaliterally the great commentary. The word is uniformly used by commentators and classical Sanskrit writers for the reputed commentary on Pāṇini's Sūtras and the Vārttikas thereon by Patañjali in the 2nd century B. C. The commentary is very scholarly yet very simple in style, and exhaustive although omitting a number of Pāṇini's rules. It is the first and oldest existing commentary on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini, and, in spite of some other commentaries and glosses and other compendia, written later on to explain the Sutras of Panini, it has remained supremely authoritative and furnishes the last and final word in all places of doubt: confer, compare the remarks इति भाष्ये स्थितम्, इत्युक्तं भाष्ये, इत्युक्तमाकरे et cetera, and others scattered here and there in several Vyaakarana treatises forming in fact, the patent words used by commentators when they finish any chain of arguments. Besides commenting on the Sutras of Paanini, Patanjali, the author, has raised many other grammatical issues and after discussing them fully and thoroughly, given his conclusions which have become the final dicta in those matters. The work, in short, has become an encyclopedic one and hence aptly called खनि or अकर. The work is spread over such a wide field of grammatical studies that not a single grammatical issue appears to have been left out. The author appears to have made a close study of the method and explanations of the SUtras of Paanini given at various academies all over the country and incorporated the gist of those studies given in the form of Varttikas at the various places, in his great work He has thoroughly scrutinized and commented upon the Vaarttikas many of which he has approved, some of which he has rejected, and a few of which he has supplementedition Besides the Vaarttikas which are referred to a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., he has quoted stanzas which verily sum up the arguments in explanation of the difficult sUtras, composed by his predecessors. There is a good reason to believe that there were small glosses or commentaries on the SUtras of Paanini, written by learned teachers at the various academies, and the Vaarttikas formed in a way, a short pithy summary of those glosses or Vrttis. . The explanation of the word वृत्तौ साधु वार्तिकम् given by Kaiyata may be quoted in support of this point. Kaiyata has at one place even stated that the argument of the Bhaasyakaara is in consonance with that of Kuni, his predecessor. The work is divided into eighty five sections which are given the name of lesson or आह्लिक by the author, probably because they form the subject matter of one day's study each, if the student has already made a thorough study of the subject and is very sharp in intelligence. confer, compare अह्ला निर्वृत्तम् आह्लिकम्, (the explanation given by the commentatiors).Many commentary works were written on this magnum opus of Patanjali during the long period of twenty centuries upto this time under the names टीका, टिप्पणी, दीपिका, प्रकाशिका, व्याख्या, रत्नावली, स्पूर्ति, वृत्ति, प्रदीप, व्याख्यानं and the like, but only one of them the 'Pradipa' of कैयटीपाध्याय, is found complete. The learned commentary by Bhartrhari, written a few centuries before the Pradipa, is available only in a fragment and that too, in a manuscript form copied down from the original one from time to time by the scribes very carelessly. Two other commentaries which are comparatively modern, written by Naarayanasesa and Nilakantha are available but they are also incomplete and in a manuscript form. Possibly Kaiyatabhatta's Pradipa threw into the background the commentaries of his predecessors and no grammarian after Kaiyata dared write a commentary superior to Kaiyata's Pradipa or, if he began, he had to abandon his work in the middle. The commentary of Kaiyata is such a scholarly one and so written to the point that later commentators have almost identified the original Bhasya with the commentary Pradipa and many a time expressed the two words Bhasya and Kaiyata in the same breath as भाष्यकैयटयोः ( एतदुक्तम् or स्पष्टमेतत् ).
mahābhāṣyadīpikāa very learned old commentary on the Mahabhasya of Patanjali written by the reputed grammarian Bhartrhari or Hari in the seventh century A. D. The commentary has got only one manuscript preserved in Germany available at present, of which photostat copies or ordinary copies are found here and there. The first page of the manuscript is missing and it is incomplete also, the commentary not going beyond the first seven Aahnikas. For details see page 383 Vol. VII Vyaakarana Mahabhasya D. E. Society's edition.
mahābhāṣyapradīpaa very scholarly commentary on Patanjali's MahabhaSya written by Kaiyatabhatta in the eleventh century, The commentary has so nicely explained every difficult and obscure point in the Mahabhasya, and has so thoroughly explained each sentence that the remark of later grammarians that the torch of the Mahabhasya has been kept burning by the Pradipa appears quite apt and justifiedition Kaiyata's commentary has thrown much additional light on the original arguments and statements in the Mahabhasya. There is a learned commentary on the Pradipa written by Nagesabhatta which is named vivarana by the author but which is well known by the name 'Uddyota' among students and teachers of Vyakarana. For details see pp. 389, 390 Vol VII, Patanjala Mahabhasya, D. E. Society's Edition.
mahābhāṣyalaghuvṛttiname given to the short gloss on the Mahabhasya written by the famous eastern grammar-scholar Maitreya-Raksita of the twelfth century.
mahābhāṣyavyākhyāname given to each of the explanatory glosses on the Mahabhasya written by grammarians prominent of whom were Purusottamadeva, Narayana Sesa, Visnu, Nilakantha and others whose fragmentary works exist in a manuscript form. महामिश्र name of a grammarian who wrote a commentary on Jinendrabuddhi's Nyasa. The commentary is known by the name Vyakaranaprakasa. महाविभाषा a rule laying down an option for several rules in a topic by being present in every rule: confer, compare महाविभाषया वाक्यमपि. विभाषा (P.II.1.11) and समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा (P. IV.1.82) are some of the rules of this kindeclinable
mādhurīrvṛtia gloss not composed by, but simply explained by an inhabitant of Mathuraa or Madhuraa Such a gloss is referred to in the Mahaabhaasya on P.IV.3.101 Vaart.3, which possibly might be referring to an existing gloss on the SUtras of Paanini, which was being explained at Mathura, at the time of Patanjali. The term मधुरा was used for मथुरा in ancient times and the word माथुरी वृत्ति is also used for माधुरी वृति.
māhendraname of very ancient,prePaninian grammar ascribed to इन्द् of which some references only are available. The grammar work is also referred to as ऐन्द्र: confer, compare यान्युञ्जह्यार् महेन्द्राद् व्यासो व्याकरणार्णवात् | पदरत्नानि किं तानि सन्ति पाणिनिगेाष्पदे Devabodha's commentary on the Mahabharata. For details see p. 124-27 Vol. VII Mahaabhaasya, D. E. Society's Edition.
māheśasutrthe fourteen sutras अइउण्, ऋलृक् et cetera, and others which are believed to have been composed by Siva and taught to Paanini, by means of the sounds of the drum beaten at the end of the dance; confer, compare नृत्तावसाने नटराजराजेा ननाद ढक्कां नवपञ्चवारम् । उद्धर्तुकामः सनकादिसिद्धानेतद्विमशौ शिवसूत्रजालम् Nandikeswara-kaarikaa 1. For details see Vol. VII Vyaakarana Mahaabhaasya, D. E. Society's edition.
yatna(1)effort in the utterance of a letter: the word which is generally used for such an effort is प्रयत्न. This effort is described to be oftwo kinds अाभ्यन्तर internal id est, that is below the root of the tongue and बाह्य a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the root of the tongue id est, that is inside the mouth; confer, compare यत्नं द्विधा | अाभ्यन्तरो बाह्यश्च | S. K. on P. I. 1.9; (2) specific effort, by adding a word to a rule for drawing some inference, with a view to removing some technical difficulty: cf तेन पये धावतीत्यादौ यत्नान्तरमास्थेयम् Kaas. on P. VIII. 2. 25. The phrase कर्तव्योत्र यत्न: often occurs in the Mahaabhaasya.
yathānyāsaṃas it is actually put in the rule or a treatise by the author. The phrase is often used in the Mahaabhaasya when after a long discussion, involving further and further difficulties, the author reverts to the original stand and defends the writing of the sUtra as it stands. सिध्यत्येवमपाणिनीयं तु भवति or सूत्रं भिद्यते । तर्हि यथान्यासमेवास्तु is the usual expression found in the Mahaabhaasya; cf, M.Bh. I.1. Aahnika 1, I.1.1, 9, 20, 62, 65 et cetera, and others
yathālakṣaṇaṃas formed according to rules. The phrase यथालक्षणमप्रयुक्ते is very often found in the Mahaabhaasya as a general guiding remark that noun-forms or wordforms which are not found in use in the language of the people or in literature should be understood as they are derived by observing all the rules that are applicable.
yukta(1)proper, appropriate, justified; the word is very frequently used in the Mahabhasya and other grammar works; (2) the sense of the original base which is connected with the sense of the affix; confer, compare अथवा युक्तः प्रकृत्यर्थः प्रत्ययार्थेन संबद्धः, Ks. on P. I. 2.51 ; (3) connected with; confer, compare उकारश्चेतिकरणेन युक्त: Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 29; तथायुक्तं चानीप्सितम् P. I. 4.50.
yugapadadhikaraṇavacanatādenotation of two or more things by one single member by virtue of their being put together in a dvandva compound of two or more words; the grammarians advocate this doctrine stating that in a dvandva compound such as घटपटौ or घटपटम् , the word घट has the capacity of expressing the sense of both घट and पट, which in a sentence घटः पटश्च, it does not possess. Similarly पट also has the capacity of conveying the sense of both पट and घट. Possibly this theory is advocated by grarnmarians, on the analogy of words like पितरौ or मातरौ for मातापितरौ, द्यावा for द्यावापृथिवी and so on; confer, compare सिद्धं तु युगपदधिकरणवचने द्वन्द्ववचनात् P. II 2.29 Vart. 2. For details see Vyakaranamahabhasya on चार्थे द्वन्द्वः P. II. 2.29.
yenanāprāptanyāyaa term used by grammarians and commentators very frequently for the maxim "येन नाप्राप्ते यो वेधिरारभ्येत स तस्य बाधको भवति " Par. Sek. on Pari. 57. The term अपवादन्याय is used in the Mahabhasya which is the same as येननाप्राप्तन्याय of later grammarians.
yoga(1)a rule of grammar; the word योग in this sense is very fre-quently found used in the Mahabhasya; cf the frequent statements अयं येगः शक्योsकर्तुम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1. 6, 62, et cetera, and others or कान्यस्य योगस्य प्रयोजनानि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.31 Vart. 6, I.1. 57 et cetera, and others; (2) grammatical connection; cf शास्त्रकृतो योगश्च Nirukta of Yāska.I.2: cf also षष्ठी स्थानेयेागा P.I.1.49.
yogavibhāgadivision of a rule which has been traditionally given as one single rule, into two for explaining the formation of certain words, which otherwise are likely to be stamped as ungrammatical formations. The writer of the Varttikas and the author of the Mahabhasya have very frequently taken recourse to this method of योगविभाग; confer, compare P.I.1.3 Vart. 8, I.1.17 Vart.1,I.1.61, Vart. 3; I. 4.59 Vart. 1, II. 4. 2. Vart.2, III.1.67 Vart. 5, III.4.2. Vart. 6, VI.I. I Vart. 5, VI.1.33 Vart.1 et cetera, and others Although this Yogavibhaga is not a happy method of removing difficulties and has to be followed as a last recourse, the Varttikakara has suggested it very often, and sometimes a sutra which is divided by the Varttikakara into two,has been recognised as a couple of sutras in the Sutrapatha which has come down to us at present.
rāghavendracārya( गजेन्द्रगडकर)a famous scholar of Grammar in the nineteenth century, who taught many pupils and wrote some commentary works, the well-known being प्रभा on the Sabdakaustubha, विषमपदव्याख्या on the Laghusabdendusekhara and त्रिपथगा on the Paribhisendusekhara. For details see p. 27 Vyakarana Mahbhasya Vol. VII D. E. Society's Edition.
rāmakṛṣṇānandawriter of a commentary on the Mahabhasya which is available in a fragmentary form.
rāmacandrasarasvatīpupil of वासुदेवेन्द्रसरस्वती of the sixteenth century who has written a gloss named विवरण on the Mahabhasyapradipa of Kaiyata.
vaktavyathat which ought to be stated or prescribed; the word is frequently found used by the Varttikakāra when he suggests any addition to, or modification in Panini's rules. Sometimes,the word is added by the author of the Mahabhasya in the explanation of a Varttika after stating what is lacking in the Varttika.
vacana(1)literally statement; an authoritative statement made by the authors of the Sutras and the Varttikas as also of the Mahabhasya; confer, compare अस्ति ह्यन्यदेतस्य वचने प्रयोजनम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva Sutra 1 Vart. 1 The word is also used predicatively in the sense of वक्तव्यम् by the Varttikakara; confer, compare ऌति ऌ वावचनम् , ऋति ऋ वावचनम् ; (2) number, such as एकवचन, द्विवचन, बहुवचन et cetera, and others; confer, compare वचनमेकत्वद्वित्वबहुत्वानि Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P.I.2.51 ; cf लुपि युक्तिवद् व्यक्तिवचने | लुकि अभिधेयवल्लिङ्गवचनानि भवन्ति। लवणः सूपः। लवणा यवागू:। M.Bh.on P.I. 2.57; (3) expressive word; confer, compare गुणवचनब्राह्मणादिभ्यः कर्मणि च P. V.1.124 where the Kasika explains the word गुणवचन as गुणमुक्तवन्तो गुणवचनाः; confer, compare also the terms गुणवचन, जातिवचन, क्रियावचन et cetera, and others as classes of words; confer, compare also अभिज्ञावचने लृट् P.III.2.112; (4) that which is uttered; confer, compare मुखनासिकावचनोनुनासिक:। मुखसहिता नासिका मुखनासिका । तया य उच्चार्यते असौ वर्ण: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I.1.8.
vararuci(1)a reputed ancient grammarian who is identified with Katyayana, the prominent author of the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini. Both the names वररुचि and कात्यायन are mentioned in commentary works in connection with the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and it is very likely that Vararuci was the individual name of the scholar, and Katyayana his family name. The words कात्य and कात्यायन are found used in Slokavarttikas in the Mahabhasya on P.III.2.3 and III.2.118 where references made are actually found in the prose Varttikas (see कविधेो सर्वत्र प्रसारणिभ्यो ड: P.III. 2. 3 Vart and स्मपुरा भूतमात्रे न स्मपुराद्यतने P.III.2.118 Vart. 1)indicating that the Slokavarttikakara believed that the Varttikas were composed by Katyayana. There is no reference at all in the Mahabhasya to Vararuci as a writer of the Varttikas; there is only one reference which shows that there was a scholar by name Vararuci known to Patanjali, but he was a poet; confer, compare वाररुचं काव्यं in the sense of 'composed' ( कृत and not प्रोक्त ) by वररुचि M.Bh. on P. IV. 2.4. ( 2 ) वररुचि is also mentioned as the author of the Prakrta Grammar known by the name प्राकृतप्रकाश or प्राकृतमञ्जरी, This वररुचि, who also was कात्यायन by Gotra name, was a grammarian later than Patanjali, who has been associated with Sarvvarman, (the author of the first three Adhyayas of the Katantra Sutras), as the author of the fourth Adhyaya. Patanjali does not associate वररुचि with Kityayana at alI. His mention of वररुचि as a writer of a Kavya is a sufficient testimony for that. Hence, it appears probable that Katyayana, to whom the authorship of the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya and many other works allied with Veda has been attributed, was not associated with Vararuci by Patanjali, and it is only the later writers who identified the grammarian Vararuci,who composed the fourth Adhyaya of the Katantra Grammar and wrote a Prakrit Grammar and some other grammar' works, with the ancient revered Katyayana, the author of Varttikas, the Vijasaneyi Pratisakhya and the Puspasutra; (3) There was a comparatively modern grammariannamed वररुचि who wrote a small treatise on genders of words consisting of about 125 stanzas with a commentary named Lingavrtti, possibly written by the author himselfeminine. (4) There was also another modern grammarian by name वररुचि who wrote a work on syntax named प्रयोगमुखमण्डन discuss＾ ing the four topics कारक, समास, तद्धित and कृदन्त.
varṇaprakāśaa minor work upon letters and their nature by a grammarian named Ghanasyama.
vākyakāraa term used for a writer who composes a work in pithy, brief assertions in the manner of sutras, such as the Varttikas. The term is found used in Bhartrhari's Mahabhasyadipika where by contrast with the term Bhasyakara it possibly refers to the varttikakara Katyayana; confer, compare एषा भाष्यकारस्य कल्पना न वाक्यकारस्य Bhartrhari Mahabhasyadipika. confer, compare also Nagesa's statement वाक्यकारो वार्तिकरमारभते: confer, compare also चुलुम्पादयो वाक्यकारीया ; Madhaviya Dhatuvrtti.
vākyaparisamāpticompletion of the idea to be expressed in a sentence or in a group of sentences by the wording actually given, leaving nothing to be understood as contrasted with वाक्यापरिसमाप्ति used in the Mahabhasya: confer, compare वाक्यापरिसमाप्तेर्वा P.I.1.10 vart. 4 and the Mahabhasya thereon. There are two ways in which such a completion takes place,singly and collectively; cf प्रत्येकं वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः: illustrated by the usual example देवदत्तयज्ञदत्तविष्णुमित्रा भोज्यन्ताम् where Patanjali remarks प्रत्येकं ( प्रत्यवयवं) भुजिः परिसमाप्यते; cf also समुदाये वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः where Patajali remarks गर्गा: शतं दण्ड्यन्ताम् | अर्थिनश्च राजानो हिरण्येन भवन्ति न च प्रत्येकं दण्डयन्ति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P.I.1.1Vart.12: cf also M.Bh. on P.I.1.7, I.2.39, II.2.l et cetera, and others वाक्यप्रकाश a work on the interpretation of sentences written with a commentary upon it by उदयधर्ममुनि of North Gujarat who lived in the seventeenth century A.D.
vācanikaexpressly cited by a वचन or a statement of the authors of the Sutra, the Varttika and the Mahabhasya, as contrasted with what naturally occurs or is inferred from their statements; confer, compare नेदं वाचनिकसलिङ्गता असंख्यता च ( अव्ययानाम् ) ( स्वाभाविकमेतत् M.Bh. on P.I. 1.38 Vart. 5 and P. II.2.6, confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.I.2.64 Vart. 53.
vācya(1)directly expressed (sense) as contrasted with व्यङ्ग्य or ध्वनित: confer, compare शब्देनार्थान् वाच्यान् दृष्ट्वा बुद्धौ कुर्यात्पौर्वापर्यम् | M.Bh. on P. I.4.109 Vart. 10; (2) which should be stated or which deserves to be stated, The word वाच्य is generally put in connection with the additions or corrections to the sutras by the Varttikakara and the Mahbhasyakara in their explanations: confer, compare तत्रैतावद्वाच्यम्, M.Bh. on P. I.4.1 ; confer, compare also वाच्य ऊर्णोर्णुवद्भावःM.Bh. on P. III.1. 22 Vart. 3; III. I. 36 Vart. 6.
vājasaneyeiprātiśākhyathe Pratisakhya work belonging to the Vajasaneyi branch of the White Yajurveda, which is the only Pratisakhya existing to-day representing all the branches of the Sukla Yajurveda. Its authorship is attributed to Katyayana, and on account of its striking resemblance with Panini's sutras at various places, its author Katyayana is likely to be the same as the Varttikakara Katyayana. It is quite reasonable to expect that the subject matter in this Pratisakhya is based on that in the ancient Prtisakhya works of the same White school of the Yajurveda.The work has a lucid commentary called Bhasya written by Uvvata.
vāḍavapossibly the same as Kunaravadava; an ancient grammarian quoted in the Mahabhasya; confer, compare तत्र सौर्थभगवतोक्तमनिष्टिज्ञो वाडव: पठति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VIII. 2. 106 Vव्रrt 3.
vārarucaa work attributed to वररुचि: confer, compare वाररुचे काव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P. IV.3.101 cf also वाररुनो ग्रन्थ: S.K.on P.IV.3. 101 This work possibly was not a grammar work and its author also was not the same as the Varttikakara Katyayana. See वरुरुचि a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The name वाररुचव्याकरण was given possibly to Katyayana's Prakrit Grammar, the author of which was वररुचि surnamed Katyayana. For details see p.395 Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's Edition.
vārttikaa statement which is as much authoritative as the original statement to which it is given as an addition for purposes of correction, completion or explanation. The word is defined by old writers in an often-guoted verseउक्तानुक्तदुरुक्तनां चिन्ता यत्र प्रवर्तते | तं ग्रन्थं वार्तिकं प्राहुर्वार्तिकज्ञा मनीषिण:|This definition fully applies to the varttikas on the Sutras of Panini. The word is explained by Kaiyata as वृत्तौ साधु वार्त्तिकम् which gives strength to the supposition that there were glosses on the Sutras of Panini of which the Varttikas formed a faithful pithy summary of the topics discussedition The word varttika is used in the Mahabhasya at two places only हन्तेः पूर्वविप्रविषेधो वार्तिकेनैव ज्ञापित: M.Bh. on P.III. 4.37 and अपर आह् यद्वार्त्तिक इति M.Bh. on P. II.2.24 Vart. 18. In अपर अहृ यद्वार्त्तिक इति the word is contrasted with the word वृत्तिसूत्र which means the original Sutra (of Panini ) which has been actuaIly quoted, viz. संख्ययाव्ययासन्नाo II.2. 25. Nagesa gives ' सूत्रे अनुक्तदुरुक्तचिन्ताकरत्वं वार्तिक्रत्वम् as the definition of a Varttika which refers only to two out of the three features of the Varttikas stated a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. If the word उक्त has been omitted with a purpose by Nagesa, the definition may well-nigh lead to support the view that the genuine Varttikapatha of Katyayana consisted of a smaller number of Varttikas which along with a large number of Varttikas of other writers are quoted in the Mahabhasya, without specific names of writers, For details see pages 193-223 Vol. VII Patanjala Mahabhasya, D.E, Society's Edition.
vārttikakārabelieved to be Katyayana to whom the whole bulk of the Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya is attributed by later grammarians. Patafijali gives the word वार्तिककार in four places only (in the Mahabhasya on P.I.1.34, III.1.44: III.2.118 and VII.1.1) out of which his statement स्यादिविधिः पुरान्तः यद्यविशेषणं भवति किं वार्तिककारः प्रातिषेधेनं करोति in explanation of the Slokavarttika स्यादिविधिः...इति हुवता कात्यायनेनेहृ, shows that Patanjali gives कात्यायन as the Varttikakara (of Varttikas in small prose statements) and the Slokavarttika is not composed by Katyayana. As assertions similar to those made by other writers are quoted with the names of their authors ( भारद्वाजीयाः, सौनागाः, कोष्ट्रियाः et cetera, and others) in the Mahabhasya, it is evident that the Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya(even excluding the Slokavarttikas) did not all belong to Katyayana. For details see pp. 193-200, Vol. VII, Vyakarana Mahabhasya, D. E. Society's Edition.
vārtikapāṭhathe text of the Varttikas as traditionally handed over in the oral recital or in manuscripts As observed a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.(see वार्त्तिक),although a large number of Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya are ascribed to Katyayana, the genuine Varttikapatha giving such Varttikas only, as were definitely composed by him, has not been preserved and Nagesa has actually gone to the length of making a statement like " वार्तिकपाठ: भ्रष्टः" ; confer, compare . Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on P.I.l.I2 Varttika 6.
vārttikasiddhāntacategorical conclusive statements made by the Varttikakara many of which were cited later on as Paribhasas by later writers For details see pp. 212220 Vol. VII, Vyakarana Mahbhasya, D. E. Society's edition.
vārṣyāyaṇian ancient grammarian quoted in the Mahabhasya and the Nirukta in connection with the six-fold division of bhava or verbal activity; confer, compare षड् भावविकारा भवन्तीति वाप्यार्यणि: l जायते अस्ति विपरिणमते वर्धते अपक्षीयते विनश्यतीति Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3.
vāsudeva( शास्त्री)surnamed Abhyankar, who lived from 1863 to l942 and did vigorous and active work of teaching pupils and writing essays, articles, commentary works and original works on various Shastras with the same scholarship, zeal and acumen for fifty years in Poona. He wrote गूढार्थप्रकाश a commentary on the LaghuSabdendusekhara and तत्त्वादर्श a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara in 1889. His edition of the Patanjala Mahabhasya with full translation and notes in Marathi can be called his magnum opus. See अभ्यंकर.
vikāraliterally change: modification; modification of a word-base or an affix, caused generally by the addition of suffixes: confer, compare प्रकृतेरवस्थान्तरं विकार: Kas, on P. IV.3.134: confer, compare also लेपागमवर्णविकारज्ञो हि सम्यग्वेदान् परिपालयिष्यति Mahabhasya Ahnika 1.
vikīrṇaa fault in the utterance of a vowel when one vowel appears, or is heard as another, confer, compareविकीर्णो वर्णान्तरे प्रसृतः । एकोप्यनेकनिभसीत्यपरे Pradipa on the Mahabhasya Ahn. 1 end.
vijñeyaa matter of special understanding; the phrase अवश्यं चैतद्विज्ञेयम् very frequently occurs in the Mahabhasya; cf M.Bh. on P.I.1.1, 3, 5, 22, I.2.47, 48, 64, I.4.23 et cetera, and others
vedalanguage of the Vedic Literature as contrasted with the term लॊकः; confer, compare नैव लोके न च वेदे अकारो विवृतोस्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Mahesvara Sutra; confer, compare also रक्षार्थं वेदानामध्येयं व्याकरणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).Ahnika 1. The term वैदिक referring to words found in Vedic language is also frequently used in the Mahabhasya. Panini, however, has used the term छन्दस्, मन्त्र and निगम, and not वेद, out of which the first term छन्दस् is often used; confer, compare बहुलं छन्दसि P. II. 4.39, 76: III, 2.88; V. 2.122; or छन्दसि च P. V. 1.67, V. 4.142, VI. 3.126. VI. l.34, VII. 1.8, et cetera, and others
vaiyākaraṇaliterally a student of grammar; व्याकरणमधीते वैयाकरण: cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV, 2.59. The word is used in the sense of 'a scholar of Grammar;'or, 'a person who has obtained proficiency in Grammar.' The word is used several times in this sense in the Mahabhasya. cf Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.3; I.4.2, II. 1.53, II.2.29, II.3.18, II.4.56, III.2.115 et cetera, and others The word is also used in the sense of 'pertaining to grammar' or 'found in grammar.'
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakārikāa very scholarly work by Bhattoji Diksita on the interpretation of words and sentences, based upon the learned discussions on that subject introduced in the Mahabhasya, Vakyapadiya, Pradipa, et cetera, and others and discussed fully in his Sabdakaustubha by the author himselfeminine. The work although scholarly and valuable, is compressed in only 72 verses ( karikas ) and has to be understood with the help of the Vaiyakaranabhusana or BhuSansara written by Kondabhatta, the nephew of the author. See वैयाकरणभूषण and वैयाकरणभूषणसार.
vaiyāghrapadyaname of a treatise of grammar written in ten chapters by an ancient grammarian व्याघ्रपाद्; confer, compare दशकं वैयाघ्रपद्यम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P. IV 2.65. For details, see Vyakaranamahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's Ed. pp. 133, 134.
vyañjanaa consonant; that which manifests itself in the presence of a vowel, being incapable of standing alone; confer, compareन पुनरन्तरेणाचं व्यञ्जनस्यॊच्चारणमपि भवति। अन्वर्थे खल्वपि निर्वचनम् । स्वयं राजन्ते स्वराः। अन्वक् भवति व्यञ्जनम् l M.Bh.on I.2.30; confer, compare also अथवा गतिरपि व्यञ्जेरर्थ: । विविधं गच्छत्यजुपरागवशादिति व्यञ्जनम् | उपरागश्च पूर्वपराच्संनिधानेपि परेणाचा भवति न पूर्वेण | Kaiyata on P. I. 2. 30; confer, compare व्यञ्जनं स्वराङ्गम् T.Pr.I.6; confer, compare also व्यञ्जनसमुदायस्तु स्वरसंनिहित एव अक्षरं भवति। Uvvata Bhasya on V. Pr.. III.45.
vyapadeśivadbhāvatreatment of a secon dary thing as the principal one, e g. a person or a thing, without any second or any others, looked upon as the first or the last; confer, compare व्यपदेशिवदेकस्मिन् कार्ये भवतीति वक्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.21. Vart. 2. The remark or expression व्यपदेशिवद्भावेन भविष्यति is found often given in the Mahabhasya; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1 Vart 14; I.1.9, I.1.51 I,1.72: I.2.48 et cetera, and others For details see Par. Sek. Pari. 30,
vyapekṣāmutual relationship in sense, as obtaining between two different words ( पद ) connected with each other in a sentence, as contrasted with compositeness of sense as seen in two words joined into a compound word ( समास ) ; व्यपेक्षा is given as an alternative definition of the word सामर्थ्य along with एकार्थीभाव as the other one, in the Mahabhasya: e. g. there is व्यपेक्षा between सर्पिः and पिब in the sentence सर्पिष्पिब, but not in तिष्ठतु सर्पिः पिब त्वमुद्कम्: confer, compare तथेदमपरं द्वैतं भवति एकार्थाभावो वा सामर्थ्यं स्याद् व्यपेक्षा वेति ! Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II,1.1 ; cf, also Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P, VIII.3 44.
vyartha(l)useless, serving no purpose, superfluous; the word is usually used in the sense of useless or futile in connection with a rule or its part, which serves no purpose, its purpose or object being served otherwise; such words or rules have never been condemned as futile by commentators, but an attempt is made invariably by them to deduce something from the futile wording and show its necessity; confer, compare व्यर्थे सज्ज्ञापयति a remark which is often found in the commentary literature; confer, compare अन्यथा अन्तरङ्गत्वाद्दीर्घे कृत एव प्रत्ययप्राप्त्या तद्यर्थता स्पष्टैव । Par. Sek. Pari. 56; (2) possessed of various senses such as the words अक्षा: माषा: et cetera, and others: confer, compare व्यर्थेषु च मुक्तसंशयम् । M.Bh.on P.I.2.64 Vart. 52. The word व्यर्थ possibly stands for विविधार्थ in such cases. It appears that the word व्यर्थ in the sense of futile was rarely used by ancient grammarians; the word अनर्थक appears to have been used in its placcusative case. See Mahabhasya in which the word व्यर्थ does not occur in this sense while the word अनर्थक occurs at several places.
vyākaraṇaGrammar the development of the meaning of the term can be seen by the senses given below in a serial order and the examples after those senses; (a) analysis or explanation by analysis; (b) rules of explanation; (c) specific rules explaining the formation of words; d) explanation of the formation of rules; (e) a treatise in which such an explanation is given; (f) a collection of such treatises and (g) a systematic explanation of the formation of words in a language (व्याकरणशास्त्र or शब्दानुशासन); confer, compare(a) व्यक्रियते अनेन इति व्याकरणम् ; M.Bh.on Ahnika 1, Vart. 12: confer, compare (b) लक्ष्यलक्षणे व्याकरणम्: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1, Vart. 14; confer, compare (c) न यथा लोके तथा व्याकरणे Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.1. Vart. 7; d) सर्वत्रैव हि व्याकरणे पूर्वोच्चारित: संज्ञी परोच्चारिता संज्ञा Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P. I. 1.1. Vart 7: (e) न तथा लोके यथा व्याकरणे M.Bh. on P, I. 1.23 Vart. 4: confer, compare(f)इह च व्याकरणे शब्दे कार्यस्य संभव:, अर्थं असंभवः | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.68. confer, compare (g) व्याकरणं नाम इयमुत्तरा विद्या । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.32. The word व्याकरण is mostly used in the sense of ’the Science of Grammar ' in the Mahabhasya. It is explained by modern scholars as 'the law of the corrections of speech and etymological science' and described both as a science and an art.
vyākaraṇadarśanathe science of Vyakarana with the element of Sphota introduced in it and brought consequently on a par with the other Darsanas by the stalwart grammar-scholar Bhartrhari of the 7th century A. D. For details see Sarvadarsanasangraha ' Paninidarsanam ' and page 385 Vol. VII. of the Vyakarana Mahabhasya edited by the D. ESociety, Poona.
vyākaraṇamahābhāṣyagūḍhārthadīpinīa brief commentary on the Mahabhasya, written by Sadasiva, son of Nilakantha and pupil of Kamalakara Diksita. The gloss confines itself to the explanations of obscure and difficult passages in the Mahabhasya and criticizes Kaiyata's explanations.
vyākaraṇamahābhāṣyapradīpathe original name of the learned commentary on Patanjali's Mahabhasya by Kaiyatabhatta the well-known grammarian of Kashmir of the eleventh century. See प्रदीप and कैयट.
vyākaraṇamahābhāṣyapradīpavivaraṇa( )a gloss on the Mahabhasyapradipa of Kaiyata, written by ईश्वरानन्द, a pupil of सत्यानन्द; (2) a gloss on the Mahabhasyapradipa of Kaiyata by नारायण.
vyākaraṇamahābhāṣyapradīpoddyotathe wellknown scholarly commentary by the stalwart grammarian Nagesabhatta on the Mahabhasyapradipa of Kaiyata. See उद्द्योत and नागेश.
vyākaraṇādhyayanaprayojanathe purpose of the study of Grammar which is beautifully summed up and discussed in the first Ahnika by Patanjali in his Mahabhasya.
vyāghrapādname of an ancient grammarian who is quoted in the Pratisakhya works and the Mahabhasya His grammar work was called dasaka' possibly on account of its consisting of 10 chapters; confer, compare माध्यन्दिनिर्वष्टि गुणं त्विगन्ते नपुसंके व्याघ्रपदां वरिष्ठ: KaS. on P.VII.194; confer, compare also दशक्रा वैयाघ्रपदीया: Kas, , on P.IV.2.65.
byāḍiname of an ancient grammarian with a sound scholarship in Vedic phonetics, accentuation,derivation of words and their interpretation. He is believed to have been a relative and contemporary of Panini and to have written a very scholarly vast volume on Sanskrit grammar named *Samgraha which is believed to have consisted of a lac of verses; confer, compare संग्रहो व्याडिकृतो लक्षसंख्ये ग्रन्थ: NageSa's Uddyota; confer, compare also इह पुरा पाणिनीये अस्मिन्व्याकरणे ब्याड्युपरचितं लक्षग्रन्थपरिमाणं निबन्धनमासीत् Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari. Tika. The work is not available at present. References to Vyadi or to his work are found in the Pratisakhya works, the Mahabhasya, the Varttikas, the Vakyapadiya and many subsequent treatises. A work on the Vyakarana Paribhasas, believed to have been written by Vyadi, is available by the name परिभाषासूचन which from its style and other peculiarities seems to have been written after the Varttikas, but before the Mahabhasya. Vyadi is well-known to have been the oldest exponent of the doctrine that words denote an individual object and not the genus. For details see pp. 136-8, Vol. 7 Vyakarana Mahabhasya DE. Society's Edition.
śabdakaustubhaa treatise on grammar, critically explaining and discuss ing the meaning of Panini's Sutras in the order of the author himselfeminine. the work is written by Bhattoji Diksita and is mainly based on the Mahabhasya.
śabdānuśāsanaliterally science of grammar dealing with the formation of words, their accents, and use in a sentence. The word is used in connection with standard works on grammar which are complete and self-sufficient in all the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.mentioned features. Patanjali has begun his Mahabhasya with the words अथ शब्दानुशासनम् referring possibly to the vast number of Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and hence the term शब्दानुशासन according to him means a treatise on the science of grammar made up of the rules of Panini with the explanatory and critical varttikas written by Katyayana and other Varttikakaras.The word शब्दानुशासन later on, became synonymons with Vyakarana and it was given as a title to their treatises by later grammarians, or was applied to the authoritative treatise which introduced a system of grammar, similar to that of Panini. Hemacandra's famous treatise, named सिद्धहैमचन्द्र by the author,came to be known as हैमशब्दानुशासन. Similarly the works on grammar written by पाल्यकीर्तिशाकटायन and देवनन्दिन् were called शाकटायनशब्दानुशासन and जैनेन्द्र' शब्दानुशासन respectively.
śabdārthasaṃbandhathe connection between a word and its sense which is a permanently established one. According to grammarians,words, their sense and their connection, all the three, are established for ever: confer, compare सिद्धे शव्दार्थसंबन्ध P. I.1. . Varttika 1,and the Bhasya thereon सिद्ध शब्द: अर्थः संबन्धश्चेति | Later grammarians have described twelve kinds of शब्दार्थसंबन्ध viz. अभिधा,विवक्षा, तात्पर्य, प्रविभाग, व्यपेक्ष, सामर्थ्य अन्वय, एकार्थीभाव, दोषहान, गुणोपादान, अलंकारयेाग and रसावियोग: confer, compare Sringaraprakasa.I.
śākalaa word frequently used in the Mahabhasya for a grammatical operation or injunction ( विधि ) which forms a specific feature of the grammar of शाकल्य, viz. that the vowels इ, उ,ऋ, and लृ remain without phonetical combination and a shortening of them, if they are long;confer, compareइकोsसवर्णे शाकल्यस्य ह्रस्वश्च P.VI. 1. 127; शाकल्यस्य इदं शाकल्यम् ।; confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.VI.1.77 VI.1.125,VI. 1.27;VI.2.52, VII.3.3 and VIII. 2.108; (2) pupils of शाकल्य; confer, compare शाकल्यस्य छात्राः शाकलाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. IV.I.18;(3) a village in the Vahika district; confer, compare शाकलं नाम वाहीकग्राम: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.2.104 Vart. 3.
śivarāmendra( सरस्वती )a grammarian who wrote (1) a gloss on the sutras of Panini, (2) a commentary named सिद्धान्तरत्नाकर on the Siddhantakaumudi, and (3) a commentary on the Mahabhasya named Mahabhasyaprakasa.
śivasūtraname given to the fourteen small sutras giving the alphabet which Panini took as the basis of his grammar. The Sivasutras have got a well-known explanation in Verse, named नन्दिकेश्वरकारिका on which there is a commentary of the type of Bhasya by उपमन्यु. The origin of the Sivasutra given by the writer of the Karika is summed up in the stanza नृत्तावसाने नटराजराजो ननाद ढक्कां नवपञ्चवारम् । उद्धर्तुकामः सनकादिसिद्धानेतद् विमर्शे शिवसूत्रजालम् | Nand. 1.
ślokavārtikaVarttika or supplementary rule to Panini's rules laid down by scholars of grammar immediately after Panini, composed in verse form. These Slokavarttikas are quoted in the Mahabhasya at various places and supposed to have been current in the explanations of Panini's Astadhyayi in the days of Patanjali. The word is often used by later commentators.
śvobhūtivṛttia grammatical work of the type of a gloss on the Sutras of Panini written by an ancient grammarian श्वोभूति mentioned in the Mahabhasya; confer, compare स्तोष्याम्यहं पादिकमौदवाहिं ततः श्वेाभूते शातनीं पातनीं च Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.57. Possibly the grammarian श्वोभूति is referred to in the word श्वोभूत in the verse.
saṃgṛhītaincluded; the word is often used in the Mahabhasya in connection with instances which are covered by a rule, if interpreted in a specific way: confer, compare अथ निमित्तेsभिसंबध्यमाने यत्तदस्य योगस्य मूर्धाभिषिक्तमुदाहरणं तदपि संगृहीतं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1. 57; confer, compare also एकार्थीभावे सामर्थ्ये समास एकः संगृहीतो भवति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.1.
saṃnipātaparibhāṣāthe maxim or canvention that an operation which is based upon, or is caused or occasioned by, a relationship between two things cannot break their relation : in short, such an operation as results in breaking the relationship between two things on which it is based, cannot take placcusative case. This dictum is many times followed in grammar in Preventing the application of such rules as are likely to spoil the formation of the correct word; many times, however, this dictum has to be ignored; For details see Pari. Sek. Pari. 86; also| Mahabhasya on P. I. 1.39.
saṃprasāraṇaliterally extension; the process of changing a semi-vowel into a simple vowel of the same sthana or place of utterance; the substitution of the vowels इ, उ, ऋ and लृ for the semi-vowels य्, व् , र् and ल् respectively; cf इग्यणः संप्रसारणम् P. 1.1.45. The term संप्रसारण is rendered as a 'resultant vowel' or as 'an emergent vowel'. The ancient term was प्रसारण and possibly it referred to the extension of य् and व्， into their constituent parts इ +अ, उ+अ et cetera, and others the vowel अ being of a weak grade but becoming strong after the merging of the subseguent vowel into it exempli gratia, for example confer, compare सर्वत्र प्रसारणिभ्यो ड: P. III. 2.8 Vart.1. For the words taking this samprasarana change, see P. VI. 1 .13 to .19. According to some grammarians the term संप्रसारण is applied to the substituted vowels while according to others the term refers to the operation of the substitution: confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.15. The substitution of the samprasarana vowel is to be given preference in the formation of a word; , confer, compare संप्रसारणं तदाश्रयं च कार्यं बलवत् Pari. Sek. Pari. 1 19. संप्रसारणबलीयस्त्व the relative superior strength of the samprasarana change in comparison with other operations occurring simultaneotisly. The phrase न वा संप्रसारणबलीयस्त्वात् is often used in the Mahabhasya which is based upon the dictum of the superior strength of the samprasarana substitution, which is announced by the writer of the Varttikas; P. VI. 1.17 Vart, 2. , See संप्रसारण.
saṇtaddhita affix. affix सण् prescribed after the word पर्शु in the sense of collection; e. g. पार्श्र्वम् : confer, compare पर्श्वा: सण् P,IV,2.43 Vart, 3 for which there is an alfernative reading पर्श्वा णस् वक्तव्यः; for facility of grammatical operations णस् is recommended with preference in the Mahabhasya , cf एवं तर्हि णस् वक्तव्य; M.Bh. on P. IV.2.43 Vart. 3; (2) सण् is given as a technical term for संयोग in the Pratisakhya works: confer, compare सयुक् सण् । संयुक्तं व्यञ्जनं संयोगसंज्ञं भवति R.T.27.
satsaptamīthe locative case prescribed by the rule यस्य च भावेन भावलक्षणम् P. II.3.37 as scen in गोषु दुह्यमानासु गतः; confer, compare लुकि इति नैषा परसप्तमी । का तर्हि । सत्सप्तमी । लुकि सति इति . M, Bh. on P.I.2.49 Vart. 2. On account of the frequent occurrence of the word सति in a large number of examples of this locative absolute, the term सतिसप्तमी is used by modern grammarians for the better word सत्सप्तमी in the Mahabhasya: confer, compare M.Bh. on P,VI.4.23 as also on P.VIII. 3.61...
sadāśiva-paṇḍitaa grammarian of the seventeenth century who has written a commentary on the Sutras of Panini and a brief commentary on the Mahabhasya called गूढार्थदीपिनी or गूढार्थदीपिका which is incomplete.
samavāya(I)combination as contrasted with व्यवाय disjunction or separation; (2) the enumeration of the letters of the alphabet in a particular order so as to facilitate their combination, technically termed प्रत्याहार; confer, compare वृतिसमवायार्थ उपदेशः । का पुनर्वृत्तिः l शास्त्रप्रवृत्तिः । अथ कः समवायः । वर्णानामानुपूर्व्येण संनिवेशः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika l Vart. 15. confer, compare also समवायो वर्णगत: क्रमविशेषः । Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on the Bhasya mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; (3) contact; cf रक्तै रागः समवाये स्वराणाम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIV.24.
samāsaplacing together of two or more words so as to express a composite sense ; compound composition confer, compare पृथगर्थानामेकार्थीभावः समासः। Although the word समास in its derivative sense is applicable to any wording which has a composite sense (वृत्ति), still it is by convention applied to the समासवृत्ति only by virtue of the Adhikarasutra प्राक् कडारात् समास: which enumerates in its province the compound words only. The Mahabhasyakara has mentioned only four principal kinds of these compounds and defined them; confer, compare पूर्वपदार्थ प्रधानोव्ययीभावः। उत्तरपदार्थप्रधानस्तत्पुरुषः। अन्यपदार्थप्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः । उभयपदार्थप्रधानो द्वन्द्वः । M.Bh. on P.II.1.6; confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.II.1.20, II.1.49,II.2.6, II.4.26, V.1.9. Later grammarians have given many subdivisions of these compounds as for example द्विगु, कर्मधारय and तत्पुरुष (with द्वितीयातत्पुरुष, तृतीयातत्पुरुष et cetera, and othersas also अवयवतत्पुरुष, उपपदतत्पुरुष and so on) समानाधिकरणबहुव्रीहि, व्यधिकरणबहुव्रीहि, संख्याबहुवीहि, समाहारद्वन्द्व, इतरेतरद्वन्द्व and so on. समासचक्र a short anonymous treatise on compounds which is very popular and useful for beginners. The work is attributed to वररुचि and called also as समासपटल. The work is studied and committed to memory by beginners of Sanskrit ] studies in the PathaSalas of the old type.
sarasvatīkaṇṭhābharaṇacalled also सरस्वतीसूत्र, name of a voluminous grammar work ascribed to king Bhoja in the eleventh century. The grammar is based very closely on Panini's Astadhyayi, consisting of eight chapters or books. Although the affixes, the augments and the substitutes are much the same, the order of the Sutras is considerably changedition By the anxiety of the author to bring together, the necessary portions of the Ganapatha, the Unadiptha and the Paribhasas, which the author' has included in his eight chapters, the book instead of being easy to understand, has lost the element of brevity and become tedious for reading. Hence it is that it is not studied widely. For details see pp. 392, 393 Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's edition.
sarvanāmasthānaa term used in Panini's grammar, for the first five case affixes सु, औ, अस्, अम् and औ as also for the nominative case. and acc. plural afix इ ( शि ) of the neuter gender. The term appears to be an old one, which was used, by a specific mention, for the first five case-affixes which caused a special change in the base before them in the case of many words; confer, compare शि सर्वनामस्थानम् । सुडनपुंसकस्य P.I.1.42-48. For details see Vyakaranamahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's edition p. 239 footnote.
sāṃgrahasūtrikaa student of संग्रहसूत्र; the word occurs in the Mahabhasya along with वार्तिकसूत्रिक, and it may therefore mean a student of the stupendous work named the Samgraha of व्याडि which is believed to have consisted of small numerous sutralike assertions, with an exhaustive gloss thereon. See संग्रह.
sāgamakapossessed of the augment; confer, compare अनागमकानां सागमका अादेशाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.20 Vart. 5, also on P. I. 1.46; cf also the verse सर्वे सर्वपदादेशा दाक्षीपुत्रस्य पाणिनेः । एकदेशविकारे हि नित्यत्वं नोपपद्यते । quoted in the Mahabhasya to support the view that augments are not inserted, but a word with an augment replaces a word without that augment; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.20 Vart 5.
sāmavedprātiśākhyaname of a Pratisakhya work on Samaveda. It is probable that there were some Pratisakhya works written dealing with the different branches or Sakhas of the Samaveda, as could be inferred from indirect references to such works. For instance in the Mahabhasya there is a passage "ननु च भोश्छन्दोगानां सात्यमुग्रिराणायनीयाः अर्धमेकारमर्धमोकारं चाधीयते। ..पार्षदकृतिरेषां तत्रभवताम् " which refers to such works At present, however, one such work common to the several branches of the Samaveda, called Rktantra is available, and it is called Samaveda Pratisakhya. It is believed to have been written by औदव्रजि and revised by शाकटायन.
siddha(1)established; the term is used in the sense of नित्य or eternal in the Varttika सिद्धे शब्दार्थसंबन्धे where, as Patanjali has observed, the word सिद्ध meaning नित्य has been purposely put in to mark an auspicious beginning of the शब्दानुशासनशास्त्र which commences with that Varttika; confer, compare माङ्गलिक आचार्यो महतः शास्त्रौघस्य मङ्गलार्थे सिद्धशब्दमादितः प्रयुङ्क्ते M.Bh.on Ahnika 1; (2) established, proved, formed; the word is many times used in this sense in the Mahabhasya, as also in the Varttikas especially when a reply is to be given to an objection; confer, compare P.I. 1.3 Vart. 17, I.1. 4. Vart. 6: I. I. 5, Vart.5,I.1.9 Vart. 2 et cetera, and others
siddhāntakaumudīa critical and scholarly commentary on the Sutras of Panini, in which the several Sutras are arranged topicwise and fully explained with examples and counter examples. The work is exhaustive, yet not voluminous, difficult yet popular, and critical yet lucid. The work is next in importance to the Mahabhasya in the system of Panini, and its study prepares the way for understanding the Mahabhasya. It is prescribed for study in the courses of Vyakarana at every academy and Pathasala and is expected to be committed to memory by students who want to be thorough scholars of Vyakarana.By virtue of its methodical treatment it has thrown into the back-ground all kindred works and glosses or Vrttis on the Sutras of Panini. It is arranged into two halves, the first half dealing with seven topics ( 1 ) संज्ञापरिभाषा, ( 2 ) पञ्त्वसंधि, ( 3 ) षड्लिङ्ग, ( 4 ) स्त्रीप्रत्यय, ( 5 ) कारक, ( 6 ) समास, ( 7 ) तद्धित, and the latter half dealing with five topics, ( 1 ) दशगणी, ( 2 ) द्वादशप्राक्रिया ( 3 ) कृदन्त ( 4 ) वैदिकी and ( 5 ) स्वर. The author भट्टोजीदीक्षित has himself written a scholarly gloss on it called प्रौढमनेरमा on which, his grandson, Hari Diksita has written a learned commentary named लघुशब्दरत्न or simple शब्दरत्न. The Siddhāntakaumudi has got a large number of commentaries on it out of which, the commentaries प्रौढमनेरमा, बालमनोरमा, (by वासुदेवदीक्षित) तत्त्वबोधिनी and लघुशब्देन्दुशेखर are read by almost every true scholar of Vyakarana. Besides these four, there are a dozen or more commentaries some of which can be given below with their names and authors ( I ) सुबेाधिनी by जयकृष्णमौनि, ( 2 ) सुबोधिनी by रामकृष्णभट्ट ( 3 ) वृहृच्छब्देन्दुशेखर by नागेश, ( 4 ) बालमनेारमा by अनन्तपण्डित, ( 5 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरहृस्य by नीलकण्ठ, ( 6 ) रत्नार्णव, by कृष्णमिश्र ( 7 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरत्नाकर by रामकृष्ण, ( 8 ) सरला by तारानाथ,(9) सुमनोरमा by तिरुमल्ल,(10)सिद्वान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by लक्ष्मीनृसिंह, (11 )सिद्धान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by विश्वेश्वरतीर्थ, (12) रत्नाकर by शिवरामेन्द्रसरस्वती and (13) प्रकाश by तोलापदीक्षित. Although the real name of the work is वैयाकरणसिद्धान्ततकौमुदी, as given by the author, still popularly the work is well known by the name सिद्धान्तकौमुदी. The work has got two abridged forms, the Madhyakaumudi and the Laghukaumudi both written by Varadaraja, the pupil of Bhattoji Diksita.
sūtrakārathe original writer of the sutras; e. g. पाणिनि, शाकटायन, शर्ववर्मन् , हेमचन्द्र and others. In Panini's system, Panini is called Sutrakara, as contrasted with Katyayana,who is called the Varttikakara and Patanjali, who is called the Bhasyakara;confer, compare पाणिने: सूत्रकारस्य M.Bh. on P.II 2.1.1.
sūtrapāṭhathe text of Panini's Sutras handed down by oral tradition from the preceptor to the pupil. Although it is said that the actual text of Panini was modified from time to time, still it can be said with certainty that it was fixed at the time of the Bhasyakara who has noted a few different readings only. The Sutra text approved by the Bhasyakara was followed by the authors of the Kasika excepting in a few cases. It is customary with learned Pandits and grammarians to say that the recital of the Sutras of Panini was originally a continuous one in the form of a Samhitatext and it was later on, that it was split up into the different Sutras, which explains according to them the variation in the number of Sutras which is due to the different ways of splitting the Sutrapatha.
sauryabhagavānan ancient grammarian quoted in the Mahabhasya: confer, compare तत्र सौर्यभगवतेाक्तमनिष्टिज्ञो वाडवः पठति | इष्यत एव चतुर्मात्रः पटतः: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VIII. 2.106 Vart. 3.
sthānivadbhāvabehaviour of the substitute like the original in respect of holding the qualities of the original and causing grammatical operations by virtue of those qualities. By means of स्थानिवद्भाव,the substitute for a root is,for instance, looked upon as a root; similarly, a noun-base or an affix or so, is looked upon like the original and it can cause such operations or be a recipient of such operations as are due to its being a root or a noun or an affix or the like. This स्यानिवद्भाव cannot be, and is not made also, a universally applicable feature; and there are limitations or restrictions put upon it, the chief of them being अल्विधौ or in the matter of such operations as are caused by the 'property of being a single letter' (अल्विधौ). There are two views regarding this 'behaviour like the original' : (l) supposed behaviour which is only instrumental in causing operations or undergoing them which is called शास्त्रातिदेदा and (2) actual restoration to the form of the original under certain conditions only as prescribed which is called रूपातिदेश. The रूपातिदेश is actually resorted to by some grammarians in the case of the reduplication of roots; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on द्विवेचनेचि P.I.1.59 and M.Bh. on P.I.1.59.See the word रूपातिदेश also. For details see Vol. VII p.p. 241243, Vyākarana Mahabhasya D.E. Society's Edition.
svara(l)vowel, as contrasted with a consonant which never stands by itself independently. The word स्वर is defined generally :as स्वयं राजन्ते ते स्वराः ( Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on pan. The word स्वर is always used in the sense of a vowel in the Pratisakhya works; Panini however has got the word अच् (short term or Pratyahara formed of अ in 'अइउण्' and च् at the end of एऔच् Mahesvara sutra 4 ) always used for vowels, the term स्वर being relegated by him to denote accents which are also termed स्वर in the ancient Pratisakhyas and grammars. The number of vowels, although shown differently in diferent ancient works, is the same, viz. five simple vowels अ,इ,उ, ऋ, लृ, and four diphthongs ए, ऐ, ओ, and अौ. These nine, by the addition of the long varieties of the first four such as आ, ई, ऊ, and ऋ, are increased to thirteen and further to twentytwo by adding the pluta forms, there being no long variety for लृ and short on for the diphthongs. All these twentytwo varieties have further subdivisions, made on the criterion of each of them being further characterized by the properties उदात्त, अनुदIत्त and स्वरित and निरनुनासिक and सानुनासिक. (2) The word स्वर also means accent, a property possessed exclusively by vowels and not by consonants, as they are entirely dependent on vowels and can at the most be said to possess the same accent as the vowel with which they are uttered together. The accents are mentioned to be three; the acute ( उदात्त ), the grave अनुदात्त and the circumflex (स्वरित) defined respectively as उच्चैरुदात्तः, नीचैरनुदात्तः and समाहारः स्वरितः by Panini (P. I. 2.29, 30,3l). The point whether समाहार means a combination or coming together one after another of the two, or a commixture or blending of the two is critically discussed in the Mahabhasya. (vide Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.31). There are however two kinds of svarita mentioned by Panini and found actually in use : (a) the independent स्वरित as possessed by the word स्वर् (from which possibly the word स्वरित was formed) and a few other words as also many times by the resultant vowel out of two vowels ( उदात्त and अनुदात्त ) combined, and (b) the enclitic or secondary svarita by which name, one or more grave vowels occurring after the udatta, in a chain, are called cf P. VIII. 2.4 VIII. 2.6 and VIII 4.66 and 67. The topic of accents is fully discussed by the authors of the Pratisakhyas as also by Panini. For details, see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 1.19; T.Pr. 38-47 Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 108 to 132, II. I.65 Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. Adhyaya l padas 1, 2, 3 and Rk. Tantra 51-66; see also Kaiyata on P. I. 2.29; (3) The word स्वर is used also in the sense of a musical tone. This meaning arose out of the second meaning ' accent ' which itself arose from the first viz. 'vowel', and it is fully discussed in works explanatory of the chanting of Samas. Patanjali has given Seven subdivisions of accents which may be at the origin of the seven musical notes. See सप्तस्वर a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
svaritapratijñāthe conventional dictum that a particular rule or part of a rule, is marked with the accent स्वरित which enables the grammarians to decide that that rule or that part of a rule is to occur in each of the subsequent Sutras, the limit of continuation being ascertained from convention. It is possible that Panini in his original recital of the Astadhyayi recited the words in the rules with the necessary accents; probably he recited every word, which was not to proceed further, with one acute or with one circumflex vowel, while, the words which were to proceed to the next rule or rules, were marked with an actual circumflex accent ( स्वरित ), or with a neutralization of the acute and the grave accents (स्वरितत्व), that is, probably without accents or by एकश्रुति or by प्रचय; cf स्वरितेनाधिकार: P. I.3.II and the Mahabhasya thereon.
hūthe last of the spirant consonants, | which is a glottal, voiced letter called also ऊष्म or spirant of a partial contact, i. e. possessed of the properties कण्ठय, नादानुप्रदान, ऊष्म and ईषत्स्पृष्टत्व. This letter has been given twice in the Paninian alphabet, viz. the Mahesvara Sutras, and the Bhasyakara has given the purpose of it, viz. the technical utility of being included among soft consonants along with semi-vowels, nasals and the fifth, the fourth, and the third class-consonants (हश् अश् et cetera, and others),as also among the hard consonants along with the fourth and the third class-letters and spirants ( झ्लू, ). The second letter हू in हल् appears, however, to have only a technical utility,as the purpose of its place there among spirants is served by the jihvamuliya and the Upadhmaniya letters which are,in fact, the velar and the labial spirants respectively, besides the other three शू, षू and सू .The Rk Pratisakhya calls ह as a chest sound. For details, see Mahabhasya on the Siva Sutra हयवरट् Varttikas 1, 2 and 3.
ha(1)representation of the consonant हू with अ added for facility of pronunciation; (2) a technical term for the internal effort between विवृत and संवृत, which causes घोष in the consonants; confer, compare संवृतविवृतयोर्मध्ये मध्यमप्रक्रारे यः शब्दः क्रियते स हकारसंज्ञो भवति। संज्ञायाः प्रयेाजनं ' हकारो हचतुर्थेषु ' इति ( तै. प्रा.श ९)Tribhasyaratna on T.Pr. II.6; (3) name of an external effort causing घोष: confer, compare सांप्रतिके प्रकृतिस्थे कण्ठे सति हृकारो नाम बाह्यः प्रयत्नः क्रियते | तेन च व्यञ्जनेषु घोषो जायते। Vaidikabharana on T.Pr. II.6; (4) name of a kind of external effort of the type of अनुप्रदान found in the utterance of the consonant ( ह् ) and the fourth class-consonants; confer, compare हकारौ हृचतुर्थेषु T.Pr.II.9.
Vedabase Search
4140 results
asya (the taking away) of this AjāmilaSB 6.1.33
asya about HimSB 3.25.2
asya by HimSB 7.14.42
asya by thisSB 10.44.9
asya by your son KṛṣṇaSB 10.26.16
asya for all these actsSB 1.18.48
asya for HimSB 10.46.37
SB 10.46.39
asya for himSB 10.52.31
asya for HimSB 10.53.37
asya for himSB 11.22.56
SB 12.6.25
SB 7.5.16
asya for him, the soulSB 11.23.56
asya for itSB 10.64.33
asya for such a personCC Madhya 22.50
asya for the population of this universeSB 12.11.46
asya hisBG 2.59
BG 2.65
BG 2.67
BG 3.34
asya HisCC Adi 1.3
asya HisCC Adi 1.3
CC Adi 2.5
asya HisCC Adi 2.5
CC Madhya 21.136
CC Madhya 23.35
CC Madhya 8.182
SB 1.10.28
asya hisSB 1.14.28-29
SB 1.2.21
SB 1.7.43
SB 1.7.47
asya HisSB 1.9.16
SB 10.17.16
asya hisSB 10.24.18
SB 10.37.5
asya HisSB 10.43.28
SB 10.43.30
SB 10.44.16
asya hisSB 10.63.48
SB 10.63.49
asya HisSB 10.68.37
asya hisSB 10.76.18-19
SB 10.78.30
SB 10.80.20-22
asya HisSB 10.83.15-16
asya hisSB 10.88.8
SB 11.20.30
SB 11.20.8
SB 11.21.21
SB 11.23.35
SB 11.26.26
SB 11.30.38
SB 12.10.5
asya HisSB 12.11.16
SB 2.1.30
SB 2.1.32
SB 2.6.23
SB 2.6.4
SB 2.7.11
SB 2.7.7
asya hisSB 3.11.33
SB 3.13.48
asya HisSB 3.28.32
SB 3.5.15
SB 3.9.24
asya hisSB 4.9.49
SB 6.7.25
asya HisSB 7.1.2
SB 7.1.25
asya hisSB 9.17.5
SB 9.7.12
asya his (son)SB 10.78.36
SB 12.1.32-33
asya his sonSB 9.17.9
asya in front of himSB 12.9.34
asya itsSB 10.86.56
SB 3.10.14
asya King PṛthuSB 4.21.10
asya of a living entitySB 3.15.34
asya of a personSB 6.16.39
asya of CaṇḍavegaSB 4.27.14
asya of DakṣaSB 4.4.29
asya of DhruvaSB 4.10.24
asya of Dhruva MahārājaSB 4.12.40
SB 4.9.4
asya of her sonSB 4.10.3
asya of himBG 3.18
asya of HimCC Adi 5.141
asya of himCC Antya 19.105
asya of HimCC Madhya 20.306
CC Madhya 21.1
asya of himCC Madhya 22.88-90
CC Madhya 23.40
asya of HimCC Madhya 6.101
SB 1.3.37
asya of himSB 1.5.16
SB 1.8.33
asya of HimSB 1.9.19
SB 10.25.33
asya of himSB 10.43.37
SB 11.11.4
SB 11.14.30
asya of HimSB 12.11.16
SB 2.1.28
asya of HimSB 2.1.28
SB 2.1.29
SB 2.1.33
SB 2.5.39
SB 2.6.5
SB 2.7.30
SB 2.7.41
asya of himSB 3.12.54
asya of HimSB 3.2.20
asya of himSB 3.25.15
asya of HimSB 3.26.54
asya of himSB 3.31.44
SB 4.15.24
SB 4.28.26
SB 7.13.27
SB 7.5.28
SB 7.5.7
SB 8.15.28
SB 8.15.29
SB 8.19.9
SB 9.20.23
asya of him (Bali Mahārāja)SB 8.22.16
asya of him (Bharata)SB 9.20.23
asya of him (Brahmā)SB 3.12.44
asya of Him (the Lord)SB 2.5.38
SB 7.11.8-12
asya of Him (the Supreme Personality of Godhead)SB 9.24.57
asya of him (Tribhānu)SB 9.23.17
asya of HisCC Madhya 22.160
SB 2.10.5
SB 2.10.6
asya of His (Lord Kṛṣṇa's)SB 1.16.6
asya of IndraSB 8.11.20
asya of itBG 2.17
SB 1.7.28
SB 10.54.47
SB 10.85.17
asya of KṛśāśvaSB 9.6.25
asya of KṛṣṇaSB 7.10.70
asya of KṛtiSB 9.13.26
asya of Lord BrahmāSB 3.20.28
asya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 7.15.67
asya of Lord ṛṣabhadevaSB 5.6.15
asya of Lord Śrī KṛṣṇaCC Antya 7.29
CC Madhya 8.232
CC Madhya 8.80
CC Madhya 9.121
SB 10.47.60
asya of Mahārāja HariścandraSB 9.7.9
asya of MaruttaSB 9.2.27
asya of My devoteeSB 11.19.20-24
asya of PṛthuSB 4.19.29
asya of RambhaSB 9.2.25
asya of such offendersSB 1.17.14
asya of thatCC Antya 1.148
CC Madhya 2.52
asya of the advancing devoteeSB 3.31.39
asya of the bodySB 11.19.7
asya of the body of my husbandSB 9.9.28
asya of the clubSB 11.1.21
asya of the conditioned soulSB 3.26.7
asya of the cosmic manifestationSB 4.22.9
asya of the creationSB 2.10.45
asya of the devoteeSB 3.32.24
asya of the entire cosmic manifestationSB 10.3.19
asya of the gigantic formSB 3.6.16
SB 3.6.17
SB 3.6.18
SB 3.6.21
SB 3.6.22
SB 3.6.23
SB 3.6.24
SB 3.6.25
SB 3.6.26
SB 3.6.27
asya of the human beingsSB 7.13.25
asya of the KingSB 4.9.41
asya of the living beingSB 11.10.33
SB 2.8.7
SB 4.29.73
asya of the living entities who have accepted material bodiesSB 9.13.10
asya of the living entityBG 13.22
SB 11.13.31
SB 11.28.13
SB 11.9.26
SB 2.7.49
SB 3.27.4
SB 3.31.44
SB 4.29.65
asya of the LordCC Madhya 21.13
SB 12.6.29
SB 2.9.18
SB 3.28.28
SB 3.31.18
SB 3.8.6
SB 6.17.33
asya of the Lord, Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 7.1
asya of the manifested universesSB 1.1.1
asya of the material worldSB 11.11.20
SB 5.17.21
asya of the people in generalSB 3.9.17
asya of the personSB 7.12.10
asya of the Personality of GodheadSB 3.19.29
asya of the possessorSB 8.22.26
asya of the serpent (Kāliya)CC Madhya 24.54
CC Madhya 8.147
CC Madhya 9.114
SB 10.16.36
asya of the Supreme LordSB 3.15.33
asya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 3.29.39
SB 4.11.20
asya of the universal formSB 3.26.59
SB 3.26.60
asya of the universal form of the LordSB 2.5.42
asya of the universeCC Madhya 21.11
SB 10.14.7
asya of the virāṭ-puruṣaSB 3.26.62
asya of the worldSB 3.32.7
SB 4.19.38
asya of theseBs 5.50
asya of thisBG 11.18
BG 11.38
BG 11.43
BG 2.40
BG 9.17
CC Madhya 24.135
Iso 5
asya of thisIso 5
SB 10.11.55
SB 10.14.16
SB 10.14.2
SB 10.27.3
SB 3.5.28
SB 6.1.39
SB 7.10.43-44
SB 7.9.42
SB 7.9.44
SB 8.6.10
asya of this (Ajāmila)SB 6.2.8
asya of this (dynasty)SB 11.1.4
asya of this (material world)SB 7.9.13
asya of this (Rādhā-kuṇḍa)NoI 9
asya of this (the universe)CC Madhya 20.359
CC Madhya 25.148
CC Madhya 8.266
asya of this (universe)SB 10.59.28
SB 10.70.4-5
SB 10.84.32-33
SB 10.85.3
SB 11.6.15
asya of this (world)SB 10.70.26
asya of this BhāgavatamSB 12.13.3
asya of this bodySB 7.13.6
asya of this brahmacārī VāmanaSB 8.21.13
asya of this childSB 9.20.22
asya of this cosmic manifestationSB 5.19.12
asya of this created universeSB 11.28.19
asya of this creationSB 11.28.18
SB 11.6.16
SB 3.26.9
asya of this earthSB 1.3.7
asya of this KingSB 4.16.14
asya of this lustBG 3.40
asya of this manSB 3.31.35
SB 9.4.44
asya of this manifested cosmos or of anything material or visibleSB 8.12.5
asya of this material universeSB 11.3.35
asya of this material worldSB 4.17.33
SB 5.25.9
SB 6.4.44
SB 8.7.23
asya of this oneCC Adi 3.36
SB 7.2.40
asya of this personSB 5.5.9
SB 7.10.18
asya of this treeBG 15.3-4
SB 11.12.22-23
asya of this treeSB 11.12.22-23
asya of this universeSB 10.14.18
SB 10.16.49
SB 10.60.46
SB 11.22.17
SB 11.4.5
SB 12.7.17
SB 12.7.18
SB 12.7.9-10
SB 12.8.45
SB 3.19.17
SB 6.12.11
SB 6.3.12
SB 8.1.13
asya of this VāmanadevaSB 8.20.10
asya of this varṣaSB 11.2.19
asya of this worldSB 10.16.48
SB 10.20.6
SB 10.3.21
SB 3.29.44
asya of your sonCC Madhya 20.331
asya of your son KṛṣṇaSB 10.8.13
asya one'sCC Adi 1.59
asya ridding ourselves ofSB 12.3.3-4
asya thisBG 11.52
BG 6.39
BG 9.3
SB 10.86.42
SB 4.24.18
SB 5.13.20
asya this (universe)SB 10.87.50
asya to himSB 10.81.6-7
asya to him (Kaṃsa)SB 10.39.9
asya to him (the dead boy)SB 6.15.2
asya to the living entitySB 6.16.10
asya unto PrahlādaSB 7.5.51
asya upon himSB 9.6.26
asya with him (Kālayavana)SB 10.50.47
asya khalasya of this envious demonSB 10.12.28
asya khalasya of this envious demonSB 10.12.28
asya sataḥ of this cosmic manifestation now visibleSB 10.2.28
asya sataḥ of this cosmic manifestation now visibleSB 10.2.28
asyai to herSB 3.23.28
asyai unto that pregnant queenSB 9.8.4
asyai unto the motherSB 3.13.42
asyamāne being blasphemedSB 4.4.17
asyan killingCC Madhya 13.79
SB 10.90.48
asyata engaged in fightingSB 8.10.28
asyataḥ for the supreme annihilatorSB 8.22.20
asyataḥ pierced by your discharged arrowsSB 10.4.33
asyataḥ throwingSB 10.58.54
asyataḥ who was throwingSB 10.63.32
abhadrasya inauspiciousnessSB 1.19.3
abhadrasya of the impiousSB 4.9.37
abhaktasya of a person who is not devotedSB 5.18.12
viṣṇoḥ abhaktasya who is not a devotee of Lord ViṣṇuSB 9.4.44
abhaktasya one who is not a devoteeCC Adi 8.58
abhaktasya of the nondevoteeCC Madhya 22.76
abhavasya of one who is never bornSB 3.4.16
abhavasya transcendental to material existenceSB 3.28.23
abhavasya of the unbornSB 5.6.15
abhavasya of whom there is no birth, death or maintenance as for an ordinary beingSB 10.2.39
abhayasya of fearlessnessSB 2.6.18
nārāyaṇa-abhidhānasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, named NārāyaṇaSB 11.3.34
abhihatasya of one overwhelmedSB 11.19.9
īśa-abhihitasya although designated as kingSB 6.18.25
abhijātasya of one who is born ofBG 16.1-3
abhijātasya of one who is born ofBG 16.4
hṛdaya-abhijātasya his sons, born of his own heartSB 5.8.26
kṛta-nija-abhimānasya who accepted the calf as his own sonSB 5.8.8
abhiratasya of one who is fully satisfiedSB 4.20.28
mūrdha-abhiṣiktasya who is noted as the emperorSB 9.15.41
abhitaptasya in terms of His contemplationSB 3.6.11
na abhyasyamānāḥ not being studiedSB 10.20.16
abhyasyantaḥ practicingSB 6.5.27-28
abhyasyataḥ of the person practicing this yoga systemSB 7.15.34
abudhasya a great foolSB 5.8.29
abudhasya of one who does not knowSB 6.5.15
abudhasya of one who does not knowSB 6.5.17
abudhasya of one who does not know (this principle of time)SB 6.5.19
kula-acala-indrasya of the great mountainsSB 3.13.41
acarasya and nonmovingBG 11.43
acarasya not movingSB 4.8.81
cara-acarasya of different bodies, some moving and some not movingSB 5.12.8
cara-acarasya moving and nonmovingSB 10.2.29
cara-acarasya of all living entities, moving and nonmovingCC Madhya 20.145
cara-acarasya of animate and inanimate objectsBs 5.62
saha-ṛtvik-ācārya-sadasyaḥ with all the priests, ācāryas and members of the holy assemblySB 8.20.22
acintyasya of the inconceivableCC Adi 17.308
acyutasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 5.10.23
acyutasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.13.2
acyutasya of the infallible LordSB 11.2.33
adāntasya for him who is not self-controlledSB 10.78.25-26
adbhuta-vīryasya of the one who possesses wonderful potenciesSB 2.8.2
kṛṣṇasya ādeśa of the order of KṛṣṇaSB 10.23.6
adhaḥ-śayānasya who was put underneath the handcartSB 10.7.7
adhamasya who am most fallenSB 10.38.5
adhamasya who is the most fallenCC Madhya 22.44
adhamasya most degradedMM 35
adharma-śīlasya of one who is engaged in irreligionSB 3.5.3
adharmasya of irreligionBG 4.7
adharmasya of immoralitySB 2.6.10
adharmasya of IrreligionSB 4.8.2
adharmasya of impious activitiesSB 5.26.3
adharmasya of impious activitiesSB 6.1.38
adharmasya of irreligionSB 10.50.10
adharmasya of irreligionCC Adi 3.22
adhokṣaja-īśasya who accepted Adhokṣaja as his worshipable LordSB 4.19.10
adhokṣajasya of the Lord, who is known as AdhokṣajaSB 4.17.6-7
adhruvasya temporarySB 3.30.3
adhvarasya of the sacrificeSB 4.6.6
adhvarasya of the sacrificeSB 4.6.50
adhvarasya of the sacrificeSB 4.6.53
adhyasya entrustingSB 3.14.19
adhyasya having securedSB 3.20.1
adhyasya wrongly attributingSB 4.29.23-25
adhyātmikasya spiritual methods leading to devotional serviceSB 2.8.19
adhyavasyat ascertained itSB 2.2.34
ādi-rājasya of the original kingSB 3.13.3
ādi-rājasya of the first emperorSB 3.22.39
ādi-rājasya of the original kingSB 4.21.8
ādi-puruṣasya the original personSB 5.1.23
ādi-puruṣasya of the original Personality of GodheadSB 7.10.47
ādityasya of the sun (Sūrya Nārāyaṇa)SB 5.22.1
ādityasya of the sun-godSB 12.11.45
advaita-candrasya of Lord AdvaitacandraCC Adi 12.3
advayasya of the AbsoluteSB 1.9.21
advitīyasya without a secondSB 10.74.4
āgata-nidrasya when he felt sleepySB 8.24.8
agatasya of one who has not obtainedSB 6.5.14
aghasya of the sinfulSB 1.19.14
āgneyasya of the fire weaponSB 10.63.13
agra-jasya of the elder brotherSB 6.11.15
rūpasya agrajaḥ the elder brother of Śrīla Rūpa GosvāmīCC Madhya 24.348
aguṇasya of the TranscendenceSB 1.18.14
aguṇasya of the Lord, who is without material qualitiesSB 2.8.1
aguṇasya who possesses no material qualitiesSB 7.1.2
aguṇasya of Him who has no material qualitiesSB 10.14.6
guṇa-aguṇatvasya of being absorbed in material qualities or devoid of material qualitiesSB 5.11.7
ahańkāra-vimūḍhasya deluded by false egoSB 3.26.16
sa-ahańkārasya accepted under false egoSB 3.27.16
ahańkārasya of false egoSB 11.28.15
aikāntikasya ultimateBG 14.27
ailasya of PurūravāSB 9.15.1
ailasya of Mahārāja AilaSB 12.12.25-26
aiśvarasya of opulenceSB 10.44.14
aiśvarasya of opulenceCC Adi 4.156
aiśvarasya of opulenceCC Madhya 21.112
aiśvarya-mattasya of one who was intoxicated by opulencesSB 7.4.20
ājagarasya who took the profession of a pythonSB 7.13.11
ajamīḍhasya of AjamīḍhaSB 9.21.21
ajamīḍhasya of AjamīḍhaSB 9.21.30
ajanasya of the unbornSB 1.3.35
ajanasya who never takes material birthSB 10.14.20
ajasya of the unbornSB 1.8.30
ajasya of Brahmā, the first created living beingSB 2.4.22
ajasya of the unbornSB 3.1.44
ajasya of the unbornSB 3.1.45
ajasya of the unbornSB 3.2.16
ajasya of the self-bornSB 3.8.20
ajasya of the supreme immortalSB 4.21.28-29
ajasya of the living beingSB 8.5.28
ajasya of the unbornSB 8.12.43
ajasya of Lord BrahmāSB 10.13.46
ajasya who is unbornSB 11.23.53
ajitasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 8.5.24
ajñasya of one who is ignorantSB 3.7.40
akalpasya without determination, being unable to execute even material activitiesSB 7.6.7
akāmasya of one who has no desire for personal sense gratificationSB 5.15.11
akaruṇasya an unkind personSB 10.39.26
ākāśa-śarīrasya the Supersoul of the whole universeSB 6.9.42
akhilasya of the entire universeSB 3.28.23
nabhasya-ākhyam the month named Nabhasya (Bhādra)SB 12.11.38
tapasya-ākhyam the month known as Tapasya (Phālguna)SB 12.11.40
ṛṣabha-ākhyasya whose name was Lord ṛṣabhadevaSB 5.6.16
mohana-ākhyasya mood known as mohana, or enchantingCC Antya 14.16
akiñcanasya of one who does not desire anythingSB 11.14.13
ākrāntasya oppressedSB 10.30.31
akṛta-sukṛtasya who has no pious activitiesSB 5.8.16
akṛta-arthasya of him who has not fulfilled the purpose of his lifeSB 11.7.68
akṣasya of the eyesSB 1.6.16
tāmarasa-akṣasya of Kṛṣṇa, who has eyes like lotus petalsCC Madhya 18.38
ālasya indolenceBG 14.8
ālasya lazinessBG 18.39
ālasyam slothMM 10
ālayasya of the abodeSB 10.60.42
alokasya and of the land not inhabited by living entitiesSB 5.20.36
alpa-puṇyasya of him whose pious credit has been insufficientSB 11.7.68
amartasya of one who does not dieSB 7.3.21
amartyasya api even one who is a demigodSB 1.17.15
ambarīṣasya of Mahārāja AmbarīṣaSB 9.5.27
ambarīṣasya of Mahārāja AmbarīṣaSB 9.5.28
aṃhasaḥ kṛtasya when one has performed sinful activitiesSB 6.1.7
amṛtasya of the immortalBG 14.27
amṛtasya of deathlessnessSB 2.6.18
amṛtasya of the auspicious resultSB 5.20.5
aṃśa-bhūtasya which is the partial expansionSB 12.4.32
śańkarasya aṃśaḥ partial expansion of Lord ŚivaSB 4.1.33
brahma-aṃśakasya of the partial expansion of the Absolute TruthSB 12.4.32
aṃśasya part and parcelSB 11.11.4
anādi-saṃsāra-anubhavasya of the perception of the beginningless process of transmigrationSB 5.14.1
anamitrasya a son of AnamitraSB 9.24.14
ananta-pārasya of the unlimitedSB 1.5.16
ananta-vīryasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who has unlimited potencySB 9.1.1
ananta-balasya for Him whose strength is immeasurableSB 10.16.7
ananta-pārasya of the boundlessSB 11.27.6
anantasya of the unlimited LordSB 1.5.11
anantasya of the unlimitedSB 1.6.26
anantasya of the SupremeSB 2.1.31
anantasya of Ananta, the resting incarnation of GodheadSB 2.2.26
anantasya of the unlimitedSB 3.11.38
anantasya of the unlimited LordSB 7.8.9
anantasya of the unlimitedSB 8.20.21
anantasya unlimitedSB 10.67.1
anantasya unlimitedSB 10.79.33
anantasya who is unlimitedSB 10.79.34
anantasya of the unlimited LordSB 11.4.2
anantasya of the unlimited LordSB 12.12.52
anapatyasya who was without issueSB 9.23.6
anaraṇyasya of AnaraṇyaSB 9.7.4
anarthasya of worthlessnessSB 11.23.23
anāryasya the most ill-behavedSB 5.8.16
anati-śāyanasya of one who is unexcelledSB 1.18.20
anavasthānasya being unsteadySB 5.6.2
anayasya of your ungrateful activitySB 6.7.22
aṇḍa-kośasya of the universeSB 2.8.16
andhasya darknessSB 3.25.8
andhasya blindedSB 3.25.9
andhasya for such a blind personSB 8.24.50
śrī-mada-andhasya who is blinded by temporarily possessing riches and opulenceSB 10.10.13
andhasya one who is blindCC Antya 1.2
andhasya who is blindMM 36
kula-ańgārasya of he who is like a cinder in the dynastySB 7.5.16
ańgasya of AńgaSB 4.13.18
ańgasya of King AńgaSB 4.14.42
ańgasya of the name AńgaSB 4.21.28-29
ańghripasya (of You) who are the treeSB 3.21.15
ańgiraḥ-pravarasya who came in the dynasty of the great saint AńgirāSB 5.9.1-2
anīhamānasya of a person who does not endeavor even to earn his livelihoodSB 7.15.15
anīhasya of one who has no desireSB 3.4.16
animita-vikramasya whose power is immeasurableSB 5.25.12
animittasya of causelessnessSB 3.10.9
anīśasya of the living entity fully under the control of material natureSB 7.13.30
anīśasya of an atheist disbelieverSB 12.8.28
śrīvatsa-ańkasya of the Lord, who bears the mark ŚrīvatsaSB 3.19.34
antaḥpura-sthasya remaining inside the house or palaceSB 7.6.29-30
sāvarṇeḥ antarasya during the period of the Manu known as SāvarṇiSB 8.22.31
antarasya anotherNBS 59
antarhitasya of Him who is now out of sightSB 1.16.23
dharma-eka-antasya for one who is engaged in the ultimate occupational serviceSB 1.2.9
kṛta-antasya of YamarājaSB 8.15.29
tasya anu after thatSB 10.37.15-20
sa-anubandhasya with that which is relatedSB 3.30.3
anubhāvasya whose influenceSB 5.1.23
anādi-saṃsāra-anubhavasya of the perception of the beginningless process of transmigrationSB 5.14.1
mahā-anubhāvasya who was an exalted devoteeSB 5.24.26
sakala-loka-anubhāvasya who is auspicious for all planetary systemsSB 5.24.30
anucarasya strictly following the instructionsSB 1.5.29
anucarasya of a companionSB 10.35.18-19
kṛṣṇa-anucarasya and the servant of Kṛṣṇa (Uddhava)SB 10.46.44
dhanada-anugasya of the follower of the rich KuveraSB 2.7.33
sa-anugasya one of the associatesSB 3.5.21
sa-anugasya together with His companionsSB 10.23.17
mat-anugrahasya which has shown mercy to meSB 10.14.2
anuhrādasya of AnuhlādaSB 6.18.16
anujasya of His younger brotherSB 10.16.16
ānukūlyasya of anything that assists devotional service to the LordCC Madhya 22.100
anuraktasya attached to themSB 1.5.29
anuraktasya although attachedSB 3.4.10
anurasyate is relishedCC Madhya 23.100
anuvidhasya who is imitatingSB 10.50.29
anvīkṣamāṇasya of one who is carefully examiningSB 11.24.28
anyasya of othersSB 4.22.32
anyasya of othersSB 5.26.19
anyasya another'sSB 7.10.64
anyasya of those other than the brāhmaṇas (the kṣatriyas)SB 7.11.14
anyasya of something elseSB 10.54.41
anyasya for anotherSB 11.4.10
anyasya of the body (who is separate from the self)SB 11.22.48
anyasya of anotherSB 11.23.47
anyasya of anotherCC Antya 1.142
apadasya which has no perceptible qualitiesSB 10.87.29
apakva-yogasya who is immature in the practice of yogaSB 11.28.38
apāpasya free from all sinful activitiesSB 6.11.15
apāpasya of one who has no sinful lifeSB 9.9.31
aparasya of one who was born laterSB 6.14.54
aparijñeya-vīryasya who has unlimited potencySB 8.12.36
daiteya-apasadasya of the great demon, HiraṇyakaśipuSB 7.4.25-26
tasya apatyam his sonSB 9.22.43
apatyasya for the childrenSB 7.14.26
apavarga-dvārasya the gate of liberationSB 5.24.19
āpavargyasya ultimate liberationSB 1.2.9
apetasya for one who has turned awaySB 11.2.37
apetasya of one who has withdrawn (the conditioned soul)CC Madhya 20.119
apetasya of one who has withdrawn (the conditioned soul)CC Madhya 24.137
apetasya of one who has withdrawn (the conditioned soul)CC Madhya 25.138
amartyasya api even one who is a demigodSB 1.17.15
parasya api another's selfSB 4.22.29
tasya api of him alsoSB 5.12.5-6
tasya api of that island alsoSB 5.20.25
tasya api from MarīciSB 9.1.10
tasya api of AmitrajitSB 9.12.13
tasya api of Purujit alsoSB 9.13.23
kasya api of someoneCC Adi 4.52
kasya api of someoneCC Adi 4.275
aprajasya of he who had no sonSB 9.1.13
aprajasya who had no sonsSB 9.6.2
aprajasya of Vicitravīrya, who had no progenySB 9.22.25
aprajasya of one who did not have a son beforeSB 10.5.23
aprameyasya immeasurableBG 2.18
aprameyasya of the TranscendenceSB 4.11.23
aprameyasya immeasurableSB 10.29.14
aprameyasya immeasurableSB 10.67.1
aprameyasya immeasurableSB 10.79.33
aprāṇasya which is deadCC Madhya 19.75
apratibuddhasya of one who is sleepingSB 3.27.25
apratibuddhasya for one who has not awakenedSB 11.28.14
āpta-kāmasya whose desires are already completely fulfilledSB 10.47.46
apuṇyasya of a person who has no assets in pious activitiesSB 7.5.41
aputrasya without a sonSB 4.15.1
aputrasya (of Kunti) who was sonlessSB 9.24.27
aramamāṇasya of Him, who never consortsBs 5.7
ātma-ārāmasya to one who rejoices in the selfSB 3.27.26
ātma-ārāmasya who is self-satisfiedSB 7.15.16
ātma-ārāmasya of the self-satisfiedSB 10.83.39
ātma-ārāmasya engaged in the enjoyments of the transcendental realmBs 5.6
yoga-ārambhaṇasya whose path of executing the mystic yoga practicesSB 5.8.26
aravinda-nayanasya of the lotus-eyed LordSB 3.15.43
aravinda-nayanasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, whose eyes are like the petals of a lotusCC Madhya 17.142
aravinda-nayanasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, whose eyes are like the petals of a lotusCC Madhya 24.45
aravinda-nayanasya of the lotus-eyed LordCC Madhya 24.115
aravinda-nayanasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, whose eyes are like the petals of a lotus flowerCC Madhya 25.158
pāda-aravindasya of the lotus feetSB 4.22.20
mama arbhakasya of my childSB 10.8.40
sva-arbhakasya of her own sonSB 10.9.15
māyā-arbhakasya of the boys made by Kṛṣṇa's māyāSB 10.13.15
arbhasya of the boysSB 3.7.3
para-ardhasya of the superior halfSB 3.11.35
arditasya who is distressedSB 12.4.40
ariṣṭasya of AriṣṭaSB 12.12.31-33
arjunasya of KārtavīryārjunaSB 9.16.9
arjunasya of ArjunaSB 10.58.25
arkasya of the sun globeSB 5.22.8
arkasya of the sunSB 5.22.12
arkasya of ArkaSB 6.6.13
arkasya of the sunlikeCC Madhya 24.1
ārṣabhasya of the son of ṛṣabhadevaSB 5.14.42
ārtasya of a distressed personSB 5.12.2
ārtasya of a person suffering from some diseaseSB 7.9.19
artha-bhūtasya having his real interestSB 4.29.36-37
arthasya of material gainSB 1.2.9
pada-arthasya of physical bodiesSB 3.11.2
arthasya of the objectiveSB 4.7.31
arthasya thingSB 6.16.7
arthasya of interestSB 8.6.20
arthasya of the economic conditionSB 8.16.5
arthasya of the principles of the purpose of lifeSB 8.24.5
arthasya of the benefitSB 9.18.29
akṛta-arthasya of him who has not fulfilled the purpose of his lifeSB 11.7.68
sva-arthasya his own best interestSB 11.26.13
indriyasya arthe in the sense objectsBG 3.34
ārūḍhasya of one who has attainedBG 6.3
ratha-ārūḍhasya of the Supreme Lord, who was placed aboard the carCC Madhya 13.207
yoga-ārūḍhasya of one who has attained such perfect knowledgeCC Madhya 24.159
arūpakasya of You, who possess no material formSB 7.9.47
arūpasya of one who has no material formSB 1.3.30
āryakasya of ĀryakaSB 8.13.26
āryasya the elderSB 10.23.4
āsajjamānasya becoming attachedSB 10.51.47
āsaktasya of one who is attachedSB 1.6.27
asamāptasya of the unfinished sacrificeSB 4.6.50
kamala āsanasya of Lord Brahmā, whose sitting place is on the lotus flowerSB 5.20.29
aśāntasya of the unpeacefulBG 2.66
asantuṣṭasya of one who is not self-satisfiedSB 7.15.19
āśāsānasya thinkingSB 6.18.26
prajā-āśāyāḥ nivṛttasya of one who was almost hopeless of getting a son at this ageSB 10.5.23
kasya asi whose are you (whose disciple or son are you)SB 5.10.16
kasya asi with whom are you relatedSB 9.20.11
asitasya that of AsitaSB 3.1.22
asmat-vidhasya of a person like meSB 5.2.12
gata-asoḥ tasya after he diedSB 4.13.19-20
āsthitasya who was situated inSB 10.90.29
brahma-astrasya of the brahmāstraSB 10.63.13
astrasya of the weapon (the blade of kuśa grass)SB 10.78.35
asvatantrasya who is not independent (that is, who is under the control of his senses)SB 10.20.10
iha asya of this material worldSB 1.2.23
dharmasya asya of the religious principles mentioned in śāstraSB 8.16.11
kṛṣṇaḥ asya bhī-bhayam Kṛṣṇa, who is Himself the fearful element of all kinds of fear (when Kṛṣṇa is present, there is no fear)SB 10.13.13
ati-kāyasya of that great demon, who had expanded his body to a very large sizeSB 10.12.31
ati-rahasyam full of spiritual mysteriesCC Madhya 25.283
ati-svapna-śīlasya of one who dreams too much in sleepCC Antya 8.67-68
ātma-ārāmasya to one who rejoices in the selfSB 3.27.26
ātma-tantrasya of Lord Śiva, who is self-dependentSB 4.6.7
ātma-jasya of his sonSB 5.9.4
ātma-bhūtasya the soul of all soulsSB 5.20.20
ātma-tantrasya being self-sufficient, not dependent on any other personSB 6.3.17
daitya-ātma-jasya of Prahlāda Mahārāja, the son of the demonSB 7.10.47
ātma-ārāmasya who is self-satisfiedSB 7.15.16
ātma-loka-āvaraṇasya from the covering of self-realizationSB 8.3.25
ātma-vṛkṣasya of the tree of the bodySB 8.19.39
ātma-ārāmasya of the self-satisfiedSB 10.83.39
ātma-jayasya of victory over the selfSB 12.3.5
ātma-ārāmasya engaged in the enjoyments of the transcendental realmBs 5.6
ātmajasya of his own sonSB summary
ātmārāmasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is satisfied in HimselfCC Adi 6.75
atṛptasya unsatisfiedSB 11.7.68
vyasana-āturasya being influenced by sinful desireSB 4.26.26
draviṇa-vidhura-āturasya who is very aggrieved because of loss of wealthSB 5.8.23
āturasya of one who is mentally agitatedSB 10.50.19
atyanta rahasya extremely mysteriousCC Madhya 8.200
auśanasya of ŚukrācāryaSB 6.7.39
svapna-avabodhasya sleep and wakefulnessBG 6.17
avabodhasya of one whose keeping awakeCC Antya 8.67-68
avadhūtasya of a holy man acting outside the scope of ordinary regulative principlesSB 11.7.24
satya-avalambasya one who embraced truth as shelterSB 3.1.8
avanatasya submissiveSB 3.16.24
ātma-loka-āvaraṇasya from the covering of self-realizationSB 8.3.25
para-avarasya and of lower and higher conditions of lifeSB 5.11.7
dakṣiṇa-āvarta-kuṇḍalī-bhūta-śarīrasya whose body is like a coil turning toward the right sideSB 5.23.5
vivṛta-avasarasya taking the opportunity ofSB 5.2.6
āvāsasya the residenceSB 5.1.27
avasitasya who residesSB 3.28.33
svarūpa-avasthitasya staying in the same form even to the time of dissolutionSB 3.11.2
avasyandamānā flowingSB 5.17.8
avasyasi exist (as the cause)SB 7.9.30
avasyati one can obtainSB 11.15.4-5
avatārasya one who incarnatedSB 1.16.23
avatārasya of the incarnationsSB 3.5.43
kṛta-avatārasya who assumed the incarnationSB 3.19.32
avatārasya incarnationSB 4.16.3
avatārasya His descent to this worldSB 10.38.7
avatīrṇasya who appeared as an incarnationSB 10.1.2
hita-avatīrṇasya who have descended for the benefit of all living entitiesSB 10.14.7
avatīrṇasya who has descendedSB 11.6.25
hita-avatīrṇasya who have descended for the benefit of all living entitiesCC Madhya 21.11
yajña-avayavasya of the Personality of Godhead (of whose body yajña is a part)SB 3.18.20
avijñasya who does not knowSB 6.5.16
avimuktasya of one who is not freed from such miserable conditions (or one who is subjected to birth, death, old age and disease)SB 7.13.31
avinītasya not very submissiveSB 4.8.36
avinītasya not humbleSB 10.78.25-26
avitīrṇasya of Him who has descendedSB 11.5.50
avyākṛtasya of one who is unchangedSB 3.11.38
avyaktasya of the unmanifestedSB 4.11.23
avyayasya of the imperishableBG 2.17
avyayasya of the imperishableBG 14.27
avyayasya the inexhaustibleSB 8.12.5
avyayasya of Him who is inexhaustibleSB 10.29.14
ayajñasya for one who performs no sacrificeBG 4.31
ayaśasyam unfavorable for a good reputationSB 10.29.26
kusuma-āyudhasya of Cupid, who has a flower arrow in his handSB 5.2.6
āyudhasya whose weaponSB 10.90.47
ayuktasya of one who is not connected (with Kṛṣṇa consciousness)BG 2.66
ayuktasya of one devoid of Kṛṣṇa consciousnessBG 2.66
ayuktasya whose mind is diverted from the truthSB 11.7.8
baddha-vairasya of one who is inimicalSB 3.29.23
baddhasya about Him who was capturedSB 10.63.2
baddhasya of the conditioned soulSB 11.11.5
badhyamānasya who was being bound by mother YaśodāSB 10.9.15
bahu-rūpasya having varieties of formsSB 3.10.10
baladevasya of Lord BaladevaSB 10.68.23
tasya bālakasya of the small baby KṛṣṇaSB 10.7.10
bālakasya of the boySB 10.26.2
bālasya of the boySB 1.5.29
māyā-balasya of the omnipotentSB 2.7.41
bālasya while the boySB 4.9.26
bālasya of the boySB 6.14.50-51
bālasya a childSB 7.2.7-8
bālasya of a childSB 7.6.29-30
bālasya of a little childSB 7.9.19
bālasya of the childSB 10.6.19
bālasya of the childSB 10.6.21
bālasya of a small boy like KṛṣṇaSB 10.11.5
bālasya KṛṣṇaSB 10.11.55
balasya of Lord BalarāmaSB 10.15.34
ananta-balasya for Him whose strength is immeasurableSB 10.16.7
balasya of the armySB 10.42.26-27
bālasya of the childSB 10.55.6
balasya of Lord BalarāmaSB 10.65.33
balasya upari on top of Lord BalarāmaSB 10.67.23
balasya of Lord BalarāmaSB 10.79.33
māyā-balasya who has multi-energiesCC Madhya 21.13
bāliśasya a foolSB 6.18.76
bālyasya of childhoodCC Antya 1.153
bāṇasya of the demon BāṇaSB 10.62.1
bāṇasya of BāṇaSB 10.62.12
bāṇasya of BāṇaSB 10.63.14
bāṇasya of BāṇāsuraSB 10.63.33
bāṇasya of BāṇaSB 12.12.39
bārhaspatyasya the son of the learned brāhmaṇa and celestial priest BṛhaspatiSB 9.18.22
bāṣpa-kaṇṭhasya his throat choked with tearsSB 11.23.13
bhadrasenasya of BhadrasenaSB 9.23.23
bhagasya of BhagaSB 4.5.20
bhagasya of opulencesSB 5.17.18
bhagasya of BhagaSB 6.18.2
śata-bhāgasya of one hundredthCC Madhya 19.140
śata-bhāgasya of one hundredthCC Madhya 19.141
bhagavat-bhakti-hīnasya of a person devoid of devotional service to the Supreme Personality of GodheadCC Madhya 19.75
bhagavat-sańgi-sańgasya of the association of devotees who are always associated with the Supreme Personality of GodheadCC Madhya 22.55
bhāgavata-mukhyasya of the topmost of all devoteesSB 10.10.24
mahā-bhāgavatasya of the great and exalted devoteeSB 7.10.43-44
bhāgavatasya because of your being a pure devoteeSB 9.5.20
bhāgavatasya for the devoteeSB 11.2.43
bhagīrathaḥ tasya sutaḥ his son BhagīrathaSB 9.9.2
manda-bhāgyasya of the unfortunateSB 4.9.31
bhajamānasya being worshipedSB 7.2.7-8
bhajamānasya of BhajamānaSB 9.24.5
bhajyamānasya which was breakingSB 10.42.18
bhakta janasya of a pure devoteeNoI 6
bhaktasya who was his devoteeSB 10.56.3
bhaktasya the devotee'sSB 10.56.45
bhaktasya Your devoteeSB 10.70.40
kṛṣṇa-bhaktasya for the devotee of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.74.13-15
bhaktasya of a devoteeSB 11.27.15
bhakti-yogasya of devotional serviceSB 3.29.1-2
bhakti-yogasya of devotional serviceSB 3.29.11-12
bhakti-yogasya of devotional serviceSB 3.32.37
bhakti-yogasya of the principles of devotional serviceSB 7.10.1
mat-bhakti-yuktasya of one who is engaged in My loving serviceSB 11.20.31
bhakti-yogasya of devotional serviceSB 11.24.14
bhakti-yogasya of devotional serviceCC Adi 4.206
bhagavat-bhakti-hīnasya of a person devoid of devotional service to the Supreme Personality of GodheadCC Madhya 19.75
bhakti-yogasya of devotional serviceCC Madhya 19.172
uru-bhārasya great opulenceSB 3.2.32
bharatasya of Mahārāja BharataSB 5.8.26
bharatasya of Bharata MahārājaSB 5.14.46
bharatasya of Bharata MahārājaSB 5.15.1
bharatasya of Lord BharataSB 9.11.12
bharatasya of Mahārāja BharataSB 9.20.23
bharatasya of Mahārāja Bharata, the son of Mahārāja DuṣmantaSB 9.20.29
bharatasya of Bharata MahārājaSB 12.12.14-15
bharatasya BharataSB 12.12.25-26
bhārgava-indrasya the greatest of the descendants of Bhṛgu MuniSB 12.12.25-26
bhārgavasya of Cyavana MuniSB 9.3.6
sa-bhāryasya with his wifeSB 9.7.24
bhāṣamāṇasya while describing his fortunate positionSB 8.22.12
sārva-bhaumasya of the emperorSB 6.14.13
bhava-sāgarasya of the ocean of material existenceCC Madhya 11.8
bhavasya Lord ŚivaSB 2.6.12
bhavasya of Lord ŚivaSB 3.15.42
bhavasya of Bhava (Lord Śiva)SB 4.1.65
bhavasya of the living entitiesSB 4.21.28-29
bhavasya of Lord ŚivaSB 4.30.38
bhavasya of material existenceSB 4.30.38
sva-bhāvasya having a natureSB 6.14.1
bhavasya of Lord ŚivaSB 7.9.26
bhavasya while Lord ŚivaSB 8.12.23
bhavasya of Your appearance, Your birthSB 10.2.39
bhāvasya of one whose disposition or inclinationSB 11.5.42
bhāvasya ecstaticCC Adi 17.281
bhāvasya ecstaticCC Madhya 9.150
bhāvasya of love of GodheadCC Madhya 22.105
bhāvasya of one whose disposition or inclinationCC Madhya 22.144
bhūta-bhaya-dasya of one who is always fearful to the living entitiesSB 3.14.43
kṛṣṇaḥ asya bhī-bhayam Kṛṣṇa, who is Himself the fearful element of all kinds of fear (when Kṛṣṇa is present, there is no fear)SB 10.13.13
kṛṣṇaḥ asya bhī-bhayam Kṛṣṇa, who is Himself the fearful element of all kinds of fear (when Kṛṣṇa is present, there is no fear)SB 10.13.13
bhīmasenasya of Śrī BhīmasenaSB 1.7.53-54
yudhiṣṭhirasya bhīmasya to Yudhiṣṭhira and BhīmaSB 10.58.4
bhīmasya to BhīmaSB 10.72.41
bhinnasya differentSB 4.20.12
bhītasya to the materialistic person who is always fearfulSB 4.30.37
kuṇḍalā-bhoga-sanniveśasya whose body appears like a coilSB 5.23.5
bhogasya of sense gratificationSB 11.19.20-24
bhokṣyamāṇasya who was just about to eatSB 9.21.7
bhoktu-kāmasya of Rantideva, who desired to eat somethingSB 9.21.2
bhraṃśitasya who was made to fallSB 10.72.24-25
bhrāmyamāṇasya who am wanderingSB 6.16.4
tasya bhrātṛṣu with his brothersSB 4.30.9
bhṛtya-bhṛtya-bhṛtyasya of the servant of the servant of the servantMM 25
bhṛtya-bhṛtya-bhṛtyasya of the servant of the servant of the servantMM 25
bhṛtyasya of the servantCC Antya 1.108
bhṛtya-bhṛtya-bhṛtyasya of the servant of the servant of the servantMM 25
bhrūṇasya of the embryoSB 9.9.31
bhū-golasya of the planetary system known as BhūgolakaSB 5.20.38
bhū-valayasya sanniveśaḥ the arrangement of the whole universeSB 5.21.1
bhū-valayasya of the earthly sphereSB 5.21.19
bhū-maṇḍalasya of the entire planet earthSB 9.19.23
bhūḥ-lokasya of the earthly planetsSB 3.7.26
bhūmi-dānasya of contribution of landSB 5.24.19
bhuñjānasya of him who was about to partakeSB 11.23.35
bhūta-bhaya-dasya of one who is always fearful to the living entitiesSB 3.14.43
kuṇḍalī-bhūta-dehasya whose body, which is coiledSB 5.23.5
dakṣiṇa-āvarta-kuṇḍalī-bhūta-śarīrasya whose body is like a coil turning toward the right sideSB 5.23.5
bhūta-mayasya a product of matterSB 10.14.2
artha-bhūtasya having his real interestSB 4.29.36-37
śaraṇa-bhūtasya the one who is the only shelterSB 5.1.27
brahma-bhūtasya of a self-realized person born in a brāhmaṇa familySB 5.9.17
ātma-bhūtasya the soul of all soulsSB 5.20.20
bhūtasya of BhūtaSB 6.6.17-18
parātma-bhūtasya who has been elevated to the transcendental platformSB 9.8.13
aṃśa-bhūtasya which is the partial expansionSB 12.4.32
brahma-bhūtasya of the fully self-realizedSB 12.6.13
bhuvana-trayasya of the three worldsSB 10.50.29
bhuvanasya of the universeSB 8.17.27
visṛṣṭa-bhuvanasya of Your Lordship, by whom all the universes have been createdSB 8.23.8
bodhitasya who had been informedSB 11.26.16
bodhyamānasya desiring to understandSB 2.10.22
brahma-varcasya of the VedāntistsSB 1.4.30
brahma-bhūtasya of a self-realized person born in a brāhmaṇa familySB 5.9.17
brahma-ṛṣi-sutasya of the son born of a brāhmaṇa exalted in spiritual consciousnessSB 5.9.17
brahma-kṣatrasya of brāhmaṇas and kṣatriyasSB 9.22.43
brahma-astrasya of the brahmāstraSB 10.63.13
brahma-mayasya the full manifestation of the Absolute TruthSB 10.70.43
brahma-vādasya of the science of the Absolute TruthSB 11.29.23
brahma-dāyasya to the person who is the bestower of knowledge of the AbsoluteSB 11.29.26
brahma-aṃśakasya of the partial expansion of the Absolute TruthSB 12.4.32
brahma-bhūtasya of the fully self-realizedSB 12.6.13
brahma-ṛṣabhasya the best of brāhmaṇasSB 12.12.6
brāhmaṇa-kulasya to the brāhmaṇas of the universeSB 5.22.15
brāhmaṇa-devasya of Lord Rāmacandra, who loved the brāhmaṇas so muchSB 9.11.5
brāhmaṇasya of the man who knows the Supreme BrahmanBG 2.46
brāhmaṇasya of the brāhmaṇaSB 3.16.8
brāhmaṇasya of a brāhmaṇaSB 5.26.19
brāhmaṇasya of a brāhmaṇaSB 10.37.15-20
brāhmaṇasya of the brāhmaṇaSB 11.17.40
brāhmaṇasya of a brāhmaṇaSB 11.17.42
brāhmaṇasya of the brāhmaṇaSB 12.2.18
brahmaṇya-devasya of the worshipable Lord of the brāhmaṇasSB 4.21.49
brahmaṇya-devasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is worshiped by all brāhmaṇasSB 7.10.42
brahmaṇya-devasya of the Supreme Lord, who especially favors the brāhmaṇasSB 10.81.41
brahmaṇyasya of the supreme director of the brahminical cultureSB 3.16.17
brahmaṇyasya lover of brahminical cultureSB 4.13.21
brahmaṇyasya to the brahminical culture, or to the brāhmaṇaSB 8.21.12
brahmaṇyasya who was devoted to the brāhmaṇasSB 10.64.25
bṛhadbalasya of BṛhadbalaSB 9.12.9
bṛhatkṣatrasya of the grandson of Bharadvāja named BṛhatkṣatraSB 9.21.18
bubhukṣitasya who is hungrySB 10.23.17
budhasya for such a learned manSB 5.1.17
kasya ca and (the pleasure) of BrahmāSB 10.13.18
caidyasya of the King of Cedi (Śiśupāla)SB 3.2.19
caidyasya of ŚiśupālaSB 7.1.16
caidyasya of Caidya (Śiśupāla)SB 10.37.15-20
ku-cailasya who was poorly dressedSB 10.80.7
caitanya-kṛṣṇasya of Lord Caitanya, who is Kṛṣṇa HimselfCC Adi 14.5
caitanya-kṛṣṇasya of Lord Caitanya, who is Kṛṣṇa HimselfCC Adi 15.4
caitanya-devasya of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 19.134
caitanya-devasya of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 1.212
caityasya of the living entitySB 3.28.28
jyotiḥ-cakrasya of the celestial sphereSB 12.12.16
yadu-cakrasya for the circle of YadusSB 12.12.36
candra-lalāmasya of Lord Śiva, who is decorated with the moonSB 12.10.26
candrasya of the moonSB 11.7.48
advaita-candrasya of Lord AdvaitacandraCC Adi 12.3
gaura-candrasya of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 20.1
cara-acarasya of different bodies, some moving and some not movingSB 5.12.8
cara-acarasya moving and nonmovingSB 10.2.29
cara-acarasya of all living entities, moving and nonmovingCC Madhya 20.145
cara-acarasya of animate and inanimate objectsBs 5.62
caritasya one who possesses such qualitiesSB 4.23.30
ceṣṭasya of one who works for maintenanceBG 6.17
ceṣṭasya of one whose endeavorCC Antya 8.67-68
cintitasya of that which is contemplatedSB 11.20.23
cirasya for a long timeSB 10.13.63
cit-mātrasya of the complete spiritual wholeSB 3.7.2
yata-cittasya whose mind is controlledBG 6.19
cittasya of the mindSB 1.19.14
cittasya of the mindSB 3.25.26
cittasya whose mindSB 6.11.27
cittasya of the mindSB 7.3.29
sama-cittasya who has attained the stage of being equipoisedSB 7.13.9
cittasya whose mindSB 10.65.34
cittasya of the mindSB 10.84.36
cittasya whose consciousnessSB 11.15.29
cittasya to the heartCC Antya 1.150
cyavanasya of Cyavana MuniSB 9.3.18
cyutasya who was deprivedSB 11.23.9
dagdhasya of one who is so punishedSB 3.14.43
nidāgha-dagdhasya of one scorched by the heat of the sunSB 5.12.2
dahyamānasya while being burnt to ashesSB 10.6.34
daihyasya of a living entity embodied in the material elementsSB 6.1.42
daiteya-apasadasya of the great demon, HiraṇyakaśipuSB 7.4.25-26
daitya-rājasya of the king of demonsSB 3.14.3
daitya-ātma-jasya of Prahlāda Mahārāja, the son of the demonSB 7.10.47
daitya-īśvarasya of the greatest of the DaityasSB 12.12.18
daityasya of the demonSB 3.18.20
daityasya to Bali MahārājaSB 8.6.31
daiva-tamasya of the most respectable demigod (Lord Śiva)SB 4.4.28
daiva-muktasya by chance having escapedSB 5.9.13
dakṣasya of DakṣaSB 4.5.12
dakṣasya of DakṣaSB 4.5.22
dakṣiṇa-āvarta-kuṇḍalī-bhūta-śarīrasya whose body is like a coil turning toward the right sideSB 5.23.5
damasya of self-controlSB 11.13.39
damyasya which is to be subduedSB 11.20.21
dānasya of charitySB 3.7.34
bhūmi-dānasya of contribution of landSB 5.24.19
dānasya of charitySB 10.64.23
dānasya of such gift-givingSB 12.13.3
dānava-indrasya of the great demonSB 8.24.9
dānava-indrasya of VṛṣaparvāSB 9.18.5
daṇḍasya of punishmentSB 6.1.43
daṇḍasya causing trouble because of envySB 7.15.8
daṇḍasya of whom the power of giving punishmentSB 8.21.11
dāntasya subjugatedSB 1.5.29
dāntasya whose senses are controlledSB 11.14.13
dāntasya who is disciplined and self-controlledSB 11.15.32
dantavakrasya of DantavakraSB 10.37.15-20
dantavakrasya of DantavakraSB 12.12.40-41
darbhakasya of DarbhakaSB 12.1.5
daridrasya poverty-strickenSB 10.10.16
daridrasya of a person who is poverty-strickenSB 10.10.17
daridrasya poverty-strickenSB 10.81.33
rahasya-darśana seeing of the mystery of the activitiesCC Madhya 13.60
daśamāsasya of one who is dressed by all directionsSB 1.12.11
daśamasya of the summum bonumSB 2.10.2
daśamasya of the tenth (the āśraya)CC Adi 2.91-92
dāsasya of the servantSB 10.64.25
dāsasya of the servantSB 10.75.27
dāsasya for His servantMM 10
bhūta-bhaya-dasya of one who is always fearful to the living entitiesSB 3.14.43
dasyavaḥ thievesSB 1.18.44
dasyavaḥ plunderersSB 4.5.8
dasyavaḥ all the thievesSB 4.14.3
dasyavaḥ the plunderersSB 5.13.2
dasyavaḥ the plunderersSB 5.14.2
dasyavaḥ thieves and plunderersSB 5.26.27
dasyavaḥ plunderersSB 7.15.46
dasyavaḥ thieves and roguesSB 9.6.33-34
dasyavaḥ thievesSB 10.74.37
dasyavaḥ thievesSB 11.23.11
dattasya of what is givenSB 10.74.24
brahma-dāyasya to the person who is the bestower of knowledge of the AbsoluteSB 11.29.26
dayitasya of the mercifulSB 4.23.21
dehasya of the bodySB 1.8.48
dehasya of the bodySB 3.4.33
dehasya bodySB 3.20.53
dehasya of the bodySB 3.30.3
kuṇḍalī-bhūta-dehasya whose body, which is coiledSB 5.23.5
dehasya whose bodySB 7.3.18
grasta-dehasya of a person overcomeSB 7.6.7
dehasya of the bodySB 7.7.18
dehasya of the body of PūtanāSB 10.6.34
dehasya of the body of a poor manSB 10.10.16
dehasya of the bodySB 10.54.47
dehasya whose bodySB 10.55.7-8
dehasya of the bodySB 11.7.48
dehasya of the bodySB 11.28.10
dehasya of the bodySB 12.5.4
dehasya of a bodyCC Madhya 19.75
deva-devasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadBG 11.13
deva-devasya of the master of all other lords or demigodsSB 6.16.29
deva-devasya who is worshipable even for the demigodsSB 8.7.45
deva-yānasya which fulfills the desire to be elevated to the higher planetary systems and to BrahmalokaSB 8.8.2
deva-devasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is worshiped by the demigodsSB 8.23.30
deva-devasya of the Supreme Lord of all demigodsSB 9.6.14
deva-devasya of the Lord of lordsSB 10.81.39
deva-devasya of the Lord of lordsSB 11.31.27
devabhāgasya from Devabhāga, a brother of Vasudeva'sSB 9.24.40
devahotrasya of DevahotraSB 8.13.32
devamīḍhasya of DevamīḍhaSB 9.24.27
deva-devasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadBG 11.13
devasya of the personality of GodheadSB 3.2.10
śruta-devasya the master of the VedasSB 3.25.2
devasya of the LordSB 4.8.54
devasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 4.12.24
brahmaṇya-devasya of the worshipable Lord of the brāhmaṇasSB 4.21.49
devasya of the LordSB 5.7.14
devasya the demigod in charge of judgmentSB 6.3.2
deva-devasya of the master of all other lords or demigodsSB 6.16.29
devasya the LordSB 6.18.8
brahmaṇya-devasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is worshiped by all brāhmaṇasSB 7.10.42
devasya the demigodSB 7.10.51
devasya of Lord Mahādeva (Śiva)SB 7.10.52
deva-devasya who is worshipable even for the demigodsSB 8.7.45
devasya the chief demigodSB 8.12.23
deva-devasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is worshiped by the demigodsSB 8.23.30
deva-devasya of the Supreme Lord of all demigodsSB 9.6.14
brāhmaṇa-devasya of Lord Rāmacandra, who loved the brāhmaṇas so muchSB 9.11.5
devasya of the demigodSB 10.58.20
devasya of the Supreme LordSB 10.81.15
deva-devasya of the Lord of lordsSB 10.81.39
brahmaṇya-devasya of the Supreme Lord, who especially favors the brāhmaṇasSB 10.81.41
deva-devasya of the Lord of lordsSB 11.31.27
caitanya-devasya of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 19.134
caitanya-devasya of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 1.212
dhanada-anugasya of the follower of the rich KuveraSB 2.7.33
dhanadasya to KuveraSB 4.11.33
dhanasya whose wealthMM 36
dhanuḥ-rahasyaḥ one who understands the intricacies of military artSB 3.1.31
dhanyasya of a most fortunate personCC Madhya 23.40
dhanyasya of a most fortunate personCC Antya 19.105
dhārayamāṇasya having taken into the heartSB 4.8.78
dharma-eka-antasya for one who is engaged in the ultimate occupational serviceSB 1.2.9
dharma-rājasya of the king of religious principles, YamarājaSB 6.1.32
dharma-pālasya of Yamarāja, the maintainer of religious principlesSB 6.1.34-36
dharma-rājasya of King Yamarāja, who knows the religious principlesSB 6.1.38
dharma-śīlasya who were strictly attached to religious principlesSB 10.1.2
dharmadhvajasya from this DharmadhvajaSB 9.13.19
dharmasya occupationBG 2.40
dharmasya of religionBG 4.7
dharmasya toward the process of religionBG 9.3
dharmasya of the constitutional positionBG 14.27
dharmasya occupational engagementSB 1.2.9
dharmasya occupationalSB 1.2.13
dharmasya of religionSB 1.12.26
dharmasya of religious principles, or of YamarājaSB 2.6.12
dharmasya of Dharma (the controller of religious principles)SB 2.7.6
dharmasya of religionSB 3.10.9
dharmasya of religiositySB 3.12.35
dharmasya of religionSB 3.12.41
dharmasya of religious principlesSB 3.16.18
dharmasya of the personification of all religionSB 3.16.22
dharmasya of DharmaSB 4.1.49-52
dharmasya of the execution of dutiesSB 5.25.15
dharmasya of religious principlesSB 6.1.38
dharmasya of religious principlesSB 6.7.29-30
dharmasya of the religious principlesSB 7.2.11
dharmasya of religionSB 7.7.15
dharmasya of the demigod in charge of religionSB 8.1.25
dharmasya of religious principlesSB 8.16.4
dharmasya of the principles of religionSB 8.16.5
dharmasya asya of the religious principles mentioned in śāstraSB 8.16.11
dharmasya of all principles of religionSB 8.23.22-23
dharmasya of the principles of religionSB 8.24.5
dharmasya of the principles of religionSB 9.24.56
dharmasya of the principles of religionSB 10.27.5
dharmasya of religious principlesSB 10.33.26-27
dharmasya of justiceSB 10.63.37
dharmasya religiousSB 10.64.23
dharmasya of religionSB 10.69.40
dharmasya (the wife) of DharmaSB 11.4.6
dharmasya of work executed without personal desireSB 11.15.35
dharmasya of supreme religious principlesSB 11.17.5-6
mat-dharmasya of My devotional serviceSB 11.29.20
dharmasya of religionSB 12.3.22
dharmasya of religious principlesCC Adi 3.22
dharmasya of religious principlesCC Madhya 17.186
sat-dharmasya of the path of progressive devotional serviceCC Madhya 20.106
sat-dharmasya of the path of progressive devotional serviceCC Madhya 24.170
dharmasya of religious principlesCC Madhya 25.57
dhārtarāṣṭrasya for the son of DhṛtarāṣṭraBG 1.23
dhenukasya of DhenukaSB 10.15.36
dhenukasya of DhenukaSB 12.12.30
dhīrasya yet very soberSB 9.21.2
dhṛtarāṣṭrasya of DhṛtarāṣṭraBG 11.26-27
dhṛtarāṣṭrasya of DhṛtarāṣṭraSB 9.22.26
dhṛtasya of DhṛtaSB 9.23.15
dhruvasya of Dhruva MahārājaSB 4.12.44
dhruvasya of DhruvaSB 4.12.48
dhruvasya of DhruvaSB 4.12.52
dhruvasya of Mahārāja DhruvaSB 4.13.1
dhruvasya of Dhruva MahārājaSB 4.13.6
dhruvasya of Dhruva MahārājaSB 4.21.28-29
dhruvasya of DhruvaSB 6.6.12
dhruvasya of Dhruva MahārājaSB 12.12.14-15
kaṭa-dhūmasya of the smoke emanating from the fire burning the different parts of Pūtanā's bodySB 10.6.41
makara-dhvajasya of the sex-godSB 3.28.32
makara-dhvajasya of CupidSB 5.2.6
dīkṣitasya appointed as the initiator of your yajñaSB 6.11.15
dīkṣitasya of Bali Mahārāja, who was so determined in the sacrificeSB 8.21.9
dīkṣitasya of he who was initiated into performing yajñaSB 8.21.12
dīkṣitasya of one who has been initiated for the sacrificeSB 10.23.8
dīna-nāthasya protector of the poorSB 4.12.51
dīnasya of my humble selfSB 3.22.8
duḥsańga-dīnasya of a person poor in spiritual understanding due to bad associationSB 7.4.42
dīpasya of the lampSB 12.5.7
doṣasya of the sinful activitiesSB 6.1.8
doṣasya of DoṣaSB 6.6.14
draviṇa-vidhura-āturasya who is very aggrieved because of loss of wealthSB 5.8.23
dravyasya of the situationSB 3.27.16
dravyasya of a particular objectSB 11.21.3
dravyasya of an objectSB 11.21.10
droṇa-putrasya of the son of DroṇaSB 1.7.27
droṇasya of DroṇaSB 6.6.10-11
dṛptasya greatly proudSB 7.4.20
duḥkhasya from distressSB 3.25.13
duḥkhasya of distressSB 6.16.60
duḥkhasya of sufferingSB 11.23.51
su-duḥkhitasya of one who is always unhappySB 3.5.3
duḥsańga-dīnasya of a person poor in spiritual understanding due to bad associationSB 7.4.42
duḥśīlasya having a bad characterSB 11.23.8
duḥsthasya of the living entities under the laws of karmaSB 4.11.21
duranta-vīryasya of the greatly powerfulSB 1.3.38
durbhagasya so unfortunateSB 6.2.32
durbhagasya who am unfortunateSB 10.81.33
durdharṣatvasya of the formidablenessSB 8.15.27
durvinītasya when such a person is an upstartSB 9.4.70
durvṛttasya of the great rogueSB 4.14.7
duryodhanasya of DuryodhanaSB 10.58.27
duṣpārasya difficult to crossSB 3.25.8
duṣprajasya whose sons were wickedSB 10.49.4
dvaipāyanasya Dvaipāyana VedavyāsaSB 10.87.47
dvaitasya of this dualitySB 11.28.4
dvaitasya of this material worldCC Antya 4.175
apavarga-dvārasya the gate of liberationSB 5.24.19
dvi-jasya of a brahmacārīSB 11.18.42
dvija-varasya brāhmaṇaSB 5.9.1-2
dvija-varasya of Jaḍa BharataSB 5.10.2
dvijasya of the twice-bornSB 1.7.55
dvijasya of the brāhmaṇaSB 10.53.22
dvimīḍhasya the son of DvimīḍhaSB 9.21.27
tat-dvīpasya of that islandSB 5.20.31
dvitīyasya of the second halfSB 3.11.37
dharma-eka-antasya for one who is engaged in the ultimate occupational serviceSB 1.2.9
eka-ekasya of each oneSB 4.27.9
eka-ekasya of each oneSB 4.28.31
ekasya of one (Yakṣa)SB 4.11.9
eka-ekasya of each oneSB 4.27.9
eka-ekasya of each oneSB 4.28.31
ekasya of oneSB 5.10.5
ekasya of the oneSB 10.74.4
ekasya of the oneSB 11.11.4
ekasya oneCC Adi 1.75
ekasya of one personCC Antya 1.142
ekatarasya of either of the twoSB 10.79.27
etasya of thisBG 6.33
etasya of HisSB 2.1.26
etasya of HimSB 2.5.37
etasya of all theseSB 2.10.19
etasya of the LordSB 3.5.25
tasya etasya of this very time factorSB 3.30.1
etasya of this universeSB 5.1.7
etasya of himSB 5.20.31
etasya of the living entitySB 6.16.57
etasya of thisSB 7.4.25-26
etasya of all thisSB 8.15.27
etasya for himSB 10.78.34
etasya HisSB 10.83.41-42
etasya of thisCC Antya 14.16
etat-vidhasya of suchSB 10.39.26
tasya eva for thatCC Madhya 24.169
gaja-indrasya of the King of the elephantsSB 8.2.30
matam-gajendrasya infuriated elephantSB 3.13.40
rahū-gaṇasya the King known as RahūgaṇaSB 5.10.1
gandhasya aromaSB 3.6.14
gandhasya of aromaSB 3.27.18
gaṇitasya which is measured atSB 5.20.38
garbha-gatasya of a child in the wombSB 10.14.12
sva-garbhasya of her embryoSB 7.7.14
garbhasya of the embryoSB 9.20.22
hiraṇya-garbhasya of Lord BrahmāSB 11.13.16
gargasya of the sage GargaSB 10.46.23
garvasya of prideCC Madhya 2.52
garvasya of prideCC Antya 1.148
samīpa-gasya for one who has come into the proximitySB 11.29.37
sama-gasya the singer of the Sāma VedaSB 12.6.75
gata-sańgasya of one unattached to the modes of material natureBG 4.23
gata-asoḥ tasya after he diedSB 4.13.19-20
gatasya of the goerSB 3.1.8
gatasya who wentSB 4.26.26
gatasya of one who has obtainedSB 5.10.13
garbha-gatasya of a child in the wombSB 10.14.12
gauḍa-indrasya of the ruler of Gauḍa-deśa (Bengal)CC Madhya 24.348
gaura-candrasya of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 20.1
gaurasya of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 2.1
gaya-indrasya of the king of the elephantsSB 12.12.19
gayasya of Mahārāja GayaSB 5.15.13
ghaṭasya of an earthen potSB 8.6.10
kṛta-ghnasya who is ungratefulSB 10.65.13
giri-rājasya the king of sand dunesCC Antya 14.120
gokulasya of this place, GokulaSB 10.11.23
bhū-golasya of the planetary system known as BhūgolakaSB 5.20.38
gopālasya of the cowherdSB 10.54.22
goṣṭhasya of VṛndāvanaCC Antya 19.76
gotrasya of the descendantSB 1.19.35
govindasya of Lord KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 23.84-85
grahasya of a planetSB 11.23.53
grāmyasya of ordinary men of this material worldSB 9.11.17
grasta-dehasya of a person overcomeSB 7.6.7
grasyamānasya for one who is being seizedSB 11.23.27
grasyate is seizedSB 11.21.20
gṛhasthasya of a householderSB 7.12.11
gṛhasthasya of the householderSB 7.12.11
gṛhasthasya for a person situated in householder lifeSB 7.15.38-39
gṛhasthasya of the householderSB 11.18.43
grīvasya whose neckSB 7.2.7-8
guhasya that of GuhaSB 3.1.22
guṇa-sāmyasya without interaction of the three modesSB 3.26.17
guṇa-visargasya the creation of the three modes of material natureSB 5.1.7
guṇa-aguṇatvasya of being absorbed in material qualities or devoid of material qualitiesSB 5.11.7
sa-guṇasya with material qualitiesSB 3.26.15
guṇasya of the instruments of knowledgeSB 4.7.31
guṇasya whose qualitiesSB 4.15.22
guṇasya of the modes of material natureSB 11.11.1
harasya of Lord ŚivaSB 12.12.39
kaṃsa-harasya of Kṛṣṇa, the enemy of KaṃsaCC Adi 4.260
haryaśvasya of King IndraSB 8.11.21
sruva-hastasya with the sacrificial ladle in his handSB 4.5.19
hatasya killedSB 4.6.50
hatasya who was injured and fallenSB 8.11.13
kāma-hatasya because of being victimized by lusty desiresSB 9.19.13
hatasya killedSB 10.57.28
hayagrīvasya of HayagrīvaSB 8.24.9
hayamedha-śatasya of one hundred aśvamedha sacrificesSB 9.23.33
kasya hetoḥ for what reasonSB 6.7.1
kasyacit hetoḥ for any reason or otherSB 11.22.39
himasya of snowSB 11.23.55
bhagavat-bhakti-hīnasya of a person devoid of devotional service to the Supreme Personality of GodheadCC Madhya 19.75
hiraṇ-mayasya that is made of goldSB 11.28.19
hiraṇya-garbhasya of Lord BrahmāSB 11.13.16
hiraṇyanābhasya the son of HiraṇyanābhaSB 9.12.5
hiraṇyanābhasya of HiraṇyanābhaSB 12.6.80
hita-avatīrṇasya who have descended for the benefit of all living entitiesSB 10.14.7
hita-avatīrṇasya who have descended for the benefit of all living entitiesCC Madhya 21.11
hrādasya of HlādaSB 6.18.15
hṛdaya-abhijātasya his sons, born of his own heartSB 5.8.26
hriyamāṇasya of that which is being taken awaySB 12.4.36
sva-icchā-mayasya which appears in response to the desires of Your pure devoteesSB 10.14.2
iha asya of this material worldSB 1.2.23
īhamānasya like the worldly menSB 1.8.29
īhitasya of all activities (for maintenance of body, society, friendship and so on)SB 5.5.27
ilvalasya of IlvalaSB 10.78.38
kula-acala-indrasya of the great mountainsSB 3.13.41
mahā-indrasya of the King of heaven, IndraSB 5.24.18
indrasya of King IndraSB 6.13.3
indrasya of IndraSB 6.18.26
indrasya of IndraSB 7.1.1
gaja-indrasya of the King of the elephantsSB 8.2.30
dānava-indrasya of the great demonSB 8.24.9
indrasya of IndraSB 9.3.25
indrasya of Lord IndraSB 9.13.2
dānava-indrasya of VṛṣaparvāSB 9.18.5
indrasya of Lord IndraSB 10.37.15-20
indrasya of IndraSB 10.72.24-25
yādava-indrasya of the chief of the YādavasSB 10.90.20
gaya-indrasya of the king of the elephantsSB 12.12.19
kośala-indrasya the King of KośalaSB 12.12.24
bhārgava-indrasya the greatest of the descendants of Bhṛgu MuniSB 12.12.25-26
yavana-indrasya of the king of the barbariansSB 12.12.37
gauḍa-indrasya of the ruler of Gauḍa-deśa (Bengal)CC Madhya 24.348
manaḥ-kari-indrasya of the elephant-like mindCC Antya 1.191
indriyasya of the sensesBG 3.34
indriyasya arthe in the sense objectsBG 3.34
jita-indriyasya for one who has already conquered the sensesSB 5.1.17
jita-indriyasya of one who has conquered his sensesSB 11.15.1
jita-indriyasya of one who has conquered his sensesSB 11.15.32
īśa-abhihitasya although designated as kingSB 6.18.25
īśasya of providenceSB 1.6.7
īśasya of the LordSB 1.6.10
īśasya of the Personality of GodheadSB 1.11.38
īśasya of the supreme controllerSB 2.1.34
īśasya of the controllerSB 2.5.17
māyā-īśasya of the master of all energiesSB 2.9.42
īśasya independentSB 3.26.7
īśasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 4.17.32
adhokṣaja-īśasya who accepted Adhokṣaja as his worshipable LordSB 4.19.10
īśasya of the master (the Supreme Personality of Godhead)SB 7.10.43-44
īśasya of the supreme controllerSB 9.24.57
īśasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.12.35
īśasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 10.13.1
īśasya of Him who is the absolute controllerSB 10.23.46
īśasya of the supreme masterSB 10.69.33
īśasya of the Supreme LordSB 10.71.8
īśasya of the Supreme LordSB 10.82.20
īśasya the LordSB 11.3.1
īśasya of the LordCC Adi 2.53
īśasya of the Supreme LordCC Adi 2.55
īśasya of the LordCC Adi 5.87
īśasya to the Supreme LordMM 46
su-iṣṭasya of a perfect sacrificeSB 5.19.28
īśvara-rūpasya a representation of the LordSB 3.29.4
īśvara-rūpasya the representation of the Personality of GodheadSB 12.3.17
īśvarasya of the supreme controllerSB 1.1.18
īśvarasya of the LordSB 1.15.24
īśvarasya of the Personality of GodheadSB 2.7.53
īśvarasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 3.7.9
īśvarasya of the independentSB 3.27.24
īśvarasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 5.3.4-5
īśvarasya of the controllerSB 5.14.1
īśvarasya of the Supreme LordSB 5.14.29
īśvarasya of the supremely powerful controllerSB 5.18.23
īśvarasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 5.19.5
īśvarasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 5.26.40
īśvarasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 7.9.12
īśvarasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 8.15.1-2
viśva-īśvarasya of the Lord of the universeSB 9.4.57-59
vraja-īśvarasya of my husband, Nanda MahārājaSB 10.8.42
īśvarasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 10.49.12
īśvarasya of the Supreme LordSB 10.49.28
īśvarasya of the Supreme LordSB 10.54.23
īśvarasya the supreme controllerSB 10.57.42
īśvarasya of the Supreme LordSB 10.60.36
īśvarasya of the supreme masterSB 10.69.19
īśvarasya for the LordSB 10.78.31-32
īśvarasya of the supreme controllerSB 10.84.15
īśvarasya of the LordSB 11.20.1
īśvarasya the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 12.2.17
īśvarasya of the lordSB 12.12.11
daitya-īśvarasya of the greatest of the DaityasSB 12.12.18
īśvarasya of the Supreme LordNBS 27
itarasya of the oppositeSB 10.33.26-27
su-janasya iva like a great personalitySB 10.22.33
su-janasya iva like the great personalitiesCC Adi 9.46
jagat-trayasya three worldsBs 5.50
jagdhasya which has been eatenSB 4.4.18
jalasya of waterCC Adi 3.104
jambhasya of JambhaSB 6.18.12-13
jambhasya of the great demon JambhaSB 8.11.18
jambūdvīpasya of the island known as JambūdvīpaSB 5.19.29-30
praṇayi-jana-vṛndasya of the multitude of loversCC Adi 4.52
praṇayi-jana-vṛndasya of the multitude of loversCC Adi 4.275
janārdanasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 3.5.3
janasya of the common manSB 3.5.3
janasya of the intelligent personSB 3.9.20
janasya of the living beingSB 5.5.8
janasya of the living beingSB 5.11.16
janasya of the people in generalSB 5.12.7
janasya of all the other people gathered thereSB 6.14.52
janasya of the people in generalSB 8.16.11
janasya such a personSB 8.24.50
janasya of an ordinary person who does not know the goal of lifeSB 8.24.51
su-janasya iva like a great personalitySB 10.22.33
janasya for a personSB 10.51.53
janasya of a personSB 10.74.40
janasya of that which is bornSB 11.23.53
janasya for the personSB 12.8.43
janasya of other peopleSB 12.10.22
su-janasya iva like the great personalitiesCC Adi 9.46
janasya of a personCC Madhya 22.46
janasya of a personCC Madhya 22.84
bhakta janasya of a pure devoteeNoI 6
ātma-jasya of his sonSB 5.9.4
agra-jasya of the elder brotherSB 6.11.15
daitya-ātma-jasya of Prahlāda Mahārāja, the son of the demonSB 7.10.47
kāya-jasya and bodySB 7.15.8
dvi-jasya of a brahmacārīSB 11.18.42
vaṃśa-jasya of the descendantSB 12.2.42
jātasya of one who has taken his birthBG 2.27
jātasya of the bornSB 3.1.45
jātasya who have appearedSB 4.16.2
jātasya of one who has taken birthSB 5.10.10
jātasya of one who has taken birth (all living beings)SB 6.10.32
jātasya who appearedSB 9.14.2
jātasya who have been bornSB 10.51.8
jayasya of JayaSB 9.15.1
ātma-jayasya of victory over the selfSB 12.3.5
jita-śvāsasya whose breathing is controlledSB 3.28.10
jita-indriyasya for one who has already conquered the sensesSB 5.1.17
jita-indriyasya of one who has conquered his sensesSB 11.15.1
jita-śvāsasya and conquered his breathing systemSB 11.15.1
jita-indriyasya of one who has conquered his sensesSB 11.15.32
jitasya of the vanquishedSB 3.1.8
strī-jitasya conquered by a womanSB 4.8.67
jīva-lokasya of the conditioned living beingsSB 1.7.24
jīva-lokasya of the planets inhabited by the living entitiesSB 3.10.9
jīva-lokasya for the people in generalSB 3.29.3
jīva-lokasya of this material worldSB 6.3.4
jīva-lokasya of this material worldSB 7.3.31
jīvasya of the living beingSB 1.2.10
jīvasya of the living beingSB 1.13.47
jīvasya of the living entitiesSB 3.7.31
jīvasya of the living entitySB 3.32.38
jīvasya of the living entitySB 4.29.32
jīvasya of the living entitySB 5.11.12
jīvasya for the conditioned living beingSB 10.70.39
jīvasya of the living entitySB 10.85.10
jīvasya of the living entitySB 11.11.4
jīvasya of the living entitySB 11.13.25
jīvasya pertaining to the spirit soulSB 11.25.12
jīvasya of the individual living beingSB 12.5.6
jñānasya of knowledgeBG 18.50
jñānasya of knowledgeSB 4.7.31
jñānasya knowledgeSB 10.46.31
jñānasya of knowledgeCC Madhya 20.262
sarva-jñasya one who knows allSB 2.4.5
jñasya learnedSB 7.8.10
jṛmbhamāṇasya while yawningSB 5.24.16
jugupsitasya poisonousSB 4.4.18
jugupsitasya of you, the most abominableSB 9.10.22
juṣāṇasya accepting (now, without waiting)SB 8.5.23
jyaiṣṭhyasya of senioritySB 6.7.33
jyeṣṭha-putrasya of the first son, YaduSB 9.23.17
jyeṣṭha-putrasya of the eldest sonSB 12.12.25-26
jyeṣṭhasya of the elderSB 1.13.14
jyotiḥ-cakrasya of the celestial sphereSB 12.12.16
kacasya of KacaSB 9.18.22
kadaryasya being too miserlySB 5.14.3
kadaryasya toward the miserSB 11.23.8
kakutsthasya of KakutsthaSB 12.12.23
kāla-rūpasya who are assuming the form of timeSB 10.37.21
kālasya of the supreme law of the AlmightySB 1.8.4
kālasya of eternal timeSB 1.14.3
kālasya of eternal timeSB 2.8.13
kālasya of timeSB 2.10.47
kālasya of the eternal timeSB 3.11.17
kālasya of timeSB 3.29.4
kālasya of timeSB 3.32.37
kālasya of formidable TimeSB 4.27.19
kālasya of timeSB 5.24.24
kālasya of timeSB 7.7.16
kālasya time having passedSB 9.3.11
kālasya of timeSB 10.71.8
kālasya of the force of timeSB 11.6.14
kālasya of timeSB 12.3.17
kālasya of timeSB 12.4.38
kālasya because of timeSB 12.8.43
kālasya of timeSB 12.12.10
kalevarasya of their material bodySB 11.5.12
kālińgasya of the King of KalińgaSB 4.5.21
kāliyasya of the serpent KāliyaSB 10.16.4
kāliyasya of KāliyaSB 12.12.31-33
kalpasya when manifestedSB 4.24.18
kalpitasya dividedCC Madhya 19.141
kāma-hatasya because of being victimized by lusty desiresSB 9.19.13
kamala āsanasya of Lord Brahmā, whose sitting place is on the lotus flowerSB 5.20.29
kamalasya like a lotus flowerSB 5.16.7
kāmasya of desiresSB 1.2.10
kāmasya of all desiresSB 3.14.19
kāmasya of material desireSB 3.22.12
putra-kāmasya desiring to have a sonSB 4.13.32
kāmasya of lustSB 5.6.4
putra-kāmasya desiring to have a sonSB 6.15.17
kāmasya of the desire for sense gratification or the urgent needs of the bodySB 7.15.20
kāmasya of lusty desiresSB 8.12.27
kāmasya of satisfaction of desiresSB 8.16.5
prajā-kāmasya desiring offspringSB 8.16.24
bhoktu-kāmasya of Rantideva, who desired to eat somethingSB 9.21.2
pūrṇa-kāmasya of Him whose every possible desire is fulfilledSB 10.23.46
āpta-kāmasya whose desires are already completely fulfilledSB 10.47.46
kāmasya of CupidSB 10.55.7-8
kāmasya who desiresSB 10.84.64
pūrṇa-kāmasya who is satisfied in all respectsSB 12.10.16
kaṃsa-harasya of Kṛṣṇa, the enemy of KaṃsaCC Adi 4.260
kaṃsasya of KaṃsaSB 10.5.19
kaṃsasya of KaṃsaSB 10.38.18
kaṃsasya of KaṃsaSB 10.39.3
kaṃsasya of King KaṃsaSB 10.46.48
kaṃsasya of KaṃsaSB 10.50.1
kanakasya of goldSB 10.87.26
karma-kāṇḍasya Vedic prescriptions for the execution of worshipSB 11.27.6
kandharasya of the shoulderSB 3.4.10
bāṣpa-kaṇṭhasya his throat choked with tearsSB 11.23.13
kaṇṭhasya whose neckSB 11.26.7
kapilasya of Lord KapilaSB 2.7.3
kapilasya of Lord KapilaSB 3.33.1
kapilasya of KapilaSB 3.33.36
kapilasya Kapila, the son of DevahūtiSB 8.1.6
kapilasya Lord KapilaSB 12.12.13
mālā-kārasya of the garland-makerSB 10.41.43
kardamasya of Kardama MuniSB 3.21.3
kardamasya of Kardama MuniSB 3.33.1
kardamasya Kardama MuniSB 3.33.15
kardamasya of the sage KardamaSB 12.12.12
manaḥ-kari-indrasya of the elephant-like mindCC Antya 1.191
karma-kāṇḍasya Vedic prescriptions for the execution of worshipSB 11.27.6
tasya karṇasya of that same KarṇaSB 9.23.14
kārtavīryasya of Emperor KārtavīryaSB 9.23.25
kāruṇikasya of you, who are very kindSB 2.5.9
kāruṇikasya of persons celebrated as very mercifulSB 8.20.10
kasya for whatSB 1.4.10
kasya for what reasonSB 1.7.9
kasya for whatSB 1.14.7
kasya for whatSB 1.16.5
kasya of BrahmāSB 3.12.52
kasya belonging to whomSB 3.20.34
kasya of DakṣaSB 4.5.24
kasya of DakṣaSB 4.6.3
kasya of KaśyapaSB 4.6.40
kasya of the living (Dakṣa)SB 4.7.8
kasya whoseSB 4.13.2
kasya whoseSB 4.13.2
kasya for whatSB 4.17.4
kasya whoseSB 4.25.26
kasya whoseSB 4.28.52
kasya asi whose are you (whose disciple or son are you)SB 5.10.16
kasya for whatSB 5.12.5-6
kasya whose servantsSB 6.1.33
kasya of whomSB 6.3.5
kasya of whomSB 6.3.5
kasya with Dakṣa, the prajāpatiSB 6.4.22
kasya hetoḥ for what reasonSB 6.7.1
kasya whoseSB 7.1.34
kasya in what respectSB 7.15.14
kasya for whomSB 7.15.40
kasya svit of anyone elseSB 8.1.10
kasya of whomSB 8.9.3
kasya of whomSB 8.16.19
kasya whoseSB 9.6.28
kasya asi with whom are you relatedSB 9.20.11
kasya of whomSB 10.11.3
kasya ca and (the pleasure) of BrahmāSB 10.13.18
kasya of whatSB 10.16.36
kasya for whoseSB 10.24.3
kasya for whomSB 10.42.2
kasya whoseSB 10.46.47
kasya belonging to whomSB 10.47.1-2
kasya of which (family)SB 10.51.13
kasya whose (son)SB 10.55.31
kasya whoseSB 10.58.19
kasya whoseSB 10.66.25
kasya whoseSB 10.81.21-23
kasya of whomSB 11.28.10
kasya of whichSB 11.28.11
kasya api of someoneCC Adi 4.52
kasya api of someoneCC Adi 4.275
kasya of whatCC Madhya 8.147
kasya of whatCC Madhya 9.114
kasya of whatCC Madhya 24.54
kasya svit someone else'sCC Madhya 25.101
kasya by whomCC Antya 6.263
kasya whatCC Antya 6.314
kasya to whomCC Antya 17.51
kasya svit of anyone elseIso 1
kasyacit anyone'sBG 5.15
kasyacit for someoneSB 4.6.45
kasyacit of someSB 5.9.1-2
kasyacit after some (time)SB 9.3.11
kasyacit of someoneSB 9.11.8
kasyacit of anyoneSB 10.1.44
kasyacit of anyoneSB 10.49.20
kasyacit of a certainSB 10.64.16
kasyacit hetoḥ for any reason or otherSB 11.22.39
kasyacit of someoneSB 11.23.26
kasyacit of someone (the devotee)CC Adi 4.45
kasyacit one of themCC Madhya 8.84
kasyacit of anyCC Antya 1.150
kāśyapasya of the son of KaśyapaSB 6.18.9
kaśyapasya of Kaśyapa MuniSB 8.23.20-21
kāśyasya of KāśyaSB 9.17.4
kaṭa-dhūmasya of the smoke emanating from the fire burning the different parts of Pūtanā's bodySB 10.6.41
kathasya narrations about whomSB 10.60.55
kathasya whose narrationsSB 10.65.13
kāvyasya the daughter of ŚukrācāryaSB 9.18.4
kāya-jasya and bodySB 7.15.8
ati-kāyasya of that great demon, who had expanded his body to a very large sizeSB 10.12.31
keśavasya of KṛṣṇaBG 11.35
kevalasya who is pure spiritSB 12.11.2-3
śasya khāñā eating the pulpCC Madhya 15.77
śasya khāñā eating the pulpCC Madhya 15.78
khaṭvāńgasya of KhaṭvāńgaSB 12.12.23
śasya khāya eats the pulp of green coconutCC Antya 1.30
kṛta-kilbiṣasya having committed sinful activitiesSB 4.26.26
kińkarasya to your servantSB 10.64.19-20
kliśyamānasya of one who is suffering in severe hardshipsSB 7.7.46
kośala-indrasya the King of KośalaSB 12.12.24
aṇḍa-kośasya of the universeSB 2.8.16
uru-kramasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 5.1.35
krathasya of KrathaSB 9.24.2
krodhasya of angerSB 7.15.20
krodhasya of angerSB 11.4.11
kṛpaṇasya of one who is miserlySB 1.13.25
kṛpaṇasya a most unhappy creatureSB 5.8.23
kṛpaṇasya of the poorSB 9.21.13
kṛpaṇasya to this unfortunate personMM 36
kṛṣṇa-anucarasya and the servant of Kṛṣṇa (Uddhava)SB 10.46.44
kṛṣṇa-bhaktasya for the devotee of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.74.13-15
kṛṣṇaḥ asya bhī-bhayam Kṛṣṇa, who is Himself the fearful element of all kinds of fear (when Kṛṣṇa is present, there is no fear)SB 10.13.13
kṛṣṇasya of Kṛṣṇa-dvaipāyana VyāsaSB 1.4.32
kṛṣṇasya of KṛṣṇaSB 1.5.36
kṛṣṇasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 1.14.1
kṛṣṇasya of Lord Śrī KṛṣṇaSB 1.14.6
kṛṣṇasya KṛṣṇaSB 1.18.1
kṛṣṇasya of Lord Śrī KṛṣṇaSB 1.18.11
kṛṣṇasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 3.4.33
kṛṣṇasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 3.20.2
kṛṣṇasya of KṛṣṇaSB 4.17.6-7
kṛṣṇasya of Kṛṣṇa, the original Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 7.10.42
kṛṣṇasya by Lord Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 7.14.42
kṛṣṇasya of KṛṣṇaSB 10.6.44
kṛṣṇasya of child KṛṣṇaSB 10.7.3
kṛṣṇasya of KṛṣṇaSB 10.8.28
kṛṣṇasya viṣvak surrounding KṛṣṇaSB 10.13.8
kṛṣṇasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.13.63
kṛṣṇasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.16.31
kṛṣṇasya nṛtyataḥ while Kṛṣṇa was dancingSB 10.18.10
kṛṣṇasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.19.14
kṛṣṇasya about KṛṣṇaSB 10.21.3
kṛṣṇasya ādeśa of the order of KṛṣṇaSB 10.23.6
kṛṣṇasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.26.1
kṛṣṇasya Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.27.3
kṛṣṇasya of KṛṣṇaSB 10.30.31
kṛṣṇasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.33.11
kṛṣṇasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.34.19
kṛṣṇasya of KṛṣṇaSB 10.44.11
kṛṣṇasya of KṛṣṇaSB 10.46.1
kṛṣṇasya of KṛṣṇaSB 10.46.14
kṛṣṇasya about KṛṣṇaSB 10.47.55
kṛṣṇasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.47.62
kṛṣṇasya about KṛṣṇaSB 10.52.19
kṛṣṇasya against Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.56.2
kṛṣṇasya of KṛṣṇaSB 10.58.58
kṛṣṇasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.61.1
kṛṣṇasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.62.20
kṛṣṇasya of KṛṣṇaSB 10.63.20
kṛṣṇasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.65.16
kṛṣṇasya of KṛṣṇaSB 10.66.42
kṛṣṇasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.69.42
kṛṣṇasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.71.1
kṛṣṇasya Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.74.1
kṛṣṇasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.76.1
kṛṣṇasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.76.12
kṛṣṇasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.80.6
kṛṣṇasya KṛṣṇaSB 10.84.14
kṛṣṇasya by KṛṣṇaSB 10.85.57
kṛṣṇasya of KṛṣṇaSB 10.85.58
kṛṣṇasya by KṛṣṇaSB 10.86.9
kṛṣṇasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.86.13
kṛṣṇasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.90.13
kṛṣṇasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.90.29
kṛṣṇasya for Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.90.47
kṛṣṇasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 11.31.9
kṛṣṇasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 11.31.14
kṛṣṇasya Lord KṛṣṇaSB 11.31.21
kṛṣṇasya of the holy name of KṛṣṇaSB 12.3.51
kṛṣṇasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 12.12.31-33
caitanya-kṛṣṇasya of Lord Caitanya, who is Kṛṣṇa HimselfCC Adi 14.5
caitanya-kṛṣṇasya of Lord Caitanya, who is Kṛṣṇa HimselfCC Adi 15.4
kṛṣṇasya of Lord KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 8.182
kṛṣṇasya of Lord KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 9.33
kṛṣṇasya of the holy name of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 20.344
kṛṣṇasya of Lord KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 20.401
kṛṣṇasya of Lord Śrī KṛṣṇaNoI 11
kṛṣṇasya of KṛṣṇaMM 43
kṛta-avatārasya who assumed the incarnationSB 3.19.32
kṛta-kilbiṣasya having committed sinful activitiesSB 4.26.26
kṛta-maitrasya having put faith in the mindSB 5.6.4
kṛta-nija-abhimānasya who accepted the calf as his own sonSB 5.8.8
kṛta-antasya of YamarājaSB 8.15.29
kṛta-ghnasya who is ungratefulSB 10.65.13
su-kṛtasya piousBG 14.16
kṛtasya of having performed a kind actSB 5.19.28
aṃhasaḥ kṛtasya when one has performed sinful activitiesSB 6.1.7
kṛtasya from KṛtaSB 9.17.16
kṛtasya one's devotional activitiesSB 11.11.34-41
kṛtavīryasya of KṛtavīryaSB 9.23.24
kṛtsnasya all-inclusiveBG 7.6
kṛtsnasya of all different varieties (wealth, fame, strength, knowledge, beauty and renunciation)SB 5.17.18
kṛtsnasya entireSB 10.14.16
kruddhasya when angeredSB 7.8.6
svapakṣa-kṣapaṇasya of Your Lordship, who kill the demons on our own sideSB 8.22.10
brahma-kṣatrasya of brāhmaṇas and kṣatriyasSB 9.22.43
kṣatriyasya of the kṣatriyaBG 2.31
kṣemasya of protection of all that we haveSB 2.6.7
kṣemasya of the ultimate welfareSB 4.22.21
kṣudhitasya of the hungrySB 1.12.6
ku-cailasya who was poorly dressedSB 10.80.7
kukurasya of KukuraSB 9.24.19
kula-acala-indrasya of the great mountainsSB 3.13.41
kula-ańgārasya of he who is like a cinder in the dynastySB 7.5.16
kulasya for the familyBG 1.41
yadu-kulasya of the dynasty of King YaduSB 1.15.32
brāhmaṇa-kulasya to the brāhmaṇas of the universeSB 5.22.15
kulasya dynasty (of the descendants of Yadu)SB 10.48.24
yadu-kulasya the Yadu dynastySB 11.1.4
kulasya of the dynastySB 11.6.31
kulasya of the familySB 11.6.34
sva-kulasya of His own familySB 12.12.42-43
kumārasya of boys like youSB 4.8.27
kumārasya of his newly born sonSB 6.14.33
kumārasya of the newly born childSB 6.14.35
kumārasya of the son born of ŚakuntalāSB 9.20.18
kumārasya for his childSB 10.56.15
kunāthasya of the misguided conditioned soulSB 5.14.2
kuṇḍalā-bhoga-sanniveśasya whose body appears like a coilSB 5.23.5
kuṇḍalī-bhūta-dehasya whose body, which is coiledSB 5.23.5
dakṣiṇa-āvarta-kuṇḍalī-bhūta-śarīrasya whose body is like a coil turning toward the right sideSB 5.23.5
kuśasya of Kuśa, the son of Lord RāmacandraSB 9.12.1
kuśasya of KuśaSB 9.15.4
kusuma-āyudhasya of Cupid, who has a flower arrow in his handSB 5.2.6
kūṭa-sthasya of the one who is over everyone's intelligenceSB 2.5.17
kūṭa-sthasya of the unchangeableSB 3.7.19
kuṭumba-poṣasya of maintaining a familySB 3.30.32
sa-kuṭumbasya even with his family membersSB 9.21.2
kuṭumbasya whose family membersSB 9.21.2
yadṛcchā-lābha-tuṣṭasya who is satisfied by things obtained by the grace of GodSB 8.19.26
pravṛtti-lakṣaṇasya symptomized by inclinationsSB 5.25.15
lakṣaṇasya symptomizedSB 5.26.3
paśyataḥ lakṣmaṇasya being seen by LakṣmaṇaSB 9.10.5
lakṣmaṇasya of Lord LakṣmaṇaSB 9.11.12
candra-lalāmasya of Lord Śiva, who is decorated with the moonSB 12.10.26
lālayānasya maintainingSB 6.1.23
līlasya who has pastimesCC Madhya 20.180
lińgasya of the bodySB 4.20.12
mukta-lińgasya who had no identification with the gross and subtle bodySB 5.6.7
yajña-lińgasya the enjoyer of the results of all sacrificesSB 5.17.1
lobhasya greedSB 7.15.20
sakala-loka-anubhāvasya who is auspicious for all planetary systemsSB 5.24.30
ātma-loka-āvaraṇasya from the covering of self-realizationSB 8.3.25
loka-pālasya of the great demigod KuveraSB 10.10.20-22
lokasya of the peopleBG 5.14
lokasya of all the worldBG 11.43
lokasya of all peopleSB 1.3.40
lokasya of all living beingsSB 1.4.12
lokasya of the general mass of menSB 1.7.6
jīva-lokasya of the conditioned living beingsSB 1.7.24
lokasya of all peopleSB 2.4.15
lokasya of the worldSB 3.5.34
bhūḥ-lokasya of the earthly planetsSB 3.7.26
jīva-lokasya of the planets inhabited by the living entitiesSB 3.10.9
lokasya to the worldSB 3.17.3
lokasya for the peopleSB 3.24.35
lokasya of the universeSB 3.25.9
jīva-lokasya for the people in generalSB 3.29.3
lokasya of the living entitiesSB 3.29.5
nara-lokasya human birthSB 3.30.34
lokasya of the common manSB 4.4.15
lokasya of the people in generalSB 4.14.8
lokasya of the people in generalSB 4.14.39-40
lokasya of menSB 5.6.19
lokasya to people in generalSB 5.9.3
lokasya of the living entitiesSB 5.26.1
jīva-lokasya of this material worldSB 6.3.4
tri-lokasya of the three worldsSB 6.19.14
jīva-lokasya of this material worldSB 7.3.31
lokasya of the people in generalSB 7.13.19
lokasya all the demigods and menSB 8.4.5
lokasya of all the worldSB 8.7.35
lokasya of the people in generalSB 8.16.4
sarva-lokasya of all planets and their inhabitantsSB 8.24.52
lokasya of the people in generalSB 9.24.36
lokasya of all living entitiesSB 10.2.29
lokasya especially of this martya-loka, the planet earthSB 10.3.21
nṛ-lokasya within this material world of living entitiesSB 10.3.31
sādhu-lokasya of the saintly personsSB 10.4.44
sarva-lokasya of everyoneSB 10.10.34-35
nṛ-lokasya of mankindSB 10.51.23-26
lokasya of the worldSB 10.64.23
sarva-lokasya all those presentSB 11.5.44
lokasya of the people of the worldCC Antya 3.181
lokasya of the worldMM 10
lubdhasya avariciousSB 10.89.23
śrī-mada-andhasya who is blinded by temporarily possessing riches and opulenceSB 10.10.13
madasya whose intoxicationSB 10.51.47
mādhavasya of Mādhava (Kṛṣṇa)SB 1.15.18
mādhavasya of Śrī KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 14.200
magnasya of one who is absorbedSB 6.15.16
mahā-puruṣasya of the Supreme PersonSB 5.17.16
mahā-indrasya of the King of heaven, IndraSB 5.24.18
mahā-anubhāvasya who was an exalted devoteeSB 5.24.26
mahā-puruṣasya of the Supreme PersonSB 5.26.38
mahā-bhāgavatasya of the great and exalted devoteeSB 7.10.43-44
maindasya of MaindaSB 10.67.2
maithuna-ruddhasya who had to restrain sexual lifeSB 9.22.26
kṛta-maitrasya having put faith in the mindSB 5.6.4
maitrasya friendshipSB 10.88.9
makara-dhvajasya of the sex-godSB 3.28.32
makara-dhvajasya of CupidSB 5.2.6
makarandasya of the honeyCC Antya 1.158
mālā-kārasya of the garland-makerSB 10.41.43
malayasya Malaya hillsSB 1.8.32
mama arbhakasya of my childSB 10.8.40
manaḥ-kari-indrasya of the elephant-like mindCC Antya 1.191
manasaḥ tasya from the mind of Lord BrahmāSB 9.1.10
mānasya of honorSB 10.54.41
mānavasya the son of Svāyambhuva ManuSB 4.31.26
manda-bhāgyasya of the unfortunateSB 4.9.31
bhū-maṇḍalasya of the entire planet earthSB 9.19.23
mandasya of the lazySB 1.16.9
manoḥ svāyambhuvasya of Svāyambhuva ManuSB 11.2.15
mantrasya (the purification) of a mantraSB 11.21.15
manuṣyasya of a manSB 4.29.66
māyā-manuṣyasya of the Lord, who appeared as an ordinary human being by His own potencySB 10.1.4
manuṣyasya of Him who appears as a humanSB 10.45.10
manyamānasya thinking within the mindSB 1.4.32
mārkaṇḍeyasya by MārkaṇḍeyaSB 12.10.40
mārkaṇḍeyasya of Mārkaṇḍeya ṛṣiSB 12.12.45
martasya of one who is destined to dieSB 7.3.21
martyasya of one who is destined to dieSB 7.7.39
martyasya of the living entity subjected to deathSB 7.13.31
martyasya of a person sure to dieSB 8.22.9
martyasya who appears as if a mortalSB 10.79.33
maruttasya of MaruttaSB 9.2.27
maruttasya of MaruttaSB 9.2.29
trai-māsikasya of one who is only three months oldSB 2.7.27
māsyasya the child only a few months oldSB 10.26.5
mat-parāyaṇasya of one who is so dependent upon meSB 5.8.9
mat-anugrahasya which has shown mercy to meSB 10.14.2
mat-saṃśrayasya which has fully taken shelter of MeSB 11.1.4
mat-bhakti-yuktasya of one who is engaged in My loving serviceSB 11.20.31
mat-dharmasya of My devotional serviceSB 11.29.20
mat-putrasya of my sonSB 12.2.42
matam-gajendrasya infuriated elephantSB 3.13.40
cit-mātrasya of the complete spiritual wholeSB 3.7.2
rūpa-mātrasya of the subtle element formSB 3.26.39
māyā-matsyasya and the fish incarnationSB 8.24.59
mattasya of the illusionedSB 1.17.10-11
mattasya of one who is madSB 6.5.16
aiśvarya-mattasya of one who was intoxicated by opulencesSB 7.4.20
mattasya of one intoxicatedSB 10.27.15
māyā-balasya of the omnipotentSB 2.7.41
māyā-īśasya of the master of all energiesSB 2.9.42
māyā-racitasya created by the external, material energySB 5.11.12
māyā-matsyasya and the fish incarnationSB 8.24.59
māyā-manuṣyasya of the Lord, who appeared as an ordinary human being by His own potencySB 10.1.4
māyā-arbhakasya of the boys made by Kṛṣṇa's māyāSB 10.13.15
māyā-balasya who has multi-energiesCC Madhya 21.13
sva-icchā-mayasya which appears in response to the desires of Your pure devoteesSB 10.14.2
bhūta-mayasya a product of matterSB 10.14.2
brahma-mayasya the full manifestation of the Absolute TruthSB 10.70.43
hiraṇ-mayasya that is made of goldSB 11.28.19
medhasya of sacrificesSB 2.6.4
mīmāṃsamānasya of Hiraṇyakaśipu, who was contemplating the wonderful form of the LordSB 7.8.19-22
mīna-rājasya of a big fishSB 9.6.39-40
miṣataḥ tasya while he (Dakṣa) was personally looking onSB 6.4.54
mitrasya of MitraSB 2.6.9
mitrasya of MitraSB 4.7.3
mohana-ākhyasya mood known as mohana, or enchantingCC Antya 14.16
mriyamāṇasya of one who is going to dieSB 1.19.37
mriyamāṇasya of the dying manSB 6.1.30
mriyamāṇasya of a person who is just ready for deathSB 6.2.33
mṛkaṇḍasya of MṛkaṇḍaSB 4.1.45
mṛtasya of the deadBG 2.27
mṛtasya of the dead bodySB 6.14.50-51
mṛtasya virtually deadSB 11.21.21
mṛtasya and of him when he has diedSB 11.23.15
mṛtasya who had diedSB 12.12.35
mūḍhasya of the foolish oneSB 10.16.51
mugdhasya of a person bewildered or not in perfect knowledgeSB 7.6.7
prati-mukhasya of the reflection of the face in the mirrorSB 7.9.11
sadasya-mukhyaiḥ by the members of the sacrificeSB 4.2.19
mukhyasya of the living forceSB 9.20.3
bhāgavata-mukhyasya of the topmost of all devoteesSB 10.10.24
mukhyasya first classSB 10.64.16
mukhyasya of the chief citizenSB 12.2.18
mukta-lińgasya who had no identification with the gross and subtle bodySB 5.6.7
muktasya of the liberatedBG 4.23
daiva-muktasya by chance having escapedSB 5.9.13
muktasya of the liberated Personality of GodheadSB 11.11.5
mukundasya of the Lord, who can give liberationSB 4.9.36
mukundasya of Mukunda, the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 7.7.51-52
mukundasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.38.9
mukundasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.39.17-18
mukundasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.45.19
mukundasya Kṛṣṇa'sSB 10.52.23
mukundasya of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 10.80.1
mūrcchitasya of him who has become like dull matterSB 11.21.21
mūrdha-abhiṣiktasya who is noted as the emperorSB 9.15.41
na abhyasyamānāḥ not being studiedSB 10.20.16
na tasya He does not haveSB 10.38.22
nabhaḥ-valayasya of outer spaceSB 5.22.5
nabhasya-ākhyam the month named Nabhasya (Bhādra)SB 12.11.38
pańkaja-nābhasya of the Lord, from whose navel grows a lotus flowerCC Adi 3.27
puṣkara-nābhasya of the Lord, from whose navel grows a lotus flowerCC Antya 7.15
rahasya nahe there is no jokingCC Madhya 20.87
nahuṣasya of King NahuṣaSB 9.18.1
nahuṣasya of NahuṣaSB 12.12.25-26
naiṣkarmyasya of knowledgeSB 3.7.30
namaskṛtasya who is adoredSB 3.28.26
namasyan offering all respectSB 10.47.57
namasyantaḥ offering obeisancesBG 9.14
namasyanti are offering respectsBG 11.36
namasyanti offer respectful obeisancesSB 6.8.41
namasyataḥ offering obeisancesSB 5.23.9
nandasya of Mahārāja NandaSB 10.5.13
nandasya of Mahārāja NandaSB 10.5.18
nandasya of Mahārāja NandaSB 10.7.5
nandasya of Mahārāja NandaSB 10.8.1
nandasya of Mahārāja NandaSB 10.24.12
nandasya Nanda MahārājaSB 10.46.44
nandasya of King NandaSB 10.47.55
nara-lokasya human birthSB 3.30.34
nāradasya of NāradaSB 4.31.25
nāradasya of NāradaSB 5.1.6
nāradasya of Saint NāradaSB 5.1.38
nāradasya of NāradaSB 9.7.8
nāradasya of NāradaSB 10.87.4
nāradasya with Nārada MuniSB 12.12.14-15
narakasya of hellBG 16.21
narakasya of NarakāsuraSB 10.37.15-20
narakasya of BhaumaSB 10.59.21
narakasya of the demon NarakaSB 10.67.2
narasya of the manSB 2.3.20
nārāyaṇa-abhidhānasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, named NārāyaṇaSB 11.3.34
nārāyaṇasya of Lord NārāyaṇaSB 5.26.38
nārāyaṇasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, NārāyaṇaSB 10.14.13
nārāyaṇasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, NārāyaṇaSB 10.26.23
nārāyaṇasya NārāyaṇaSB 10.43.23
ṛṣeḥ nārāyaṇasya of Śrī Nārāyaṇa ṛṣiSB 10.87.4
nārāyaṇasya of Lord NārāyaṇaSB 12.4.39
nārikela-śasya the pulp of coconutCC Madhya 3.48
nārikela-śasya pulp of green coconutCC Antya 1.29
naṭasya of the artistSB 8.3.6
naṭasya of a stage performerSB 10.78.25-26
naṭasya of an actorSB 11.31.11
nāthamānasya of the one who is asking forSB 2.9.26
nāthasya of the monarchSB 1.18.44
dīna-nāthasya protector of the poorSB 4.12.51
aravinda-nayanasya of the lotus-eyed LordSB 3.15.43
aravinda-nayanasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, whose eyes are like the petals of a lotusCC Madhya 17.142
aravinda-nayanasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, whose eyes are like the petals of a lotusCC Madhya 24.45
aravinda-nayanasya of the lotus-eyed LordCC Madhya 24.115
aravinda-nayanasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, whose eyes are like the petals of a lotus flowerCC Madhya 25.158
nidāgha-dagdhasya of one scorched by the heat of the sunSB 5.12.2
nidhanasya of the annihilationSB 2.6.11
āgata-nidrasya when he felt sleepySB 8.24.8
nigamasya of the VedasSB 3.9.24
nigamasya of the VedasSB 7.6.26
nighnasya the sons of NighnaSB 9.24.13
niḥśreyasasya the ultimate goal of lifeSB 4.8.40
niḥsvasya of a poor manSB 6.14.36
kṛta-nija-abhimānasya who accepted the calf as his own sonSB 5.8.8
nikumbhasya of NikumbhaSB 9.6.25
veṇu-ninādasya of the sound of the fluteBs 5.27
nirāhārasya by negative restrictionsBG 2.59
nirañjanasya without being affected by material natureSB 6.17.22
nirannasya for one who is fastingSB 11.8.20
nirapekṣasya of one bereft of material desiresSB 11.14.12
nirapekṣasya of one who only sees MeSB 11.20.35
nirasya driving awaySB 3.16.22
nirasya warding offSB 10.17.7
nirasya throwing itSB 10.59.8
nirasya eliminatingSB 11.1.3
nirasya removingSB 11.14.2
nirasyata threwSB 7.5.33
nirasyate is dispelledSB 10.46.46
niratasya fully occupied withSB 3.23.7
niravadyasya freed from all attachmentSB 1.9.21
nirayasya of hellSB 2.6.9
nirguṇasya of the AbsoluteSB 1.10.19
nirguṇasya of the TranscendenceSB 2.5.18
nirguṇasya who is without the modes of natureSB 3.7.2
nirguṇasya unadulteratedSB 3.29.11-12
nirguṇasya untouched by material qualitiesSB 10.29.14
nirguṇasya beyond the three modes of natureCC Adi 4.206
nirguṇasya beyond the three modes of natureCC Madhya 19.172
nirīhasya who does not endeavor for his livelihoodSB 7.15.16
nirīkṣataḥ tasya while he was looking onSB 3.21.34
nirjitasya who was defeatedSB 10.60.56
nirudyamasya without activitiesSB 7.13.18
nirupādhikasya without any material designationSB 8.12.8
nirvairasya who had no enemiesSB 5.9.17
nirviṇṇasya of one who is disgusted with the illusory nature of the material worldSB 11.20.23
nirviśeṣasya without specific qualitiesSB 3.26.17
nirvṛtasya one who has achieved such transcendental blissSB 3.5.13
niṣkiñcanasya always pennilessSB 9.21.2
niṣkiñcanasya of a person who has completely detached himself from material enjoymentCC Madhya 11.8
nitya-siddhasya which is eternally presentCC Madhya 22.105
nityasya eternal in existenceBG 2.18
nityasya of the eternalSB 6.16.7
nivṛttasya one who is detachedSB 3.7.3
prajā-āśāyāḥ nivṛttasya of one who was almost hopeless of getting a son at this ageSB 10.5.23
nīyamānasya of one who is being ledSB 11.10.20
niyatasya prescribedBG 18.7
nṛ-śaṃsasya who is so cruelSB 9.4.44
nṛ-lokasya within this material world of living entitiesSB 10.3.31
nṛ-lokasya of mankindSB 10.51.23-26
nṛgasya of Nṛga, another son of ManuSB 9.2.17
nṛgasya of King NṛgaSB 10.37.15-20
kṛṣṇasya nṛtyataḥ while Kṛṣṇa was dancingSB 10.18.10
nyāsasya of the renounced order of lifeSB 11.24.14
nyasya placingSB 3.13.47
nyasya relegatingSB 3.31.48
nyasya indicatingSB 4.23.1-3
nyasya throwingSB 7.9.32
nyasya after deliveringSB 9.8.30
nyasya keepingSB 9.10.35-38
nyasya after placingSB 9.10.39-40
nyasya immediately giving upSB 9.14.43
nyasya giving upSB 9.18.5
nyasya placingSB 10.3.52
nyasya after placing the letters of the mantraSB 10.6.21
nyasya placing (on the shoulder)SB 10.30.19
nyasya leavingSB 10.57.18
nyasya placingSB 10.88.33
nyasya entrustingSB 11.18.1
nyasya giving overCC Antya 6.1
nyasya having deliveredCC Antya 6.327
pada-arthasya of physical bodiesSB 3.11.2
pāda-aravindasya of the lotus feetSB 4.22.20
padasya positionMM 17
paitṛ-ṣvasreyasya to Your father's sister's sonSB 10.71.2
dharma-pālasya of Yamarāja, the maintainer of religious principlesSB 6.1.34-36
loka-pālasya of the great demigod KuveraSB 10.10.20-22
vayasya-vatsa-pān the cowherd boys and the calvesSB 10.12.1
pañcajanasya of PañcajanaSB 6.4.51
pāṇḍaveyasya of the descendant of Pāṇḍu (Parīkṣit)SB 1.4.7
pāṇḍu-sutasya the son of PāṇḍuSB 10.74.13-15
pāṇḍu-sutasya of the son of PāṇḍuSB 10.74.53
pańkaja-nābhasya of the Lord, from whose navel grows a lotus flowerCC Adi 3.27
pāpasya of sinful activitiesSB 4.19.23
pāpasya of the sinful personSB 11.30.35
para-ardhasya of the superior halfSB 3.11.35
para-avarasya and of lower and higher conditions of lifeSB 5.11.7
pārakyasya meant for othersSB 1.8.48
paramasya of the SupremeSB 1.9.36
paramasya of the SupremeSB 2.1.29
paramasya of the SupremeSB 2.7.43-45
paramasya of the SupremeSB 2.7.47
paramasya of the SupremeSB 3.4.14
paramasya the SupremeSB 3.15.34
paramasya the supremeSB 4.6.49
paramasya the ultimateSB 7.6.26
paramasya vedhasaḥ of the supreme creatorSB 10.12.38
paramasya for the SupremeSB 10.77.32
paramasya for the supremeSB 10.87.29
parasya to othersBG 17.19
parasya of the transcendenceSB 1.3.38
ananta-pārasya of the unlimitedSB 1.5.16
parasya of the TranscendenceSB 1.5.21
parasya of the great personalitySB 2.6.12
parasya of the LordSB 2.6.42
parasya of the pure soulSB 2.9.1
parasya of the SupremeSB 2.10.45
parasya of the SupremeSB 3.7.38
parasya regarding the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 3.8.3
parasya of the Supreme LordSB 3.25.37
parasya of the causeSB 3.26.49
parasya of consciousness, spiritSB 3.27.18
parasya the chiefSB 3.29.4
parasya of anotherSB 3.29.26
parasya of the SupremeSB 3.32.8
parasya of the SupremeSB 4.11.20
parasya api another's selfSB 4.22.29
parasya of the SupremeSB 4.24.79
parasya of othersSB 4.25.33
parasya beyondSB 5.3.4-5
parasya of the SupremeSB 5.20.17
parasya the TranscendenceSB 6.3.17
parasya of the Supreme LordSB 6.5.33
parasya the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 7.1.25
parasya of the transcendentSB 7.9.9
parasya very difficult to understandSB 8.7.34
parasya of the SupremeSB 8.11.1
parasya puṃsaḥ of the Supreme PersonSB 8.12.43
parasya of the supremeSB 8.20.25-29
parasya transcendentalSB 9.18.5
pārasya from PāraSB 9.21.24
parasya of the Personality of Godhead, who is beyond the material worldSB 9.24.57
parasya of the SupremeSB 10.40.13-14
parasya who is dedicatedSB 10.74.40
parasya belonging to the SupremeSB 10.85.6
parasya of Him who is aloofSB 10.87.29
parasya the SupremeSB 10.88.40
parasya of the supremeSB 10.89.20
parasya of the SupremeSB 10.90.49
parasya of the SupremeSB 11.3.1
parasya who is beyond themSB 11.6.14
parasya for the transcendental soulSB 11.23.55
parataḥ parasya who is transcendental to material natureSB 11.23.56
ananta-pārasya of the boundlessSB 11.27.6
parasya of the SupremeSB 11.31.11
parasya who is the Supreme TruthSB 12.8.44
parasya of the Supreme LordCC Adi 5.83
parasya of the SupremeCC Madhya 20.110
parasya of the Supreme LordCC Madhya 20.267
parasya of anotherCC Antya 1.195
parataḥ parasya who is transcendental to material natureSB 11.23.56
parātma-bhūtasya who has been elevated to the transcendental platformSB 9.8.13
parāyaṇasya of one who is the shelter ofSB 1.18.14
parāyaṇasya of the shelterSB 1.18.15
parāyaṇasya of one who takes shelter ofSB 1.18.19
mat-parāyaṇasya of one who is so dependent upon meSB 5.8.9
paretasya of those who have lost their livesSB 10.15.52
pārijātasya of the pārijāta treeSB 12.12.38
parimalasya whose fragranceCC Madhya 20.180
parimokṣasya of the evacuating holeSB 2.6.9
parivartanasya of the circumambulationSB 5.21.7
parjanyasya of rainsSB 2.6.8
pārthasya and ArjunaBG 18.74
paryasyate he will circumambulateSB 4.16.20
paryavasyati ends inCC Antya 1.143
pāṣaṇḍasya of the infidelsSB 2.8.22
pāśupatasya of Lord Śiva's own pāśupatāstraSB 10.63.13
paśyataḥ tasya while he looked onSB 6.2.23
paśyataḥ lakṣmaṇasya being seen by LakṣmaṇaSB 9.10.5
paṭasya of a clothSB 12.4.27
patattri-rājasya of Garuḍa, the carrier of Lord ViṣṇuSB 5.20.8
vraja-pati-sutasya from the son of Nanda MahārājaCC Antya 14.73
pātitasya having been thrustSB 4.5.20
patitasya who have fallenSB 10.38.16
patitasya of the fallen (elephant)SB 10.43.14
patitasya fallenSB 10.86.42
pauṇḍrakasya of PauṇḍrakaSB 10.37.15-20
pauṇḍrakasya of PauṇḍrakaSB 10.66.7
pauṇḍrakasya PauṇḍrakaSB 10.78.1-2
pautrasya of the grandsonSB 12.2.42
pāvakasya of fireCC Madhya 20.113
phalasya of the fruitSB 11.28.42
phālgunasya of the month of Phālguna (February and March)SB 8.16.25
pīta-prāyasya of child Kṛṣṇa, who was being offered breast milk and was almost satisfiedSB 10.7.35-36
pitāmahaḥ tasya his grandfather, namely Prahlāda MahārājaSB 8.15.6
pitāmahasya of the grandfatherSB 10.75.3
pītasya anyone who drinksSB 8.6.21
plutasya who is submergedSB 10.27.8
poṣakasya of the maintainerSB 4.14.10
kuṭumba-poṣasya of maintaining a familySB 3.30.32
tapaḥ-prabhāvasya by the influence of austeritySB 4.12.41
pradānasya of one who gives such assuranceSB 3.7.41
pradyumnasya of PradyumnaSB 10.76.20
prahasya smilingSB 3.15.11
prahasya heartily laughingSB 3.19.1
prahasya smilingSB 3.20.38
prahasya smilingSB 4.1.29
prahasya smilingSB 4.7.1
prahasya smilingSB 5.4.3
prahasya smilingSB 6.1.37
prahasya smilingSB 6.17.9
prahasya smilingSB 6.18.31
prahasya smilingSB 8.9.8
prahasya laughingSB 8.12.14
prahasya smilingSB 8.21.15
prahasya after laughingSB 9.3.31
prahasya smilingSB 10.4.25
prahasya laughingSB 10.15.27
prahasya gently smilingSB 10.16.16
prahasya laughingSB 10.23.13
prahasya laughingSB 10.29.42
prahasya laughingSB 10.39.10
prahasya laughingSB 10.54.5
prahasya smiling broadlySB 10.56.9
prahasya laughingSB 11.4.8
prahlādasya of Mahārāja PrahlādaSB 4.21.28-29
prahlādasya of Mahārāja PrahlādaSB 4.21.47
prahlādasya of Prahlāda MahārājaSB 7.1.48
prahrādasya of Prahlāda MahārājaSB 7.10.43-44
prahrādasya of Prahlāda MahārājaSB 7.13.11
prahrādasya of Prahlāda MahārājaSB 8.22.18
prahrādasya of PrahlādaSB 12.12.18
prajā-kāmasya desiring offspringSB 8.16.24
prajā-āśāyāḥ nivṛttasya of one who was almost hopeless of getting a son at this ageSB 10.5.23
sthita-prajñasya of one who is situated in fixed Kṛṣṇa consciousnessBG 2.54
prajñasya of intelligenceSB 1.16.9
pralambasya of PralambaSB 12.12.30
pralobhitasya of (you) who were enticedSB 10.51.58
pramattasya of the bewilderedSB 2.1.12
pramattasya being inattentiveSB 4.27.12
pramattasya of one who is bewilderedSB 5.1.17
pramattasya who are almost crazySB 5.10.7
pramattasya of a crazy manSB 5.10.13
pramattasya madSB 7.6.8
pramattasya of one who is confusedSB 10.85.16
pramattasya of one who is bereft of actual intelligenceSB 11.13.9-10
pramattasya of the maddenedSB 11.23.25
prāṇasya of the vital energySB 3.26.31
prāṇasya of vital airSB 3.28.9
prāṇasya of PrānaSB 6.6.12
prāṇasya of lifeSB 8.2.31
prāṇasya of the breathSB 11.14.32-33
praṇayasya of the loveCC Adi 17.293
praṇayi-jana-vṛndasya of the multitude of loversCC Adi 4.52
praṇayi-jana-vṛndasya of the multitude of loversCC Adi 4.275
prapadyamānasya for one in the process of taking shelter of the Supreme LordSB 11.2.42
prapañcasya created material manifestationSB 10.14.16
prasādasya in mercySB 9.14.35
prasaktasya for one who is too attachedSB 1.19.4
praśāntasya who has attained tranquillity by such control over the mindBG 6.7
praśasya having praised the actionSB 1.19.18
praśasya by praisingSB 1.19.19
praśasya praisingSB 4.17.8
praśasya worshipingSB 4.22.41
praśasya by pacifyingSB 7.5.8
praśasya pacifying moreSB 10.1.55
praśasyam gloriousSB 4.12.45
praśritasya obedientlySB 1.5.29
prasuptasya sleepingSB 3.29.5
prati-mukhasya of the reflection of the face in the mirrorSB 7.9.11
pratibuddhasya of one who is awakeSB 3.27.25
pratibuddhasya for one who has awakenedSB 11.28.14
prātikūlyasya of anything that hinders devotional serviceCC Madhya 22.100
pratimuktasya of one who is boundSB 3.18.10
pratiśrutasya of the promise one has madeSB 8.19.35
pratiśrutasya things promisedSB 8.21.33
pratītasya of the apparent valuesSB 3.7.18
pratnasya of the oldest personSB 5.20.5
ańgiraḥ-pravarasya who came in the dynasty of the great saint AńgirāSB 5.9.1-2
pravarasya the bestSB 7.10.47
pravartamānasya those who are attached toSB 1.5.16
pravāsa-sthasya one who is away from homeSB 3.7.34
praviṣṭasya who had gone insideSB 10.56.33
pravṛttasya one who is engaged inSB 1.4.26
pravṛttasya being engagedSB 1.5.25
pravṛtti-lakṣaṇasya symptomized by inclinationsSB 5.25.15
pīta-prāyasya of child Kṛṣṇa, who was being offered breast milk and was almost satisfiedSB 10.7.35-36
prītasya who was satisfied with himSB 10.46.49
priyasya of the dearSB 1.8.32
priyasya very dearSB 4.30.38
priyasya of the dearmostSB 7.9.18
priyasya who hold dearSB 10.29.36
priyasya of their belovedSB 10.30.3
priyasya belovedSB 10.60.22
priyasya dearSB 10.80.19
priyasya who is very dear to KṛṣṇaSB 11.5.42
priyasya who is very dear to KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 22.144
priyatamasya of the most belovedSB 1.10.17
priyavratasya of Priyavrata, in the family of Mahārāja DhruvaSB 4.21.28-29
priyavratasya of King PriyavrataSB 4.31.26
pulahasya of PulahaSB 4.1.38
parasya puṃsaḥ of the Supreme PersonSB 8.12.43
puṇya-ślokasya of the great pious kingSB 1.8.32
puṇya-ślokasya of one whose glories are sung by Vedic hymnsSB 1.14.1
puṇya-ślokasya of the Personality of GodheadSB 1.14.6
puṇya-ślokasya of sacred renownSB 4.12.48
alpa-puṇyasya of him whose pious credit has been insufficientSB 11.7.68
purañjanasya in the matter of PurañjanaSB 4.25.9
purañjayasya of PurañjayaSB 9.6.20
pūrṇa-kāmasya of Him whose every possible desire is fulfilledSB 10.23.46
pūrṇa-kāmasya who is satisfied in all respectsSB 12.10.16
pūrṇasya who is full in everythingSB 8.15.1-2
pūrṇasya of one who is full in everythingSB 10.8.3
pūrṇasya for Him who is fullSB 10.58.38
pūrṇasya to the perfectly complete LordSB 10.83.38
pūrṇasya of the Complete WholeIso invocation
pūrtasya pious acts in terms of religionSB 2.8.21
puruṣa-uttamasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 1.16.35
puruṣa-uttamasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 11.6.14
puruṣa-uttamasya the Supreme LordSB 12.4.40
puruṣasya of a manBG 2.60
puruṣasya of a personSB 1.19.37
puruṣasya of a personSB 2.1.22
puruṣasya of the gigantic personSB 2.1.26
puruṣasya of the virāṭ-puruṣaSB 2.2.14
puruṣasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 2.5.37
puruṣasya of the Supreme PersonalitySB 2.6.18
puruṣasya of the personality of GodheadSB 2.6.46
puruṣasya of the Personality of GodheadSB 2.7.41
puruṣasya of Mahā-ViṣṇuSB 2.10.15
puruṣasya of a manSB 3.5.11
puruṣasya of the virāṭ-puruṣa, the gigantic formSB 3.6.30
puruṣasya of the living entitySB 3.7.38
puruṣasya of the puruṣa incarnationSB 3.11.42
pūruṣasya of spirit (man)SB 3.25.11
puruṣasya of a manSB 3.26.2
puruṣasya of the Supreme PersonSB 3.26.9
puruṣasya of spiritSB 3.27.9
puruṣasya of the soulSB 3.27.19
puruṣasya of the living entitySB 3.27.23
puruṣasya of the spiritSB 3.29.1-2
puruṣasya of a personSB 3.29.19
puruṣasya of spiritSB 3.32.31
puruṣasya of a personSB 4.12.4
puruṣasya of the LordSB 4.15.3
puruṣasya of the living entitySB 4.29.3
puruṣasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 4.30.39-40
ādi-puruṣasya the original personSB 5.1.23
puruṣasya of the soulSB 5.10.22
pūruṣasya of the living entitySB 5.11.4
puruṣasya of a personSB 5.14.2
yajña-puruṣasya who is worshiped by Vedic ritualistic ceremoniesSB 5.14.30
mahā-puruṣasya of the Supreme PersonSB 5.17.16
tat-varṣa-puruṣasya of the ruler of that landSB 5.18.24
mahā-puruṣasya of the Supreme PersonSB 5.26.38
puruṣasya of the living entitySB 6.1.55
puruṣasya of a devoteeSB 6.11.23
puruṣasya of the living entitySB 6.12.13
puruṣasya of the conditioned soulSB 7.2.42
puruṣasya of a living entitySB 7.6.2
ādi-puruṣasya of the original Personality of GodheadSB 7.10.47
puruṣasya of the Supreme PersonSB 8.5.38
puruṣasya of all personsSB 8.5.48
puruṣasya of the Supreme PersonSB 8.7.44
puruṣasya of the giant Personality of GodheadSB 8.20.23
puruṣasya of the supreme personSB 8.23.29
puruṣasya the Supreme PersonSB 9.6.15-16
puruṣasya of the living beingSB 9.9.28
puruṣasya of the Supreme PersonSB 10.89.19
puruṣasya of the Supreme LordSB 11.5.2
puruṣasya of a personSB 11.7.20
puruṣasya of a personSB 11.8.28
puruṣasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 11.10.10
puruṣasya of such a personSB 11.20.23
puruṣasya of a personSB 11.22.10
puruṣasya of the soulSB 11.23.59
puruṣasya of a personSB 11.28.34
puruṣasya of the Personality of GodheadCC Madhya 21.13
puruṣasya of the Supreme PersonCC Madhya 22.27
puruṣasya of the supreme personCC Madhya 22.111
puruṣottamasya of Lord Śrī KṛṣṇaCC Antya 1.162
pūrvasya of the first halfSB 3.11.35
puṣkara-nābhasya of the Lord, from whose navel grows a lotus flowerCC Antya 7.15
puṣkarasya of the lotus, the primeval sourceSB 3.9.37
puṣpārṇasya of PuṣpārṇaSB 4.13.13
pūtasya already purifiedSB 7.10.22
putra-kāmasya desiring to have a sonSB 4.13.32
putra-kāmasya desiring to have a sonSB 6.15.17
tasya putraḥ his son (Sumati's son)SB 9.21.27
putrasya with a sonBG 11.44
droṇa-putrasya of the son of DroṇaSB 1.7.27
putrasya of the sonSB 3.14.44-45
putrasya of his sonSB 9.6.9
jyeṣṭha-putrasya of the first son, YaduSB 9.23.17
yadu-putrasya of the son of YaduSB 9.23.29
sva-putrasya of his own childSB 10.5.14
putrasya of her sonSB 10.46.28
mat-putrasya of my sonSB 12.2.42
jyeṣṭha-putrasya of the eldest sonSB 12.12.25-26
rābhasya from RābhaSB 9.17.10
māyā-racitasya created by the external, material energySB 5.11.12
atyanta rahasya extremely mysteriousCC Madhya 8.200
rahasya-darśana seeing of the mystery of the activitiesCC Madhya 13.60
rahasya jokingCC Madhya 20.86
rahasya nahe there is no jokingCC Madhya 20.87
sa-rahasyaḥ confidentialSB 1.7.44
dhanuḥ-rahasyaḥ one who understands the intricacies of military artSB 3.1.31
rahasyam mysteryBG 4.3
rahasyam mysteriesSB 1.6.36
sa-rahasyam with devotional serviceSB 2.9.31
sa-rahasyam with the confidential portionSB 5.2.9
rahasyam solitarySB 7.6.11-13
sa-rahasyam along with its confidential portionSB 10.45.34
sa-rahasyam along with mysteryCC Adi 1.51
sa-rahasyam with mysteryCC Madhya 25.105
ati-rahasyam full of spiritual mysteriesCC Madhya 25.283
rahū-gaṇasya the King known as RahūgaṇaSB 5.10.1
rāja-siṃhasya of the most powerful kingSB 4.28.28
rajakasya of the washermanSB 10.41.37
rājasasya to one in the mode of passionBG 17.9
rājasūyasya of the Rājasūya sacrificeSB 10.75.31
ādi-rājasya of the original kingSB 3.13.3
daitya-rājasya of the king of demonsSB 3.14.3
ādi-rājasya of the first emperorSB 3.22.39
ādi-rājasya of the original kingSB 4.21.8
patattri-rājasya of Garuḍa, the carrier of Lord ViṣṇuSB 5.20.8
dharma-rājasya of the king of religious principles, YamarājaSB 6.1.32
dharma-rājasya of King Yamarāja, who knows the religious principlesSB 6.1.38
mīna-rājasya of a big fishSB 9.6.39-40
giri-rājasya the king of sand dunesCC Antya 14.120
rājyasya for the kingdomBG 1.32-35
rājyasya of kingdomSB 10.54.41
svabhāva-raktasya naturally inclinedSB 1.5.15
raktasya of one addictedSB 3.22.12
ramamāṇasya enjoyingSB 3.3.22
ramamāṇasya enjoyingSB 4.27.5
ramamāṇasya while You demonstrate Your various pastimesSB 8.12.12
rāmasya of BalarāmaSB 10.18.20
rāmasya of BalarāmaSB 10.42.11
rāmasya of Lord BalarāmaSB 10.44.12
rāmasya for Lord BalarāmaSB 10.65.34
rāmasya of Lord BalarāmaSB 10.67.1
rāmasya as Lord BalarāmaSB 10.67.13
rāmasya of Lord BalarāmaSB 10.79.34
rāmasya of Lord RāmacandraSB 12.12.24
rāmasya by Lord ParaśurāmaSB 12.12.25-26
rantidevasya of RantidevaSB 9.21.2
rasanasya of the tongueNoI 7
rasasya of all delicaciesSB 2.6.1
rasasya of tasteSB 3.27.18
rasasya for one who has a tasteSB 10.47.58
rasyatām to tastefulnessCC Madhya 23.95-98
ratasya of one engagedSB 3.14.28
ratasya who take Your pleasureSB 10.60.46
viṣṇu-rātasya ParīkṣitSB 12.12.45
ratha-ārūḍhasya of the Supreme Lord, who was placed aboard the carCC Madhya 13.207
sūrya-rathasya of the chariot of the sun-godSB 5.20.30
rathasya of the chariotSB 10.39.36
rathītarasya of RathītaraSB 9.6.2
rayasya of RayaSB 9.15.1
ṛṣabha-ākhyasya whose name was Lord ṛṣabhadevaSB 5.6.16
ṛṣabhasya of the bestSB 3.16.23
ṛṣabhasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 3.28.26
ṛṣabhasya of Lord ṛṣabhadevaSB 5.6.7
ṛṣabhasya of their heroSB 10.33.21
brahma-ṛṣabhasya the best of brāhmaṇasSB 12.12.6
ṛṣabhasya of Lord ṛṣabhaSB 12.12.14-15
ṛṣeḥ nārāyaṇasya of Śrī Nārāyaṇa ṛṣiSB 10.87.4
brahma-ṛṣi-sutasya of the son born of a brāhmaṇa exalted in spiritual consciousnessSB 5.9.17
ṛtasya of dharmaSB 5.20.5
ṛtasya of truthful religious principlesSB 11.13.39
saha-ṛtvik-ācārya-sadasyaḥ with all the priests, ācāryas and members of the holy assemblySB 8.20.22
maithuna-ruddhasya who had to restrain sexual lifeSB 9.22.26
rudrasya of these RudrasSB 6.6.17-18
rudrasya of Lord Śiva (the most powerful among the demigods)SB 7.10.51
rudrasya of Lord ŚivaSB 10.10.2-3
rūpa-mātrasya of the subtle element formSB 3.26.39
rūpasya formBG 11.52
bahu-rūpasya having varieties of formsSB 3.10.10
īśvara-rūpasya a representation of the LordSB 3.29.4
sva-rūpasya Your actual identitySB 5.3.8
rūpasya of that by which they appearSB 6.4.26
kāla-rūpasya who are assuming the form of timeSB 10.37.21
īśvara-rūpasya the representation of the Personality of GodheadSB 12.3.17
rūpasya of formCC Adi 1.75
rūpasya of the formCC Adi 4.1
rūpasya agrajaḥ the elder brother of Śrīla Rūpa GosvāmīCC Madhya 24.348
rūpyasya of silverSB 8.12.33
ruṣṭasya who was angeredSB 10.51.12
sa-rahasyaḥ confidentialSB 1.7.44
sa-rahasyam with devotional serviceSB 2.9.31
sa-anugasya one of the associatesSB 3.5.21
sa-guṇasya with material qualitiesSB 3.26.15
sa-ahańkārasya accepted under false egoSB 3.27.16
sa-anubandhasya with that which is relatedSB 3.30.3
sa-upādhyāyasya along with all the priestsSB 4.20.37
sa-rahasyam with the confidential portionSB 5.2.9
sa-bhāryasya with his wifeSB 9.7.24
sa-kuṭumbasya even with his family membersSB 9.21.2
sa-anugasya together with His companionsSB 10.23.17
sa-rahasyam along with its confidential portionSB 10.45.34
sa-sadasya who was accompanied by the members of the sacrificial assemblySB 11.2.32
sa-rahasyam along with mysteryCC Adi 1.51
sa-rahasyam with mysteryCC Madhya 25.105
śābdasya of the Vedic soundSB 2.2.2
śabdasya of the soundSB 3.6.17
śabdasya of soundSB 3.26.33
sabījasya authorizedSB 3.28.1
sadasya-mukhyaiḥ by the members of the sacrificeSB 4.2.19
sadasya the members of the assemblySB 4.7.45
sadasya associates or followersSB 4.22.3
sadasya associatesSB 5.3.3
sadasya of the members of the assemblySB 10.74.18
sadasya the prominent members of the assembly who helped officiate in the sacrificeSB 10.75.8
sadasya the officiating witnessesSB 10.75.13
sadasya the officiating members of the assemblySB 10.75.22
sadasya the officials of the sacrificial assemblySB 10.84.55-56
sa-sadasya who was accompanied by the members of the sacrificial assemblySB 11.2.32
saha-ṛtvik-ācārya-sadasyaḥ with all the priests, ācāryas and members of the holy assemblySB 8.20.22
sādhu-lokasya of the saintly personsSB 10.4.44
sagarasya of SagaraSB 12.12.23
bhava-sāgarasya of the ocean of material existenceCC Madhya 11.8
saha-ṛtvik-ācārya-sadasyaḥ with all the priests, ācāryas and members of the holy assemblySB 8.20.22
sahadevasya the son of SahadevaSB 9.22.43
sahasrasya of many thousandsBG 11.12
sainyasya of the soldiersBG 1.7
sainyasya of the armiesSB 10.52.7
sainyasya of the armySB 12.12.37
sakala-loka-anubhāvasya who is auspicious for all planetary systemsSB 5.24.30
sakhasya of you, the friendSB 5.10.25
śakrasya by IndraSB 12.12.31-33
saktasya being attachedSB 4.8.27
saktasya of a person attachedSB 5.1.4
saktasya of one who is too attachedSB 7.6.8
salilasya of the reservoir of watersSB 2.8.5
salilasya of the waterSB 3.18.8
śālvasya of ŚālvaSB 10.76.18-19
śālvasya of ŚālvaSB 10.77.10
śālvasya of ŚālvaSB 10.77.35
śālvasya ŚālvaSB 10.78.1-2
sama-cittasya who has attained the stage of being equipoisedSB 7.13.9
sama-gasya the singer of the Sāma VedaSB 12.6.75
samādhi-sthasya of one situated in tranceBG 2.54
samājasya companySB 10.44.9
śamalasya who was sinfulSB 10.16.32
samānasya for Him who has all respect for othersSB 10.46.37
samanutaptasya because of his being regretfulSB 10.4.25
sāmāsikasya of compoundsBG 10.33
vimukta-samasta-sańgasya although having given up the association of my real sons and homeSB 5.8.29
samasya who is equalSB 6.17.22
samasya equipoisedSB 7.8.10
samavasyati can achieveSB 2.7.41
samavasyati reachesCC Madhya 21.13
śambarasya of ŚambaraSB 10.55.24
sāmbasya of SāmbaSB 10.63.8
sāmbasya of SāmbaSB 11.1.17
sambhāvitasya for a respectable manBG 2.34
sambhāvitasya most respectableSB 4.3.25
saṃhrādasya of SaṃhlādaSB 6.18.14
samīpa-gasya for one who has come into the proximitySB 11.29.37
sampadyamānasya of one who is becoming completely opulentSB 11.15.33
sampannasya endowedSB 6.14.12
samparetasya of the dead bodySB 1.9.46
samparetasya deceasedSB 7.2.17
samparītasya who was overwhelmedSB 3.21.38-39
samprahasya loudly laughingSB 10.66.37
sampratipāditasya which was givenSB 5.24.19
saṃpraviṣṭasya of Him who has entered (Mathurā)SB 10.39.23
anādi-saṃsāra-anubhavasya of the perception of the beginningless process of transmigrationSB 5.14.1
nṛ-śaṃsasya who is so cruelSB 9.4.44
saṃśayasya of the doubtBG 6.39
saṃsiddhasya of one who is all-perfectSB 1.19.36
mat-saṃśrayasya which has fully taken shelter of MeSB 11.1.4
saṃsuptasya one who has enjoyed sound sleepSB 3.7.13
saṃvaraṇasya of King SaṃvaraṇaSB 8.13.10
saṃvatsarasya known as SaṃvatsaraSB 5.18.17
guṇa-sāmyasya without interaction of the three modesSB 3.26.17
gata-sańgasya of one unattached to the modes of material natureBG 4.23
sańgasya of the associationSB 1.2.20
sańgasya of the associationSB 1.18.13
sańgasya from attachmentSB 3.22.12
sańgasya one who takes advantage of associatingSB 4.24.57
sańgasya of associationSB 4.30.34
vimukta-samasta-sańgasya although having given up the association of my real sons and homeSB 5.8.29
bhagavat-sańgi-sańgasya of the association of devotees who are always associated with the Supreme Personality of GodheadCC Madhya 22.55
bhagavat-sańgi-sańgasya of the association of devotees who are always associated with the Supreme Personality of GodheadCC Madhya 22.55
sat-sańkalpasya one whose determination is never lostSB 4.1.30
sańkarasya of unwanted populationBG 3.24
śańkarasya aṃśaḥ partial expansion of Lord ŚivaSB 4.1.33
sańkarasya of unwanted populationCC Adi 3.24
sańkarṣaṇasya of Lord BalarāmaSB 11.30.46
sańkarṣaṇasya of SańkarṣaṇaBs 5.13
śańkhacūḍasya of the demon ŚańkhacūḍaSB 12.12.31-33
sāńkhyasya of analytical studiesSB 3.7.30
sāńkhyasya of the system of analytic philosophySB 11.13.39
sāńkhyasya of analytic knowledgeSB 11.15.35
bhū-valayasya sanniveśaḥ the arrangement of the whole universeSB 5.21.1
kuṇḍalā-bhoga-sanniveśasya whose body appears like a coilSB 5.23.5
sannyāsasya of renunciationBG 18.1
sannyasya giving up completelyBG 3.30
sannyasya giving upBG 5.13
sannyasya giving upBG 12.6-7
sannyasya giving upBG 18.57
sannyasya renouncingSB 2.4.3-4
sannyasya giving upSB 4.22.51
sannyasya surrendering unto the lotus feet of KṛṣṇaSB 5.19.23
sannyasya giving upSB 7.12.24
sannyasya resigningSB 10.40.6
santapyamānasya being tormentedSB 11.19.9
śāntasya who is peacefulSB 7.13.9
śāntasya peacefulSB 11.14.13
santoṣitasya very pleasedSB 8.17.17
santuṣṭasya of one who is fully satisfied in Kṛṣṇa consciousnessSB 7.15.16
sanyasyati renouncesNBS 49
śāpasya of cursingSB 10.10.1
śaraṇa-bhūtasya the one who is the only shelterSB 5.1.27
śaraṇasya of fearlessnessSB 2.6.7
śaraṇasya who had taken shelterSB 5.8.29
sārasya whose determinationSB 10.49.4
sargasya of the generativeSB 2.6.8
sva-sargasya of her own childrenSB 3.14.37
dakṣiṇa-āvarta-kuṇḍalī-bhūta-śarīrasya whose body is like a coil turning toward the right sideSB 5.23.5
ākāśa-śarīrasya the Supersoul of the whole universeSB 6.9.42
śarīrasya whose bodySB 10.76.1
śarīrasya on the part of the material bodySB 11.28.42
sārthasya of the living entity interested in sense gratificationSB 5.14.2
sarva-jñasya one who knows allSB 2.4.5
sārva-bhaumasya of the emperorSB 6.14.13
sarva-lokasya of all planets and their inhabitantsSB 8.24.52
sarva-lokasya of everyoneSB 10.10.34-35
sarva-lokasya all those presentSB 11.5.44
sarvasya of everyoneBG 2.30
sarvasya to everyoneBG 7.25
sarvasya of everythingBG 8.9
sarvasya of allBG 10.8
sarvasya of everyoneBG 13.18
sarvasya of all living beingsBG 15.15
sarvasya of everyoneBG 17.3
sarvasya of everyoneBG 17.7
sarvasya of everyoneSB 4.9.4
sarvasya of all of themSB 5.26.2
sarvasya for everyoneSB 8.9.29
sarvasya of all wealth and richesSB 9.19.23
sarvasya of everythingSB 10.3.14
sarvasya everyoneSB 10.66.38
sarvasya of everythingSB 11.28.19
sarvasya of everyoneCC Madhya 24.189
sarvasya of allIso 5
sarvasya of allIso 5
śāstrasya of the scripturesSB 6.5.20
śāśvatasya of the eternalBG 14.27
nārikela-śasya the pulp of coconutCC Madhya 3.48
śasya the pulpCC Madhya 15.77
śasya khāñā eating the pulpCC Madhya 15.77
śasya khāñā eating the pulpCC Madhya 15.78
śasya like crops of grainsCC Madhya 21.109
nārikela-śasya pulp of green coconutCC Antya 1.29
śasya khāya eats the pulp of green coconutCC Antya 1.30
śasyate to be praisedSB 3.22.12
śasyate is advisableSB 4.17.23
sat-sańkalpasya one whose determination is never lostSB 4.1.30
sat-tamasya you who are the best among human beingsSB 5.10.24
sat-dharmasya of the path of progressive devotional serviceCC Madhya 20.106
sat-dharmasya of the path of progressive devotional serviceCC Madhya 24.170
śata-bhāgasya of one hundredthCC Madhya 19.140
śata-bhāgasya of one hundredthCC Madhya 19.141
śatasya of the one-hundredthSB 4.20.2
hayamedha-śatasya of one hundred aśvamedha sacrificesSB 9.23.33
satrāyaṇasya of SatrāyaṇaSB 8.13.35
śatrughnasya of Lord ŚatrughnaSB 9.11.12
sattvasya of truthSB 2.6.12
viśuddha-sattvasya of Bharata Mahārāja, whose existence was completely purifiedSB 5.7.7
sattvasya in the śuddha-sattva qualitiesSB 5.15.6
sattvasya of the entitySB 5.26.11
sattvasya of goodnessSB 7.1.8
śuddha-sattvasya of one whose existence is purifiedSB 11.15.28
sattvasya of the mode of goodnessSB 11.25.2-5
sattvasya of the heartSB 12.12.55
sātvatasya of SātvataSB 9.24.5
satya-avalambasya one who embraced truth as shelterSB 3.1.8
satya-vratasya of Mahārāja Bali, who is fixed in truthfulnessSB 8.21.12
satyasya of the Absolute TruthSB 5.20.5
satyasya of all relative truths, which are emanations from the Absolute Truth, KṛṣṇaSB 10.2.26
satyasya of all that is accepted as the truthSB 10.2.26
satyasya of the Absolute TruthSB 11.7.17
satyasya of virtuous actionSB 11.13.39
satyasya of the Absolute TruthSB 12.4.30
satyasya of the Supreme TruthIso 15
satyasya for one who is truthfulNBS 81
satyavratasya of King SatyavrataSB 8.24.55
satyavratasya of King SatyavrataSB 8.24.59
saubhagasya of all auspicious opportunitiesSB 2.6.4
saudāsasya of SaudāsaSB 9.9.19
saumanasya of the scenerySB 3.8.24
saumanasya the fragrance and tenderness of flowersSB 11.26.18
saumanasyaiḥ with flowersSB 10.41.29
saumanasyam pleasing to the mindSB 4.12.45
saumanasyam SaumanasyaSB 5.20.9
sāvarṇeḥ antarasya during the period of the Manu known as SāvarṇiSB 8.22.31
śayānasya lying downSB 1.3.2
anati-śāyanasya of one who is unexcelledSB 1.18.20
śayānasya lying downSB 7.13.18
adhaḥ-śayānasya who was put underneath the handcartSB 10.7.7
śayānasya of Him who was lyingSB 10.26.5
śeṣasya Lord ŚeṣaSB 6.16.29
siddhasya of a perfect yogīSB 3.27.30
nitya-siddhasya which is eternally presentCC Madhya 22.105
svapna-śīlasya of one who sleepsBG 6.16
adharma-śīlasya of one who is engaged in irreligionSB 3.5.3
dharma-śīlasya who were strictly attached to religious principlesSB 10.1.2
ati-svapna-śīlasya of one who dreams too much in sleepCC Antya 8.67-68
rāja-siṃhasya of the most powerful kingSB 4.28.28
śiśumārasya of ŚiśumāraSB 4.10.1
śiśumārasya of the dolphinSB 5.23.5
śiśupālasya for ŚiśupālaSB 10.78.1-2
śiṣyasya of the discipleSB 1.1.8
śiṣyasya of your discipleSB 8.23.14
śiṣyasya of a discipleSB 10.13.3
śivasya of ŚivaSB 4.6.42
śivasya of Lord ŚivaSB 6.17.36
śivasya of Lord ŚivaSB 8.4.17-24
skandhasya whose portionSB 11.23.10
uttama-śloka-tamasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is praised by the nicest versesSB 4.21.49
puṇya-ślokasya of the great pious kingSB 1.8.32
puṇya-ślokasya of one whose glories are sung by Vedic hymnsSB 1.14.1
puṇya-ślokasya of the Personality of GodheadSB 1.14.6
puṇya-ślokasya of sacred renownSB 4.12.48
uttama-ślokasya who is praised with excellent versesSB 5.1.5
snātasya having been absorbed inSB 1.5.7
snigdhasya of the one who is submissiveSB 1.1.8
snigdhasya submissiveSB 10.13.3
soma-vaṃśasya of the dynasty of the moon-godSB 12.12.25-26
somasya of the moonSB 5.24.2
somasya of the nectarSB 8.10.19-24
somasya of soma-rasaSB 9.3.12
somasya of the soma-rasaSB 9.3.24
somasya of soma-rasaSB 9.3.26
somasya of the moon-godSB 9.14.1
somasya this son belongs to Soma, the moon-godSB 9.14.13
sparśa-vihīnasya who are devoid of any contact with material enjoymentSB 11.7.30
sparśasya of touchSB 3.26.35
sparśasya of the subtle element touchSB 3.26.36
sphuṭasya which is visibleSB 10.14.16
śraddadhānasya with care and attentionSB 1.2.16
śraddadhānasya of the faithfulSB 1.5.29
śraddadhānasya of one who is anxious to hearSB 3.5.13
śraddadhānasya faithfulSB 3.25.3
śraddadhānasya of the faithfulSB 4.1.46-47
śraddadhānasya faithfulSB 4.29.38
śraddadhānasya of his disciple, who was so faithful in understanding the truthSB 6.14.8
śrāddhadevasya of the name ŚrāddhadevaSB 3.1.22
śrāddhasya of the periodical offerings of respectsSB 3.7.33
śramasya laboring very hardSB 3.13.4
śrāntasya fatiguedSB 3.29.5
śrī-mada-andhasya who is blinded by temporarily possessing riches and opulenceSB 10.10.13
śrīnivāsasya of the Personality of GodheadSB 3.7.28
śrīvatsa-ańkasya of the Lord, who bears the mark ŚrīvatsaSB 3.19.34
śriyā unmattasya puffed up because of great opulenceSB 9.4.44
śrotavyasya toward all that is to be heardBG 2.52
śruta-devasya the master of the VedasSB 3.25.2
śrutasya all that is already heardBG 2.52
śrutasya by dint of study of the VedasSB 1.5.22
śrutasya of the codes of scripturesSB 3.7.32
śrutasya of persons who are in the process of hearingSB 3.13.4
sruva-hastasya with the sacrificial ladle in his handSB 4.5.19
veṇu-stambasya of a clump of bamboo plantsSB 11.1.4
stambhasya of the pillarSB 7.8.18
sthānasya of the placeSB 3.31.45-46
samādhi-sthasya of one situated in tranceBG 2.54
kūṭa-sthasya of the one who is over everyone's intelligenceSB 2.5.17
kūṭa-sthasya of the unchangeableSB 3.7.19
pravāsa-sthasya one who is away from homeSB 3.7.34
antaḥpura-sthasya remaining inside the house or palaceSB 7.6.29-30
sthasya who was standingSB 10.33.10
sthasya who was seatedSB 10.59.21
sthita-prajñasya of one who is situated in fixed Kṛṣṇa consciousnessBG 2.54
sthitasya of the situationSB 1.8.31
sthitasya situatedSB 3.27.24
sthitasya being situatedCC Adi 7.98
sthitasya being situatedCC Madhya 20.110
sthitasya being situatedCC Madhya 24.37
sthitasya situatedCC Antya 3.197
sthūla-sūkṣmasya gross and subtleSB 12.12.10
straiṇasya of the father who was very much attached to his wifeSB 9.10.8
strī-jitasya conquered by a womanSB 4.8.67
su-kṛtasya piousBG 14.16
su-duḥkhitasya of one who is always unhappySB 3.5.3
su-iṣṭasya of a perfect sacrificeSB 5.19.28
su-uktasya of diligently studying the Vedic literatureSB 5.19.28
su-janasya iva like a great personalitySB 10.22.33
su-janasya iva like the great personalitiesCC Adi 9.46
subalasya of King SubalaSB 1.13.30
śubhrasya of ŚubhraSB 8.5.4
sūcakasya of the identifierSB 1.17.22
sudāsasya of the name SudāsaSB 3.1.22
śuddha-sattvasya of one whose existence is purifiedSB 11.15.28
śūdrasya of the śūdraBG 18.44
śūdrasya of the fourth-grade persons, the workersSB 7.11.15
śūdrasya of the śūdra (the fourth grade of man in society, the worker)SB 7.11.24
suduścikitsyasya very difficult to cureSB 4.30.38
sudyamnasya (and the dynasty) of SudyumnaSB 12.12.21
sudyumnasya of SudyumnaSB 9.1.37
suhotrasya of SuhotraSB 9.17.1-3
sūkarasya of Lord BoarSB 3.13.25
śukasya of ŚukadevaSB 12.12.6
sukhasya of happinessBG 14.27
sukhasya from happinessSB 3.25.13
sukhasya of happinessSB 6.16.60
sukhasya of material happinessSB 11.19.20-24
sukhasya of the happinessCC Madhya 19.176
akṛta-sukṛtasya who has no pious activitiesSB 5.8.16
sthūla-sūkṣmasya gross and subtleSB 12.12.10
sūktasya spiritual educationSB 1.5.22
śunaḥśephasya about ŚunaḥśephaSB 9.7.23
suparṇasya of GaruḍaSB 10.17.1
suptasya of one who is sleepingSB 11.10.3
śūrasya of ŚūraSB 9.24.27
sūrya-rathasya of the chariot of the sun-godSB 5.20.30
sūryasya of the sunSB 2.6.3
sūryasya of the sunSB 12.12.45
bhagīrathaḥ tasya sutaḥ his son BhagīrathaSB 9.9.2
sutaḥ tasya his sonSB 9.13.17
sutasya of the sonSB 1.4.5
sutasya of the sonSB 1.4.5
sutasya of her sonSB 2.7.30
sutasya of the sonSB 4.12.41
brahma-ṛṣi-sutasya of the son born of a brāhmaṇa exalted in spiritual consciousnessSB 5.9.17
sutasya of the sonSB 9.17.1-3
sutasya of her childSB 10.7.6
sutasya of her sonSB 10.7.35-36
sutasya of the sonSB 10.8.15
sva-sutasya of her own childSB 10.9.7
sutasya of the sonSB 10.26.18
pāṇḍu-sutasya the son of PāṇḍuSB 10.74.13-15
pāṇḍu-sutasya of the son of PāṇḍuSB 10.74.53
sutasya of the son, BhīṣmaSB 12.12.25-26
vraja-pati-sutasya from the son of Nanda MahārājaCC Antya 14.73
suvīrasya of SuvīraSB 9.21.27
suyajñasya of King SuyajñaSB 7.2.59
suyodhanasya of Suyodhana (Duryodhana)SB 10.75.40
sva-sargasya of her own childrenSB 3.14.37
sva-rūpasya Your actual identitySB 5.3.8
sva-bhāvasya having a natureSB 6.14.1
sva-garbhasya of her embryoSB 7.7.14
sva-putrasya of his own childSB 10.5.14
sva-sutasya of her own childSB 10.9.7
sva-arbhakasya of her own sonSB 10.9.15
sva-icchā-mayasya which appears in response to the desires of Your pure devoteesSB 10.14.2
sva-arthasya his own best interestSB 11.26.13
sva-kulasya of His own familySB 12.12.42-43
svabhāva-raktasya naturally inclinedSB 1.5.15
tyakta-svabhāvasya who has given up His natural position (of being equal to everyone)SB 7.2.7-8
svakīyasya His ownCC Antya 19.76
svanuṣṭhitasya of one's own prescribed dutiesSB 1.2.13
svapakṣa-kṣapaṇasya of Your Lordship, who kill the demons on our own sideSB 8.22.10
svapna-śīlasya of one who sleepsBG 6.16
svapna-avabodhasya sleep and wakefulnessBG 6.17
ati-svapna-śīlasya of one who dreams too much in sleepCC Antya 8.67-68
svārājyasya of the King of heavenSB 4.24.54
svārasikasya spontaneousCC Antya 1.150
svarūpa-avasthitasya staying in the same form even to the time of dissolutionSB 3.11.2
jita-śvāsasya whose breathing is controlledSB 3.28.10
jita-śvāsasya and conquered his breathing systemSB 11.15.1
svasreyasya of the sister's sonSB 10.70.40
paitṛ-ṣvasreyasya to Your father's sister's sonSB 10.71.2
śvaśurasya of the father-in-law (Dakṣa)SB 4.2.3
śvaśurasya of the father-in-lawSB 4.3.1
śvaśurasya of your father-in-lawSB 4.3.8
svasya of His ownSB 3.2.12
svasya of his ownSB 3.20.53
svasya of one's self or of the living entitySB 7.7.38
svasya their ownSB 10.68.12
svasya of the selfSB 11.22.46
svasya of myselfSB 12.8.40
svasya of HimselfCC Madhya 10.1
svasya for HimselfCC Madhya 21.100
svasya of His ownMM 17
svataḥ-tṛptasya for one who is self-satisfiedSB 3.7.3
svāyambhuvasya of SvāyambhuvaSB 3.21.1
svāyambhuvasya of Svāyambhuva ManuSB 3.21.2
svāyambhuvasya of SvāyambhuvaSB 4.8.6
svāyambhuvasya of the great personality Svāyambhuva ManuSB 8.1.1
manoḥ svāyambhuvasya of Svāyambhuva ManuSB 11.2.15
sviṣṭasya sacrificeSB 1.5.22
kasya svit of anyone elseSB 8.1.10
kasya svit someone else'sCC Madhya 25.101
kasya svit of anyone elseIso 1
syamantakasya named SyamantakaSB 10.37.15-20
tamālasya of a tamāla treeCC Antya 1.146
tāmarasa-akṣasya of Kṛṣṇa, who has eyes like lotus petalsCC Madhya 18.38
daiva-tamasya of the most respectable demigod (Lord Śiva)SB 4.4.28
uttama-śloka-tamasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is praised by the nicest versesSB 4.21.49
sat-tamasya you who are the best among human beingsSB 5.10.24
tanayasya of a childSB 1.15.19
tanayasya of his sonSB 4.9.65
ātma-tantrasya of Lord Śiva, who is self-dependentSB 4.6.7
ātma-tantrasya being self-sufficient, not dependent on any other personSB 6.3.17
tapaḥ-prabhāvasya by the influence of austeritySB 4.12.41
tapasya-ākhyam the month known as Tapasya (Phālguna)SB 12.11.40
tapasyasi austerities you performBG 9.27
tapasyasi you perform as austerityCC Madhya 8.60
tapasyatā who is always engaged in meditationSB 10.4.36
taptasya of a person suffering from a condition of material miserySB 7.9.19
tārkṣyasya of Kaśyapa, whose other name is TārkṣyaSB 6.6.21-22
tārtīyasya as far as the third step is concernedSB 8.19.34
tasya hisBG 1.12
tasya hisBG 2.57
tasya hisBG 2.58
tasya hisBG 2.61
tasya hisBG 2.68
tasya hisBG 3.17
tasya hisBG 3.18
tasya of thatBG 4.13
tasya hisBG 6.3
tasya of himBG 6.6
tasya for himBG 6.30
tasya itsBG 6.34
tasya hisBG 6.40
tasya tasya to himBG 7.21
tasya tasya to himBG 7.21
tasya of that demigodBG 7.22
tasya to himBG 8.14
tasya of HimBG 11.12
tasya itsBG 15.2
tasya of themBG 18.7
tasya itsBG 18.15
tasya HisSB 1.1.16
tasya HisSB 1.1.17
tasya HisSB 1.2.15
tasya hisSB 1.4.4
tasya hisSB 1.4.9
tasya hisSB 1.4.32
tasya of thatSB 1.5.15
tasya for that purposeSB 1.5.18
tasya hisSB 1.5.29
tasya hisSB 1.7.13-14
tasya hisSB 1.7.37
tasya of himSB 1.7.38
tasya hisSB 1.7.45
tasya hisSB 1.7.51
tasya by HimSB 1.9.17
tasya hisSB 1.9.29
tasya for HimSB 1.9.36
tasya hisSB 1.9.46
tasya for the KingSB 1.10.5
tasya HisSB 1.11.33
tasya his (of Mahārāja Parīkṣit)SB 1.12.2
tasya hisSB 1.12.13
tasya of thisSB 1.13.25
tasya hisSB 1.13.56
tasya of hisSB 1.13.60
tasya heSB 1.14.22
tasya of Mahārāja ParīkṣitSB 1.16.17
tasya HisSB 1.16.32-33
tasya hisSB 1.17.10-11
tasya HisSB 1.18.19
tasya his (the sage's)SB 1.18.32
tasya hisSB 1.19.14
tasya HisSB 2.1.24
tasya HisSB 2.1.32
tasya of one who glorifies the LordSB 2.3.17
tasya HisSB 2.5.17
tasya itsSB 2.5.25
tasya HisSB 2.9.38
tasya of HimSB 2.10.21
tasya HisSB 2.10.24
tasya theirSB 2.10.49-50
tasya hisSB 3.1.4
tasya HisSB 3.1.45
tasya hisSB 3.2.3
tasya HisSB 3.2.22
tasya HisSB 3.3.22
tasya his (Maitreya's)SB 3.4.10
tasya HisSB 3.4.21
tasya HisSB 3.4.34
tasya HisSB 3.6.11
tasya HisSB 3.6.12
tasya of the gigantic formSB 3.6.19
tasya His (the gigantic form's)SB 3.6.32
tasya of such knowledgeSB 3.7.39
tasya hisSB 3.8.2
tasya HisSB 3.8.13
tasya hisSB 3.9.40
tasya itsSB 3.10.14
tasya hisSB 3.11.34
tasya of the Brāhma-kalpaSB 3.11.36
tasya hisSB 3.12.9
tasya hisSB 3.12.45
tasya hisSB 3.12.47
tasya HisSB 3.12.48
tasya hisSB 3.12.52
tasya hisSB 3.13.3
tasya hisSB 3.13.19
tasya hisSB 3.13.23
tasya HisSB 3.14.3
tasya of HimSB 3.15.43
tasya of the Supreme LordSB 3.16.13
tasya hisSB 3.17.20
tasya hisSB 3.17.25
tasya of HimSB 3.19.28
tasya his (Vyāsa's)SB 3.20.3
tasya of the LordSB 3.20.16
tasya of that ManuSB 3.21.3
nirīkṣataḥ tasya while he was looking onSB 3.21.34
tasya HisSB 3.22.3
tasya of ManuSB 3.22.35
tasya thatSB 3.25.8
tasya of the Personality of GodheadSB 3.28.31
tasya of himSB 3.29.26
tasya etasya of this very time factorSB 3.30.1
tasya hisSB 3.30.32
tasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 3.31.12
tasya of the living entitySB 3.32.29
tasya hisSB 4.1.29
tasya hisSB 4.1.37
tasya his (Nandīśvara's)SB 4.2.27
tasya of himSB 4.2.33
tasya his (Dakṣa's)SB 4.5.9
tasya of him (Vīrabhadra)SB 4.5.25
tasya by HisSB 4.8.13
tasya his (Dhruva Mahārāja's)SB 4.8.25
tasya hisSB 4.9.8
tasya of himSB 4.10.9
tasya of Dhruva MahārājaSB 4.10.15
tasya of DhruvaSB 4.10.17
tasya hisSB 4.10.29
tasya while DhruvaSB 4.11.3
tasya with DhruvaSB 4.12.9
tasya HisSB 4.12.24
tasya of DhruvaSB 4.12.33
tasya of DhruvaSB 4.12.43
tasya to himSB 4.12.51
gata-asoḥ tasya after he diedSB 4.13.19-20
tasya of him (Ańga)SB 4.13.21
tasya hisSB 4.13.35
tasya with himSB 4.14.19
tasya hisSB 4.14.41
tasya his (Niṣāda's)SB 4.14.46
tasya hisSB 4.15.1
tasya hisSB 4.15.11
tasya hisSB 4.17.4
tasya hisSB 4.18.5
tasya hisSB 4.19.18
tasya hisSB 4.20.9
tasya hisSB 4.21.23
tasya hisSB 4.22.8
tasya hisSB 4.22.46
tasya hisSB 4.23.11
tasya hisSB 4.23.30
tasya hisSB 4.25.10
tasya hisSB 4.25.12
tasya hisSB 4.25.12
tasya hisSB 4.27.13
tasya of himSB 4.29.3
tasya of the duration of lifeSB 4.29.21
tasya of YavaneśvaraSB 4.29.23-25
tasya bhrātṛṣu with his brothersSB 4.30.9
tasya HisSB 5.1.12
tasya hisSB 5.1.39
tasya of himSB 5.2.18
tasya when he (Nābhi)SB 5.3.2
tasya of HimSB 5.4.2
tasya HisSB 5.5.33
tasya of Him (Lord ṛṣabhadeva)SB 5.6.7
tasya of Him (Lord ṛṣabhadeva)SB 5.6.13
tasya of that KingSB 5.8.8
tasya of himSB 5.8.26
tasya of himSB 5.9.4
tasya of the leader of the dacoitsSB 5.9.13
tasya of him (a student studying the Vedas)SB 5.11.3
tasya api of him alsoSB 5.12.5-6
tasya of Jaḍa BharataSB 5.14.42
tasya of ParameṣṭhīSB 5.15.3
tasya of King GayaSB 5.15.8
tasya of thatSB 5.16.22
tasya of itSB 5.16.24
tasya of HimSB 5.18.21
tasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 5.18.29
tasya hisSB 5.19.14
tasya of that islandSB 5.20.2
tasya api of that island alsoSB 5.20.25
tasya of that positionSB 5.21.8-9
tasya of thatSB 5.21.8-9
tasya the chariot of the sun-godSB 5.21.13
tasya hisSB 5.23.1
tasya of thatSB 5.23.5
tasya of thatSB 5.23.5
tasya hisSB 5.24.1
tasya of Prahlāda MahārājaSB 5.24.26
tasya of Bali MahārājaSB 5.24.27
tasya of the planet PātālaSB 5.25.1
tasya of SańkarṣaṇaSB 5.25.8
tasya HisSB 5.25.9
tasya of himSB 5.26.35
tasya of him (Ajāmila)SB 6.1.23
tasya of him (Ajāmila)SB 6.1.24
paśyataḥ tasya while he looked onSB 6.2.23
tasya of the influenceSB 6.3.8
tasya of HimSB 6.3.17
tasya of thisSB 6.4.1-2
miṣataḥ tasya while he (Dakṣa) was personally looking onSB 6.4.54
tasya of thisSB 6.5.11
tasya from himSB 6.6.6
tasya heSB 6.7.16
tasya thatSB 6.7.22
tasya of himSB 6.8.37
tasya his dead bodySB 6.8.39
tasya of himSB 6.9.1
tasya of him (Viśvarūpa)SB 6.9.4
tasya of him (Viśvarūpa)SB 6.9.5
tasya of himSB 6.9.49
tasya of him (Vṛtrāsura)SB 6.12.3
tasya of him (King Citraketu)SB 6.14.11
tasya of him (Citraketu)SB 6.14.13
tasya of himSB 6.14.14
tasya of himSB 6.16.8
tasya of himSB 6.16.12
tasya heSB 6.16.65
tasya of himSB 6.17.17
tasya of Him (the Supreme Lord)SB 6.17.22
tasya of Him (the Lord)SB 6.17.34-35
tasya of himSB 6.18.8
tasya of himSB 6.18.16
tasya hisSB 6.18.17
tasya of himSB 6.18.26
tasya of thatSB 6.19.1
tasya of Him (the Supreme Personality of Godhead)SB 7.2.7-8
tasya of HimSB 7.2.39
tasya hisSB 7.3.4
tasya of thisSB 7.3.7
tasya hisSB 7.3.8
tasya unto HiraṇyakaśipuSB 7.4.1
tasya of HiraṇyakaśipuSB 7.4.16
tasya of him (Hiraṇyakaśipu)SB 7.4.21
tasya of thisSB 7.4.25-26
tasya of him (Hiraṇyakaśipu)SB 7.4.30
tasya of him (Prahlāda Mahārāja)SB 7.4.36
tasya of himSB 7.5.1
tasya from himSB 7.5.49
tasya of thatSB 7.8.6
tasya of Him (Lord Nṛsiṃhadeva)SB 7.8.26
tasya of himSB 7.8.31
tasya of the demonSB 7.8.44
tasya of himSB 7.8.56
tasya of that Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 7.9.33
tasya for himSB 7.15.26
tasya of himSB 7.15.34
tasya hisSB 7.15.42
tasya of himSB 8.1.5
tasya of him (Svārociṣa)SB 8.1.19
tasya from him (Vibhu)SB 8.1.22
tasya of that mountain (Trikūṭa)SB 8.2.9-13
tasya this dark situationSB 8.3.5
tasya thatSB 8.3.25
tasya hisSB 8.5.2
tasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead appearing as VaikuṇṭhaSB 8.5.6
tasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 8.5.23
tasya of thatSB 8.7.34
tasya of Lord ŚivaSB 8.7.43
tasya hisSB 8.8.20
tasya of Him (the Supreme Personality of Godhead)SB 8.8.24
tasya of that RāhuSB 8.9.25
tasya of him (Mahārāja Bali)SB 8.10.19-24
tasya of Lord IndraSB 8.10.26
tasya of King IndraSB 8.10.43
tasya of MātaliSB 8.11.17
tasya hisSB 8.11.19
tasya of him (Namuci)SB 8.11.32
tasya of He who is the Supreme LordSB 8.12.31
tasya of him (Lord Śiva)SB 8.12.32
tasya of himSB 8.12.33
pitāmahaḥ tasya his grandfather, namely Prahlāda MahārājaSB 8.15.6
tasya of Lord VāmanadevaSB 8.18.14
tasya HisSB 8.18.24-25
tasya of such wealthSB 8.20.6
tasya of Lord VāmanadevaSB 8.20.18
tasya of the Personality of GodheadSB 8.20.22
tasya of himSB 8.21.33
tasya Bali MahārājaSB 8.22.12
tasya of Prahlāda MahārājaSB 8.22.18
tasya hisSB 8.24.12
tasya of himSB 8.24.60
tasya hisSB 9.1.2-3
tasya of Him (the Supreme Personality of Godhead)SB 9.1.9
manasaḥ tasya from the mind of Lord BrahmāSB 9.1.10
tasya api from MarīciSB 9.1.10
tasya of him (Manu)SB 9.1.19
tasya of SudyumnaSB 9.1.37
tasya of SudyumnaSB 9.1.41
tasya of CitrasenaSB 9.2.19
tasya of him (ṛkṣa)SB 9.2.19
tasya of VītihotraSB 9.2.20
tasya of him (Satyaśravā)SB 9.2.20
tasya of him (Nābhāga)SB 9.2.23-24
tasya of him (Khanīnetra)SB 9.2.25
tasya of him (Karandhama)SB 9.2.26
tasya of him (Dama)SB 9.2.29
tasya of him (Vegavān)SB 9.2.30
tasya of him (Viśāla)SB 9.2.34
tasya of him (Hemacandra)SB 9.2.34
tasya of him (Śaryāti)SB 9.3.2
tasya of him (Cyavana Muni)SB 9.3.6
tasya hisSB 9.3.28
tasya of himSB 9.4.14
tasya of him (Ambarīṣa)SB 9.4.33-35
tasya hisSB 9.4.42
tasya of himSB 9.4.45
tasya HisSB 9.4.57-59
tasya of such an offenseSB 9.4.62
tasya of DurvāsāSB 9.5.2
tasya of HimSB 9.5.16
tasya of IkṣvākuSB 9.6.4
tasya his (Vikukṣi's)SB 9.6.12
tasya in the service of PurañjayaSB 9.6.14
tasya of him, PurañjayaSB 9.6.17
tasya his (Purañjaya's)SB 9.6.18
tasya of SenajitSB 9.6.25
tasya of the babySB 9.6.32
tasya of YauvanāśvaSB 9.7.1
tasya of TribandhanaSB 9.7.5-6
tasya hisSB 9.8.2
tasya of him (Sagara Mahārāja)SB 9.8.7
tasya of him (Asamañjasa)SB 9.8.14
tasya hisSB 9.8.21
bhagīrathaḥ tasya sutaḥ his son BhagīrathaSB 9.9.2
tasya upon him (Bhagīratha)SB 9.9.8
tasya of ŚrutaSB 9.9.16-17
tasya of himSB 9.9.31
tasya of him, Mahārāja DaśarathaSB 9.10.2
tasya of Him, the Supreme Personality of Godhead Lord Rāmacandra and His brothersSB 9.10.3
tasya HisSB 9.11.20
tasya his (Agnivarṇa's)SB 9.12.5
tasya of PrasuśrutaSB 9.12.7
tasya his (Sandhi's)SB 9.12.7
tasya of ŪrukriyaSB 9.12.10
tasya of PuṣkaraSB 9.12.12
tasya api of AmitrajitSB 9.12.13
tasya of KṛtañjayaSB 9.12.13
tasya of him (Udāvasu)SB 9.13.14
tasya of him (Suketu)SB 9.13.14
tasya of him (Bṛhadratha)SB 9.13.15
tasya of DevamīḍhaSB 9.13.16
sutaḥ tasya his sonSB 9.13.17
tasya of ŚīradhvajaSB 9.13.19
tasya of KeśidhvajaSB 9.13.19
tasya api of Purujit alsoSB 9.13.23
tasya from SamarathaSB 9.13.24
tasya his sonSB 9.13.26
tasya of him, Atri, the son of BrahmāSB 9.14.3
tasya of the childSB 9.14.14
tasya his (Purūravā's)SB 9.14.14
tasya by himSB 9.14.42
tasya of PurūravāSB 9.14.46
tasya of HotrakaSB 9.15.1
tasya of PuruSB 9.15.4
tasya of GādhiSB 9.15.4
tasya of KārtavīryārjunaSB 9.15.21
tasya of KārtavīryārjunaSB 9.15.27
tasya of him (Kārtavīryārjuna)SB 9.15.34
tasya of himSB 9.17.1-3
tasya of SańkṛtiSB 9.17.17
tasya of the he-goatSB 9.19.10
tasya of PūruSB 9.19.23
tasya of him (Cārupada)SB 9.20.3
tasya and from himSB 9.20.3
tasya of him (Raudrāśva)SB 9.20.3
tasya his (Rantināva's)SB 9.20.6
tasya of him (Kaṇva)SB 9.20.7
tasya hisSB 9.20.23
tasya hisSB 9.20.32
tasya of him (Mahārāja Bharata)SB 9.20.34
tasya his (Mahārāja Bharata's)SB 9.20.35
tasya to the childSB 9.20.37
tasya of him (the caṇḍāla)SB 9.21.11
tasya before him (King Rantideva)SB 9.21.15
tasya hisSB 9.21.18
tasya hisSB 9.21.22
tasya hisSB 9.21.22
tasya the son of ViśadaSB 9.21.23
tasya hisSB 9.21.24
tasya of him (Satyadhṛti)SB 9.21.27
tasya putraḥ his son (Sumati's son)SB 9.21.27
tasya hisSB 9.21.27
tasya of himSB 9.21.30
tasya of him (Śatānanda)SB 9.21.35
tasya of him (Somaka)SB 9.22.2
tasya of him (Drupada)SB 9.22.3
tasya of him (Kṛtī)SB 9.22.6
tasya of him (Kuśāgra)SB 9.22.7
tasya of him (ṛkṣa)SB 9.22.11
tasya of him (Dilīpa)SB 9.22.11
tasya of him (Pratīpa)SB 9.22.11
tasya of JanamejayaSB 9.22.38
tasya from him (Aśvamedhaja)SB 9.22.39
tasya his (son)SB 9.22.41
tasya hisSB 9.22.41
tasya apatyam his sonSB 9.22.43
tasya from him (Mahīnara)SB 9.22.43
tasya his sonSB 9.22.43
tasya from himSB 9.22.43
tasya of him (Janamejaya)SB 9.23.2
tasya of him (Jayadratha)SB 9.23.12
tasya of him (Dhṛtavrata)SB 9.23.12
tasya karṇasya of that same KarṇaSB 9.23.14
tasya of him (Babhru)SB 9.23.14
tasya of him (Ārabdha)SB 9.23.15
tasya of him (Gāndhāra)SB 9.23.15
tasya of him (Kārtavīryārjuna)SB 9.23.27
tasya of him (Tālajańgha)SB 9.23.28
tasya of him (Vṛṣṇi)SB 9.23.29
tasya of himSB 9.23.29
tasya of ŚaśabinduSB 9.23.32
tasya hisSB 9.23.33
tasya of himSB 9.23.34
tasya for himSB 9.23.37
tasya hisSB 9.24.2
tasya of himSB 9.24.2
tasya his (Jīmūta's son)SB 9.24.2
tasya from him (Devakṣatra)SB 9.24.5
tasya of him (Puruhotra)SB 9.24.5
tasya hisSB 9.24.12
tasya hisSB 9.24.13
tasya of him (Yuyudhāna)SB 9.24.14
tasya his (son)SB 9.24.20
tasya from him (Punarvasu)SB 9.24.20
tasya hisSB 9.24.40
tasya of Him (the Supreme Personality of Godhead)SB 10.1.4
tasya of him (Kaṃsa)SB 10.1.47
tasya of HimSB 10.2.36
tasya of HimSB 10.3.26
tasya of this (foundation)SB 10.4.39
tasya bālakasya of the small baby KṛṣṇaSB 10.7.10
tasya of the demonSB 10.7.30
tasya hisSB 10.10.15
tasya of KṛṣṇaSB 10.11.5
tasya of KṛṣṇaSB 10.11.11
tasya of that unmanifest natureSB 10.14.57
tasya of HimSB 10.15.17
tasya of HimSB 10.16.3
tasya of HimSB 10.16.8
tasya of himSB 10.16.29
tasya of HimSB 10.16.50
tasya of himSB 10.18.18
tasya HisSB 10.22.12
tasya for HimSB 10.23.17
tasya hisSB 10.24.8
tasya on His partSB 10.26.13
tasya of HimSB 10.33.34
tasya HisSB 10.33.37
tasya hisSB 10.34.7
tasya HisSB 10.34.17
tasya of himSB 10.34.31
tasya anu after thatSB 10.37.15-20
tasya of him, VyomāsuraSB 10.37.30
na tasya He does not haveSB 10.38.22
tasya of HimSB 10.38.25
tasya of Him (Ananta Śeṣa)SB 10.39.46-48
tasya he, AkrūraSB 10.41.1
tasya hisSB 10.41.38
tasya with himSB 10.41.42
tasya of himSB 10.44.37
tasya of him, KaṃsaSB 10.44.40
tasya for HimSB 10.46.38
tasya for HimSB 10.47.5
tasya HisSB 10.47.9-10
tasya for HimSB 10.50.29
tasya of him, the awakened manSB 10.51.12
tasya of thatSB 10.51.20
tasya HisSB 10.51.23-26
tasya hisSB 10.52.21
tasya HisSB 10.54.21
tasya of himSB 10.54.31
tasya hisSB 10.56.2
tasya HisSB 10.56.40-42
tasya hisSB 10.57.21
tasya HisSB 10.58.3
tasya hisSB 10.58.32
tasya his, Mura'sSB 10.59.11
tasya of him (Bhaumāsura)SB 10.59.31
tasya hisSB 10.62.2
tasya upon himSB 10.62.2
tasya hisSB 10.62.10
tasya for himSB 10.63.29
tasya of himSB 10.63.32
tasya for himSB 10.63.53
tasya of itSB 10.64.3
tasya HisSB 10.65.14
tasya his (Pauṇḍraka's)SB 10.66.12-14
tasya his (Kāśirāja's)SB 10.66.27-28
tasya of himSB 10.67.12
tasya hisSB 10.67.16
tasya hisSB 10.68.9-10
tasya hisSB 10.69.15
tasya HisSB 10.69.15
tasya by him (Jarāsandha)SB 10.70.24
tasya hisSB 10.72.29
tasya hisSB 10.74.44
tasya for himSB 10.75.3
tasya his (Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira's)SB 10.75.31
tasya hisSB 10.77.35
tasya of himSB 10.78.12
tasya HisSB 10.80.3
tasya of HimSB 10.80.4
tasya of himSB 10.80.7
tasya HisSB 10.80.45
tasya his (Sudāmā's)SB 10.81.6-7
tasya for HimSB 10.81.36
tasya of HimSB 10.81.39
tasya HisSB 10.83.12
tasya HimSB 10.83.39
tasya thatSB 10.84.8
tasya HisSB 10.84.26
tasya hisSB 10.84.49
tasya about thisSB 10.89.2
tasya of HisSB 10.89.18
tasya HisSB 10.90.12
tasya as his sonSB 10.90.37
tasya hisSB 10.90.38
tasya HisSB 10.90.45
tasya of the fishSB 11.1.23
tasya hisSB 11.2.15
tasya HisSB 11.2.16
tasya hisSB 11.11.18
tasya unto himSB 11.13.19
tasya hisSB 11.15.27
tasya of himSB 11.15.28
tasya hisSB 11.16.43
tasya for the realized personSB 11.18.37
tasya in relation to your spiritual natureSB 11.19.7
tasya of that objectSB 11.21.13
tasya of that enjoymentSB 11.21.33-34
tasya hisSB 11.23.7
tasya at himSB 11.23.9
tasya of himSB 11.23.13
tasya of those processesSB 11.23.46
tasya of that productSB 11.24.17
tasya of any such personSB 11.26.3
tasya of that person (myself)SB 11.26.11
tasya for himSB 11.29.18
tasya to himSB 11.29.26
tasya toward HimSB 11.30.36
tasya of HimSB 11.30.38
tasya hisSB 12.1.1-2
tasya of KākavarṇaSB 12.1.4
tasya of KṣetrajñaSB 12.1.5
tasya of him (Nanda)SB 12.1.10
tasya of him (Aśokavardhana)SB 12.1.13
tasya of him (Śāliśūka)SB 12.1.13
tasya of him (Somaśarmā)SB 12.1.13
tasya of him (Vasudeva)SB 12.1.19
tasya hisSB 12.1.19
tasya of him (Meghasvāti)SB 12.1.21-26
tasya of him (Hāleya)SB 12.1.21-26
tasya of himSB 12.1.21-26
tasya of that unmanifest natureSB 12.4.15-19
tasya of that oṃkāraSB 12.6.42
tasya of him (Maṇḍūkeya)SB 12.6.54-56
tasya heSB 12.8.14
tasya of himSB 12.8.24
tasya while he, MārkaṇḍeyaSB 12.8.32
tasya of HimSB 12.8.42
tasya while heSB 12.9.10
tasya while heSB 12.9.14
tasya of that treeSB 12.9.21
tasya HisSB 12.12.28-29
tasya HisCC Adi 1.12
tasya HisCC Adi 1.77
tasya HisCC Adi 6.4
tasya of Lord KṛṣṇaCC Adi 6.64
tasya HisCC Adi 6.75
tasya HisCC Adi 11.4
tasya HisCC Madhya 6.255
tasya of HimCC Madhya 8.72
tasya of itCC Madhya 11.11
tasya of HimCC Madhya 17.142
tasya of HimCC Madhya 19.134
tasya of thatCC Madhya 21.49
tasya of HimCC Madhya 23.76
tasya of HimCC Madhya 24.45
tasya of HimCC Madhya 24.115
tasya for himCC Madhya 24.159
tasya eva for thatCC Madhya 24.169
tasya of HimCC Madhya 25.158
tasya thatCC Antya 1.195
tasya of HimCC Antya 1.212
tasya of HimBs 5.6
tasya of HimBs 5.17
tasya of HimBs 5.18
tasya of Him (the Supreme Lord)Bs 5.24
tasya of thatBs 5.43
tasya of thatBs 5.55
tasya of himMM 35
tasyai unto herSB 6.14.28
tasyai unto thatSB 6.17.1
tasyai unto thatSB 7.4.22-23
tasyai unto SukanyāSB 9.3.17
tasyai unto her (Devayānī)SB 9.18.19
tasyai to herSB 10.33.9
tasyai to herSB 10.48.10
tasyai to her, RukmiṇīSB 10.53.49
tat-varṣa-puruṣasya of the ruler of that landSB 5.18.24
tat-dvīpasya of that islandSB 5.20.31
taṭasya on the edgeCC Antya 1.191
vidita-tattvasya to one who knows the Absolute TruthSB 3.27.26
trai-māsikasya of one who is only three months oldSB 2.7.27
tyakta-trapasya because you are shamelessSB 9.10.22
trasyante are terrifiedSB 1.17.10-11
trayasya of the threeSB 2.7.2
bhuvana-trayasya of the three worldsSB 10.50.29
jagat-trayasya three worldsBs 5.50
tri-vargasya the three means of religion, economic development and sense satisfactionSB 2.8.21
tri-lokasya of the three worldsSB 6.19.14
tri-vargasya the three goals of life (the paths of religion, economic development and sense gratification)SB 7.5.18
tri-vargasya of the three processes of elevation (dharma, artha and kāma)SB 8.16.11
tritasya the pilgrimage site named TritaSB 3.1.22
tṛṇāvartasya of TṛṇāvartaSB 12.12.28-29
svataḥ-tṛptasya for one who is self-satisfiedSB 3.7.3
tṛptasya for one who is satisfiedSB 12.13.15
tṛptasya of one who is satisfiedCC Madhya 25.146
tuṣṭasya satisfiedSB 3.16.8
yadṛcchā-lābha-tuṣṭasya who is satisfied by things obtained by the grace of GodSB 8.19.26
tvāṣṭrasya of the son of Tvaṣṭā (Vṛtra)SB 12.12.18
tyāgasya of renunciationBG 18.1
tyakta-svabhāvasya who has given up His natural position (of being equal to everyone)SB 7.2.7-8
tyakta-trapasya because you are shamelessSB 9.10.22
udasya giving upSB 8.1.13
udasya rejectingSB 10.14.4
udasya giving upCC Madhya 22.22
udasya giving upCC Madhya 24.140
udasya giving upCC Madhya 25.31
udavasya after finishingSB 4.7.56
udayasya of Him who gives rise toSB 4.11.23
uddhavasya with UddhavaSB 12.12.42-43
udyatasya which has come of itselfSB 3.22.12
su-uktasya of diligently studying the Vedic literatureSB 5.19.28
śriyā unmattasya puffed up because of great opulenceSB 9.4.44
unmukhasya who is eager to be engagedCC Madhya 11.8
unnahanasya unrestrictedSB 11.1.4
sa-upādhyāyasya along with all the priestsSB 4.20.37
upanītasya of one who has a sacred threadSB 5.9.4
upanīyamānasya at the time of His being offered the sacred thread ceremonySB 8.18.14
upanyasya entrustingSB 5.9.7
balasya upari on top of Lord BalarāmaSB 10.67.23
upāsakasya of one who is worshipingSB 11.15.31
upāsīnasya was performing worshipSB 12.9.10
upaśrayamāṇasya of one who is approachingSB 11.26.31
upasthitasya situated nearbySB 8.24.36
upasyandayati flows throughSB 5.16.19
uru-bhārasya great opulenceSB 3.2.32
uru-vikramasya whose excellent prowessSB 3.32.18
uru-kramasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 5.1.35
urukramasya of the one who performs supernatural activities (God)SB 1.5.13
urukramasya of the great adventurerSB 1.11.2
urukramasya of Lord Viṣṇu (far-stepping)SB 3.23.8
urukramasya of UrukramaSB 6.18.8
urukramasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who was acting wonderfullySB 8.20.24
urukramasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who performs uncommon activitiesSB 8.20.34
urukramasya of Lord ViṣṇuSB 8.21.4
urukramasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 8.23.28
utańkasya of the great sage UtańkaSB 9.6.22
uttama-śloka-tamasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is praised by the nicest versesSB 4.21.49
uttama-ślokasya who is praised with excellent versesSB 5.1.5
puruṣa-uttamasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 1.16.35
yadu-uttamasya of the best of the YadusSB 10.81.33
yadu-uttamasya of the best of the YadusSB 10.90.49
puruṣa-uttamasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 11.6.14
puruṣa-uttamasya the Supreme LordSB 12.4.40
uttānapādasya of King UttānapādaSB 4.8.8
uttānapādasya of Uttānapāda, the father of Dhruva MahārājaSB 4.21.28-29
uttarasya of King UttaraSB 1.16.2
vadānyasya who was generousSB 10.64.25
brahma-vādasya of the science of the Absolute TruthSB 11.29.23
vadhyasya of one who is to be killedSB 11.10.20
vaikuṇṭhasya of Lord ViṣṇuSB 3.15.13
vaimanasyam her depressionSB 10.54.50
vainyasya of Mahārāja Pṛthu, the son of VenaSB 4.15.9-10
vainyasya of the son of King Vena (Pṛthu Mahārāja)SB 4.20.34
vainyasya of the son of Mahārāja VenaSB 4.23.37
vairājasya by her husband, VairājaSB 8.5.9
baddha-vairasya of one who is inimicalSB 3.29.23
vaivasvatasya of VaivasvataSB 8.13.2-3
bhū-valayasya sanniveśaḥ the arrangement of the whole universeSB 5.21.1
bhū-valayasya of the earthly sphereSB 5.21.19
nabhaḥ-valayasya of outer spaceSB 5.22.5
vaṃśa-jasya of the descendantSB 12.2.42
soma-vaṃśasya of the dynasty of the moon-godSB 12.12.25-26
vānaprasthasya of a person in the vānaprastha-āśrama (retired life)SB 7.12.17
varasya of all benedictionsSB 2.6.7
dvija-varasya brāhmaṇaSB 5.9.1-2
dvija-varasya of Jaḍa BharataSB 5.10.2
brahma-varcasya of the VedāntistsSB 1.4.30
tri-vargasya the three means of religion, economic development and sense satisfactionSB 2.8.21
tri-vargasya the three goals of life (the paths of religion, economic development and sense gratification)SB 7.5.18
tri-vargasya of the three processes of elevation (dharma, artha and kāma)SB 8.16.11
varṇanīyasya whose reputation is worthy of descriptionSB 3.22.39
tat-varṣa-puruṣasya of the ruler of that landSB 5.18.24
vartamānasya remaining absorbed in such thoughtSB 1.16.17
varuṇasya of Varuṇa, the demigod of waterSB 2.7.31
varuṇasya of VaruṇaSB 3.17.25
varuṇasya of the demigod known as VaruṇaSB 6.8.13
varuṇasya of VaruṇaSB 6.18.3-4
varuṇasya of the demigod known as VaruṇaSB 7.5.50
varuṇasya the demigod VaruṇaSB 8.2.9-13
varuṇasya of VaruṇaSB 10.74.13-15
vasiṣṭhasya of the great sage VasiṣṭhaSB 4.1.40
vāsudevasya of KṛṣṇaBG 18.74
vasudevasya by VasudevaSB 1.1.12
vāsudevasya of the Personality of Godhead Śrī KṛṣṇaSB 1.5.9
vāsudevasya of Lord Śrī KṛṣṇaSB 1.5.31
vāsudevasya of Vāsudeva, Śrī KṛṣṇaSB 1.7.32
vasudevasya of VasudevaSB 1.8.33
vasudevasya of the wife of VasudevaSB 3.2.25
vāsudevasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 4.8.7
vāsudevasya Lord VāsudevaSB 5.1.27
vāsudevasya of Lord VāsudevaSB 5.18.1
vāsudevasya Lord Vāsudeva (the son of Vasudeva), KṛṣṇaSB 5.23.4
vasudevasya of Vasudeva, Kṛṣṇa's fatherSB 10.2.7
vasudevasya of VasudevaSB 10.8.14
vāsudevasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 10.10.20-22
vasudevasya of VasudevaSB 10.26.17
vasudevasya of VasudevaSB 10.43.23
vasudevasya of Vasudeva (with Nārada)SB 12.12.42-43
vāsudevasya of Lord VāsudevaSB 12.12.58
vayasya-vatsa-pān the cowherd boys and the calvesSB 10.12.1
vatsarasya of King VatsaraSB 4.13.12
vayasya O my friendSB 1.15.19
vayasya unto friends of the same ageSB 9.10.44
vayasya-vatsa-pān the cowherd boys and the calvesSB 10.12.1
vayasyaiḥ by his friends of the same ageSB 7.5.54
vayasyaiḥ with Their playmatesSB 10.8.27
vayasyaiḥ with other playmatesSB 10.11.41
vayasyaiḥ with Their friends of the same ageSB 10.21.7
vayasyaiḥ by young companionsSB 10.22.8
vayasyaiḥ by Their young friendsSB 10.41.24
vayasyaiḥ with Their friends of the same ageCC Adi 4.155
vāyavyasya of the wind weaponSB 10.63.13
vedadarśasya of VedadarśaSB 12.7.2
vedasya of the VedasSB 3.7.29
vedasya of the vedasSB 11.3.43
paramasya vedhasaḥ of the supreme creatorSB 10.12.38
venasya of King VenaSB 4.14.7
veṇu-stambasya of a clump of bamboo plantsSB 11.1.4
veṇu-ninādasya of the sound of the fluteBs 5.27
vibhaktasya after setting aside the share for the familySB 9.21.7
viḍambamānasya acting like an ordinary human beingSB 7.10.70
vidarbhasya of VidarbhaSB 4.28.28
videhasya with Janaka, King of VidehaSB 11.2.14
asmat-vidhasya of a person like meSB 5.2.12
etat-vidhasya of suchSB 10.39.26
draviṇa-vidhura-āturasya who is very aggrieved because of loss of wealthSB 5.8.23
vidita-tattvasya to one who knows the Absolute TruthSB 3.27.26
vidurasya of ViduraSB 2.10.49-50
vidurasya of ViduraSB 3.1.4
vigrahasya of the formSB 2.1.38
vigrahasya whose formBs 5.32
vihārasya recreationBG 6.17
vihārasya of one whose sense enjoymentCC Antya 8.67-68
vihasya disregarding the etiquetteSB 3.15.30
vihasya smilingSB 6.10.30
sparśa-vihīnasya who are devoid of any contact with material enjoymentSB 11.7.30
vihīnasya lackingSB 11.23.9
vihitasya performancesSB 2.7.49
vijayasya of VijayaSB 9.15.1
vijñānasya of transcendental knowledgeSB 2.6.12
vijṛmbhasya the archingSB 10.47.15
vikalpasya of differentiationSB 7.15.63
vikalpasya of the changes in a kalpa, such as the change of ManusSB 8.14.11
vikatthamānasya who are speaking such nonsenseSB 7.8.13
vikatthamānasya who was brazenly speakingSB 10.41.37
uru-vikramasya whose excellent prowessSB 3.32.18
animita-vikramasya whose power is immeasurableSB 5.25.12
vikramasya whose prowessSB 10.16.8
vikṛṣyamāṇasya who was being pulled (by the crocodile)SB 8.2.30
vikṛtasya of things that are transformed, such as the bodySB 5.10.11
vilakṣaṇasya confused or perceivingSB 10.46.31
vilakṣaṇasya of varieties of manifestationCC Madhya 20.262
ahańkāra-vimūḍhasya deluded by false egoSB 3.26.16
vimukhasya one who is reluctantSB 1.9.36
vimukhasya of the one who has turned his face against the LordSB 3.5.3
vimukta-samasta-sańgasya although having given up the association of my real sons and homeSB 5.8.29
vimuktasya of the ever liberatedSB 3.7.9
viniḥśvasya breathing very heavilySB 4.4.3
vinipātitasya thrown downMM 36
vinodasya of You, who amuse YourselfSB 6.9.42
vinyasya having placedSB 3.18.8
vinyasya placingSB 9.11.19
vinyasya placingSB 9.18.50
vinyasyatu let it be bestowedCC Antya 1.177
vipannasya deadSB 4.14.43
viphalasya which is fruitlessSB 11.4.11
viprasya of the brāhmaṇaSB 7.11.14
viprasya of such a brāhmaṇaSB 7.15.19
viprasya of a brāhmaṇaSB 8.19.26
viprasya of this brāhmaṇaSB 9.5.9
viprasya of the saintly personSB 11.18.14
virajasya of King VirajaSB 5.15.14-15
viraktasya and who is therefore detachedSB 11.20.23
vīrasya of the heroSB 10.77.1
viriñcasya of Lord BrahmāSB 3.19.1
duranta-vīryasya of the greatly powerfulSB 1.3.38
vīryasya of the semenSB 2.6.8
adbhuta-vīryasya of the one who possesses wonderful potenciesSB 2.8.2
aparijñeya-vīryasya who has unlimited potencySB 8.12.36
ananta-vīryasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who has unlimited potencySB 9.1.1
vīryasya whose potencySB 10.65.33
vīryasya whose prowessSB 10.69.42
vīryasya potencySB 10.78.35
vīryasya whose valorSB 10.80.1
vīryasya whose valorSB 10.85.58
viśāradasya of Your Lordship, who are expert in all respectsSB 8.23.8
guṇa-visargasya the creation of the three modes of material natureSB 5.1.7
visargasya the creationSB 6.9.32
viṣṇoḥ abhaktasya who is not a devotee of Lord ViṣṇuSB 9.4.44
viṣṇu-rātasya ParīkṣitSB 12.12.45
viṣṇurātasya of Mahārāja ParīkṣitSB 6.18.22
visṛṣṭa-bhuvanasya of Your Lordship, by whom all the universes have been createdSB 8.23.8
vistarasya to the extentBG 10.19
viśuddha-sattvasya of Bharata Mahārāja, whose existence was completely purifiedSB 5.7.7
viśva-īśvarasya of the Lord of the universeSB 9.4.57-59
kṛṣṇasya viṣvak surrounding KṛṣṇaSB 10.13.8
viśvāmitrasya of ViśvāmitraSB 9.16.29
viśvarūpasya of Viśvarūpa, the priest of the demigodsSB 6.9.1
viśvasya universeBG 11.18
viśvasya universeBG 11.38
viśvasya the would-be entitiesSB 3.5.28
viśvasya of the cosmic universeSB 3.5.43
viśvasya of the universeSB 3.7.28
viśvasya of the universeSB 3.16.37
viśvasya of the universeSB 3.33.3
viśvasya of the entire material manifestationSB 4.6.42
viśvasya of the entire universeSB 5.18.9
viśvasya of the universeSB 6.19.11
viśvasya of the universeSB 7.8.40
viśvasya of the whole cosmic manifestationSB 8.1.12
viśvasya of the cosmic manifestationSB 8.12.7
viśvasya of the entireSB 10.41.46
viśvasya of the universeSB 10.46.31
viśvasya of the universeSB 10.58.10
viśvasya of this universeSB 12.7.14
viśvasya of the universeCC Madhya 20.262
viśvasya of the worldBs 5.62
vitatasya of the expansiveSB 11.7.42
vitathasya of Vitatha (Bharadvāja), who was accepted in the family of Mahārāja Bharata under special circumstances of disappointmentSB 9.21.1
vittasya of the wealthSB 3.2.32
viyat-vittasya of Rantideva, who received things sent by providence, just as the cātaka bird receives water from the skySB 9.21.2
vittasya of wealthSB 10.54.41
yakṣa-vittasya who simply kept his wealth without spending it, like the Yakṣas, who guard the treasury of KuveraSB 11.23.9
vivarasya of the holesSB 10.14.11
vivarasya of the holesCC Adi 5.72
vivṛta-avasarasya taking the opportunity ofSB 5.2.6
viyat-vittasya of Rantideva, who received things sent by providence, just as the cātaka bird receives water from the skySB 9.21.2
vraja-īśvarasya of my husband, Nanda MahārājaSB 10.8.42
vraja-pati-sutasya from the son of Nanda MahārājaCC Antya 14.73
vrajasya of VrajabhūmiSB 10.11.9
vrajasya of the herd of cowsSB 10.13.35
vrajasya of all the inhabitants of VrajaSB 10.13.36
vrajasya of VrajaSB 10.29.18
vratasya whose vows of austeritySB 3.21.37
satya-vratasya of Mahārāja Bali, who is fixed in truthfulnessSB 8.21.12
vratasya of one who has taken a vow strictlySB 9.6.50
vṛjinasya of the sinful activitySB 4.5.9
vṛjinasya of the dangerSB 4.8.17
vṛkṣasya of a treeSB 7.7.18
ātma-vṛkṣasya of the tree of the bodySB 8.19.39
praṇayi-jana-vṛndasya of the multitude of loversCC Adi 4.52
praṇayi-jana-vṛndasya of the multitude of loversCC Adi 4.275
vṛṣasya of the bull (the personality of religion)SB 1.17.42
vṛtrasya of VṛtrāsuraSB 6.12.5
vṛtrasya of VṛtrāsuraSB 6.12.25
vṛtrasya of VṛtrāsuraSB 6.12.35
vṛtrasya of VṛtrāsuraSB 6.14.1
vṛtrasya of VṛtrāsuraSB 6.17.39
vṛtrasya of VṛtrāsuraSB 10.77.36
vyādhasya of the hunterSB 3.14.36
vyāpṛtasya being busySB 3.12.51
vyasana-āturasya being influenced by sinful desireSB 4.26.26
vyasya dividingSB 12.6.54-56
vyasya dividingSB 12.6.57
vyasyan renderedSB 1.4.23
vyasyan divided upSB 12.6.47
vyatyasyatām just exchangeSB 9.18.37
vyavasya ascertainingSB 1.9.17
vyavasya decidingSB 10.12.16
vyavasyate continues to actSB 10.3.18
yat vyavasyati why she has taken to this sort of lifeSB 4.26.17
vyudasya laying asideBG 18.51-53
vyudasya one who has thrown asideSB 1.7.23
vyudasya giving up completelySB 2.4.16
vyudasya giving upSB 4.8.44
yādava-indrasya of the chief of the YādavasSB 10.90.20
yadṛcchā-lābha-tuṣṭasya who is satisfied by things obtained by the grace of GodSB 8.19.26
yadu-kulasya of the dynasty of King YaduSB 1.15.32
yadu-putrasya of the son of YaduSB 9.23.29
yadu-uttamasya of the best of the YadusSB 10.81.33
yadu-uttamasya of the best of the YadusSB 10.90.49
yadu-kulasya the Yadu dynastySB 11.1.4
yadu-cakrasya for the circle of YadusSB 12.12.36
yajamānasya of the performer of the sacrificeSB 4.7.4
yajamānasya of the sacrificerSB 4.19.7
yajña-avayavasya of the Personality of Godhead (of whose body yajña is a part)SB 3.18.20
yajña-puruṣasya who is worshiped by Vedic ritualistic ceremoniesSB 5.14.30
yajña-lińgasya the enjoyer of the results of all sacrificesSB 5.17.1
yajñasya of the sacrificial performanceSB 2.6.24
yajñasya of sacrificesSB 3.7.30
yajñasya of Lord BoarSB 3.22.29-30
yajñasya of sacrificeSB 8.8.2
yakṣa-vittasya who simply kept his wealth without spending it, like the Yakṣas, who guard the treasury of KuveraSB 11.23.9
yamasya the controlling deity of deathSB 2.6.9
yamasya of the superintendent of death, YamarājaSB 5.10.17
yamasya of YamarājaSB 6.3.2
yamasya of Yamarāja, the superintendent of death, who gives judgment after deathSB 7.2.27
yamasya of Lord YamarājaSB 10.45.42-44
deva-yānasya which fulfills the desire to be elevated to the higher planetary systems and to BrahmalokaSB 8.8.2
yaśasyam bearing fameSB 3.19.38
yaśasyam fameSB 4.7.61
yaśasyam bestowing reputationSB 4.12.45
yaśasyam the source of reputationSB 4.23.35
yaśasyam bestows reputationSB 5.14.46
yaśasyam brings fameSB 6.13.22-23
yaśasyam an increase of reputationSB 6.14.35
yaśasyam increasing one's reputation as a devoteeSB 8.4.14
yasya one whoseBG 2.61
yasya whoseBG 2.68
yasya one whoseBG 4.19
yasya whomBG 8.22
yasya of whichBG 15.1
yasya one whoseBG 18.17
yasya one whoseBG 18.17
yasya for the purpose ofSB 1.1.12
yasya whoseSB 1.1.13
yasya whoseSB 1.3.2
yasya whoseSB 1.3.3
yasya whoseSB 1.3.5
yasya HisSB 1.8.29
yasya whoseSB 1.9.40
yasya whoseSB 1.10.11-12
yasya whoseSB 1.11.7
yasya one whoseSB 1.11.26
yasya whoseSB 1.11.36
yasya whoseSB 1.12.3
yasya of whichSB 1.13.19
yasya whoseSB 1.13.41
yasya whoseSB 1.15.6
yasya one whoseSB 1.17.10-11
yasya whoseSB 1.17.45
yasya one whoseSB 1.18.20
yasya of whichSB 2.1.10
yasya whoseSB 2.5.13
yasya whoseSB 2.5.36
yasya whoseSB 2.6.38
yasya whoseSB 3.1.37
yasya whoseSB 3.2.2
yasya whoseSB 3.2.14
yasya of whomSB 3.5.21
yasya whoseSB 3.5.41
yasya whoseSB 3.9.15
yasya one whoseSB 3.9.24
yasya the one from whoseSB 3.13.17
yasya whoseSB 3.13.35
yasya of whomSB 3.14.26
yasya whoseSB 3.14.27
yasya whoseSB 3.14.28
yasya whoseSB 3.14.29
yasya whoseSB 3.14.34
yasya whoseSB 3.14.47
yasya of whomSB 3.15.8
yasya of whomSB 3.16.6
yasya whoseSB 3.26.47
yasya whoseSB 3.26.47
yasya whoseSB 3.26.48
yasya whoseSB 3.26.48
yasya whoseSB 3.26.48
yasya of whomSB 3.32.42
yasya of whomSB 3.33.4
yasya whoseSB 4.1.45
yasya of whomSB 4.4.11
yasya of whomSB 4.4.29
yasya of Lord ŚivaSB 4.6.7
yasya whoseSB 4.7.24
yasya of whomSB 4.7.43
yasya of whichSB 4.8.12
yasya whoseSB 4.8.20
yasya whoseSB 4.8.31
yasya anyoneSB 4.8.33
yasya anyone with whomSB 4.9.47
yasya whoseSB 4.14.18
yasya whoseSB 4.15.9-10
yasya whoseSB 4.16.24
yasya of IndraSB 4.19.30
yasya whoseSB 4.21.23
yasya whoseSB 4.21.48
yasya by whichSB 4.22.7
yasya one whoseSB 4.22.8
yasya whoseSB 4.24.10
yasya whoseSB 4.24.59
yasya for whomSB 4.28.52
yasya whomSB 4.29.46
yasya of whomSB 5.1.11
yasya of whomSB 5.4.3
yasya of whomSB 5.4.6
yasya whoseSB 5.4.6
yasya of whomSB 5.4.7
yasya of whom (Lord ṛṣabhadeva)SB 5.6.9
yasya of him whoSB 5.11.3
yasya of whomSB 5.13.22
yasya of whomSB 5.14.30
yasya whoseSB 5.15.10
yasya whoseSB 5.15.11
yasya of whom (King Gaya)SB 5.15.12
yasya of whichSB 5.16.7
yasya whoseSB 5.17.19
yasya from whomSB 5.17.22-23
yasya of whomSB 5.17.22-23
yasya of whomSB 5.18.12
yasya of whichSB 5.18.31
yasya whoseSB 5.18.36
yasya of whomSB 5.18.38
yasya of whomSB 5.19.12
yasya of whichSB 5.20.24
yasya of whichSB 5.21.13
yasya of whichSB 5.23.5
yasya of whomSB 5.24.16
yasya of whomSB 5.24.20
yasya of whichSB 5.24.20
yasya of whomSB 5.24.24
yasya of whom (the Supreme Personality of Godhead)SB 5.24.25
yasya of whomSB 5.24.27
yasya of whomSB 5.25.2
yasya of whomSB 5.25.3
yasya of whomSB 5.25.4
yasya of whomSB 5.25.5
yasya of whomSB 6.2.5-6
yasya of whomSB 6.3.1
yasya of whomSB 6.3.12
yasya of whomSB 6.3.14-15
yasya of whomSB 6.4.17
yasya whoseSB 6.4.24
yasya of whomSB 6.4.29
yasya to whom everything belongsSB 6.4.30
yasya of whomSB 6.8.14
yasya of whomSB 6.9.2
yasya of whomSB 6.9.23
yasya of whomSB 6.9.25
yasya of whichSB 6.10.32
yasya of whomSB 6.12.8
yasya whoseSB 6.12.19
yasya of whomSB 6.12.22
yasya of whom (Lord Nārāyaṇa)SB 6.13.8-9
yasya of whomSB 6.14.10
yasya of whomSB 6.14.20
yasya of whomSB 6.16.7
yasya of whomSB 6.16.48
yasya of whomSB 6.17.32
yasya of whomSB 6.18.14
yasya of which (body)SB 6.18.25
yasya of whomSB 7.1.25
yasya of whomSB 7.4.36
yasya he whoSB 7.8.6
yasya in relationship with anyoneSB 7.9.20
yasya of whichSB 7.9.31
yasya of which lusty desiresSB 7.10.8
yasya of whomSB 7.10.50
yasya of whomSB 7.11.35
yasya of whomSB 7.13.22
yasya one whoSB 7.15.26
yasya of a manSB 7.15.66
yasya of whom (Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa)SB 7.15.77
yasya whoseSB 8.1.11
yasya of whom (the Supreme Personality of Godhead)SB 8.1.12
yasya He of whomSB 8.3.6
yasya of HimSB 8.3.7
yasya of whom (the Supreme Personality of Godhead)SB 8.3.8-9
yasya the Lord, of whomSB 8.3.20-21
yasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead whoSB 8.3.22-24
yasya of whichSB 8.3.25
yasya of whom (the Supreme Personality of Godhead)SB 8.5.21
yasya by whom (the Lord)SB 8.5.22
yasya of whom (the Supreme Personality of Godhead)SB 8.5.30
yasya of whomSB 8.5.32
yasya of whom (of the Supreme Personality of Godhead)SB 8.5.34
yasya of whomSB 8.5.35
yasya of whomSB 8.5.37
yasya of whomSB 8.5.38
yasya of whomSB 8.5.40
yasya of whomSB 8.5.41
yasya of which nectarSB 8.6.21
yasya of someoneSB 8.8.20
yasya of whomSB 8.19.2
yasya of whom (Bali Mahārāja)SB 8.23.15
yasya of whomSB 8.23.29
yasya of whom (Avīkṣit)SB 9.2.26
yasya of whom (Budha)SB 9.2.30
yasya of whom (Mahārāja Ambarīṣa)SB 9.4.23
yasya of whom (Ambarīṣa Mahārāja)SB 9.4.24
yasya of whomSB 9.4.53-54
yasya whomSB 9.6.33-34
yasya of whom (Sudeva)SB 9.8.1
yasya by whomSB 9.8.13
yasya of whomSB 9.9.41
yasya whose (Lord Rāmacandra's)SB 9.11.21
yasya with the bodySB 9.13.9
yasya of whom (Citraratha)SB 9.13.23
yasya of whom (Śunaka)SB 9.17.1-3
yasya of whomSB 9.18.43
yasya of whomSB 9.19.2
yasya of whom (Diviratha)SB 9.23.6
yasya of whom (Vikṛti)SB 9.24.2
yasya whoseSB 9.24.20
yasya whoseSB 9.24.27
yasya whoseSB 9.24.65
yasya whoseSB 10.2.35
yasya whoseSB 10.9.13-14
yasya of whomSB 10.9.19
yasya of whomSB 10.10.34-35
yasya of whomSB 10.13.55
yasya of whomSB 10.14.17
yasya of whichSB 10.16.5
yasya for whomSB 10.27.16
yasya whoseSB 10.36.3-4
yasya whoseSB 10.36.3-4
yasya whoseSB 10.37.14
yasya of whomSB 10.38.12
yasya whoseSB 10.39.29
yasya whoseSB 10.47.12
yasya whoseSB 10.47.15
yasya whoseSB 10.47.48
yasya whoseSB 10.48.26
yasya whoseSB 10.52.34
yasya whoseSB 10.52.43
yasya whoseSB 10.56.28
yasya whoseSB 10.57.15
yasya on whoseSB 10.58.41
yasya whoseSB 10.61.4
yasya whoseSB 10.63.35-36
yasya whoseSB 10.63.35-36
yasya whoseSB 10.63.35-36
yasya whoseSB 10.64.26
yasya of whichSB 10.64.33
yasya whoseSB 10.65.28
yasya of whoseSB 10.68.34
yasya whoseSB 10.68.36
yasya whoseSB 10.68.37
yasya whoseSB 10.68.37
yasya whoseSB 10.70.44
yasya whoseSB 10.80.45
yasya whoseSB 10.82.19
yasya whoseSB 10.84.13
yasya whoseSB 10.84.32-33
yasya of whichSB 10.85.4
yasya whoseSB 10.85.31
yasya whomSB 10.88.8
yasya yasya of whomeverSB 10.88.21
yasya yasya of whomeverSB 10.88.21
yasya whoseSB 10.89.14-17
yasya whoseSB 10.89.32
yasya whose (infants)SB 10.89.40
yasya of whomSB 11.2.50
yasya of whomSB 11.2.51
yasya of whomSB 11.2.52
yasya of whomSB 11.2.55
yasya of whomSB 11.4.4
yasya of whoseSB 11.6.14
yasya whoseSB 11.6.18
yasya of whomSB 11.7.69
yasya of whomSB 11.11.14
yasya of whomSB 11.11.15
yasya of whomSB 11.14.24
yasya of whomSB 11.17.7
yasya of whomSB 11.18.17
yasya whoseSB 11.23.14
yasya whoseSB 11.23.46
yasya whoseSB 11.23.46
yasya of which (product)SB 11.24.17
yasya of which (product)SB 11.24.18
yasya of which (produced manifestation of the universe)SB 11.24.19
yasya whoseSB 11.26.12
yasya of which (duality)SB 11.28.36
yasya of whomSB 11.30.36
yasya whoseSB 11.30.38
yasya of which (body)SB 12.2.41
yasya of whomSB 12.5.1
yasya of whichSB 12.6.40-41
yasya of whichSB 12.7.19
yasya whoseSB 12.9.5
yasya of whichSB 12.12.62
yasya whoseSB 12.13.1
yasya of whomSB 12.13.23
yasya whoseCC Adi 1.7
yasya whoseCC Adi 1.8
yasya whoseCC Adi 1.9
yasya whoseCC Adi 1.10
yasya whoseCC Adi 1.11
yasya of whomCC Adi 2.14
yasya whoseCC Adi 3.63
yasya whoseCC Adi 5.1
yasya whoseCC Adi 5.7
yasya whoseCC Adi 5.13
yasya whoseCC Adi 5.50
yasya whoseCC Adi 5.71
yasya whoseCC Adi 5.71
yasya whoseCC Adi 5.93
yasya whoseCC Adi 5.109
yasya whoseCC Adi 5.141
yasya of whomCC Adi 5.141
yasya of whomCC Adi 6.1
yasya one whoCC Adi 8.58
yasya whoseCC Adi 9.1
yasya of whomCC Adi 13.1
yasya whoseCC Adi 15.1
yasya whoseCC Adi 16.1
yasya of whichCC Adi 17.293
yasya of whomCC Madhya 1.1
yasya of whomCC Madhya 2.52
yasya whoseCC Madhya 17.186
yasya whoseCC Madhya 17.210
yasya whoseCC Madhya 19.96
yasya of whom (the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who gives His pure devotees intelligence with which to spread the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement)CC Madhya 19.134
yasya of whomCC Madhya 20.160
yasya of whomCC Madhya 20.180
yasya whoseCC Madhya 20.281
yasya whoseCC Madhya 20.281
yasya whoseCC Madhya 20.306
yasya of whomCC Madhya 20.306
yasya whoseCC Madhya 20.355
yasya whoseCC Madhya 21.41
yasya whoseCC Madhya 21.41
yasya of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 21.123
yasya of whomCC Madhya 22.32
yasya of whomCC Madhya 22.76
yasya of whomCC Madhya 22.96
yasya of whomCC Madhya 23.40
yasya of whom (the Supreme Personality of Godhead)CC Madhya 24.98
yasya whoseCC Madhya 24.184
yasya of whomCC Madhya 24.278
yasya whoseCC Madhya 25.57
yasya whoseCC Madhya 25.128
yasya of whomCC Antya 1.148
yasya of whomCC Antya 1.152
yasya of whomCC Antya 1.168
yasya of whom (the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who gives His pure devotees the intelligence to spread the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement)CC Antya 1.212
yasya whoseCC Antya 3.60
yasya whoseCC Antya 4.63
yasya of whomCC Antya 13.1
yasya of whomCC Antya 19.105
yasya of whomNoI 5
yasya of whomBs 5.32
yasya of whomBs 5.40
yasya of whomBs 5.41
yasya of whomBs 5.44
yasya of whomBs 5.44
yasya whoseBs 5.48
yasya whoseBs 5.48
yasya of whomBs 5.52
yasya of whomMM 35
yasya whoseMM 52
yat vyavasyati why she has taken to this sort of lifeSB 4.26.17
yata-cittasya whose mind is controlledBG 6.19
yauvanāśvasya of the son of YuvanāśvaSB 9.6.37
yavana-indrasya of the king of the barbariansSB 12.12.37
yaviṣṭhasya youngerSB 3.1.6
yoga-ārambhaṇasya whose path of executing the mystic yoga practicesSB 5.8.26
yoga-ārūḍhasya of one who has attained such perfect knowledgeCC Madhya 24.159
yogasya about yogaBG 6.44
yogasya of cultivation of the yoga systemSB 2.8.19
yogasya of the mystic powersSB 3.7.30
yogasya of the yoga systemSB 3.28.1
bhakti-yogasya of devotional serviceSB 3.29.1-2
bhakti-yogasya of devotional serviceSB 3.29.11-12
yogasya of yogaSB 3.31.39
bhakti-yogasya of devotional serviceSB 3.32.37
yogasya to the performance of yogaSB 5.5.32
bhakti-yogasya of the principles of devotional serviceSB 7.10.1
yogasya of mystic power for self-realizationSB 7.15.29
yogasya of the science of yogaSB 11.13.16
yogasya of the yoga systemSB 11.13.39
yogasya of unalloyed meditation on MeSB 11.15.35
yogasya of mystic yogaSB 11.24.14
bhakti-yogasya of devotional serviceSB 11.24.14
apakva-yogasya who is immature in the practice of yogaSB 11.28.38
bhakti-yogasya of devotional serviceCC Adi 4.206
bhakti-yogasya of devotional serviceCC Madhya 19.172
yudhiṣṭhirasya bhīmasya to Yudhiṣṭhira and BhīmaSB 10.58.4
yuktasya engagedBG 8.14
yuktasya empowered withSB 3.12.21
yuktasya who was qualified withSB 5.9.1-2
yuktasya of that which is engagedSB 11.13.9-10
yuktasya who has steadied the mindSB 11.15.1
mat-bhakti-yuktasya of one who is engaged in My loving serviceSB 11.20.31
yuktasya who is joinedSB 11.22.10
yuktasya of one who is engagedCC Madhya 22.146
yūthapasya of a male elephantSB 8.12.32
yuvanāśvasya of King YuvanāśvaSB 9.6.30
DCS with thanks
95 results
asyati noun (masculine) [gramm.] root as
Frequency rank 32922/72933
asyavāmīya noun (neuter) the hymn beginning with the words asya vāmasya (RV 1.164) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46047/72933
acalasasya noun (masculine) (?) name of a mineral substance
Frequency rank 41827/72933
acetasya adjective stupid
Frequency rank 22837/72933
atapasya adjective one who neglects tapas or the practice of ascetic austerities (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41987/72933
anabhyasya adjective
Frequency rank 42729/72933
anabhyasya indeclinable not having practised
Frequency rank 22929/72933
anālasya noun (neuter) activity
Frequency rank 20549/72933
anālasya adjective eager not lazy
Frequency rank 42890/72933
anirasyamāna adjective noch nicht ausgeschieden (ein śalya)
Frequency rank 31854/72933
anaujasya adjective
Frequency rank 43421/72933
apasyati noun (masculine) name of a son of Manu
Frequency rank 43740/72933
apasyanta noun (masculine) name of a son of Manu
Frequency rank 43741/72933
apasyauṣa noun (masculine) name of a Ṛṣi
Frequency rank 43742/72933
apraśasya adjective not praiseworthy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32229/72933
amāvasyat noun (masculine) [gramm.]
Frequency rank 44613/72933
ayaśasya adjective not giving glory
Frequency rank 12358/72933
arahasyana noun (neuter) propagating a secret
Frequency rank 44843/72933
alpasasyakā noun (feminine) a kind of tree
Frequency rank 45061/72933
āmanasya noun (neuter) pain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
suffering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46518/72933
āmāvasya adjective belonging to āmāvasī
Frequency rank 33116/72933
ālasya noun (neuter) idleness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sloth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
want of energy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3352/72933
ālasyaka noun (neuter) [medic.] ālasya
Frequency rank 46663/72933
urasya adjective belonging to one's self (as a child) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
belonging to or coming from the chest (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pectoral (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
produced from one's self (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
requiring (exertion of) the chest (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27230/72933
ojasya adjective powerful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
vigorous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16621/72933
aujasya adjective conducive to or increasing vitality or energy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33712/72933
cirasya indeclinable
Frequency rank 12487/72933
cetasya adjective intelligent
Frequency rank 13503/72933
jātiśasya noun (neuter) a nutmeg
Frequency rank 52891/72933
jātisasya noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 52893/72933
tapasyant adjective to perform tapas
Frequency rank 10949/72933
tapasya noun (neuter) devout austerity (?) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the flower of Jasminum multiflorum or pubescens (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53300/72933
tapasya noun (masculine) Arjuna (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Manu Tāmasa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the second month of the season intervening between winter and spring (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17943/72933
tāpasya noun (neuter) ascetism (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21375/72933
daurmanasya noun (neuter) dejectedness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
despair (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
melancholy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10380/72933
ūdhasya noun (neuter) milk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55387/72933
dhūmanasyakavalagrahacikitsita noun (neuter) name of Suśrutasaṃhitā, Cik. 40
Frequency rank 55511/72933
nabhasya noun (masculine) name of a month in the rainy season (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Manu Svārocisha or of the 3rd Manu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11306/72933
namasya adjective deserving or paying homage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
venerable or humble (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24336/72933
nasya noun (neuter) a sternutatory (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
errhine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the hairs in the nose (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1692/72933
nirālasya adjective not slothful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24386/72933
niryaśasya adjective fameless
Frequency rank 56293/72933
nīlasyandā noun (feminine) Indigofera tinctoria Linn.
Frequency rank 36482/72933
pūtinasya noun (neuter) a disease of the nose causing offensive breath (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24663/72933
praśasyatama adjective optimal
Frequency rank 59459/72933
praśasyatara adjective better
Frequency rank 59460/72933
prasyand verb (class 1 ātmanepada) to dart (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to drive off (in a carriage) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to flow forth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to fly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to run away (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59547/72933
prasyandin adjective oozing forth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
shedding (tears) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59548/72933
prasyandin noun (masculine) a shower of rain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59549/72933
prasyandana noun (neuter) exudation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59550/72933
prasyanday verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to make sth. flow
Frequency rank 37430/72933
matarahasyatilaka noun (neuter) name of a text (??)
Frequency rank 61225/72933
mahāsāmarasya noun (neuter) unification of all operations (??)
Frequency rank 38167/72933
mahāsāmarasyatā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 61909/72933
yaśasya adjective celebrated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
conferring fame or renown (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
creditable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
decent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
famous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
glorious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
honoured (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stately (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5458/72933
yasyaśyāvanimittīya noun (masculine) name of Carakasaṃhitā, Indr., 9
Frequency rank 62979/72933
rasya noun (neuter) blood (supposed to be produced from chyle) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
flesh meat
Frequency rank 38698/72933
rasya adjective juicy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
palatable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
savoury (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tasty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38699/72933
rasyatara adjective more juicy
Frequency rank 63512/72933
rahasya noun (neuter) a secret (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an Upanishad (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
any secret doctrine or mystery (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
any subtle or recondite point (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
full or abridged name of various wks (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mystical or esoteric teaching (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2857/72933
rahasya adjective clandestine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
concealed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
private (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
secret (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6535/72933
rahasyavrata noun (neuter) the mystic science of obtaining command over magical weapons (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63516/72933
vayasya noun (masculine) a contemporary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
associate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
companion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
friend (often used in familiar address) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5713/72933
vayasya adjective being of an age or of the same age (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
contemporary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18404/72933
vayasyaka noun (masculine) a contemporary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
friend (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64654/72933
vayasyatā noun (feminine) friendship
Frequency rank 64655/72933
varcasya adjective acting on the excrement (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
bestowing vital power or vigour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
relating to varcas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25298/72933
viṣṇurahasya noun (neuter) name of various wks (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66268/72933
vṛṣasyantī noun (feminine) a cow in heat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an amorous or lustful woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39661/72933
vaimanasya noun (neuter) dejection (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
depression (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
melancholy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sickness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18494/72933
vairasya noun (neuter) bad taste (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
disagreeableness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
disgust of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
insipidity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
repugnance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5947/72933
śasya noun (neuter) corn (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
grain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4700/72933
śasyasaṃvaraṇa noun (masculine) Vatica robusta
Frequency rank 39948/72933
śvetasyandā noun (feminine) Name einer Pflanze (? wahrscheinlich Druckfehler)
Frequency rank 72912/72933
sadasya noun (masculine) a person belonging to a learned court-circle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a superintending priest (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an assessor (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
member of an assembly (at a sacrifice) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
spectator (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the seventeenth priest (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6024/72933
sadasyatva noun (neuter) the state of being a sadasya
Frequency rank 68711/72933
sadasyavant adjective
Frequency rank 68712/72933
saprayogarahasya adjective possessing secret spells for (their) use (said of magical weapons which are not wielded manually but by repetition of spells) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68846/72933
sasadasya adjective
Frequency rank 69607/72933
sasadasyartvij adjective
Frequency rank 69608/72933
sasya noun (masculine neuter) a sort of precious stone (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11461/72933
sasya noun (masculine neuter) a crop of corn (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
corn (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fruit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
grain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3298/72933
sasyaka noun (masculine neuter) a kind of precious stone (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of tuttha (calamine), having the play of colours of the throat of a peacock blue vitriol copper sulphate (Ray, Mira (1991), 134) peacock ore (Somadeva (1999), 151) a ruby
Frequency rank 4555/72933
sasyandana adjective
Frequency rank 69633/72933
sasyamārin noun (masculine) a kind of rat or large mouse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69634/72933
sasyavant adjective bearing a rich crop (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30849/72933
sasyasaṃvara noun (masculine) Vatica or Shorea Robusta (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40572/72933
sahasya noun (masculine) the month Pauṣa (December-January) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15306/72933
sāmanasya noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 40790/72933
sāmarasya noun (neuter) unification (?) [yoga] union of the red śaktibindu and the white śivabindu to form the mahābindu
Frequency rank 17385/72933
sāmarasyaka noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 40793/72933
suvayasya adjective
Frequency rank 71204/72933
saumanasya noun (neuter) an offering of flowers placed in the hands of the priest at a Śrāddha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
cheerfulness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
gladness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Varsha in Plakṣadvīpa (ruled by Saumanasya) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
right understanding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
satisfaction of mind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14574/72933
saumanasya adjective causing gladness or cheerfulness of mind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71569/72933
saurasya noun (neuter) savouriness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tastiness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
used in explaining sauśāmya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
well-flavouredness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71576/72933
Ayurvedic Medical
Dictionary
Dr. Potturu with thanks
Purchase Kindle edition
 

ālasya

debility, lassitude, indolence.

mohālasyam

swooning.

mukha

mouth, oral, mukhapāka stomatitis, mukhasrāva excess salivary secretion, mukhavairasya distaste or loss of taste.

nasya

errhine, tonic treatment of the head; inhalation therapy

pañcakarma

five purifying therapatic procedures: emesis vamana, errhine nasya, enema vasti, purgation virecana, blood-letting raktamokṣaṇa.

payasya

Plant Gynondropsis pentaphylla; kākoli, dugdhika.

pradhamana

blowing or stuffing into; pradhamananasya put powder into nose by blowing.

pūtinasya

bad smell from nose; ozena or atrophic rhinitis, in which the bony ridges and mucous membrane of the nose waste away.

Wordnet Search
"asya" has 119 results.

asya

śasyam, dhānyam, sītyam, gāritraḥ, stambakariḥ, bījaruhaḥ   

vṛkṣādiniṣpannaṃ bījaṃ yad annarūpeṇa upayujyate।

saḥ śasyān krīṇāti।

asya

śiṣṭa, bhadra, madra, ācāravat, vinīta, sabhya, śiṣṭācārasevin, agrāmya, āryavṛtta, suvṛtta, yaśasya, sabheya, anīca, arhat, ādṛtya, ārya, āryamiśra, āryaka, ārṣeya, uḍḍāmara, kulya, guru, mānya, sat, sajjana, sādhu, sujana, praśrayin, praśrita, sudakṣiṇa   

yaḥ sādhuvyavahāraṃ karoti।

rāmaḥ śiṣṭaḥ puruṣaḥ asti।

asya

sādhu, bhadra, ārya, śiṣṭa, uttama, praśasta, praśasya, śasta, śasya, śubha, kuśala, kalyāṇa, san, sattama, śreṣṭha, sāra, sāravat, vara, nirdoṣa, aduṣṭa   

yaḥ satatakartavyakarmānuṣṭhātā prakṛtācāraśīlaḥ tathā ca nyāyapathāvalambī asti।

jagati bahavaḥ sādhavaḥ janāḥ santi।

asya

rahasyabhedanam, sphoṭaḥ   

kasyacit rahasyasya bhedanasya kriyā।

netājī-subhāṣa-candra-bosa-mahodayasya ākasmikāyāḥ guptatāyāḥ rahasyabhedanam adyāpi na jñāyate।

asya

sāmañjasyam, saumanasyam, anusāritā, yathātathyam, aucityam, ucitatā, upapattiḥ, sadṛśatā, yogyatā, yuktatā, yuktiḥ   

ucitaḥ upayuktaśca saṃyogaḥ।

sāmañjasyāt kaṭhinam api kāryam sukaraṃ bhavati।

asya

gopanīyatā, guptatā, guhyatā, gopyatā, guptiḥ, gopanam, gūḍhatā, pracchannatā, rahasyatā, saṃvṛtiḥ, saṃvṛtatā, guptabhāvaḥ   

gopanīyā avasthā gopanīyaḥ bhāvo vā।

asya rahasyasya gopanīyatā sandhāraṇīyā।

asya

asāmañjasyam, sāmañjasyahīnatā   

asamañjasasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

asāmañjasyam unnateḥ bādhakam।

asya

dugdham, kṣīram, pīyūṣam, udhasyam, stanyam, payaḥ, amṛtam, bālajīvanam   

strījātistananiḥsṛtadravadravyaviśeṣaḥ।

dhāroṣṇaṃ dugdham amṛtatulyam asti।

asya

mitram, suhṛt, sakhā, bandhuḥ, vayasyaḥ, snigdhaḥ, snehī, bāndhavaḥ, sahāyaḥ, anurāgī, praṇayī, hitaḥ, hitakārī, priyakṛt, sajūḥ, anukūlaḥ, vibhāvaḥ, kelikaraḥ, saṅgī   

yaḥ sarvadā sahāyakaḥ tathā ca śubhacintakaḥ।

mitrasya parīkṣā āpattikāle bhavati।

asya

bhādrapadaḥ, nabhasyaḥ, prauṣṭhapadaḥ   

māsabhedaḥ cāndrasaṃvatsare dvādaśamāsāntargataṣaṣṭhaḥ māsaḥ।

śrīkṛṣṇasya janma bhādrapade kṛṣṇapakṣe aṣṭamyām abhavat।

asya

pauṣaḥ, taiṣaḥ, sahasyaḥ, pauṣikaḥ, haimanaḥ, tiṣyaḥ, tiṣyakaḥ   

māsabhedaḥ cāndrasaṃvatsare dvādaśamāsāntargatadaśamaḥ māsaḥ।

pauṣe atiśītatā asti।

asya

vanaspatihīna, śasyahīna   

yatra vanaspatayaḥ na santi।

parjanyābhāvāt etad kṣetram vanaspatihīnam abhavat।

asya

nirudyogin, nirudyoga, anudyoga, alasa, ālasya, ālasyaśīla, manda, manthara, mandara, anudyogaśīla, udyogadveṣin, udyogavimukha, manākkara, kuṇṭha, jaḍa, śīta, tandrālu, mandagati   

yaḥ karmaśīlaḥ nāsti।

nirudyoginaḥ vyakteḥ jīvanaṃ kāṭhinyena paripūrṇam।

asya

duḥkham, pīḍā, bādhā, vyathā, amānasyam, kaṣṭam, kṛccham, ābhīlam, artiḥ, pīḍanam, viheṭhanam, kleśaḥ, āpad   

cetasāṃ pratikūlaḥ manodharmaviśeṣaḥ।

janāḥ duḥkhe eva īśvaraṃ smaranti।

asya

nīlasasya, ikṣupātrā   

dhānyaviśeṣaḥ yaṃ janaḥ adanti।

mahyaṃ nīlasasyasya polikā rocate।

asya

sadasyaḥ, sabhāsad, sabhyaḥ, sabhāsthaḥ, sabhāstāraḥ, sabhābhyantaraḥ, sāmājikaḥ, pariṣadvalaḥ, parṣadvalaḥ, pariṣadaḥ, pārṣadaḥ, parisabhyaḥ   

sabhāyāṃ sādhuḥ।

saḥ naikāsāṃ saṃsthānāṃ sadasyaḥ asti।

asya

sarasa, rasavat, rasin, rasika, rasāḍhya, rasya, bahurasa, sāravat, bahusāra   

yaḥ rasena paripūrṇaḥ।

āmraḥ sarasaḥ asti।

asya

śasyachedanam, śasyakartanam, śasyalavanam   

śasyachedanasya kriyā।

asmin saṃvatsare varṣāyāḥ kāraṇāt śasyachedanam vilambena jātam।

asya

jalam, vāri, ambu, ambhaḥ, payaḥ, salilam, sarilam, udakam, udam, jaḍam, payas, toyam, pānīyam, āpaḥ, nīram, vāḥ, pāthas, kīlālam, annam, apaḥ, puṣkaram, arṇaḥ, peyam, salam, saṃvaram, śaṃvaram, saṃmbam, saṃvatsaram, saṃvavaraḥ, kṣīram, pāyam, kṣaram, kamalam, komalam, pīvā, amṛtam, jīvanam, jīvanīyam, bhuvanam, vanam, kabandham, kapandham, nāram, abhrapuṣpam, ghṛtam, kaṃ, pīppalam, kuśam, viṣam, kāṇḍam, savaram, saram, kṛpīṭam, candrorasam, sadanam, karvuram, vyoma, sambaḥ, saraḥ, irā, vājam, tāmarasa, kambalam, syandanam, sambalam, jalapītham, ṛtam, ūrjam, komalam, somam, andham, sarvatomukham, meghapuṣpam, ghanarasaḥ, vahnimārakaḥ, dahanārātiḥ, nīcagam, kulīnasam, kṛtsnam, kṛpīṭam, pāvanam, śaralakam, tṛṣāham, kṣodaḥ, kṣadmaḥ, nabhaḥ, madhuḥ, purīṣam, akṣaram, akṣitam, amba, aravindāni, sarṇīkam, sarpiḥ, ahiḥ, sahaḥ, sukṣema, sukham, surā, āyudhāni, āvayāḥ, induḥ, īm, ṛtasyayoniḥ, ojaḥ, kaśaḥ, komalam, komalam, kṣatram, kṣapaḥ, gabhīram, gambhanam, gahanam, janma, jalāṣam, jāmi, tugryā, tūyam, tṛptiḥ, tejaḥ, sadma, srotaḥ, svaḥ, svadhā, svargāḥ, svṛtikam, haviḥ, hema, dharuṇam, dhvasmanvatu, nāma, pavitram, pāthaḥ, akṣaram, pūrṇam, satīnam, sat, satyam, śavaḥ, śukram, śubham, śambaram, vūsam, vṛvūkam, vyomaḥ, bhaviṣyat, vapuḥ, varvuram, varhiḥ, bhūtam, bheṣajam, mahaḥ, mahat, mahaḥ, mahat, yaśaḥ, yahaḥ, yāduḥ, yoniḥ, rayiḥ, rasaḥ, rahasaḥ, retam   

sindhuhimavarṣādiṣu prāptaḥ dravarupo padārthaḥ yaḥ pāna-khāna-secanādyartham upayujyate।

jalaṃ jīvanasya ādhāram। /ajīrṇe jalam auṣadhaṃ jīrṇe balapradam। āhārakāle āyurjanakaṃ bhuktānnopari rātrau na peyam।

asya

kaṭutā, vaimanasyam   

citte vidyamānaḥ anyaṃ prati vairabhāvaḥ duṣṭabhāvaḥ vā।

cittasya kaṭutā dūrīkartavyā।

asya

mandaḥ, tundaparimṛjaḥ, ālasyaḥ, śītakaḥ, anuṣṇaḥ, śītalaḥ, kuṇṭhaḥ, mukhanirīkṣakaḥ, anāśuḥ   

avaśyakartavyeṣu apravṛttiśīlaḥ।

mandaḥ kimapi na prāpnoti।

asya

dalasadasyaḥ   

yaḥ kasyāpi dalasya samudāyasya vā sadasyaḥ asti।

dalasadasyayoḥ kalahena dalaḥ durbalaṃ bhavati।

asya

agūḍha, rahasyahīna   

yasmin rahasyaṃ nāsti।

eṣā tu agūḍhā vārtā vyarthameva rahasyamayā iti bhaṇasi।

asya

rahasyagopanam   

rahasyasya guptatāyāḥ kriyā bhāvo vā।

grāmapramukhasya ādeśaḥ asti yad asmin viṣaye rahasyagopanam eva yogyam।

asya

rahasyamaya, rahasyātmaka, gūḍha़   

yat rahasyena paripūrṇam।

śāstrajñānāṃ kṛte ḍīyamānaḥ jyotirpiṇḍaḥ rahasyamayaḥ eva।

asya

asāmaṃjasya, sāmaṃjasyahīna   

sāmaṃjasyarahitam।

tasya asāmaṃjasyena vyavahāreṇa janāḥ tena saha suhṛttvena na vyavaharanti।

asya

jātiphalam, jātīkośam, jātīkoṣam, jātiśasyam, śālūkam, mālatīphalam, majjasāram, papuṭam, koṣakam   

phalaviśeṣaḥ- sugandhiphalam asya guṇāḥ kaṇṭhamayārtivātātīsāramehanāśitvādayaḥ।

jātiphalam oṣadharūpeṇa yujyate।

asya

ālasyam, tandrā, kausīdyam, mandatā, māndyam, kāryapradveṣaḥ   

śramagarbhādyaiḥ jāḍyam।

ālasyāt kāryasya pūrtatā na jātā।

asya

svādu, rasavat, rasya, sarasa   

yasya svādaḥ suṣṭhu।

adya bhojanaṃ svādu asti।

asya

śasyam, sasyam   

vṛkṣāṇāṃ latādīnāñca phalaniṣpannatvam।

asmin saṃvatsare varṣā samyak na jātā ataḥ śasyam api samyak nāsti।

asya

urojaḥ, urasyaḥ, kucaḥ, kucakumbhaḥ, kūcaḥ, cuciḥ, dharaṇaḥ, payodharaḥ, payodhraḥ, pralambaḥ, vaṇṭharaḥ, vāmaḥ, stanakuḍmalam, antarāṃsaḥ   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ yasmin strī dugdhaṃ dhārayati।

mātā urojasya dugdhaṃ bālakaṃ pāyayati।

asya

sasyapradā   

sāgarasya vā nadeḥ taṭīyā urvarā।

sasyapradāyāṃ kṛṣiḥ uttamā bhavati।

asya

udyamaśīla, arthin, cekriya, mahārambha, mahodyoga, vyavasāyavasāyin, svapasya, svapāka   

yaḥ pariśramān karoti।

udyamaśīlaḥ nityaṃ saphalo bhavati।

asya

kṛśaḥ bhū, vimlai, viklam, udvai, iyasya, kūp, durbalībhū   

śarīrasya pratanūbhavanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

aharahaḥ saḥ kṛśaḥ bhavati ।

asya

śaratsasyam   

āṣāḍhamāsāt ārabhya mārgaśīrṣamāsaṃ yāvat lūyamānaṃ dhānyam।

asmin saṃvatsare śaratsasyaṃ samyak abhavat।

asya

kuśūlaḥ, śasyabhāṇḍam, bhāṇḍāgāraḥ, dhānyāgāraḥ, dhānyakoṣṭhakam   

dhānyasaṅgrahasthānam।

kṛṣakaḥ dhānyasthāpanāya kuśūlaṃ saṃmārṣṭi।

asya

sadasyatā   

sabhāsadabhavanasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

śītalena chātrapariṣadaḥ sadasyatā gṛhītā।

asya

druta, ajira, raṃhita, vegavat, vegin, śīghra, śravasya, savega, satvara   

yaḥ vegena calati tathā ca yasya gatiḥ tvarāyuktā asti।

sā drutayā gatyā gantavyaṃ pratigacchati।

asya

adhaḥcaraḥ, apahārakaḥ, apahārikā, apahārakam, avahāraḥ, avāvan, avāvarī, ākhanikaḥ, ākhuḥ, āmoṣī, āmoṣi, kapāṭaghnaḥ, kapāṭaghnā, kapāṭaghnam, kambū, kalamaḥ, kavāṭaghnaḥ, kumbhīrakaḥ, kusumālaḥ, kharparaḥ, coraḥ, cauraḥ, corī, corakaḥ, caurī, caurikā, taḥ, takvān, taskaraḥ, tāyu, tṛpuḥ, dasmaḥ, dasmā, dasraḥ, drāvakaḥ, dhanaharaḥ, dhanahṛt, dhanahṛd, naktacāriḥ, naktacārī, nāgarakaḥ, parāskandī, parāskandi, parimoṣī, parimoṣiḥ, paṭaccaraḥ, pāṭṭacaraḥ, puraṃdaraḥ, pracuraḥ., pracurapuruṣaḥ, pratirodhakaḥ, pratirodhī, bandīkāraḥ, malimluḥ, malimluc, mallīkara, mācalaḥ, mīḍhuṣtamaḥ, mumuṣiṣuḥ, muṣkaḥ, mūṣakaḥ, moṣaḥ, moṣakaḥ, moṣṭā, rajanīcaraḥ, rātricaraḥ, rātryāṭaḥ, rikvān, ritakvān, ribhvān, rihāyaḥ, rerihāṇaḥ, laṭaḥ, luṇṭākaḥ, vaṭaraḥ, vanarguḥ, viloḍakaḥ, viloptā, stenaḥ, stainyaḥ, stāyuḥ, steyakṛt, steyakṛd, steyī, staunaḥ, styenaḥ, styainaḥ, srotasyaḥ, harikaḥ, hartā, hārakaḥ, hārītaḥ   

adatsya paradhanasya apahārakaḥ।

rakṣakaḥ corān daṇḍayati।

asya

āvartaya, anupaṭh, abhyasya, prativad, pratyādā, samprabhāṣ, samuccar, anuvac, abhyāvṛt, parihṛ, kīrtaya   

kaṇṭhasthīkaraṇāya punaḥ punaḥ uccāraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

bālakāḥ guṇanakoṣṭakam āvartayanti।

asya

tapaḥ tap, tapaḥ ācar, tapasya, kṣap   

vaidhakleśajanakācaraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

purā ṛṣayaḥ tapaḥ tepuḥ।

asya

balam, āyattiḥ, utsāhaḥ, tavasyam   

śarīrasya śaktiḥ।

puṣṭivardhakasya bhojanasya abhāvāt balaṃ mīnāti।

asya

nirālasya, analasa   

ālasyahīnaḥ।

nirālasyaḥ puruṣaḥ saphalībhavati।

asya

dadhi, kṣīrajam, maṅgalyam, viralam, payasyam   

kṣīrottarāvasthābhāvaḥ।

rātrau dadhnā odanaṃ na bhojyam iti śāstram।

asya

dhānyam, śasyam, sītyam, gāritraḥ, stambakariḥ, bījaruhaḥ, jīvasādhanam, vrīhiḥ   

prakāṇḍarahitavṛkṣasya bījāni।

etad prakoṣṭhaṃ dhānyena pūritam।

asya

phālgunaḥ, phālgunikaḥ, phalgunaḥ, tapasyaḥ, vatsarāntakaḥ   

māsabhedaḥ- māsabhedaḥ- cāndrasaṃvatsare dvādaśamāsāntargataḥ māghāt paraṃ caitrād prāṅmāsaḥ।

janāḥ phālgune holikāmahotsavaṃ prārcanti।

asya

prasru, sru, prasyand, prasyaṃda, niṣyand, niṣyaṃd, abhiṣyand, abhiṣyaṃd, kṣar, gal, sṛ, pravah, rī, dru   

rasasya bahiḥ apratihataṃ niḥsaraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

tasya sphoṭāt pūyaṃ prasravate।

asya

rahasyam, apagohaḥ   

tad vṛttam athavā kāryaṃ yad anyebhyaḥ gupyate।

coreṇa ārakṣakasya purataḥ cauryasya rahasyam udghāṭitam।

asya

aspaṣṭa, anaccha, nabhasya, nabhya, sunīhāra   

spaṣṭaṃ na dṛśyamānaḥ।

kūhayā purataḥ sarvam aspaṣṭaṃ dṛśyate।

asya

sru, prasru, parisru, syand, prasyand, prasṛ, saṃsṛ, kṣar, vah, pravah, payasya   

dravapadārthasya ekasthānaviyogapūrvakānyasthānasaṃyogānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

nadī parvatāt prabhūya samudraṃ prati sravati।

asya

vāsantikasasyam   

vasante lūyamānaṃ dhānyam।

godhūmādīni vāsantikasasyāni santi।

asya

nasyam, nastam, nāsikā-cūrṇam, nāsā-cūrṇam, avapīḍaḥ, kṣutkarī   

nāsikādeyacūrṇādiḥ;

kapha-pittānila-dhvaṃse nasyaṃ kriyāt

asya

nibhṛtam, apavāritam, upāṃśu, gūḍham, gūḍhatayā, gūḍhe, guhyam, guptam, parokṣam, sagūḍham, rahasyam, channam, sanutar, channe, tiraścathā, nigūḍham, niṇik, niṇyam   

anyaiḥ mā vijñāyi iti rītyā।

śyāmaḥ nibhṛtam āgatya mama pṛṣṭhataḥ asthāt।

asya

daṃś, khard vṛścikasya madhumakṣiṇāṃ vā dantaiḥ kṣetre mamatāṃ vṛścikaḥ adaśat.   

vṛścikasya madhumakṣikāyāḥ viṣayuktaiḥ daṃṣṭraiḥ tuditvā viṣasya praveśanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

kṣetre mamatāṃ vṛścikaḥ adaśat।

asya

pūjaya, upās, upasthā, abhyarc, arc, arcaya, ārādhaya, bhaj, anubhaj, sev, upasev, namasya   

dhūpadīpanaivedyānām arpaṇena vā stutigītaiḥ vā anyena prakāreṇa vā iṣṭadevatāprīṇanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

grāmiṇāḥ navarātrau ārātri devīṃ pūjayanti।

asya

stutya, praśaṃsitavya, stavya, kāruṇya, aṅgoṣin, ślokya, śaṃsya, praśastavya, suvṛkti, pāṇya, śravāyya, abhivandya, ślāghanīya, praśasya, vandya, suśasti, pravācya, śravya, īḍenya, mahanīya, śālin, praśasna, stavanīya, īḍya, paṇāyya, śaṃsanīya, praśaṃstavya   

stavanārhaḥ।

stutyasya atitheḥ hārdaṃ svāgataṃ kurmaḥ vayam।

asya

sahacaraḥ, sahavāsī, vayasyaḥ, anucaraḥ   

yaḥ saha vasati।

mama sarve sahacarāḥ gṛhaṃ gatāḥ।

asya

pūtinasyam   

ekaḥ rogaḥ।

pūtinasye śvāsāt tathā ca mukhāt durgandhaḥ āgacchati।

asya

kolambiyārājiyasya-pesauḥ   

kolambiyārājye pracalitā mudrā।

mayā vittakoṣāt kolambiyārājyasya-pesāvaḥ na prāptāḥ।

asya

śuka-rahasya-upaniṣad, śuka-rahasyaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad;

śuka-rahasya-upaniṣad yajurvedasya bhāgaḥ।

asya

rāmarahasyopaniṣad, rāmarahasyaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad;

rāmarahasyopaniṣad atharvavedena sambandhitā।

asya

sarasvatī-rahasya-upaniṣad, sarasvatī-rahasyaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

sarasvatī-rahasya-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

asya

saṃsadsadasyaḥ, pratinidhisabhāsadasyaḥ, lokasabhāsadasyaḥ   

yaḥ saṃsadaḥ sadasyaḥ asti।

saṃsadasadasyaiḥ na tathā ācaritavyaṃ yena saṃsadaḥ garimāyāḥ apakāraḥ bhaviṣyati।

asya

yaṃtrasya antarracanā   

kasmin api upakaraṇasya antargata-saṃracanā;

punaḥ sandhānārthaṃ yantrasya antarracanāyāḥ jñānam āvaśyakam asti

asya

sadasyaḥ   

kasyāpi bṛhatyāḥ saṃsthāyāḥ bhāgarūpeṇa vartamānā anyā saṃsthā (viśiṣya tat rājyaṃ yat anyeṣāṃ rāṣṭrāṇāṃ samūhena sambaddham asti) ।

saṃyuktarāṣṭrasaṅghasya kanāḍādeśaḥ sadasyaḥ asti।

asya

sadasyaḥ   

kasyāpi vargasya samūhasya vā bhāgaḥ।

manuṣyaḥ stanapāyijantuvargasya sadasyaḥ asti।

asya

nabhasyaḥ   

svārociṣamanoḥ putraḥ।

nabhasyasya varṇanaṃ harivaṃśapurāṇe asti।

asya

avasyaḥ   

vaidikaḥ ṛṣiviśeṣaḥ।

avasyasya varṇanaṃ ṛgvede asti।

asya

galanam, praścotanam, avasyandanam, anusiñcanam   

siñcanasya kriyā।

rasasya galanasya saṃrodhānantaraṃ tālarasena yuktaḥ ghaṭaḥ vṛkṣāt avaruhyate।

asya

aśvakarṇaḥ, jaraṇadrumaḥ, tārkṣyaprasavaḥ, śasyasaṃbaraṇaḥ, dhanyaḥ, dīrghaparṇaḥ, kuśakaḥ, kauśikaḥ   

śālavṛkṣasya prakāraḥ।

mārge aśvakarṇasya āvatiḥ asti।

asya

rājyasabhāsadasyaḥ   

rājyasabhāyāḥ sadasyaḥ।

amerikādeśīyaḥ rājyasabhāsadasyaḥ bhāratadeśam abhyāgacchati।

asya

vihārasadasyaḥ   

kasyāpi vihārasya sadasyaḥ।

adya sāyaṅkāle vihārasadasyānāṃ saṅgoṣṭhiḥ asti।

asya

payasya   

dugdhena nirmitam।

kṣīravikṛtidadhyādayaḥ payasyāḥ santi।

asya

śabdālokarahasyam   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

śabdālokarahasyasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

asya

prāyaścittarahasyam   

ekā kṛtiḥ ।

saṃskṛta-vāṅmaye prāyaścittarahasyam iti khyātā racanā

asya

bahusasyaḥ   

ekaḥ grāmaḥ ।

bahusasyaḥ nāma grāmaḥ kathāsaritsāgare varṇitaḥ asti

asya

bauddhadhikkārarahasyam   

ekā ṭīkā ।

bauddhadhikkārasya bauddhadhikkārarahasyam iti ṭīkā suvikhyātā

asya

bauddhadhikkārarahasyam   

ekā ṭīkā ।

bauddhadhikkārasya bauddhadhikkārarahasyam iti ṭīkā suvikhyātā

asya

kautukarahasyam   

ekaṃ hāsyanāṭyam ।

kautukarahasyam kośe ullikhitam asti

asya

kautukarahasyam   

ekaṃ hāsyanāṭyam ।

kautukarahasyam kośe ullikhitam asti

asya

pādapadmasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti   

pādapadma ।

ekaḥ śikṣakaḥ

asya

pātukasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti   

pātuka ।

ekaḥ kaviḥ

asya

pāṇḍuvarmadevasya ullekhaḥ praśastyām asti   

pāṇḍuvarmadeva ।

pāṇḍuvarmadeva

asya

pāṇḍukasya ullekhaḥ śatruñjayamahātmye asti   

pāṇḍuka ।

ekaṃ vanam

asya

pāṇḍukasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti   

pāṇḍuka ।

janamejayasya putraḥ

asya

pāṇḍavānandasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti   

pāṇḍavānanda ।

ekaṃ nāṭakam

asya

pāṇḍavapurāṇasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti   

pāṇḍavapurāṇa ।

ekaṃ purāṇam

asya

pāṇḍavanakulasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti   

pāṇḍavanakula ।

ekaḥ kaviḥ

asya

pāṇḍavacaritasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti   

pāṇḍavacarita ।

dve kāvye

asya

pāṇḍakasya ullekhaḥ vāyupurāṇe asti   

pāṇḍaka ।

ekaḥ śikṣakaḥ

asya

pāṇicandrasya ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye asti   

pāṇicandra ।

ekaḥ rājā

asya

pāñcigrāmasya ullekhaḥ rājataraṅgiṇyām asti   

pāñcigrāma ।

ekaḥ grāmaḥ

asya

palāśakasya ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti   

palāśaka ।

ekaṃ sthānam

asya

palāṇḍumaṇḍanasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti   

palāṇḍumaṇḍana ।

ekaṃ prahasanam

asya

parvaśarkarakasya ullekhaḥ rājataraṅgiṇyām asti   

parvaśarkaraka ।

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ

asya

parvamitrasya ullekhaḥ hemacandrasya pariśiṣṭaparvan ityasmin granthe asti   

parvamitra ।

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ

asya

parvateśvarasya ullekhaḥ mudrārākṣase asti   

parvateśvara ।

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ

asya

tikasya ullekhaḥ naḍādigaṇe asti   

tika ।

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ

asya

tithitattvasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti   

tithitattva ।

smṛtitattvasya aparaṃ nāma

asya

tithidānasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti   

tithidāna ।

bhaviṣyapurāṇasya aparaṃ nāma

asya

tindiśasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti   

tindiśa ।

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ

asya

tindubilvasya ullekhaḥ gītagovinde asti   

tindubilva ।

ekaṃ sthānam

asya

tipyasya ullekhaḥ rājataraṅgiṇyām asti   

tipya ।

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ

asya

timiṅgilasya ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti   

timiṃgila ।

ekaḥ rājaputraḥ

asya

timirapratiṣedhasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti   

timirapratiṣedha ।

aṣṭāṅga-hṛdayasya aparaṃ nāma

asya

timiśasya ullekhaḥ rāmāyaṇe asti   

timiśa ।

ekaḥ vṛkṣaḥ

asya

timīrasya ullekhaḥ rāmāyaṇe asti   

timīra ।

ekaḥ vṛkṣaḥ

asya

timmayasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti   

timmaya ।

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ

asya

tirijihvikasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti   

tirijihvika ।

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ

asya

tirindirasya ullekhaḥ ṛgvede asti   

tirindira ।

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ

asya

tilakakasya ullekhaḥ rājataraṅagiṇyām asti   

tilakaka ।

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ

asya

tilakarājasya ullekhaḥ rājataraṅgiṇyām asti   

tilakarāja ।

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ

asya

devaguptasya ullekhaḥ rājataraṅgiṇyām asti   

devagupta ।

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ

asya

devaghoṣasya ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare asti   

devaghoṣa ।

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ

asya

devacandrasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti   

devacandra ।

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ

asya

devajayasya ullekhaḥ bhojaprabandhe asti   

devajaya ।

ekaḥ kaviḥ

asya

devaṇṇabhaṭṭasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti   

devaṇṇabhaṭṭa ।

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ

asya

devatarasya ullekhaḥ śubhrādigaṇe asti   

devatara ।

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ

asya

devatarasya ullekhaḥ jaiminīya-upaniṣadi asti   

devatara ।

ekaḥ śikṣakaḥ

Parse Time: 2.572s Search Word: asya Input Encoding: IAST IAST: asya